ENGLISH

FOR FIRST-YEAR STUDENTS

BASIC COURSE

CHELYABINSK

2018
УДК 42-8
ББК 81.432 – 923
Б 79

Болина, М.В. АНГЛИЙСКИЙ ЯЗЫК. БАЗОВЫЙ КУРС [Текст]: учебное пособие /

М.В. Болина. – Челябинск: Изд-во Челяб. гос. пед. ун-та, 2018. – 282 с.

ISBN 978-5-85716-914-8

Данное учебное пособие предназначено для студентов-бакалавров I курса фа-

культета иностранных языков, обучающихся по направлению «Педагогическое
образование», профиль «Иностранный язык», и по направлению «Лингвистика»,
профиль «Перевод». Учебный материал I курса рассчитан на лиц, продолжаю-
щих изучать английский язык, однако предусматривает систематическое повто-
рение основ грамматики и фонетики. В учебник включен материал второго семе-
стра.

ISBN 978-5-85716-914-8

Рецензенты: Н.Е. Кунина, канд. филол. наук, доцент ЧГПУ

К.Н. Волченкова, канд. пед. наук, доцент ЮУрГУ

© Болина М.В., 2018

© Издательство Челябинского государственного
педагогического университета, 2018
 Введение

Целью обучения английскому языку на первом курсе факультета иностранных

языков является практическое овладение студентами основными видами речевой
деятельности – аудированием, говорением, чтением и письмом в пределах грам-
матических и лексических тем, включенных в программу
I курса. ребования к практическому владению студентами каждым видом рече-
вой деятельности представлены в программе.
чебное пособие «Английский язык. Базовый курс» является продолжением
учебного пособия «Английский язык. Вводный курс». рактика устной речи ох-
ватывает 7 лексических тем: «Дом», «Еда», « аспорядок дня», « чеба», « окуп-
ки», «Город», « огода». Каждая тема состоит из текста, тематического словаря и
упражнений, позволяющих не только отрабатывать лексический материал, но
также совершенствовать фонетические и грамматические навыки. ексты учеб-
ника частично взяты из учебников, рекомендованных для вузов, частично явля-
ются адаптацией оригинальных источников.
Грамматические темы («Временные формы глагола в действительном и
страдательном залоге», «Модальные глаголы», « огласование времен», «Косвен-
ная речь») выделены в отдельный раздел. Этот раздел включает не только грам-
матические правила и тренировочные упражнения, но и список неправильных
глаголов, задания на коррекцию ошибок и лексико-грамматический материал для
контрольного повторения.
В базовом курсе продолжается работа над произношением. аздел « онети-
ка» предлагает диалоги “Ship or Sheep”в качестве материала для корректировки и
автоматизация произносительных навыков студентов.
чебное пособие также содержит раздел самостоятельной работы, в который
включены текстовые задания, задания по аудированию и видео, и приложения.
На каждый час аудиторного занятия приходится час самостоятельной рабо-
ты студентов в лаборатории и дома.
 CONTENTS

SPEECH PRACTICE
1. Home ....................................................................................................................................................5
2. Daily Programme ……………………………………………………………...................................17
3. Meals ..................................................................................................................................................27
4. Study................……………………………………………………………........................................39
5. Clothes & Shopping………………………………………………………………………................50
6. Town ……………………………………………………………………….......................................61
7. Weather ……………………………………………………………………......................................72

GRAMMAR
1. Impersonal Sentences ........................................................................................................................83
2. Adjectives and Adverbs .....................................................................................................................88
3. The Past Simple Tense …………………………………………………………...............................95
4. The Present Perfect Tense ………………………………………………………..............................96
5. The Past the Future Perfect Tenses ……………………………………….....................................101
6. The Past and the Future Continuous Tenses ……………………………………............................104
7. The Perfect Continuous Tenses …………………………………………………............................109
8. Talking about Future ……………………………………………………………............................112
9. Modal Verbs …………………………………………………………………….............................114
10. The Sequence of Tenses ………………………………………………………...............................120
11. Reported Speech ………………………………………………………………...............................122
12. The Passive Voice ……………………………………………………………................................129
13. Irregular Verbs…………………………………………………………………..............................133
14. Correction Work………………………………………………………………................................142
15. Test Revision…………………………………………………………………….............................148

PHONETICS
1. English to Jazz……………………………………………………………………...........................161
2. Ship or Sheep? ……………………………………………………………………..........................165

INDEPENDENT WORK
1. Reading and Comprehension…………………………………………………….............................174
2. Listening and Comprehension ..........................................................................................................187
3. Videotasks ........................................................................................................................................217

SUPPLEMENTS
1. Songs ................................................................................................................................................219
2. Dictations .........................................................................................................................................236
3. Conversation strategies…………………………………………………………………………….269
 SPEECH PRACTICE
TOPIC 1. HOME
Read, translate and reproduce the text.

Letter from Home

ˎMary dear,
It's ˋless than a ˏmonth that you're aˈway from ˏhome but it ˈseems ˎages. We ˈmiss you
ˎbadly, ˈso it's ˎsweet of you to .write .often. We are ˋall ˌfairly ˏwell and ˋpleased you are
ˏtoo, ˈDad and ˏI are ˈback to ˈwork after the ˏholidays, ˈGranny does ˈmost of the ˈwork about
the ˏhouse – ˈjust the ˋusual ˌrun of ˏthings, ˈas you can ˏsee. I ˈcan't ˈsay I ˈsee ˈmuch ˋof ˌLucy
and ˏMike, but we ˎspeak much ˈover theˎphone.
Their ˈlatest ˏnews and ˈchief ˈtopic of ˈconverˏsation is their ˈnew ˎflat, of course. They are
ˈmoving ˈsomewhere aˈround the ˈend of the ˎmonth. As ˋyou can iˏmagine it's ˈquite an eˋvent
for ˏthem and they ˈare, ˎcertainly, ˎanxious. Their ˈnew aˏpartment is in a ˈblock of →flats, in
a ˈnew ˏdistrict on the ˈoutskirts of the ˎcity. It's a ˈpretty ˈlong ˈway from the ˎcentre, but ˈthat
ˈdoesn't ˎmatter much | as there is an ˎunderground ˈround the ˎcorner.
ˈLucy is a ˈlittle upˎset that the ˈflat is on the ˈtop ˎfloor of a ˈtwelve-ˈstoreyed ˎhouse, but
this ˎcan't be helped and, ˎafter all, there is a ˎlift. As ˈfar as I ˏknow, it's a ˈtwo-room ˏflat
with a ˏbathroom, a ˏlavatory, a ˈspacious ˏhall and a ˎbalcony. The ˈkitchen is ˈvery
ˏcomfortable, with an eˈlectric ˏcooker and ˈbuilt-in ˎfurniture. There are ˈalso a ˈfew ˈbuilt-in
ˏwardrobes in the ˏhall and the ˎbedroom, ˈwhich is ˈvery conˎvenient, ˈno ˎdoubt.
There are, ˎcertainly, ˈall ˈmodern conˎveniences in the flat: ˈelecˏtricity, ˈcentral ˏheating,
ˈhot and ˈcold →water supply. ˈHope to ˈsee it ˈall for myˋself ˏsoon and ˈwrite you ˈmore ˎthen.
ˋThat's our .news for the ˎpresent. There is ˋlittle ˌelse I can ˏsay, ˈjust that we are ˋlucky with
the ˏweather. It's ˋfairly ˏwarm and ˈdoesn't at ˋall ˌlook like ˏautumn. ˈHow are ˈthings with
ˎyou? We ˈall ˈsend you our →love and ˎkisses.
→Yours, ˎMum
VOCABULARY
1. to have a brick / wooden house; country house; summer house; hotel; hostel;
block; block of flats; high-rise building; to share a room / flat with;
on the outskirts; in the suburbs.
house – частный дом; home – место, где кто-то живет;
cottage – небольшой, обычно двухэтажный, деревенский дом;
separate / adjoining rooms; living room; sitting room (BrE); lounge (BrE);
children‘s room; study; utility room;
ceiling; rubbish chute; stairs; staircase; ladder; landing; go upstairs / downstairs;
to be five minutes‘ walk from; to be a five-minute walk (ride, drive) from;
to have a southern / northern /eastern /western aspect; to overlook a street, yard etc;
ten-storey (= ten-storeyed) building; on the ground floor (BrE) / on the first floor (AmE);

5
Note:
1. Мы используем слово storey, а не floor, чтобы сказать, сколько этажей в здании.
Мы чаще используем слово floor, чтобы сказать на каком этаже что-то расположено.
How many storeys does the block have? – It has 3 storeys.
What floor is your flat on? – It’s on the second floor.

2. Мы обычно не говорим слово house в адресе.

What number do you live at? – I live at (number) 61 Oxford Street.

2. to move house; to move in; to have (arrange) a housewarming;

to have little (plenty of, a lot of) room; furniture; necessary things; to make housekeeping easy;

to be heated by a stove; to open (close) curtains; to raise (lower) blinds;

to be covered with linoleum/ parquet/ laminate; to be whitewashed/ painted (blue)/ papered/ tiled

to help about the house; to find housework tiresome; to be (in) a mess; to be spick and span;
to be in its place; to make the room cosy, comfortable, dark etc; to match; to go with;

comfortable – комфортный;
convenient – удобный для определенной цели;
nothing is more pleasant than to do smth.

3. suite of furniture; wall-unit with several sections; glass-fronted bookcase;

chest; drawer; chest of drawers; cupboard – шкаф;
sideboard – длинный и низкий шкаф для посуды в столовой;
closet (AmE) – встроенный шкаф, чулан ,кладовка;

single bed; double bed; twin beds; bunk beds; camp bed; bedspread; pillow; cushion;
sofa – диван; sofa bed; settee – диванчик; couch – кушетка; divan – тахта;
dining table; desk; bedside table; bedside cabinet; dressing table; mirror; vase;

armchair, stool; carpet; rug; plaid; door mat; bath mat;

chandelier; wall lamp; standard lamp; desk lamp; candle; candlestick; fireplace; mantelpiece;

(desktop) computer; notebook / laptop; internet tablet; keyboard, touchpad, smartphone;

headphones / earphones; loudspeakers / speakers; webcam; software, hardware;

sewing machine; food processor; dishwasher; oven; microwave (oven); refrigerator (=fridge);
freezer; sink; wash basin; washing machine; bathroom accessories; towel; bath house.

4. PREPOSITIONS
1) Put the book on the table. The book is on the table. Take the book off / from the table.
Put the book into (in) your bag. The book is in your bag. Take the book out of your bag.
Give the book to him. (=Give him the book.) Give it to him. Take the book from him.

2) Look at the picture. Look at the blackboard. Look at me. Look (at yourself) in the mirror.
I looked into the room. He looked into her eyes.
Open your book at page 20. What is there on page 20?
What is there at the top (at the bottom) of the page?

3) What can you see in the picture (photo)? – I can see a family.
What is there on the picture (photo)? – It‘s my pen.
6
4) He lives in Oxford Street. His house is at the beginning (at the end) of the street.
The school is in Lenin Avenue. The house is in Palace Square. It‘s on the Neva Embankment.

5) On the right (on the left) there‘s a bed.

They drive on the left (=on the left-hand side).

The bed is to the right (to the left) of the door.

Turn to the left (to the right).

The television is in the (right-hand) corner of the room.

The public telephone is at /on the corner of the street.

6) There was a bench between these two pines. There was a house among the pines.
We live across the street (from you). Our house is opposite yours.
Right opposite the door is a large window.
In front of the house there is a lawn. The garden is behind the house.

7) The photo is above (=над) the desk.

The ball is under (=под) the desk. (обозначают вертикальное расположение)

The picture is over (=выше) the desk.

The picture is below (=ниже) the lamp. (обозначают уровень)

8) He sat at / near the window. (около, недалеко)

He sat by / beside / next to the window. (у, рядом с)
He lives far (away) from London.

9) We had dinner at the cafe. He is at the cinema. They met at Judy‘s house. He is at university.
(где вообще)
It was very cosy in the cafe. There were a lot of people in the cinema.
The rooms in Judy‘s house are small. Is he still in the university? (внутри помещения)

10) He came to the door. They stood at the door.

They knocked at /on the door. There was a sign on the door.
They came into (in) the room. They entered the room.
They went out of the room. They left the room.

She went in. She is in.

She went out. She is out.
He went away. He is away. He is off.

5. Learn the proverbs and popular phrases. Use them in your conversation.
1. East or west, home is best.
2. Home, sweet home.
3. Home is where the heart is.
4. An Englishman‘s home is his castle.
5. A skeleton in the cupboard.
6. Better late than never.
7. Better safe than sorry.
8. The more you get, the more you want.
9. The best things in life are free.
10. The man travels the world in search of what he needs and returns home to find it.

7
JAZZ CHANTS
Learn the chants.

Warning Late Again Easy Solutions

'Watch ˎout! (5) ˈAre you ˏready? ˈAre you ˏready? ˋGee, I am ˏhungry
There’s a ˋhole in the floor! ˈAre you ˈready to ˏgo? ˈHave a ˋsandwich
ˊWhat? ˈNot ˏquite, ˈnot ˏquite ˈGee, I am ˇangry!
A ˎhole ˈJust a ˏminute ˈCalm ˎdown
ˋWhere? ˈDon’t ˏrush me ˋGee, I am ˏsleepy
In the ˋfloor ˈHurry ˏup, ˈhurry ˏup, ˈhurry ˏup, ˈhurry ˏup! ˈTake a ˋnap
A ˏhole in the floor? I’ll be ˈready in a ˏminute Gee, it’s ˋchilly in ˏhere
'Yes, a ˋhole in the floor in a ˏminute, in a ˏminute ˈPut on a ˋsweater
A 'great 'big ˎhole in the floor I ˈcan’t ˈfind my ˎkeys! ˈGee, it’s ˋhot in ˏhere
'Well, 'I don’t 'see any 'hole in the ˏfloor I ˈcan’t ˈfind my ˎkeys! ˈOpen a ˎwindow
ˋI ˌdon’t ˌsee any ˏhole ˈCome →on, .let’s .go! I’ve ˈgot the ˋhiccups
It’s ˎthere ˈCome →on, .let’s .go! ˈDrink some ˋwater
ˋWhere? I ˈcan’t ˈfind my ˎsocks! I ˈcan’t ˈfind my ˎsocks! My ˋnose itches
'Right ˋthere ˈCome ˏon, ˈlet’s ˏgo, ˈlet’s ˏgo, ˈlet’s ˏgo! ˋScratch it
ˈRight ˏhere? I ˈcan’t ˈfind my ˎshoes! I ˈcan’t ˈfind my ˎshoes! My ˋfeet hurt
'Yes, ' right ˎthere ˈCome ˏon, ˈlet’s ˏgo, ˈlet’s ˏgo, ˈlet’s ˎgo! Sit ˎdown for a while
'Are you ˏsure? Your ˈkeys are in your ˎhand My ˋshoes are tight
ˎSure, I am sure Your ˈsocks are in your ˎshoes ˈTake them ˋoff
It’s 'big as a ˇhouse Your ˈshoes are on the ˎfloor I have a ˎtoothache
ˏBig? ˈLet’s ˎgo! ˈLet’s ˎgo! ˈGo to the ˋdentist
It’s ˎhuge I have a ˋheadache
ˏHuge? ˈTake some ˎaspirin
It’s ˎhuge. A ˎhuge hole. A ˎgreat .big .hole I am ˎlonely
A 'great 'big ˎhole in the floor ˈCall up a ˋfriend
'I 'think you are ˎkidding, you are ˋteasing me I am ˋbored
ˋThere’s .no .hole in the … ˈGo to a ˋmovie

Read and translate the dialogue and learn it by heart.

Phoning a Flat-owner
Rod: Heˏllo. ˈIs that ˈOxford 40414 (ˈfour-o-ˈfour-one-ˏfour)?
Mary: ˈYes, it ˏis.
Rod: Erm …I’m inˈquiring about the ˎflat ˈwhich was ˈadvertised in the ˈlocal ˎpaper.
Mary: ˈOh, ˏyes?
Rod: ˈWonder if you could ˎtell me, ˈhow ˈmuch is the ˎrent a ˎmonth, please.
Mary: It’s £ 112. (= a ˈhundred and ˈtwelve ˎpounds)
Rod: ˈI →see. ˈIs it ˈfairly ˋnear the city ˏcentre?
Mary: ˏYes, it’s ˈonly about a ˈkilometre aˎway.
Rod: I ˎsee. ˈIs it quite ˈhandy for the ˎshops?
Mary: ˏYes, wiˈthin a ˈminute or ˈtwo on ˎfoot.
Rod: ˎGood. ˈWhat about a ˎgarden?
Mary: ˏWell, you ˈhave the ˈuse of the ˏgarden.
Rod: I →see. And ˈcentralˈ heating, ˏis there?
Mary: ˏYes, ˏyes. ˈGas ˈcentral ˏheating.
Rod: I ˎsee. Erm… ˈhow ˈmany ˎrooms are .there, .please?

8
Mary:ˈWell, there’s ˈone ˈvery ˈlarge ˈbed-ˋsitting ˏroom, a ˈkitchen and ˏbathroom and a ˈsmall
ˎhall.
Rod: I →see. →Erm… ˈwhich ˎfloor is it on?
Mary: On the ˎfirst floor.
Rod: Oh, ˎgood. Erm… ˈwould it be ˎpossible for me to ˎvisit it tomorrow, ˈsay about ˈfive
o’ˎclock?
Mary: ˎYes, ˎcertainly.
Rod: Oh ˎgood. ˈThat’s ˎfine. ˈCould you just ˈgive me your ˎname, please?
Mary: ˏYes. The →name is ˋMary ˏJones (ˏYes) and the adˋdressˏ is ˈforty ˏone ˈNorth Paˎrade.
Rod: ˈForty ˈone ˈNorth Pa→rade. ˎFine. ˈThanks ˈever so ˎmuch. I’ll ˈsee you toˈmorrow at ˈfive
o’ˎclock then.
Mary: ˏYes. (OˏK?) ˏGood.
Rod: ˈBye-ˏbye.
Mary: ˏBye.

EXERCISES
Ex. 1. Find English equivalents of the following words in the text “A Letter From Home”.
1. нам повезло с погодой; 2. они, конечно, волнуются; 3. всѐ как обычно; 4. двухкомнатная
квартира; 5. кажется, прошла вечность; 6. мы много говорим по телефону; 7. на последнем
этаже; 8. все современные удобства; 9. мы вернулись на работу после отпуска;
10. насколько я знаю; 11. надеюсь скоро увидеть всѐ сама; 12. это не имеет большого зна-
чения; 13. в новом районе; 14. центральное отопление; 15. мы очень по тебе скучаем;
16. совсем не похоже на осень; 17. Люси немного расстроена; 18. метро за углом; 19. про-
шло меньше месяца; 20. довольно далеко от центра; 21. просторная прихожая; 22. послед-
ние новости; 23. встроенная мебель; 24. ты вдали от дома; 25. большую часть работы по
дому; 26. ничего нельзя сделать; 27. холодная и горячая вода; 28. двенадцатиэтажный дом;
29. вне сомнения; 30. на окраине города; 31. главная тема разговоров; 32. мало что могу
ещѐ сказать; 33. где-то в конце месяца; 34. как ты можешь представить; 35. в конце кон-
цов, там есть лифт; 36. вот пока все наши новости; 37. для них это событие; 38. не могу
сказать, что часто вижу Люси и Майка; 39. балкон.

Ex. 2. Ask all kinds of questions about the text.

Ex. 3. Make up statements about the text and ask your seatmate to correct them if neces-
sary.

Ex. 4. Complete the sentences in your own way.

1. It‘s less than … that … 2. I miss … badly. 3. … doesn‘t at all look like … 4. … a pretty long
way from … 5. … , no doubt. 6. … back to … after … 7. … a little upset that … 8. … some-
where around the end of the month. 9. … which is very convenient. 10. … but it doesn‘t matter
much as … 11. I hope to see … for myself. 12. I can‘t say I see much of… 13. As far as I know
… 14. … speak much over the phone. 15. … but this can‘t be helped. 16. … a …-room flat with
… 17. The flat is on the … of a … 18. The latest news is … 19. The kitchen is very comfortable
with … 20. … but it seems ages. 21. The chief topic of … conversation is … 22. As you can im-
agine … 23. … round the corner.

Ex. 5. Stress the words. Mind that in compound nouns the first element is stressed, while in
compound adjectives and verbs both the elements are usually stressed. Read the words.
Twelve-storeyed, reading room, built-in, groupmate, moved in, television set, armchair, two-
room, housework, dining table, sewing machine, good-looking, right-hand, sofa bed, desk lamp,
housekeeping, flowerbed, well-built, roommate; broad-shouldered, candlestick, utility room.

9
Ex. 6. Read the words.
A. ages, fairly, pleased, usual, imagine, pretty, spacious, comfortable, convenient, furniture,
doubt, certainly, modern, supply, electricity, built-in, lavatory, cooker, underground, autumn.
B. cottage, separate, staircase, storey, southern, lounge, within, arrange, curtain, lower, house-
keeping, parquet, housework, covered, tiresome, room, suite, suit, cupboard, cushion, glass-
fronted, mirror, double, chandelier, sewing machine, accessories.

Ex. 7. Answer the questions.

A. 1. Do you live in a house or a flat? Are you living in a hostel now? 2. Do you have a country
house? What is it like? Is it far from the town? 3. Have you ever lived in a hotel? 4. Is your flat
big or small? 5. Does your flat have separate or adjoining rooms? 6. How many rooms are there
in your flat? Do you have a utility room? 7. Do you have a room of your own or do you share a
room with somebody? 8. Is the staircase clean in your block of flats? 9. Do you have a rubbish
chute? 10. How many storeys are there in your block of flats? 11. How many flats are there on
the landing? 12. What floor is your flat on? 13. Is there a lift? Do you use it? 14. What do you do
if the lift is out of order? 15. What is there on the ground floor of your block of flats? 16. Do you
live in the centre or on the outskirts of the town? 17. What street do you live in? 18. What num-
ber do you live at? 19. What aspect does your flat have? 20. What does it overlook? 21. How
many windows does your flat have? 22. How far is the nearest bus, trolley-bus or tram stop?
23. Is there a yard at your block of flats? What is it like?

B. 1. Have you ever been to a housewarming? Who arranged it? 2. Is there a lot of room in your
flat (in your country house)? 3. How much room is there in our classroom? 4. Do you like to
have a lot of furniture in the flat? 5. Do you have any modern conveniences in your country
house? Is it heated by a stove? 6. Do you like the way your flat or your house is planned?
7. Do you have a telephone in the flat? Where is it? 8. Do you have blinds or curtains in your
flat? 9. What is the floor in your flat or house covered with? 10. Are the walls papered, painted
or tiled? 11. What colour are the walls? 12. Is the ceiling whitewashed, painted or do you have a
hung or casement ceiling in your flat? 13. What in your flat makes housekeeping easier? 14. Do
you help your parents about the house? 15. Do you enjoy doing housework or do you find it
tiresome? 16. Who does most of the housework in your family? 17. Do you mind the mess in the
flat? 18. Is everything in its place in your flat? What is spick and span in it? 19. What makes
your room cosy? 20. Do the curtains and carpets match the furniture? 21. Do you agree with the
phrase: ‗The house is made for the people, not the people for the house‘. 22. Finish the sentence:
Nothing is more pleasant for me than to …

C. 1. Do you have suites of furniture in your flat or just separate pieces? 2. Do you have a wall
unit? 3. Do you have books at home? Where do you keep them? 4. Where do you keep your
clothes? 5. Do you have any built-in furniture? 6. Where do you do your homework? 7. Do your
relatives have a chest or a chest of drawers? What do they keep there? 8. What do you sleep on?
9. Have you ever slept on a bunk bed or on a camp bed? 10. Do you prefer big or small pillows?
11. Do you have a sofa or a divan in the flat? 12. Are there any cushions in the flat? 13. Are there
bedside tables or bedside cabinets? 14. Do you have a dressing table? 15. Do you have chairs or
stools in the kitchen? 16. Are there any carpets or rugs in the flat? Where are they? 17. Do you
have a door mat or a bath mat? 18. What kinds of lamps do you have in your flat? 19. Do you
have candles and candlesticks at home? 20. Is there a fireplace in your house? Would you like to
have it? 21. What usually stands on the mantelpiece? 22. Do you have flowers in vases or house-
plants in your flat? 23. Do you have a desktop computer, a laptop or an internet tablet? 24. Do
you prefer to watch films in the cinema, on TV, online or download them on your computer?
25. How can you decipher SMS and IM? 26. Do you have a sewing machine? 27. What useful
devices do you have in your kitchen? 28. Where do you keep your bathroom accessories? 29. Do
you have a hall in your flat? Is it spacious? 30. Do you go to a bathhouse? Why or why not?
31. Do you like your home? What would you like to change in it?
10
Ex. 8. State the difference between the words. Translate the Russian words.
Furniture / фурнитура; closet / клозет; chandelier / канделябр; stool / стул; player / плеер;
standard lamp / стандартная лампа; cabinet / кабинет;

Ex. 9. Fill in articles where necessary.

1. We have … three-room flat in … centre of … town. 2. There is … electricity, … gas, … cen-
tral heating, … water supply and … telephone in their country house. 3. … flat is on … fourth
floor in … nine-storey building in … Market Street. 4. Does this building have … lift? 5. … sit-
ting room is … largest room in … flat. 6. … Mum does … most of … work about … house.
7. There isn‘t much furniture here, only … most necessary things. 8. … garage is very spacious,
there is … lot of … room in it. 9. … flat is only … three-minute walk from … nearest bus stop
and there is … underground round … corner. 10. There is … hairdresser‘s on … ground floor.
11. … floor in …lounge was covered with … parquet. 12. All these kitchen appliances make …
housekeeping easier. 13. They have … built-in furniture in … flat. 14. Have you heard … latest
news? 15. Do you watch … television … lot? 16. We have … big television of … latest model.
17. … Englishman‘s home is his castle. 18. … more you get, … more you want. 19. There are …
few colleges and … university in … this street. 20. He doesn‘t help about … house, he finds …
housework very boring. 21. How much is … rent … month, please? 22. In … middle of … bed-
room there was … large double bed with … beautiful bedspread on it. 23. It‘s … pity you have
no … computer. 24. As … matter of … fact, … house has all … modern conveniences.

Ex. 10. Fill in prepositions or adverbs if necessary.

1. Let‘s take things ………………the bags and boxes and put everything ……….its place.
2. Who took my notebook ………. the desk? 3. Open your textbooks ……….page 13 and look
………..the picture. What can you see …….. the picture? 4. He lives …………no. 23. His house
is ………….the bottom of the street. 5. Take the cup ………. Mrs Briggs and pour some more
tea …………it, please. 6. …… the middle ……… the room there is a dining table ………. four
chairs …………… it. The television is ………the left-hand corner. ……… the right ………..
the television you can see a wall unit ………… three sections. There‘s also a sofa ………… the
left. 7. He looked ………… her eyes and fell …….. love ………. her …….. first sight. 8. The
flat is big enough ……. the three ……..them. It‘s …….. the top floor ………..a nine-storey
building ……the outskirts ……..the city. 9. The art gallery is ………. the Miass Embankment.
10. Whose glass is standing …….the picture? Take it ………..! 11. The telephone box is
…………. there …….. the corner ………. the street. But it‘s occupied, somebody is speaking
………the phone. 12. Who‘s standing …………. Ron and Mike? Is he a relative ………. yours?

13. Jane is somewhere ………… the guests. Walk ……………. and you are sure to find her.
14. Do the Perrys live next door? – No, their house is right ……………….. ours, ………… the
street ………us. 15. Whose portrait is there ……….the wall…………….. your desk?
16.…………..both sides ……..the coffee table are armchairs. 17. Wait …………me ………..the
corner …..this street. 18. The cottage isn‘t far away ……… London, it‘s ...... the suburbs, just
…….half an hour‘s drive. 19. I‘m looking …… my pen. Haven‘t you seen it anywhere
………chance? – I found it ………the floor ………..the desk and put it ……… the top drawer.
20. We were to meet ………Jim‘s place, but when I knocked ….. the door there was no answer.
I stood ……the door ….. some time and then realized that I came an hour early. 21. I don‘t see
much ……….her, but we speak ……….the phone …. time …time. 22. Hello. Is Jane …? – No,
she‘s just gone …….23. We met ……..the theatre. When we entered ………the building, we
saw there were a lot ………people ……..the theatre. Everybody was waiting ……..the perfor-
mance to begin.

Ex. 11. Write British equivalents for these American words.

Elevator, cozy, first story, center, floor lamp, favorite, gas stove, apartment, apartment house,
fall, last name, lobby, mail box, rest room, sidewalk, subway, garbage can, antenna, duplex;
11
Ex. 12. Choose the correct item.
1. The soft armchairs, the cosy settee and the carpet on the floor make this room very (comforta-
ble, convenient), but I‘m afraid it‘s not very (comfortable, convenient) for studying. 2. Will it be
(comfortable, convenient) to meet at five? 3. Is your timetable (comfortable, convenient)? 4. The
lounge was richly furnished and very (comfortable, convenient). 5. An Englishman‘s (home,
house) is his castle. 6. This (home, house) was built in the 19th century. 7. He has a flat in a new
high-rise (house, home, building) not far from here. 8. The faculty (home, house, building) has
thin walls that let the sound through. 9. What (house, home, – ) number does he live at? 10. Eng-
lish people prefer (houses, homes, buildings, flats) to (houses, homes, buildings, flats). 11. They
have a new (suit, suite) of furniture in the bedroom. 12. This tie doesn‘t go with your new (suit,
suite) at all. 13. You should put on a formal (suit, suite) to be allowed to enter this restaurant.
14. I think their kitchen (suit, suite) is rather ugly. 15. How many (floors, storeys) are there in
this block? 16. Why haven‘t you washed the (floor, storey) in the hall? 17. Tell the child some
bedtime (story, storey), please. 18. It‘s a tall fourteen-(floor, storey) building in Lenin Avenue.

19. There are eight (desks, tables) in the classroom. 20. Sit down to (desk, table), please. The
dinner is ready. 21. The round dining (desk, table) is in the middle of the room. 22. There was a
big (desk, table) with many (draws, drawers) in the study. 23. Let‘s sit at the coffee (desk, table)
in the corner. 24. Harry (draws, drawers) very well. 25. Mr Batler is not a bad (draw, drawer).
26. He lives in the university (hotel, hostel), doesn‘t he? 27. It was the famous ‗(Hotel, Hostel)
California‘, the evergreen hit by The Eagles. 28. The rooms in the (Hotel, Hostel) Victoria are
rather expensive. 29. She shares her room at the (hotel, hostel) with one of her groupmates. 30. A
(certain, curtain) Doctor Redford wants to see you. 31. The (certain, curtain) on the window was
white with pink flowers and green leaves. 32. There were a lot of (certain, curtain) calls after the
performance. 33. I can‘t say for (certain, curtain) how much the redecoration will cost. 34. When
the (certain, curtain) rose the actors were already on the stage. 35. Where is my favourite teddy
(bare, bear, beer)? 36. His favourite (bare, bear, beer) is Guinness. 37. Is your granny a good
(cook, cooker)? 38. We have installed a new electric (cook, cooker) in the kitchen. 39. Put the
kettle on the (cook, cooker), please. 40. His wife (cooks, cookers) perfectly, doesn‘t she?
41. What a modern (cook, cooker)! Is it difficult to operate?

Ex. 13. Fill in the gaps with prepositions.

1) Put the book … the table. The book is … the table. Take the book … / … the table. Put the
book … your bag. The book is … your bag. Take the book … your bag. Give the book … him.
(=Give ... him the book.) Give it … him. Take the book … him.

2) Look … the picture. Look … the blackboard. Look … me. Look (… yourself) … the mirror. I
looked … the room. He looked … her eyes. Open your book … page 20. What is there … page
20? What is … the top (… the bottom) … the page?

3) What can you see … the picture (photo)? – I can see a room. What is there … the picture
(photo)? – It‘s my pen. (= Что лежит на картинке /фотографии?)

4) He lives … Oxford Street. His house is …the beginning (… the end) ... the street. The
school is … Lenin Avenue. The museum is …Palace Square. This house is … the Neva Em-
bankment.

5) … the right (… the left) there‘s a bed. They drive … the left (= … the left-hand side). The
bed is … the right (… the left) … the door. Turn … the left (… the right). The television is …
the (right-hand) corner of the room. The public telephone is … / … the corner of the street.

12
6) There was a bench … these two pines. There was a house … (=среди) the pines. We live …
the street (… you). (=через улицу) Our house is … (=напротив) yours. Right … the door is a
large window. … (перед) the house there is a lawn. The garden is … (=позади) the house.

7) The photo is … (=над) the desk. The ball is … (=под) the desk. The picture is … (=выше)
the desk. The picture is … (=ниже) the lamp.

8) He sat … / … the window. (около, недалеко) He sat … / … / … the window. (у, рядом с)
He lives far … London.

9) We had dinner … the cafe. He is … the cinema. They met … Judy‘s house. He is … universi-
ty. (где вообще)
It was very cosy … the cafe. There were a lot of people … the cinema. The rooms … Judy‘s
house are small. Is he still … the university? (внутри здания)

10) He came … the door. They stood … the door.

They knocked … /… the door. There was a sign … the door.
They came … the room. They entered … the room.
They went … the room. They left … the room.

Ex. 14. Translate into Russian.

1) Положите книгу на стол. Книга находится на столе. Возьмите книгу со (2в) стола. По-
ложите книгу в портфель. Книга находится в вашем портфеле. Возьмите книгу из портфе-
ля. Дайте ему книгу. (2 в) Дайте еѐ (= книгу) ему. Возьмите книгу у него.

2) Посмотрите на картину. Смотрите на доску. Смотрите на меня. Посмотрите (на себя)

в зеркало. Я заглянул в комнату. Он посмотрел ей в глаза. Откройте книгу на странице
20. Что находится на странице 20? Что находится наверху (внизу) страницы?

3) Что вы видите на картине? – Я вижу комнату. Что на картине? – Это моя ручка.

4) Он живет на Оксфордской улице. Его дом в начале (в конце) улицы. Школа находится
на проспекте Ленина. Музей находится на Дворцовой площади. Этот дом находится на
Набережной Невы.

5) Справа (слева) кровать. Они ездят слева (= по левой стороне). Кровать направо (на-
лево) от двери. Поверни налево (направо). Телевизор в (правом) углу комнаты. Общест-
венный телефон на (2в) углу улицы.

6) Между этими двумя соснами была скамейка. Среди сосен был дом. Мы живем через
улицу (от вас). Наш дом напротив вашего. Прямо напротив двери большое окно. Перед
домом лужайка. Сад позади дома.

7) Фотография над столом. Мяч находится под столом. Картина выше стола. Картина
ниже лампы.

8) Он сидел около, недалеко от окна. (2в) Он сидел у окна /рядом с окном. (2в) Он жи-
вет далеко от Лондона.

9) Мы обедали в кафе. Он в кинотеатре. Они встретились в доме Джуди. Он в универси-

тете. (где вообще)
В кафе было уютно. В кинотеатре было много людей. Комнаты в доме Джуди маленькие.
Он все еще в университете? (в здании)
13
 10) Он подошел к двери. Они стояли у двери. Они постучали в (2в) дверь. На двери бы-
ла надпись. Они вошли в комнату. (2в) Они вышли из комнаты. (2в)
Она вошла. Она внутри. Она вышла. (2в) Он ушел. Его нет. (2в)

Ex. 15. Translate into English.

1. Какие новости? – Мой дядя купил дом в деревне. Это в сорока минутах езды от города.
Это кирпичный двухэтажный дом со всеми удобствами. Там есть электричество, водопро-
вод, центральное отопление и телефон. Окна выходят на озеро.
2. У неѐ квартира недалеко от центра города. Это трѐхкомнатная полнометражная кварти-
ра с раздельными комнатами, просторным коридором, балконом и кладовкой. Она на вто-
ром этаже шестиэтажного дома на улице Кирова. Окна выходят на восток и на юг. Окна
спальни выходят в тихий зелѐный двор.

3. Моя племянница живѐт в маленькой двухкомнатной квартирке на окраине города на

последнем этаже двенадцатиэтажного здания. Она немного расстроена тем, что это далеко
от центра и ей требуется полчаса, чтобы добраться до работы, но ничего не поделаешь.
4. Это библиотека. У стен стоят застеклѐнные книжные шкафы. В правом углу у окна –
письменный стол с настольной лампой. Пол покрыт паркетом. Посредине комнаты лежит
большой ковѐр. По обе стороны камина стоят кресла. На каминной полке стоят часы. С
потолка свешивается люстра. Красивые шторы на окнах и цветы в вазах делают комнату
уютной. Нет ничего приятнее, чем сидеть в мягком кресле и читать интересную книгу.

5. Моя комната не очень большая, но обставлена так, как мне хочется. Слева – тахта с ди-
ванными подушками. В правом углу – стол, на нѐм – компьютер и принтер. Над ним не-
сколько полок с книгами, остальные – в ящиках стола. Рядом с тахтой – встроенный шкаф,
где я храню свою одежду. Пол покрыт ламинатом в тон к шторам на окнах.
6. Наша кухня довольно просторная. В ней – кухонный гарнитур, состоящий из стенки с
кухонными столами и встроенной мойкой, обеденного стола и нескольких табуретов. В
углу стоит высокий холодильник. Электроплита и стиральная машина встроены в стенку.
Пол покрыт линолеумом. Всѐ блестит и сверкает. Микроволновка, посудомоечная маши-
на, кухонный комбайн облегчают ведение хозяйства.
7. Я люблю бывать в доме у своей бабушки. У неѐ тихо и уютно. Деревянный пол покрыт
половиками (long narrow mats). У неѐ есть сундук, где она хранит старые вещи и фото.

Ex. 16. Read the text, compare Jane‟s kitchen with yours and speak about your favourite
place in the flat.
Jane‟s Favourite Room
My favourite room is our kitchen. Perhaps the kitchen is the most important room in many houses,
but it is particularly so in our house because it‘s not only where we cook and eat but it‘s also the
main meeting place for family and friends. I have so many happy memories of times we spent there:
special occasions like making Christmas dinner; comforting cups of tea in the middle of the night in
times of trouble; ordinary daily events such as making breakfast on dark, cold winter mornings for
cross, sleepy children before sending them off to school, then sitting down to read a newspaper with
a hot cup of coffee. Whenever we have a party, it always ends up with people gathering with their
drinks to the kitchen and it becomes the fullest and noisiest room in the house.

So what does this special room look like? It‘s quite big, but not huge. It‘s big enough to have a
good-sized rectangular table in the centre. There‘s a large window above the sink, which looks out
onto two apple trees in the garden. The cooker is at one end; at the other end is a wall with a large
notice-board, which tells the story of our lives, past, present and future, in words and pictures: a
school photo of Megan and Kate, a postcard from Aunt Nancy in Australia, the menu from a Chi-
nese restaurant, a wedding invitation for next Saturday. All our world is there for everyone to read!

14
The front door is seldom used in our house, only by strangers. All our friends use the back door,
which means they come straight into the kitchen and join in whatever is happening there. The kettle
goes on immediately and then we all sit round the table, drinking tea and chatting about everything.
Without doubt some of the happiest times of my life have been spent in our kitchen.

Ex. 17. Describe the room, compare it with the room of your own.

easel [ˈi:zl] – мольберт; camera – фотоаппарат; brush – кисточка; half-eaten apple – недоеденное яблоко.

Ex. 18. Discussion tasks

1. How do you understand the saying My home is my castle?
Can you say it about the place you live at? Why or why not?
2. Describe the house/flat of your dream.
3. What can you say for and against living in the hostel?
4. What can you say for and against living in the hotel?
5. Compare living on your own and sharing a flat with your parents.
6. Compare living on your own and sharing a flat with your friends.

Ex. 19. Conversation tasks

1. Look at the picture of the house or a flat and say whether you like it or not and why.
2. Look at the picture of a house or a flat and give compliments to its owner.
3. Try to persuade your groupmate who wants to live in the hostel that he/she should rent a flat.
4. You want to sell a house or a flat. Try to persuade the customer to buy it showing him/her
some pictures.
5. Your groupmate wants to rent a flat, discuss the following advertisement together to de-
cide whether it suits him/her or not.
A furnished flat to let. Two rooms, a kitchen and a bathroom. Second floor.
A balcony, no Internet. No children or pets. 23 Kirov St.
6. Talk to the flat owner to find out the details about the flat you want to rent.
7. Show the picture of your room and discuss with your friend the ways to change it.
8. You are both invited to a housewarming party, discuss what present you should choose.

15
Ex. 20. Listen to the dialogue, practise the reading and learn it.

Brutus Cray – the Greatest

Brutus Cray: ˈI'm the ˎgreatest!

Reporter: You ˋwere the greatest, ˏBrutus... but you're ˈten ˈyears ˋolder than ˈJoe ˎFreezer.

Brutus Cray: ˈJoe ˎFreezer! I'm ˈnot aˈfraid

of ˈJoe ˎFreezer!

Reporter: ˏReally?

Brutus Cray: ˎListen! I've ˈbeaten him

ˏtwice, and I'm ˈgoing to ˈbeat him aˎgain.

Reporter: ˈAre you ˏsure?

Brutus Cray: ˊSure? Of ˈcourse I'm ˎsure.

Reporter: ˈSome ˈpeople →say he's ˎbetter

than you.

Brutus Cray: ˈNow, ˎlisten! I've ˈbeaten ˈall

the ˈbest ˏboxers, and ˈJoe ˈFreezer's ˈone
of the ˎworst!

Reporter: ˏYes, but he's ˈbetter than he

ˇwas.

Brutus Cray: ˎListen! I'm ˏstronger, ˏfaster, ˏfitter and ˈmore inˎtelligent than him!

Reporter: ˏYes, but he ˈKˈO'ed ˈLen ˎKorton ˈtwo ˎmonths ago.

Brutus Cray: ˈLen →Korton. ˈI've ˈKˈO'ed him ˈthree ˎtimes!

Reporter: ˈO.ˎK., ˈO.ˎK., ˎBrutus. ˈAre you ˈgoing to reˏtire ˈafter this ˏfight?

Brutus Cray: Reˏtire? ˎNo. I've been the ˈchampion for ˈten ˎyears ... and I'm ˈgoing to ˎstay the
champion for aˎnother ten.

Reporter: ˈJoe ˋFreezer .doesn't .think ˏso!

Brutus Cray: ˋJoe ˏFreezer? ˈJoe ˈFreezer's the ˈugliest ˈman in the ˎworld... ˈafter toˈnight he's
ˈgoing to ˈneed a ˈnew ˎface!

16
 TOPIC 2. DAILY PROGRAMME

Read, translate and reproduce the text.

My Day
I've ˈentered the ˈTeachers‘ ˈTraining ˈInstitute of ˈForeign ˏLanguages | and ˈso my ˈdream has
ˈcome ˎtrue. ˈEvery ˈday ˈpromises ˈmany ˈinteresting ˈthings to ˎlearn, ˈnew ˈpeople to ˏmeet,
ˈconcerts and ˈfilms to enˎjoy. But it is ˈno ˈeasy ˎmatter | to ˈcram ˈeverything into ˈone ˎday | and
the ˈdaily ˎprogramme | beˈcomes a ˈquestion of ˈwinning or ˎlosing. The ˈwise ˎsaying | adˎvises | to
ˈget up ˎearly, ―The ˈmore a ˈman of ˋwisdom →grows, the ˈless of ˈmorning ˎsleep he knows.‖

So ˈmy day beˈgins with the ˈringing of the aˏlarm clock | at my ˏbedside | which ˏwakes me | as
well as my ˏroommates | ˈup at ˈhalf ˈpast ˎsix. ˈIsn't it ˈfun to ˈjump out of ˈbed with ˏnoise | and
ˏjokes, to ˈdo ˈmorning ˏexercises | to ˏmusic | with the ˈwindow →open | and after ˏwashing,
ˈcleaning our ˏteeth, ˈdoing our →hair, ˈdressing and ˈhaving ˏbreakfast | to ˈhurry to the ˊinstitute?

We ˈgo there by ˎbus | and it ˈtakes us ↑forty ˎminutes | to ˎget there. ˈAs our ˎclasses | beˈgin at
ˈeight o‘ˎclock, the ˎcloakroom | at ˎthat time | is ˈoverˈcrowded with the ˏstudents | who ˈtry to
aˈrrive at the ˏinstitute | beˈfore the ˎbell. ˈAfter ˏclasses | I ˈgo to the ˎsnack bar | or canˎteen | to
ˈhave ˎdinner and ˈthen to the ˏlibrary | and ˈreading ˏroom | for →books | or to the ˎlanguage labora-
tory | to ˈwork at my ˎsounds | and my ˎspeech.

In the ˏevening | ˈafter a ˈshort ˈquiet ˏrest | I ˈdo my ˎhomework | and it ˈtakes ˋtime, you ˏknow.
Beˈfore I ˈgo to ˏbed | I can ˈwatch a ˈTˏV program, ˈread a ˈbook for ˏpleasure, ˈhave a ˎwalk | with
my ˎfriend |ˎchatting | about the ˈlatest ˎnews. ˈOnce in ˏbed | the eˈvents of the ˈday ˈpass in my
ˈmind‘s ˎeye | and I ˈsee that it‘s ˈbeen a ˈday of ˈhard ˎwork. But I ˋdon't feel ˏsorry, beˈcause I
ˎknow, ―There is ˈno ˈroyal ˏroad | to ˎlearning.‖

VOCABULARY
1. to wake (up); to get up; an early bird; to get out of bed; to go to bed; to stay in bed;
to make one‘s bed; to put smb to bed; to fall asleep; to take a nap; usually; as usual; than usual;

to have a bath / a shower; to dry with a towel; to do exercises; to take exercise; to do sports;
to keep fit; to work out (in a gym); to go to a swimming pool, a skating rink; to jog;

to walk a dog; to stay indoors; to stay outdoors (=out-of-doors ); to go on foot;

to go to the hairdresser‘s; at / for the weekend; to go out;.
When did he go? – He left at the weekend. For how long did he go? – He went for the weekend.

to switch on / off (electrical things); to turn on / off / out (water, gas, electrical things);

2. Time
What's the time? What time is it? Could you tell me the time, please? What time did he come?

10 a.m. = short for Latin ante meridiem = before noon = 10 утра;

10 p.m. = short for Latin post meridiem = after noon = 10 вечера

It‘s ten o‘clock sharp. It‘s half past ten.(=10:30) It‘s a quarter to ten. (=9:45)
It‘s ten (minutes) past nine. (=9:10) (можно опустить minutes, если их число делиться на 5)
half an hour; an hour and a half;

17
The plane arrives at twelve thirty-one (=12:31). He’ll come on the nine fifteen train. (=9:15)
wrist watch; digital watch; clock; to be right / wrong / fast / slow; to be 5 minutes fast/slow;

to have free / spare time; to be short of time; to be pressed for time; to hurry; to be in a hurry;
hurry up; to be on time; to be in time for; to be late for;

on time = в назначенное время;

in time = вовремя, без опоздания;
It's time to do smth. It's just the time to do smth.

3. Time prepositions
at three o‘clock; at the same time; (at) any time; at noon; at midnight; at the moment; at Christmas;
BUT: on Christmas Day; at the weekend; at the beginning / end of the year, month, week etc.

on Monday; on Monday morning; on weekdays; on my birthday; on the 3d of May;

on a sunny morning (с описательным определением) BUT: in the morning;

in 1) in a week; in three days; in two hundred years;} через какое-то время в будущем;
2) He learnt to drive in three weeks.} за сколько времени?
3) in the 19th century; in the past; in (the) future; in 1945; in June; in summer;
in the daytime; in the afternoon; BUT: next Monday; last June; this summer;

by 3 o‘clock; by Monday; by next week;

before 3 o‘clock; before Monday; before midnight; } в любой момент до …;

till = until 3 o‘clock; until Monday; till next week;} в течение всего времени до …;

after 3 o‘clock; after Monday; after midnight;

from … to (=till) from 3 to 5; from early morning till late at night;

between three and five;

Когда происходит? during the day; during the winter; during the break; during the lecture;
Сколько времени продолжается? for a day; for two weeks (= for a fortnight); for thirty years;

4. Housework
housewife; host, hostess (для гостей); master (хозяин для подчиненных); owner (владелец);
to be in disorder; to leave things lying around; to scatter;

to put in order; to do a flat; to tidy (up) a room; to be tidy (untidy);

to be particular about cleanliness; to do a big housecleaning; to do a spring cleaning;

to dust the furniture; to water house plants; to wash up; to wash the dishes; brush, to brush;
to shake; to beat carpets (with a carpet-beater); to vacuum; vacuum cleaner; to sweep; broom;

to do the washing; bed linen;

to do the ironing; to iron; ironing board;

to do the shopping; to go shopping;

to sew; to sew a button on; to make clothes; to knit; to mend; to redecorate;
to be out of order; to do repairs; to repair; to fix;

18
JAZZ CHANTS

WAKE UP, WAKE UP! OUCH! THAT HURTS MEET ME IN THE MORNING
Wake up, wake up! Ouch! Meet me in the morning
What ˎtime is it? What’s the matter? Meet me at noon
Wake up, wake up! I stubbed my toe Meet me in September
What ˎtime is it? Oh, that hurts, that hurts Or the middle of June
It‘s time to get up I ˎknow that hurts Meet me at midnight
What ˎtime is it? Ouch! Meet me in the hall
It‘s time to get up What’s the matter? Meet me in the summer
What ˎtime is it? I bit my tongue Meet me in the fall
Come on, get up! Oh, that hurts, that hurts Meet me in the evening
I don’t ˎwant to get up I ˎknow that hurts Meet me at eight
Come on, get up! Ouch! I‘ll meet you any time you want
I don’t ˎwant to get up What’s the matter? But, ˎplease, don‘t be late.
You ˎhave to get up I‘ve got a cramp in my foot
I don’t ˎwant to get up Oh, that hurts, that hurts A BAD DAY
You ˎmust get up I ˎknow that hurts I overslept and missed my train
I don’t ˎwant to get up Ouch! Ouch! Slipped on the sidewalk in the pouring rain
You‘ve ˎgot to get up What’s the matter ˎnow? Sprained my ankle, skinned my knees
I don’t ˎwant to get up I bumped into the table Broke my glasses, lost my keys
Come on, get up! Tripped on the stairs Got stuck in the elevator, it wouldn‘t go
I don’t ˎwant to get up Slipped on the carpet Kicked it twice and stubbed my toe
Get up, get up! Fell over the chairs Bought a pen that didn‘t write
You‘re gonna be ˎlate. Gee, you are ˋclumsy toˏday! Took it back and had a fight
Late for ˋwhat? Went home angry, locked the door
Late for ˎwork Crawled into bed, couldn‘t take any more
Late for ˏwork?
It’s ˎSunday! .

EXERCISES
Ex. 1. Find English equivalents for the following words and phrases in the text.
1) это требует времени; 2) звонок будильника; 3) моя мечта сбылась; 4) чистка зубов; 5) де-
лать утреннюю зарядку; 6) разговаривая о последних новостях; 7) я поступила в педагогиче-
ский институт; 8) мудрое изречение; 9) нет лѐгких путей в учении; 10) читать книгу для удо-
вольствия; 11) режим дня; 12) встречаться с новыми людьми; 13) переполнен; 14) после не-
большого спокойного отдыха; 15) мысленно проходят предо мной; 16) закусочная, буфет;
17) наслаждаться концертами и фильмами; 18) спешить в институт; 19) но мне не жаль;
20) под музыку; 21) оказавшись в постели; 22) с шумом и шутками; 23) гардероб; 24) нам
требуется сорок минут, чтобы добраться туда; 25) события дня; 26) работать над звуками и
речью; 27) я делаю домашнюю работу; 28) это нелѐгкое дело; 29) будит меня и моих подруг;
30) чем мудрее становится человек, тем меньше он спит по утрам; 31) перед тем, как лечь
спать; 32) вместить всѐ в один день; 33) я вижу, что это был тяжѐлый день; 34) вопрос выиг-
рыша или проигрыша; 35) после уроков; 36) разве не весело? 37) советует вставать рано;
38) спрыгивать с кровати; 39) с открытым окном; 40) приехать в институт до звонка;
41) смотреть телепрограмму; 42) иностранные языки; 43) гулять с друзьями; 44) библиотека
и читальный зал; 45) в это время; 46) уроки начинаются в семь.

2. Ask and answer all kinds of questions about the text.

19
Ex. 3. Correct the statements about the text if necessary.
1. The wise saying advises to sleep late. 2. It takes her much time to do her homework. 3. It‘s not
difficult to have time for everything during the day. 4. Once in bed she falls asleep at once. 5. She
studies foreign languages. 6. Her roommates wake her up with noise and jokes at half past six.
7. After classes she goes shopping. 8. She turns on music when she does her morning exercises.
9. She thinks it‘s fun to jump on her bed. 10. She rests a little before doing her homework. 11. She
has a busy and interesting life. 12. It takes her less than half an hour to get to the institute. 13. At
nine o‘clock the cloakroom is overcrowded. 14. Before going to bed she goes to the lab to work at
her sounds and her speech. 15. In the evening she phones her parents to chat about the latest news.
16. Her life is rather hard. 17. She is disappointed in student life. 18. Her lifestyle makes a daily
programme a very important thing. 19. They often open the window in the morning. 20. She usually
dines at home. 21. She can watch TV all day long. 22. She knows that learning is not an easy thing.
23. Their classes begin at half past eight. 24. She usually reads her textbook before going to bed.

Ex. 4. Complete the sentences in your own way.

1. I‘ve entered … 2. Our classes begin at … 3. After classes … 4. It‘s no easy matter to … 5. My
day begins with … 6. Isn‘t it fun to … ? 7. … and it takes time, you know. 8. Once in bed …
9. It takes me … to …. 10. After a short rest … 11. Before I go to bed … 12. I have a walk with …
chatting about … 13. … and so … dream has come true. 14. The cloakroom at … is … 15. …
before the bell. 16. … but I don‘t feel sorry because … 17. … pass in my mind‘s eye.

Ex. 5. Answer the questions.

1. How long does it take you to get out of bed in the morning? 2. How long did it take you to get
ready to leave your home today? 3. How much time does it take you to do your English homework?
4. How much time did it take you to do your English homework at school? 5. How long does it take
your seatmate to get to the university? 6. How long did it take you to get to school? 7. How long
will it take you to get to the university on foot? 8. How much time does it take your mother to get to
her work? 9. How long will it take you to learn the text ―My Day‖? 10. How long does it take you
to have a bath? 11. How long does it take you to do your room? 12. How long has it taken you to do
this exercise?

Ex. 6. Answer the questions.

A. 1. What time do you usually wake up on weekdays? Are you an early bird? 2. Who wakes you
up? 3. Did you wake up as usual today? 4. Do you wake up later than usual at weekends? When?
5. How do you get out of bed? 6. Do you have time to make your bed in the morning? 7. How did
your mother put you to bed when you were small? Did she sing you lullabies or tell fairy tales? 8. Is
it an easy matter for you to get up early? 9. When do you go to bed for the night? 10. Do you fall
asleep quickly? 11. Do you take a nap in the daytime? 12. Do you stay in bed when you are ill?
13. Do you prefer to take a bath or a shower? 14. Do you take any exercise? 15. Do you do your
exercises in the morning? 16. Do you have a dog? Who walks it? 17. Do you prefer to stay indoors
or outdoors at weekends? 18. Do you like to go out? When do you usually go out? 19. Do you go
anywhere on foot? Do you enjoy it? 20. Do you like to go to the country? What do you usually do
there? 21. Where are you going next weekend? 22. Do you always remember to switch off electrical
things and to turn out the light when you leave home? 23. Do you turn on music or TV when you do
your homework?

B. 1. What‘s the time by your watch? 2. Is your watch right? 3. What kind of watch do you have?
4. How many clocks do you have at home? 5. What time do your classes begin? When do they
finish? 6. When did this lesson begin? When will it finish? 7. Are you often short of time? 8. When
are you especially pressed for time? 9. Are you in a hurry now? 10. Are you always on time? Do
you think it‘s important to be on time? 11. If you leave your home at eight, will you be in time for
classes? 12. What do you say when you are late? 13. Is it time for the bell? 14. Is it time to go to the
canteen? 15. Is it about time to begin the next part of the exercise?
20
C. 1. Where will you be at six o‘clock? 2. When will you have lunch? 3. Where will you be at the
same time tomorrow? 4. What can you do any time? 5. What are you going to do at midnight?
6. Where will you be at the beginning of the next month 7. Where will you be in an hour? 8. In what
time will the lesson finish? 9. In what time will it get dark? 10. In what time will you see your best
friend? 11. In what time can you make breakfast? 12. In what time did you learn to ride a bike?
13. What century were you born in? 14. Are you interested in the past? 15. Do you know what is
waiting for you in the future? Would you like to know? 16. When were you born? 17. What did you
do last summer? 18. What are you going to do late in the evening? 19. What are you going to do
next Monday? 20. Will you finish your homework by eight o‘clock? 21. Will this term finish next
week? 22. Will you be in the university after five o‘clock today? 23. Were you in bed before mid-
night yesterday? 24. Till when will you be at home tomorrow morning? 25. Till when can your
friends phone you? 26. What did you do from nine to eleven p.m. yesterday? 27. Where will you be
from two to three tomorrow? 28. What do you usually do during a lecture? 29. Who will you see
during the next break? 30. How long have you been learning English?

D. 1. Who keeps house in your family? 2. Do you like to keep to the house? 3. Do you like to be a
host (or a hostess) or do you prefer to be a guest? 4. Is it difficult to be a dog‘s master? 5. Are you
the owner of anything? 6. Do you often put your room in order? 7. What is out of order in your
flat? 8. Are you tidy? 9. Is your mother particular about cleanliness? 10. How often do you do a big
housecleaning? 11. What jobs does your big housecleaning include? 12. How often do you water
your houseplants? 13. Who usually washes up after meals? 14. Why do Americans wash up before
meals? 15. How do you clean your carpets and rugs? 16. Do you sweep or wash the floor in your
flat? 17. How can you use a toothbrush, a hairbrush, a paintbrush and a broom? 18. What did Harry
Potter use a broom for? 19. Do you do your own washing? 20. Do you like to iron? Do you use an
ironing board? 21. Can you cook? Do you often do the cooking? Do you enjoy it? 22. Do you use a
cooker or a microwave to warm up meals? 23. Who is the first to get up in your family? 24. Who
makes breakfast for you? 25. Do you have a water filter, use tap water or buy bottled water? 26. Do
you like to go shopping? 27. Can you sew? 28. Can anybody knit in your family?

Ex. 7. Say in words.

1) He woke up at 7:14. 2) The alarm clock went off at 6:30. 3) Jean left home at 9:45, she wanted to
take the 10:25 train. 4) The classes were over at 3:50. 5) We are to meet at 7:30 at the entrance to
the cinema. 6) Jim promised to call for me at 5:20 sharp. 7) I must be ready by 8:55. 8) The bell
goes at 9:15. 9) The ghost appeared at 12 p.m. 10) The cannon fires at 12 a.m. every day. 11) The
film begins at 10:45. 12) Look at the watch – it‘s 12:03 already. – Your watch is 5 minutes fast. It‘s
only 11:58 now. 13) He turned off the light at 1:41. 14) Dinner will be at 2:30. 15) It‘s 4:33 now.
16) I‘ll come by the 5:39 plane. 17) Harry appeared at 8:11 sharp.

Ex. 8. Fill in articles if necessary.

1. …sooner … better. 2. … time is … money. 3. After … classes I usually go to … canteen or …
snack bar to have … lunch. 4. He has … bad cold and … Doctor Jones advised him to keep to …
house. 5. … granny keeps … house in our family, she does … most of … housework. 6. In … even-
ing after … short quiet rest I do … homework and it takes … time, you know. 7. It‘s just … time to
begin … lesson. 8. At ten o‘clock on … warm September evening he walked slowly down … street.
9. … day was hot and muggy. 10. It was … cold autumn morning. 11. In … morning she went …
shopping. 12. It was almost … noon. 13. He made his speech … yesterday … morning. 14. It was
… late evening when … train arrived at … station. 15. … night passed quietly. 16. … doorbell rang
late at … night. 17. He works from … morning till … night. 18. Wendy came on … 10:45 train.
19. We got back to … hotel when … twilight was falling. 20. I paid … visit to them on … clear,
cold February afternoon. 21. Is he still in … bed? – No, he has got up and gone for … ride. 22. I
always try to come to … university before … bell. 23. He likes … tidiness, but finds … housework
rather tiresome. 24. It‘s … fun to do … sports to … rock music. 25. It‘s … pity to go to … bed so
early. 26. I have to be … first to get up, to make … breakfast. 27. She takes … nap in … daytime.

21
28. If nobody wakes her up in … morning she‘ll sleep till … noon. 29. Who will do … shopping
today? – I must, but I hate to go … shopping in such … rainy weather.

Ex. 9. Fill in prepositions or adverbs if necessary.

1. He woke …… early …… usual and now he‘s doing his morning exercises …… music …… the
window open. 2. He arrived …… the meeting …… time, …… half …… seven. 3. When I woke
…… yesterday I saw that I had overslept and was late ……classes, so I jumped … … bed and ran
…… the bathroom. 4. She gets …… work …… tram, but … fine weather she goes …… foot ……
times. 5. He was born …… the 30th …… November …… 1982. 6. It‘s a pleasure to go …… a walk
…… a sunny morning like that. 7. Danny went …… bed long …… midnight yesterday and felt
sleepy …… the daytime. 8. If you want to speak … … English well, you should work ……it
……every day. 9. Once …… bed the events ……the day pass …… my mind‘s eye and I can‘t fall
asleep …… a long time. 10. When I‘m pressed …… time I take a taxi. 11. …… lunch she washed
……, rubbed her hands …… the towel and left …… the kitchen. 12. We‘ll go ……the country
…… the weekend and stay there ……Thursday. 13. Will you finish to tidy …… your room ……
the time the film begins? 14. Could you switch …… the radio, please, I have a headache. 15. Does
the eight o‘clock train come …… time? 16. Will Dad be ……time …… the football match
……Brazil? 17. My niece will come ……age …… two weeks‘ time. 18. Can your husband sew a
button ……? 19. The lift is …………order again, we‘ll have to go …… upstairs ……foot.
20. Please come ……any time you want, I always wait ……you. 21. Hurry ……! Otherwise you‘ll
be late ……work. 22. He leaves …… his things lying ……. 23. Look ……this mess! You aren‘t
very particular ……cleanliness. 24. Did you beat the carpet …… a carpet beater or vacuum it
……the new vacuum cleaner? 25. He works ……early morning …… six o‘clock ……the evening.
26. Have you seen the film ‗……Sunset …… Sunrise‘? 27. Is Maggy …? – No, she has gone
……the hairdresser‘s ……the corner. She‘ll be back ……half ……an hour. Will you wait ……her?

Ex. 10. Complete the sentences with do or make in a proper tense. Mind: do usually relates to
actions or performing, while make usually relates to causing, creating or constructing.
1. If you ………… something to eat, I‘ll be glad to ………….the washing up. 2. They ………. the
shopping on the way home, so June could ……………her favourite salad. 3. I …………. her eat
her dinner before she ……… her homework. 4. He ………..his best to answer the questions, but he
……………. some mistakes. 5. We can‘t ……… without a fridge in summer. 6. …….. me a fa-
vour, don‘t …………… a fool of me. 7. You are late again. Please, don‘t ……… a habit of it.
8. Did he ……….. the repairs? Can we ……… exercises to music now? 9. Don‘t ………… faces at
people, Johnny, it‘s impolite. 10. We ………………acquaintance in London last year. 11. Have you
………….. up your mind where to go for your winter holidays? 12. I don‘t want to ……… any-
thing with this man. He has ……….. too much harm to my family. 13. If you ………… a fire, I‘ll
…………..the soup for dinner. 14. I really don‘t know what to ……… with my son. He ………….
friends with the wrong sort of people. 15. He is always ……………fun of me. 16. Did he …………
much money there? 17. …………….. love, not war, as hippies used to say. 18. Can he really ……..
this job? - He can if he ………….…an effort. 19. Have you ………….. your bed yet? – I‘ll
………… it now. 20. Haste ……………… waste, you know. 21. What does he ……………. for
his living? – He ………….. music. 22. He is …………… some progress in English, isn‘t he?

Ex. 11. Make sentences according to the model.

Model: Tom is going by taxi. (Bill) – And so is Bill.
1. They had coffee for breakfast. (I) 2. George has lunch in this cafe. (Martin) 3. Mary‘s taking pho-
tographs. (Mike) 4. They are looking for a flat (we) 5. Jane made six mistakes. (you) 6. Jack must
go. (his wife) 7. Emily offered to help. (Jean) 8. Brian has just got home. (I) 9. I‘m tired of this. (we
all) 10. Pete has made good progress in English. (his seatmate) 11. I quite agree with you. (my
friend) 12. We are preparing for the test (the other students) 13. I‘m helping mother about the
house. (my brother). 14. I enjoy reading. (my father) 15. She is leaving for a holiday. (we) 16. I‘ve
packed my things. (Fred) 17. My cousin likes to play chess. (his parents) 18. My grandparents have
a house in the country. (hers) 19. I hope to see you again. (Jake)
22
 Model 2: Jack didn’t understand it. (Tom) - Neither did Tom.
1. We haven‘t had breakfast yet. (the others) 2. George wasn‘t late. (his friend) 3. Paul didn‘t get
any sleep last night. (his Mum) 4. Ann doesn‘t believe you. (her sister) 5. They don‘t know the way.
(he) 6. Mary won‘t write letters. (Lucy) 7. She isn‘t going anywhere. (I) 8. He wasn‘t making a
noise. (the children) 9. He won‘t be ready by six. (we) 10. Peter hasn‘t done his homework. (his
brother) 11. He didn‘t explain it. (anyone else) 12. Nick hasn‘t started work yet. (Harry) 13. Ann
isn‘t here today. (her niece) 14. Vegetables won‘t grow there. (flowers) 15. She wasn't late. (we)

Ex. 12. Make up sentences according to the model.

Model: a) I am watching TV. (Mary) So is Mary.
b) Bill doesn‘t have lunch at home. (they) Neither do they.

1. I wake up at six o‘clock. (my mother) 2. John is still in bed. (his parents) 3. He is never late for
his classes. (I) 4. Yesterday I got up later than usual. (they) 5. His grandfather doesn‘t take a nap
after lunch. (mine) 6. He is falling asleep. (his brother) 7. She has a shower before going to bed.
(we) 8. Mike didn‘t stay indoors at the weekend. (his family) 9. He will walk his dog when he
comes home. (his friend) 10. She won‘t do the ironing today. (I) 11.They are going to have a big
housecleaning on Saturday. (we) 12. He is pressed for time. (I) 13. He isn‘t beating carpets in the
yard. (his neighbour) 14. Granny knits well. (Mother) 15. We shall go to the country. (our neigh-
bours) 16. Our vacuum cleaner is out of order. (hers) 17. I never leave my things lying around. (my
daughter) 18. Their food processor is of the latest model. (ours) 19. They aren‘t very particular
about cleanliness. (their daughter-in law) 20. They do the spring cleaning every year. (their uncle)

Ex. 13. Complete the dialogue with phrases beginning with So and Neither.

A I am on holiday next month.

B ……………………
A I need a change
B Oh, ………………… I am tired of the same office and the same people every day.
A Where are you going?
B Spain.
A Oh, I went there last year.
B ………………… We always go to Spain, but we never go to Costa Brava.
A No, ………………….. There are too many English people there.
B Where exactly are you going?
A San Pedro … it‘s a little village on the north coast.
B ……………… and we are going there this year, too.
A … not to Hotel del Sol?
B Yes. Why?
A Well, I‘ll see you. I‘m staying there too!

Ex. 14. Translate into English.

A 1.Еѐ мечта сбылась: на следующей неделе она едет в Париж. Она возвращается в конце ав-
густа, через два месяца. 2. Нелегко вместить всѐ в один день: учѐбу, спорт, работу по дому,
развлечения. 3. Моя соседка по комнате ранняя пташка, а мне требуется, по крайней мере,
полчаса, чтобы выбраться из постели. 4. Мы делаем генеральную уборку раз в две недели по
субботам, и, знаете, это требует времени. 5. Под какую музыку ты делаешь зарядку? 6. Она
поступила в университет и теперь ей приходится вставать в половине седьмого по будням,
чтобы приехать до звонка. Ей требуется час, чтобы умыться, одеться, причесаться, сделать
макияж и позавтракать. 7. Сколько времени? – Без четверти восемь по моим часам, но я не
уверен, что они идут правильно. Мне кажется, они отстают на пять минут. 8. Каждое утро
после зарядки, он принимает холодный душ, а перед тем, как лечь спать, тѐплую ванну.

23
B 1. Кто ведѐт хозяйство в вашей семье? – Бабушка. Ей уже за шестьдесят, но она полна
энергии. Она готовит, стирает, гладит и вяжет. Конечно, мы все помогаем ей по дому. Мы
делаем уборку, ходим в магазин. Моя младшая сестра вытирает пыль, поливает цветы, моет
посуду. Я чищу ковры пылесосом, подметаю и мою пол. 2. Ты уже постирала постельное бе-
льѐ? 3. Где гладильная доска? Мне нужно погладить платье. 4. Моя соседка очень заботится
о чистоте. У неѐ в доме всѐ блестит и сверкает. Она делает уборку каждый день и вся семья
ей помогает. 5. Дом выглядит великолепно! Вы сделали ремонт? – Да, мы покрасили его, на-
клеили новые обои и застелили пол линолеумом. 6. Родители уехали загород на выходные. –
А ты почему сидишь дома в такое солнечное утро? Пойди погуляй с собакой. 7. Выключи
музыку и включи телевизор, пожалуйста. Уже без двух минут девять. Кино начинается через
семь минут. 8. Что случилось? – Я плохо себя чувствую. – Вздремни после обеда, а вечером
сходи погулять. Ты поздно ложишься и мало бываешь на воздухе.

Ex. 15. Discussion tasks

1. Describe your usual weekday. How is it different from the one you had at school?
2. Describe one of the weekends which was unusual or different from others.
3. Do you think both men and women should do jobs about the house? Should there be differences
in the housework for men and women? Would you like to be a housewife/ househusband?
4. How do you solve such problems as lack of time?
5. Do you think you have enough physical activity during the day? What does lack of movement
do to your body?
6. How much sleep do you need to feel well? What does lack of sleep do to your brain?
7. What do you do to overcome stress? Can people live without stress?
8. Is it important for you to keep fit? What is the best way of keeping fit for you?
9. Are you satisfied with your way of life? Why or why not? Would you like to change it? How?
10. Comment on the phrase: Life is what happens to you when you are busy making other plans.

Ex. 16. Conversation tasks

1. Your friend complains he/she doesn‘t look /feel very well. You discuss the ways of keeping fit: doing
morning exercises, having PE lessons, going to the gym, dancing, walking, swimming, skating, yoga etc.

2. Your friend doesn‘t like his/her way of life but doesn‘t want to change it. Persuade him/her to do some-
thing (join the gym, go everywhere on foot etc.) to make his /her life more healthy.

3. Confess what bad habits you have and ask your friend to advise you how to get rid of them.

4. Share your favourite ways to relax and to overcome stress.

5. Your friend invites you to go somewhere (to the club, to the stadium etc.). Explain why you won‘t join
him/her.

6. Your friend is late again and you are annoyed with it. He apologizes. Accept his apology and discuss the
problem of being late.

THE TROUBLE IS,

YOU THINK YOU HAVE TIME.

- BUDDHA

24
Ex. 17. Listen to the dialogues and learn them by heart.

Dialogue 1. AN INTERVIEW (32)

Robin Knight, the television reporter, is interviewing the Duchess of Wessex for the programme
―The English At Home‖.

Robin ˋNow, ˏDuchess... ˈtell us about an ˎordinary .day in your .life.

Duchess ˎWell, I ˈwake up atˈ seven o‘ˏclock...
Robin ˏReally? ˈDo you ˈget up ˏthen?
Duchess ˈNo, of ˎcourse I .don‘t get .up at that .time. I have ˈbreakfast in ˏbed | and I ˈread 'The ˎTimes'.
Robin ˈWhat ˈtime ˎdo you get up?
Duchess I ˈget ˈup at ˎten.
Robin ˈWhat do you ˈdo ˎthen?
Duchess I ˈread my ˏletters | and dicˈtate the reˈplies to my ˎsecretary.
Robin ...and ˏthen?
Duchess At eˈleven I ˈwalk in the ˈgarden with ˎPhilip.
Robin ˋOh? ˈWho's ˎPhilip?
Duchess ˎPhilip‘s | my ˎdog.
Robin ˈWhat ˈtime do you ˈhave ˎlunch?
Duchess I have ˈlunch at ˈtwelve-ˎthirty.
Robin And ˏafter lunch?
Duchess ˈOh, I ˎrest until ˈsix o‘ˎclock.
Robin And at ˏsix? ˈWhat do you ˈdo at ˎsix?
Duchess I ˈdress for ˎdinner. ˈWe have ˈdinner at ˎeight o'clock.
Robin ˈWhat ˈtime do you ˈgo to ˎbed?
Duchess ˏWell, I have a ˈbath at ˈnine-ˏthirty, and I ˈgo to ˈbed at ˎten.
Robin ˎThank you, Duchess... you ˈcertainly have a ˈbusy and ˈinteresting ˎlife!

LEARN from yesterday,

LIVE for today,
HOPE for tomorrow.

At the end of the day, the only questions I will ask myself are …
Did I love enough?
Did I laugh enough?
Did I make a difference?

25
 Dialogue 2. A CALL FROM HOME (66)

Mrs Colt Heˏllo. ˅Elmer?. ˈIs that ˊyou?

Elmer ˎYes, Momma.
Mrs Colt ˈWhere are you ˋnow, ˏElmer?
Elmer I've ˈjust arˈrived in ˎPrague, Momma.
Mrs Colt Youˈ haven‘t ˈsent me any
ˋpostcards ˏyet.
Elmer ˈYes, I ˎhave . . . I‘ve ˈsent ˈone from
↑every ˎcity.

Mrs Colt ˈHave you ˈbeen to ˏParis yet, Elmer?

Elmer ˈYes, I ˎhave.
Mrs Colt ˈHave you ˈbeen to ˏVienna yet?
Elmer ˈNo, I ˎhaven't. We' re ˈgoing to
ˈVienna toˎmorrow.

Mrs Colt ˏElmer! ˈAre ˈyou still ˏthere?

Elmer ˎYes, Momma
Mrs Colt ˈHow ˈmany ˈcountries have you
ˈseen ˋnow, ˏElmer?
Elmer ˈWell, ˈthis is the ˈeighth →day, so I've
aˈlready →seen | ˈeight ˎcountries.
Mrs Colt ˈHave you ˈspent much ˏmoney, Elmer?
Elmer ˎYes, Momma, I've ˈbought a ˈlot of
ˎsouvenirs... and I ˈwant to ˈbuy some ˎmore.
ˈCan you ˈsend me a ˈthousand ˏdollars?
Mrs Colt All ˎright, Elmer.

Mrs Colt ˅Elmer, ˈare ˈyou ˈlistening to ˏme?

Elmer ˋYes, ˏMomma.
Mrs Colt ˈHave you ˈtaken ˈmany ˏphotographs, Elmer?
Elmer ˎYes, Momma, I've ˈtaken a ˎlot.
Mrs Colt ˈHave you ˈmet any ˈnice ˏgirls yet, Elmer?
Elmer ˈOh, ˎyes, Momma . . . there's a ˈgirl from ˎTexas on the ˎtour.
ˈWe've ˈdone ˋeverything together.
Mrs Colt ˏElmer! ˅Elmer! ˈAre ˈyou ˈstill ˋthere, ˏElmer?

26
 TOPIC 3. MEALS
Read, translate and reproduce the text.

English Meals
An ˈEnglishman's ˈday beˎgins | when he ˈsits ˈdown to ˈtable to ˈhave his ˈfavourite ˏbreakfast |
of ˏfruit juice, ˈcereal and ˏmilk, ˈtoast and ˏmarmalade, ˈtea or ˎcoffee.
Aˈround about ˈ11 in the ˏmorning | ˈthose who ˏwork | ˈhave their ˈtea or ˎcoffee break. They
ˈnever ˈcall it a ˎmeal, of course. ˈMost ˈshops and ˈoffices ˋdon't .close for the .lunch ˏbreak. ˈStaff
ˈbreaks are ˏstaggered | ˈso that a ˈskeleton staff is on ˎduty. ˈOffice ˏworkers, ˏshop assistants,
ˏteachers ˏetc, ˈtake ˏsandwiches, ˈuse the canˈteen or reˏfectory facilities, ˈbuy from a ˈnearby ˈfast
food ˏoutlet, ˈsandwich ˏbar | and ˎso on.
ˈMost ˎEnglishmen | ˈlike what they ˈcall ˈgood ˈplain ˎfood. They ˈmust be ˈable to ˎrecognize
ˈwhat they are ˎeating. But ˈGreat ˈBritain is ˈnow a ˈmultiˈethnic soˎciety | and the ˈaverage ˈEnglish
ˎfamily | has a ˈtaste for ˈforeign ˎfoods. ˏFrozen (or ˈchilled) ˏmeals and ˈpreˎpacks | are ˈused by
ˈthose who have ˈno ˏtime | or ˈincliˏnation | to ˈcook themˎselves.
ˈThose who ˈeat at ˎhome | ˈusually ˈcall their ˈmidday ˈmeal ˎdinner, and ˈmake it the ˎchief one
of the ˎday. It ˈoften conˈsists of ˈtwo or ˈthree ˎcourses. The ˈmain dish ˈusually inˈcludes ˎmeat of
some kind: | ˏsteak, ˏchops, ˏroast-beef or ˏchicken | and ˎvegetables: | poˏtatoes, ˏpeas, ˏbeans,
ˏcabbage, or ˎcauliflower. But it can ˈalso be ˈanything ˎelse | from an ˈIndian ˎcurry dish | to
Iˈtalian ˈpizza and ˎsalad.
ˈThen the ˈtable is ˏcleared | and the ˏdessert (or ˎpudding) is ˈbrought ˎin. ˈThis may be
ˈanything from ˈice-cream to ˎfruit: | ˏapples, ˏpears, ˏoranges, ˏplums and ˎnuts. ˈSome people ˈlike
to fˈinish their ˏmeal | with ˈcheese and ˈplain ˎbiscuits. ˈCoffee or ˏtea | ˈusually ˎfollows. ˈIf the
ˋfirst | or ˎstarter course is served | it is ˈnot ˈalways ˎsoup – ˈsometimes ˎfruit juice | or ˈhalf a
ˎgrapefruit | or ˎmelon – there are ˈmany ˈstarters to ˎchoose ˎfrom.
The ˈfamous ˈEnglish ˈafternoon ˎtea | is ˈtaken at ˈ3 or ˎ4 | if the ˈmain meal is to ˎfollow. If the
ˈmain ˈmeal is ˈeaten at midˎday, a ˈmore subˎstantial tea is served – ˏsandwiches, ˈscrambled ˈegg
on ˏtoast, ˏsalad, or a ˈkind of ˈfish type ˎsnack | at aˈbout ˈ5 o'ˎclock. ˈPeople who ˎwork | enˈjoy
ˈteatime at ˎweekends, but on ˋweekˏdays | they ˈhave just anˈother ˎcoffee break | at ˎthis time.
ˈSupper is aˈbout ˈ9 p. ˎm. | and ˈusually a ˈvery ˎlight one, just ˈtea and ˎbiscuits, perhaps.
The ˈbusy ˈworking ˏmother | will ˈalso ˈmake ˈuse of the ˈvarious ˈfast ˎfood outlets – the ˈIndian
and Chiˈnese ˎtakeaways, the ˎpizza parlours | where ˈvarious Iˈtalian ˎfood is bought | ˈready-
ˎcooked. ˈMany of ˈthese ˏplaces | have a deˎlivery service | and ˈall that the ˈcustomer ˈneeds ˏdo |
is ˈpick up the ˏtelephone, ˈorder the ˏmeal | and ˈ30 ˈminutes ˏlater | it‘s deˈlivered to the ˎdoor.
The ˈway of ˈlife has ˈaltered draˎmatically | in the ˈlast ˈ30 ˈyears or ˏso. ˈHealthy ˏeating | is a
ˏphrase | that has beˈcome a ˎbyword. At ˈany ˈgiven ˎmoment, ˈprobably ↑50 per ˎcent | of the
ˈBritish ˎpublic, ˈmen and ˎwomen, are ˎdieting | to ˈlose ˎweight.

VOCABULARY
1. Cooking
to do the cooking, to cook, to boil; to fry; to cut; to bake, to make breakfast,
to put a kettle on, to make tea; teapot, coffee pot; to pour,
plate, glass, saucer, fork, spoon, knife, pan, frying pan;
meat, sausage, cheese; hamburger, fish, soup;
vegetable, potato, cucumber, tomato, chips, salad;
fruit, apple; orange; lemon; banana; berry, nut; mushroom;
porridge, macaroni, sour cream, ice cream, yoghurt/yogurt, butter; oil;
bread, bun, biscuit, cookie, cake, pancake, pie, sandwich; a bar of chocolate, jam, sweet, honey;
salt, sugar, spice, pepper, beer, wine, fizzy water /drinks; juice, coffee, champagne;
tasty, tasteless, delicious, sweet, sour, bitter; juicy;
27
to have smth for lunch, for the first (second) course, for dessert,
to lay (=set) the table, to sit down to table, to be (sit) at table, to clear the table,
to have a bite (=snack), to be thirsty (hungry), to eat in (out), to prefer meat to fish,
to be a heavy (light) eater, to have a sweet tooth;
to be on a diet; to keep to a diet;
self-service canteen, cafe, restaurant; to be on the menu;

Note: мы можем употреблять слово table без артикля, когда речь идет о еде.
Let’s sit down to table. (to eat) They are at table already. (= They are eating already)
But: They are sitting at the table and playing cards.

2. Phrases
Have some more cake (another piece of cake). – No more, thanks. I‘m quite full.
Pass me the salt, please. Here is the pepper. Here it is. Here are the spoons. Here they are.
Here you are. It smells nice. It makes my mouth water. The soup lacks salt.
What do you say to a glass of wine? It is out of the question. You are sure to like it.
Have a nice meal! Bon appétit! [ˌbɒn ɑpeˈti:]

3. Learn the proverbs. Explain what they mean.

1. An early bird catches the worm. 2. As you make your bed, so you must lie on it. 3. Old habits die
hard. 4. Time flies. 5. Time flies when you are having fun. 6. Time and tide wait for no man.
7. Time is a great healer. 8. Time is money. 9. An apple a day keeps the doctor away.10. It‘s no use
crying over spilt milk. 11. Man doesn‘t live by bread alone. 12. One man‘s meat is another man‘s
poison. 13. You can‘t make an omelette without breaking eggs. 14. Tastes differ.

JAZZ CHANTS

MORE BAD LUCK ON A DIET

The bread was stale First she gave up smoking
It was four days old Then she gave up gin
The milk was sour Then she gave up chocolate cake
The coffee was cold. She wanted to be thin
The butter was rancid Then she gave up breakfast
The steak was tough. Then she gave up lunch
The service was dreadful, On lazy Sunday mornings
The waiter was rough. She even gave up brunch
My bill was huge No matter ˎwhat she gave up
His tip was small. Her skirts were very tight
I‘m sorry I went to that place at all. Cause she ate ↑twelve cans of ˎtuna fish
For ˎdinner every ˎnight.

MAJOR DECISIONS
How do you like your ˎcoffee? – Black, black. ˏScrambled, with ˏbacon? – I don’t care.
How do you like your ˎtea? – With ˋlemon, ˏplease. ˋOver ˏeasy? – I don’t care
How do you like your ˎsteak? –Medium rare. ˏSoft-boiled, ˏhard-boiled? – I don’t care.
How do you like your ˎeggs? – I don’t care. How about an ˎomelet? – I don’t care
Sunny side ˏup? – I don’t care. ˎCome on, ˎtell me. This isn‘t ˎfair.
Poached on ˏtoast? – I don’t care. – I told you the ˎtruth. I really don’t ˎcare.

28
LIMERICKS
Limericks belong to nonsense verse, a kind of humorous poetry, which amuses by deliberately us-
ing strange, non-existent words and illogical ideas. Its masters in English are Edward Lear and
Lewis Carroll.

There was an Old Person of Dean,

Who dined on one pea and one bean; There was once a lady from Niger
For he said, ―More than that Who smiled as she rode on a tiger.
Would make me too fat‖, Once they came from a ride
That cautious Old Person of Dean. With the lady inside
And the smile on the face of the tiger
There was an Old Man of Peru
Who dreamt he was eating his shoe. RHYMES
He awoke in the night An accident happened to my brother Jim
In a terrible fright Somebody threw a tomato at him
And found it was perfectly true! Tomatoes are juicy, they can‘t hurt the skin
But that one was specially packed in a tin.
There was a Young Lady of Lynn,
Who was so uncommonly thin, There was an old woman
That when she essayed Who lived in a shoe.
To drink lemonade, She had so many children
She slipped through the straw and fell in. She didn‘t know what to do.
She made them some broth
There was a Young Man of Bengal, Without any bread,
Who was asked to a fancy-dress ball. And whipped them all soundly
He murmured, ―I‘ll risk it And sent them to bed.
And go as a biscuit‖,
But a dog ate him up in the hall.

There was once an Old Man of Rhine,

Who was asked at what hour he‘d dine.
He replied, ―At eleven,
One, two, three and seven,
Not to mention a quarter to nine‖.

There was once an Old Man of Crew,

Who found a mouse in his stew.
Said the waiter, ―Don‘t shout
And don‘t wave it about,
Or the others will want the one too‖.

Ex. 1. Find English equivalents for the following words and phrases in the text English Meals.
1) образ жизни; 2) замороженная или охлажденная еда; 3) похудеть; 4) он садится за стол;
5) хорошая простая еда; 6) потом убирают со стола; 7) в перерыв на обед; 8) многонацио-
нальное общество; 9) его любимый завтрак; 10) перерыв для чая или кофе; 11) служба дос-
тавки; 12) полуфабрикаты; 13) обслуживающий персонал обедает в разное время; 14) воз-
можности, средства обслуживания; 15) сильно изменился; 16) более существенный, пита-
тельный; 17) пиццерии; 18) клиент; 19) день англичанина начинается 20) стало часто упот-
ребляемой фразой; 21) первое блюдо; 22) заведение, торгующее готовой едой на вынос;
23) взять телефонную трубку; 24) доставляется к двери; 25) средняя английская семья;
26) есть множество первых блюд на выбор; 27) занятая работающая мама; 28) они должны
понимать, что они едят; 29) в середине дня; 30) заказать еду; 31) сидят на диете.
29
Ex. 2. Ask and answer all kinds of questions about the text.

Ex. 3. Answer the questions.

1. How is your breakfast different from a typical English breakfast? 2. How do English shops and
offices manage to work without lunch breaks? 3. What is ―good plain food‖? 4. Why can Great
Britain be called a multiethnic society? 5. What foreign food do you like? 6. What is the main meal
of the day in Britain? When does it take place? 7. When do you have your main meal? 8. When do
Englishmen eat fruit (unlike Russians)? 9. What do you usually begin and finish your dinner with?
10. What is your favourite soup: cabbage soup, beetroot soup, pea soup, fish soup, vegetable soup?
11. What is a take-away? Have ever bought something from it? 12. Have you ever used a delivery
service? Why or why not?

Ex. 4. Answer the questions using the vocabulary.

1. Who does the cooking in your family? 2. Can you cook? What can you cook? 3. Have you ever
baked a cake? 4. Have you ever cut yourself while cooking? 5. Are you a heavy or a light eater?
6. How do you make your tea? 7. What is there in your kitchen cupboard? 8. Do you ever use a
saucer? 9. What do you use a pan, a frying pan for? 10. What is the difference between a kettle and
a teapot? 11. What do you eat with mayonnaise or ketchup? 12. Do you like hamburgers? 13. Do
you often eat vegetables? 14. Do you like salads? What do Englishmen call a Russian salad?
15. How do you like your potatoes: boiled, mashed, fried or baked? 16. Do you like potato chips?
Are they healthy? 17. Do you ever have cereal for breakfast? 18. What do you eat when you want to
have a snack? 19. What country dо macaroni come from? 20. What do you eat with sour cream?
21. What do you prefer for dessert: ice-cream, fruit, chocolate, jam, sweets, honey? 22. Do you like
yogurt? 23. Do you ever eat bread and butter? 24. What kind of bread do you like: white, brown,
rye, or whole wheat? 25. What do you eat pancakes with? 26. What do you like pies with? 27. Do
you like spicy and salty food? Do you put pepper in your food? 28. How many spoonfuls of sugar
do you put in your tea or coffee? 29. What nuts do you prefer: walnuts, peanuts or almonds? 30. Do
you drink beer, sweet or dry wine? 31. When do you drink champagne? 32. Do you often have fizzy
drinks? 33. Do you like sour fruit like grapefruit or lemon? 34. Do you ever eat tasteless food?
Where or when? Why? 35. Who usually lays and clears the table in your family? 36. Do your fami-
ly members ever sit down to table together? 37. Do you prefer to eat alone or in the company?
38. What do you talk about when you are sitting at table? 39. Do you prefer to eat in or out?
40. Where do you prefer to eat out: in a self-service canteen, in a cafe, in a restaurant? 41. What is
on the menu in our canteen today? 42. Are you thirsty now? Are you hungry? What would you like
to eat or drink now? 43. What is called ―junk food‖ in English? Give examples.

Ex. 5. Choose the suitable word.

1. Would you like a fish sandwich or a (meet, meat, mete) sandwich? 2. Have they caught the (seri-
al, cereal, series) killer at the end of the film? 3. The butter has a strange (beater, bitter, bitten)
smell, I‘m afraid it‘s rancid. 4. The juice (tastes, tests, tasty) delicious. 5. The Sahara (Desert, Des-
sert) is in the north of Africa. 6. For breakfast, I prefer (coffee, café) to tea. 7. The (soap, soup) is
tasteless, let‘s add salt and (pepper, paper, puppy) to it. 8. Her favourite breakfast is (serial, cereal,
series) and milk. 9. Where is the frying (pan, pen, penny, pin)? I want to fry some mushrooms and
potatoes. 10. Let‘s have some fruit for (desert, dessert), shall we? 11. Have you (sat, set, sit, seat)
the table yet? 12. Let‘s (meet, meat, mete) in our favourite (coffee, café) tonight. 13. Sweet-sour
cranberry (sauce, source, saucer) is a popular treat at Thanksgiving. 14. Look! The guests have al-
ready (sat, sat down) to table. 15. Have they (sat, set, sit, seat) a date for the wedding? 16. Do you
have a spare (pan, pen)? I want to write a note. 17. This (serial, cereal, series) drama is popular with
housewives. 18. Dad is reading his morning (paper, pepper, puppy) in the dining-room. 19. The In-
ternet is the most important (sauce, source, saucer) of information now. 20. Where is Danny‘s teddy
(beer, bear, bare)? 21. Annie (lay, laid, lied, led) the table last time. 22. Wash your hands with hot
water and (soap, soup), please. 23. Have you ever seen a flying (sauce, source, saucer)? 24. The pu-
pils are sitting at their desks and writing a (taste, test, tasty).

30
Ex. 6. Fill in articles if necessary.
1. We‘d like ... coffee and two teas. 2. What ... sweet apples! What ... huge sandwich! What ... taste-
less porridge! 3. Give me ... glass of ... tomato juice, please. 4. What did you have for ... lunch?
5. They had ... light supper. 6. ... breakfast was ... cereal and ... milk. 7. She doesn‘t add ... sugar to
... coffee. 8. On ... weekdays they have ... tea at five in ... afternoon. 9. ... British are ... greatest tea
lovers in ... Europe. 10. Here is ... pepper. Here is ... bread. Here are ... napkins. 11. It was ... deli-
cious dinner. ... dessert was especially good. 12. Are you on …. diet? 13. She prefers …. pears to ...
apples. 14. Sausage is out of ... question. 15. It‘s time to sit down to ... table. What‘s for … first
course today? 16. Will you lay ... table, please? 17. After ... dinner sleep ... while, after ... supper
walk ... mile.

Ex. 7. Translate into English.

1. Чайник на плите. Чашки, блюдца и маленькие ложки в шкафу. Печенье, сахар и завароч-
ный чайник на столе. Варенье и лимоны в холодильнике. Пора пить чай. Если хочешь, мо-
жешь сделать себе бутерброды с колбасой или сыром. 2. Я накрываю на стол, помоги мне,
пожалуйста. Порежь хлеб и вынь салфетки (napkins) из верхнего ящика шкафа. 3. Где под-
солнечное масло? Я хочу поджарить картошку. - Вот оно. Убавь газ, а то сожжѐшь еѐ, и не
забудь посолить. 4. Что у нас на обед? – На первое овощной суп, на второе жареная рыба с
картошкой. – А на десерт? – Шоколадные конфеты и фрукты. – Просто слюнки текут. 5. Пе-
редайте, пожалуйста, соль и перец. Я люблю острую пищу. – Вот, пожалуйста. 6. Мясо без-
вкусное, в нѐм не хватает специй. Хлеб чѐрствый (stale), а соус (sauce) слишком кислый. А
вот яблоки просто восхитительные: сладкие и сочные. 7. Я очень хочу пить. Что ты скажешь
насчѐт кока колы? – О газированной воде не может быть и речи. Я возьму стаканчик апель-
синового сока или минеральной воды. 8. Поторопись. Все уже сели за стол. – Я не голоден.
Я перекусил час назад. 9. Брайан мало ест. Он не ест гамбургеры, пиццу, хот доги и другую
вредную пищу. – Он вегетарианец (vegetarian)? – Нет, он ест мясо, но не каждый день, в ос-
новном он ест рыбу, морепродукты (seafood), овощи, фрукты, макароны. 10. Убери со стола,
пожалуйста, и поставь чайник, а я вымою посуду. 11. Угощайтесь тортом. Он с орехами и
фруктами. – Очень вкусно. Дадите рецепт (recipe)? Я люблю сладкое. – Конечно. Возьмите
ещѐ шоколадного мороженого. Вам наверняка понравится. – Спасибо, больше не надо. Я на-
елся. 15. Я купила курицу (chicken), пару килограммов картошки, молока и сметаны. Почис-
ти (peel) картошку, пожалуйста. Мы пожарим курицу со сметаной и специями в духовке.

Usage Note 1. Look at the meaning of the words free, spare, extra, vacant.
Free – свободный.
1) вольный, независимый; You are free to decide what to do. Feel free to ask questions.
2) бесплатный; Soft drinks are free but you’ll have to pay for the beer.
3) находящийся на свободе; Tomorrow they’ll leave the prison and become free people.
4) незанятый; Are you free next weekend? How did you spend your free time?
5) неиспользуемый. The telephone is free, you may use it.

Spare – запасной; резервный; лишний, свободный, дополнительный.

We have a spare key to this door. What do you do in your spare time?

Extra – добавочный, дополнительный. I asked for an extra day to finish the work.

Vacant – незаполненный; пустой; незанятый, свободный.

Only a few apartments were still vacant. Is this seat vacant?

Ex. 8. Complete the sentences with free, spare, extra, vacant.

1. This room is ……… You can sleep here. 2. The best things in life are ………3. Could you give
me a ………...... pen? Mine doesn‘t write. 4. We should do something to avoid ……….... expenses.
5. We must buy some ………..... parts to repair your bike. 6. This chewing gum is sugar………….
31
7. I‘m very sorry but we don‘t have any …………. positions at the moment. 8. She‘s very busy. She
hasn‘t got a moment to …………. 9. They take ……… charge for this service. 10. Feel ……….....
to eat anything you‘ll find in the fridge. 11. I will have to work ……… hours this week. 12. Guess
what! I have a ……….. pass to the concert! 13. Have you got some alcohol ……….... tonic, please?
14. He didn‘t answer, just looked at us with a ………. smile.

Usage Note 2. Look at the English equivalents of «ещё».

1). still – всѐ ещѐ, по-прежнему;
He is still sleeping. He still isn’t at home.

2). yet, so far – пока ещѐ, пока что, ещѐ не;

He is too young yet to get married. They haven’t come yet. They haven’t come so far.

3). else – после вопросительных слов; после неопределенных и отрицательных местоимений.

What else have you seen there? Ask somebody else.

4). other – другой; another – ещѐ один;

What other English books have you read? May I take another piece of cake?

5). more, again – дополнительно;

Give me some more apples. Take three more spoons. There are still more. He ate more and more.
She became even more beautiful. Read it once more. Read it (once) again. Take as much juice
(as many apples) again. He called her again and again.

6). only – ещѐ только; as early as – так давно как;

It’s only 10 o’clock. I only saw him yesterday. We met as early as 1995.

7). What now? What else? - Что ещѐ? What next! Indeed! – Вот ещѐ!

8). I should think so! – Ещѐ бы! And how! – Ещѐ как!

9). … like you! – а ещѐ …; Are you crying? A big boy like you!

Ex. 9. Put in the English equivalents of ещё into the sentences.

1. We haven‘t beaten the carpets .………. 2. Granny is .………… knitting the sweater. 3. What
.………… shall I do to tidy up the room? 4. What .………… clothes are there to iron? 5. Wait a
minute, I‘ll sew .………… button on. 6. – Mom, give me some .……….. Christmas cake. – Here
you are. Anything .…………....? 7. Is he .……….. in bed? It‘s time to get up. 8. Can‘t you water
these houseplants? A big girl .………….! 9. It isn‘t time to go to bed .………… . It‘s ...……….
early. 10. When .……….. will you do a big house-cleaning? 11. – Their flat is always tidy. – ...
………………. Mrs. Clark is so particular about cleanliness! 12. – Are you .………… doing the
washing? – Yes, I am. I haven‘t finished it....…….. 13. – Your son is very tidy. – .………… ! He
always leaves his things lying around! 14. I haven‘t been to this supermarket ...……… Is it
.………… open? 15. What .………… dishes shall I wash? Are there any .……….? 16. How
.…….... can you polish this wall-unit? 17. If you repaper the bedroom it will look .……… more
beautiful. 18. If he takes more exercise he‘ll become .………… more athletic. 19. We redecorated
the house .………………… 1991. Now it needs repainting. 20. Iron this shirt ...………., please. Put
some .…………water into the iron. 21. – He is late for his classes again! – .………! He is such a
heavy sleeper! 22. I think she is .…at the hairdresser‘s. Why ...… hasn‘t she phoned us .…?

Ex. 10. Translate into English.

1. Я ещѐ не устал. Давай сделаем ещѐ одно упражнение. 2. Он ещѐ не вернулся, он ещѐ в
университете. 3. Я получил ещѐ два письма от него. 4. Что ещѐ он сделал по дому? 5. Спро-
си кого-нибудь ещѐ. 6. Она всѐ ещѐ спит? Пора еѐ будить. 7. Я прибрал свою комнату ещѐ
32
вчера. 8. Какие ещѐ новости он вам рассказал? 9. Мы познакомились ещѐ прошлым летом.
10. – Давай устроим генеральную уборку. – Вот ещѐ! 11. Прочитай текст ещѐ раз. 12. Он
ещѐ слишком маленький, чтобы ему путешествовать одному. 13. Он ещѐ не лѐг спать, он ещѐ
работает. 14. Какие ещѐ песни он пел? 15. Мы стучали ещѐ и ещѐ, но никто не открыл.
16. Почему ты меня будишь так рано? Ещѐ только семь часов! 17. – Он в прекрасной форме.
– Ещѐ бы! Он много занимается спортом. 18. Завтра будет ещѐ теплее. 19. Ты ещѐ не выгули-
вал собаку сегодня. 20. Ты опять зовѐшь маму? А ещѐ такая большая девочка!

Ex. 11. Discussion tasks

1. Comment on the phrase We are what we eat.
2. Comment on the phrase A moment on the lips, a lifetime on the hips.
3. What can you say for and against our faculty canteen?
4. What do you think of dieting? When can dieting be useful?
5. Why do people become vegetarians? Discuss pluses and minuses of being a vegetarian.
6. Give examples of healthy food, natural food, junk food.
7. What traditional food of English-speaking countries would you like to try?
8. What exotic dishes have you tried or would like to try?

Ex. 12. Conversation tasks

1. You are going to celebrate a holiday with groupmates. Discuss the menu and what food to buy.

2. Try to persuade your friend to become a vegetarian.

3. You don‘t want to celebrate your birthday at home. Discuss the place where to celebrate it
(some café, restaurant, club etc.)

4. Look at the menus and choose the food to your liking. Order the food.

5. You want to cook something yourself. Ask your friend to share some recipe with you and in-
structions you should follow.

6. Your friend asks you to come with him/her to the faculty canteen. Explain why you won‘t do it.

33
Ex. 14 Listen to the dialogues and learn them by heart.

Dialogue 1. AT LUNCH (9)

Although the correct name for the midday meal is lunch, many English families call it ‗dinner‘.
2
1
A ˈWouldn‘t you ˈlike to ˈfinish ˈup the ˏomelette?
A You ˈmust have some ˈmore ˎchicken.
B ˈNo, ˋreally, ˏthank you. I just ˈcouldn‘t ˈeat
B ˋNo, ˏthanks. I‘m supˈposed to be ˎslimming
any ˎmore.

A ˈCan‘t I ˏtempt you?

A ˋCome ˌon ˏnow. ˎSurely you can .manage it.

B ˎWell, ˈmaybe I ˈcould manage a ˈvery ˎsmall

B ˈNo, ˈthank you, ˎreally. I ˈmust have ˈput on
piece.
ˎpounds as it ˎis.

3 4
A Aˈnother ˈpiece of ˈmeat ˏpie? A ˋDo have the .rest of the .mashed poˏtato.

B ˈNo, ˈthanks, ˎreally. ˈI‘m on a ˎdiet. B ˈNo, ˏthank you. I‘ve ˈhad ˈtoo ˈmuch
аlˎready.
Aˋ Please ˏdo. You‘ve ˈhardly ˈeaten ˋ anything.
A Just ˎtake it to ˈplease ˎme.
B It‘s deˎlicious, but I ˈdon‘t ˈthink I ˎought to.
B ˈOˎK, but ˈonly a ˎsmall piece or I ˈshan‘t
have ˈroom for any ˎpudding.

Dialogue 2. TEA-TIME (10)

Tea is the number one drink in Britain and the average person has about four cups of tea a day. In times of
disaster or tragedy ‗a nice cup of tea‘ is offered as a kind of universal cure.
1 2
A ˈWould you ˈcare for a ˈcup of ˎtea? A I exˈpect you could ˈdo with a ˈcup of ˎtea,
ˎcouldn‘t you?
B ˈOnly if ˋyou‘re ˌhaving ˏone.
B I‘d ˈrather ˈhave a ˈcup of ˎcoffee, if you
A ˈDo you ˈtake ˈmilk and ˎsugar?
ˋdon‘t ˏmind.

B A ˈdash of ˏmilk and ˈtwo ˋlumps, ˏplease. A ˈMilk and ˋsugar?

3 B A ˈmilky one wiˈthout ˋsugar, ˏplease.
A ˈHow about a ˈnice ˈcup of ˎtea before you 4
.go?
A ˈWould you ˈlike a ˈcup of ˎtea?

B ˎYes, I‘d ˎlove one.

B ˈOnly if it‘s ˈnot ˈtoo much ˎtrouble.

A ˈHow do you ˎlike it?

A ˈDo you ˈlike it with ˈmilk and ˎsugar?

B A ˎstrong one with ˈthree ˋspoons for me,

B ˈNot ˈtoo ˈmuch ˏmilk and ˈjust ˈhalf a
ˏplease. ˋspoonful, ˏplease.
34
ADDITIONAL TEXTS

TEXT 1. THE PERFECT FLATMATE

Read and translate the text and do the task.

When I was 21, I came to live in London. I shared a damp

basement flat with a beautiful ex-art student from Brighton.
Her name was Sam. She had long brown hair and a slim figure
that I was madly jealous of. She ate three chocolate bars for
breakfast every morning.
I used to lie in bed looking at her eating and getting dressed,
wondering how she could possibly consume so much sugar
without losing her teeth, her figure or her complexion. She'd
put on her make up in under a minute, throw on whatever
clothes happened to be lying around the room, and rush off to work looking like a model on the
cover of a fashion magazine. Like me, she was just an art teacher in a secondary school.
I, on the other hand, used to put on weight if I even smiled at a bar of chocolate. I'd already lost
several upper teeth, my face was spotty and I looked like a heavy-weight boxer whatever I wore.
My morning reaction to Sam was always the same. I'd shut my eyes, pull the blankets over my head
and force myself back to sleep. I knew that I really ought to get up too, and make use of the early
start to have a shower, iron my blouse, polish my shoes, paint my nails and eat something for break-
fast.
But I have never been what you'd call a morning person. The teaching job I was doing at the time
was the only period of my life, thank goodness, that I've had to be anywhere by 8.30 a.m. Anyway,
I needed a few extra comforting dreams after the shock of seeing Sam looking so beautiful. Going
back to sleep to shut everything out and using my bed as a favourite means of retreat, became an
addiction – my worst habit.
Of course, I overslept and was late for work every single day of the week. Eventually I was told
if things didn't improve I might be given the sack. So I gave up my job and got married instead. I
blame it all on Sam and her beauty.

1. Mark the sentences as true, false or not given in the text.

1. The girls shared a two-room flat in the basement.
2. Sam didn‘t do anything to look attractive.
3. Sam worked as a model in a fashion magazine.
4. The narrator went to sleep again because she was shocked by Sam‘s behaviour.
5. The narrator‘s worst habit was that she tried to hide from her problems
6. She stopped working as a teacher because she was fired.
7. ―The Perfect Flatmate‖ means Sam was an ideal flatmate.

TEXT 2. EXAM FITNESS

Read and translate the text and do the tasks.

Research has shown that success in exams depends on physical as well as intellectual fitness,
and while there is no substitute for studying, keeping yourself in good physical shape will help you
to make the most of what you learnt.
Many people believe that there are two kinds of students: the fit, sun-tanned type with bulging
muscles and a low IQ, and the weak, pasty academics, who wear thick glasses and pass all their ex-
ams. The implication is that students are either intellectual or physical, which is not in fact the case.
Recent studies have found that students who take regular exercise generally do better at school than
those who don‘t.

35
 For example, twenty minutes of aerobic exercise will immediately bring about an improved per-
formance in IQ tests, a reduction in stress, improved levels of alertness and concentration, faster,
clearer, more creative thinking, an improvement in your memory.
So, try to do some aerobic exercise at least three times a week. But remember, as exercise peps
you up, it‘s better not to do it near bedtime. It could cause insomnia. And on the exam day, exercise
before your exam starts, preferably outdoors.
Our bodies and minds are programmed to run to a particular schedule and our mental and phys-
ical abilities change dramatically during the day. For example, concentration, memory and the abili-
ty to work with our hands, all reach a peak in the afternoon, and fall to a low in the middle of the
night. Our body clocks are set and kept in sync by daylight which also keeps us alert. Confusing
your body clock will make you less alert and less effective. Lack of sleep will not stop a surgeon
from operating successfully or a pilot from landing a jet, but it will affect a student‘s ability to read
a book and remember things well.

Some points to remember:

 If you have to get someone to wake you up every morning, you are not getting enough sleep.
 You should sleep at regular times so as not to confuse your body clock.
 You must get enough daylight. Study in a well-lit room, preferably near the window.
 The best times to study are between 9 and 12 noon, and late afternoon between 4 and 6.
 The worst times are after lunch, because your body clock goes into a dip between 1 and 3 p.m.,
and also late at night. Studying at night will disrupt your body clock.
 A short nap in the afternoon will help you study and could result in an improved performance.

Final Points
 Don‘t study more than four or five hours a day on top of your school or other work.
 Whatever you tell yourself or other people, studying with the TV or radio on adversely affects
your ability to absorb what you‘re trying to learn. The same goes for any background music
which competes for your attention. Choose music you find pleasant, not incredible.
 Study with a friend – it helps you to feel you aren‘t suffering alone.

Mark the sentences as true, false or not given in the text.

1. The author doubts that all the students can be divided into intellectual or physical types.
2. Physical exercise always causes insomnia.
3. Daylight makes us awake and active.
4. Students who take regular exercise are more popular with their classmates.
5. Studying at night reduces stress.
6. Taking a nap in the afternoon can do you good.
7. It‘s better to do some creative work after 11 p.m.
8. Twenty minutes of aerobic exercise a day will give you bulging muscles.

TEXT 3. HEALTHY EATING

Easy tips for planning a healthy diet & sticking to it

Read and translate the text and comment on it.

Healthy eating is not about strict diets, staying unrealistically thin, or depriving yourself of the
foods you love. Rather, it‘s about feeling great, having more energy, stabilizing your mood, and
keeping yourself as healthy as possible – all of which can be achieved by learning some nutrition
basics and using them in a way that works for you.

Healthy eating tip 1: Set yourself up for success

To set yourself up for success, think about planning a healthy diet as a number of small, managea-
ble steps rather than one big dramatic change.

36
Healthy eating tip 2: Think of water and exercise as food groups in your diet.
Water helps flush our systems of waste products and toxins; lack of it causes tiredness, low energy,
and headaches.
Find something active that you like to do and add it to your day. The benefits of lifelong exercise
are abundant and regular exercise may even motivate you to make healthy food choices a habit.

Healthy eating tip 3: Moderation is a key

How much is a moderate amount? The goal of healthy eating is to develop a diet that you can main-
tain for life, not just a few weeks or months, or until you've hit your ideal weight. We all need a
balance of carbohydrates, protein, fat, fiber, vitamins, and minerals to sustain a healthy body.
Use smaller plates, think about serving sizes in realistic terms, and start small. Your serving of
meat, fish, or chicken should be the size of a deck of cards, and half a cup of mashed potato, rice, or
pasta is about the size of a traditional light bulb.

Healthy eating tip 4: It's not just what you eat, it's how you eat
Take time to chew your food and enjoy mealtimes. Chew your food slowly, savoring every bite.
Listen to your body. Ask yourself if you are really hungry, or have a glass of water to see if you are
thirsty instead of hungry. During a meal, stop eating before you feel full. It actually takes a few mi-
nutes for your brain to tell your body that it has had enough food, so eat slowly.
Eating in front of the TV or computer often leads to mindless overeating.

Eat breakfast, and eat smaller meals throughout the day. A healthy breakfast can jumpstart your me-
tabolism, and eating small, healthy meals throughout the day (rather than the standard three large
meals) keeps your energy up and your metabolism going. Avoid eating at night. Try to eat dinner
earlier in the day and then fast for 14-16 hours until breakfast the next morning. Eat only when
you‘re most active and give your digestive system a long break each day.

Healthy eating tip 5: Fill up on colorful fruits and vegetables

Try to eat a rainbow of fruits and vegetables every day and with every meal – the brighter the better.
Colorful, deeply colored fruits and vegetables contain higher concentrations of vitamins, minerals,
and antioxidants – and different colors provide different benefits, so eat a variety.
It’s important to get vitamins from food – not pills.

Healthy eating tip 6: Eat more healthy carbs and whole grains
Choose healthy carbohydrates and fiber sources, especially whole grains, for long lasting energy.
Experiment with different grains to find your favorites. Avoid refined foods such as breads, pastas,
and breakfast cereals that are not whole grain.

Healthy eating tip 7: Enjoy healthy fats & avoid unhealthy fats
Good sources of healthy fat are needed to nourish your brain, heart, and cells, as well as your hair,
skin, and nails. Foods rich in certain omega-3 fats are particularly important.
Add olive oil, nuts (like almonds, hazelnuts) and seeds to your healthy diet. Healthy fats are found
in fatty fish such as salmon, herring, anchovies, sardines. Other sources are unheated sunflower
seeds, corn, soybean, walnuts.
Reduce or eliminate from your diet red meat and whole milk dairy products, trans fats, found in
some margarines, crackers, candies, cookies, snack foods, fried foods, baked goods and other
processed foods.

Healthy eating tip 8: Don‟t forget about protein

Protein gives us the energy to get up and go – and keep going. Lack of protein in our diet can slow
growth, reduce muscle mass, lower immunity, and weaken the heart and respiratory system.
Try different types of protein. Whether or not you are a vegetarian, try different protein sources –
such as beans, nuts, seeds, peas and soy products. Avoid salted or sugary nuts and refried beans.

37
Healthy eating tip 9: Limit sugar and salt
Sugar causes energy ups and downs and can add to health and weight problems. Unfortunately, re-
ducing the amount of candy, cakes, and desserts we eat is only part of the solution. Often you may
not even be aware of the amount of sugar you‘re consuming each day. Large amounts of sugar can
be hidden in foods such as bread, canned soups and vegetables, fast food and ketchup.

Avoid sugary drinks. One small bottle of fizzy drink has about 10 teaspoons of sugar in it, more
than the daily recommended limit! Eat naturally sweet food such as fruit, peppers, or natural peanut
butter to satisfy your sweet tooth.

Sing the song.

JUNK FOOD

Junk food, junk food He doesn’t like potatoes

That’s all my brother eats He never eats beans
Burgers, chips and a fizzy drink He really hates cabbage
And then a bag of sweets And mushrooms make him scream

He doesn’t like chicken He can’t stand apples

And he doesn’t like peas He doesn’t like plums
He thinks lettuce is disgusting The only fruit he ever has
And he’s not fond of cheese Is strawberry chewing gum!

He won’t eat tomatoes

And he won’t eat rice Junk food, junk food
Salad makes him say things That’s all my brother eats
That aren’t very nice Burgers, chips and a fizzy drink
And then a bag of sweets
Junk food, junk food
That’s all my brother eats
Burgers, chips and a fizzy drink
And then a bag of sweets

38
 TOPIC 4. STUDY
Read, translate and reproduce the text.

LEARNING A FOREIGN LANGUAGE

ˈWhy do ˈpeople ˈlearn ˈforeign ˎlanguages? They ˎdo it | for communiˈcation or ˎbusiness, they
ˈwant to ˏread | ˈforeign ˏbooks | in the oˏriginal | for ˏpleasure | or to imˈprove their proˈfessional
ˎskills. ˈLearning ˈforeign ˏlanguages | ˈhelps the ˏstudent | to underˈstand ˈother ˎpeoples, their
ˏculture | and ˈways of ˎlife. It deˈvelops persoˏnality, ˈbroadens the ˏoutlook | and perˈfects the
ˈstudent‘s ˏknowledge | of ˈhis orˏher | ˈown ˈmother ˎtongue.
ˈLearning ˏEnglish | or ˈany ˋother .foreign ˏlanguage| ˈtakes a ˈlot of ˈtime and ˎeffort. It
inˈvolves ˈhard ˎwork | and a ˈlot of ˈmemoriˎzation, but can ˈalso be a ˈlot of ˎfun. Proˈnunciˏation |
is a ˈweak ˈpoint of all beˎginners. There's ˈoften some ˈpalataliˏzation | or deˈvoicing of ˎconsonants
or the ˈwrong articuˈlation of ˎvowels. To proˈnounce the ˈsounds disˈtinctly and ˎbeautifully |
ˈstudents should ˈlisten to a ˈgreat ˈnumber of ˎtapes, ˈimitating the ˈnative ˎspeakers | and ˈlearning
ˎpassages | by ˎheart.
ˈSometimes phoˈnetics ˈcomes ˎeasy, but ˈstudents have ˈproblems with ˏspelling | or ˎgrammar.
ˈLearning ˈgrammar ˏrules, ˈdoing ˏexercises | and ˈwriting ˈfrequent ˏtests, may ˈseem conˈfusing
and ˎboring, but there are ˏpoems, ˏsongs, ˏacting | and ˎgames | which can ˈhelp ˏstudents | to ˈget
ˈrid of their misˏtakes | in the ˈshortest ˈpossible ˎtime.
ˈGood ˎspeech habits | are ˈvery imˈportant ˎtoo. To deˋvelop ˏthem | ˈone should ˈuse ↑every
ˈchance to ˎspeak English. At ˅first beˈginners may ˈfeel emˎbarrassed | or ˎtongue-tied, but ˈthen
they'll beˈcome ˈmore and ˈmore ˎconfident | and ˎhappy | to be ˈable to exˎpress themselves | in
aˈnother ˎtongue.
Of ˈcourse there are ˈstudents and ˋstudents. ˈSome are ˈboth ˈcapable and ˎdiligent. They ˈhang
on the ˈteacher's ˈevery ˏword, ˈtake ˈnotes of ˈeverything, that may beˈcome ˏuseful | and ˈsit up ˏlate
to preˈpare for their ˎclasses. They ˈnever ˈstay aˈway from ˏclasses | without a ˈgood ˏexcuse | and
ˈtry ˈnot to ˈlag beˈhind the ˎgroup.
ˈOthers ˈaren't so ˈbright and ˎhardworking. ˈSometimes they are ˈtoo ˎlazy | and ˎslap-dash | to
preˈpare ˎproperly; they ˈmiss ˏlectures, ˈcut ˈclasses in ˏEnglish | and ˈwork by ˈfits and ˎstarts.
ˏBut | ―ˈno ˏpains, ˈno ˎgains‖ | and it's ˈonly →natural | you must ˈwork ˎhard | to ˈmake
ˈprogress in ˎEnglish, ˈmaster the ˏlanguage | and beˈcome a ˈtrue proˎfessional.

VOCABULARY
1. to learn; to study; to find out; to get to know;
to go to school; to be at university; to do (take) a subject; to leave (finish) school;
fresher; first-year student, in the first year, junior student; senior student;
to graduate from; graduate; postgraduate; term paper; graduation thesis (theses); to get a diploma;

principal; dean; deputy dean; dean's office; monitor; group register; list of (students);
to mark the attendance; on (according to) the timetable; student‘s record book; library card;
exercise book; rough copy (rough essay); note; doctor's note;
holiday; holidays; to be on holiday; vacation;
term; semester (AmE); academic year; school year; examination period; entrance exams;
to have a lesson (a class, an exam) in English, to have a lecture (a seminar) on Psychology;
to take a preliminary course; to do research work.

2. to take a (final) test in a subject (on Lesson 10, on articles); to take one's exam;
to pass one‘s exam; to give (get) a pass in; to fail (an exam) in a subject;
to fail to do smth; My memory (nerve, courage etc) failed me.
to re-sit an exam (BrE); to repeat a year; to rely on one's memory;
39
to give, take a tutorial; to take (have) extra classes; spare (pen, time);
to lag behind (the group) in a subject; to catch up with the group; to help smb with smth;
in class; to stay after classes; to be at home in grammar; to speak fluently; to lack fluency;
to do (get on) well in English; to be good at; to understand; to realise.

3. to prepare for; to get ready for; to read for; to look up the word in the dictionary;
to repeat; to revise; to review; to go over again; to brush up on; to look through;
practice; to practise; to work on/at; to translate from Russian into English; in translation; in writing;
in written form; orally; homework; to mark (to correct); to underline;
to get (give) an excellent (a good, satisfactory, bad) mark;
to get (give) a five / ―five‖; to get (give) a mark in a subject / for a test, dictation, essay;
to make a bad (serious, careless) mistake; a slip of the tongue; a slip of the pen; a misprint.

4. Translate and explain the proverbs. Find Russian equivalents. Learn and use them.
1. Live and learn. 2. It‘s never too late to learn. 3. Little knowledge is a dangerous thing.
4. To know everything is to know nothing. 5. Soon learnt, soon forgotten. 6. Practice makes perfect.
7. Never put off till tomorrow what you can do today. 8. Lost time cannot be found again.
9. Beggars can‘t be choosers. 10. You can take the horse to the water, but you cannot make him drink.
11. All work and no play makes Jack a dull boy.

Usage Note 1: know, get to know, find out, learn, study.

1. know – знать;
I’ve known Jack for fourteen years. She knows how to use a computer.

2. get to know – узнать (особенно случайно); find out – выяснить;

I use my dictionary to find out the correct pronunciation. During the visit we got to know something
about the American way of life. I got to know her many years ago.

3. learn – узнать (книжн.); учить, выучить, научиться (особенно практически);

We learnt the news. I’m trying to learn the new words. He learnt to drive last year.

4. study – учить, учиться (в школе, колледже или университете); изучать;

Gina is studying engineering at London University. He studies to be a lawyer.
He studied the behaviour of monkeys in the wild. I haven’t studied these papers yet.

Usage Note 2: holiday, holidays, vacation.

1. holiday – праздник;
The 4th of July is an American national holiday. Halloween is not a public holiday in the UK.

2. holiday (holidays) – каникулы, отпуск (брит.); (амер. = vacation);

The school holiday (holidays) started on Wednesday. She has been on holiday for three weeks.
They are away on holiday. They went to the Mediterranean for their holiday.

3. vacation – студенческие каникулы.

They are on vacation for the next two weeks.

Usage Note 3: repeat, revise, review, brush up, go over again.

1. repeat – повторить в неизменном виде, сделать еще раз;
He repeated his question. If you fail the test you’ll have to repeat it. Repeat the words after me.

2. revise / review – повторять, перечитывать учебный материал;

He won’t go with us, he’s revising before the exams.
Review the words, please, we are going to have a dictation.

40
4. brush up (on smth) – освежать в памяти, совершенствовать;
Brush up on your dialogues and reproduce them.

5. go over – перечитывать.
Maybe if I go over these documents I’ll understand what they mean.

5. Classroom English
I. Let‘s get down to business (work). OK, why don‘t we get started?
How is the homework? Any problems?
Let‘s take a look at it together and see if we can figure it out. What do you have for number 1?

Does everyone agree? Don't all answer at once, one at a time, please. Answer in turn, will you?
That'll do. OK, let‘s move on now. Let‘s put this away. Let‘s work on this reading now.

What's the English for «декан»? What's the Russian for ―dean‖?
Can I say (=put) it like this? How do you spell this word? Will you say it again, please?
Shall I read (begin / answer the questions)?

II. Put up (put down) your hands. Follow in your books. Look at your books.
Split (=divide) into pairs. Act out the dialogue. Act (read) the part of Mike. Change your parts.
Put some feeling into it. Keep close to the text. Reproduce the text. Retell the text. Recite the poem.
Ask questions to the sentence. Ask questions on /about the text, passage, paragraph.

Come to the front. Come to the blackboard. Step (move) to one side.
Clean the blackboard. Rub off (out) this word from the blackboard.

I'll give you out some worksheets now. Write down the date, please.
Leave a margin on the left-hand side. Number your sentences, please.
Your time is up. Don‘t forget to put your names on your papers and give them to me.
Hand in your tests, please. Collect the papers.

III. Is it clear? Is everybody ready? Has everyone finished? Are you through with it?
Let‘s settle down now. Let‘s quiet down now. Quiet!
Don't cheat. Don't tell him the answer. Don't help him. Do it by yourself (on your own).
Don't go so fast. Take your time. Listen carefully. Speak up. Mind your pronunciation, please.

That‘s a good point. That‘s a good way to answer the question.

Nice try, but I think there‘s a better answer. I know it‘s hard work but you are making progress.
I‘ll help you but it‘s your responsibility. You‘ve got to keep on trying.

How long is it before the bell? The bell has gone. Just a minute! Hold on!
Let‘s call it quits for today. Let‘s call it a day.

MEMORY WORK

The More You Study … Positive Thinking

The more you study, the more you know. The little boy, who says, ―I‘ll try,‖
The more you know, the more you forget. Will climb the mountaintop.
The more you forget, the less you know. The little boy, who says, ―I can‘t,‖
The less you know, the less you forget. Will at the bottom stop.
The less you forget, the more you know.
Why study?

41
EXERCISES

Ex. 1. Find English equivalents of the following words and phrases in the text.
1. слабое место всех начинающих; 2. это развивает личность; 3. требует много времени и
усилий; 4. пропускать лекции; 5. заучивание грамматических правил; 6. выразить свои мысли
на другом языке; 7. в самое короткое время; 8. делать успехи в английском языке;
9. способные и трудолюбивые; 10. заучивание отрывков наизусть; 11. для общения или биз-
неса; 12. чтобы произносить звуки чѐтко и красиво; 13. без труда не вытащишь рыбку из
пруда; 14. чувствовать себя смущѐнным и косноязычным; 15. овладеть языком; 16. расширя-
ет кругозор; 17. оно предполагает тяжѐлый труд; 18. частые контрольные; 19. палатализация
или оглушение согласных; 20. кажется трудным и скучным; 21. избавиться от ошибок;
22. запоминание; 23. понимать другие народы; 24. легко даѐтся; 25. следует слушать большое
количество плѐнок; 26. совершенствует знания студентов; 27. становятся более уверенными
и счастливыми; 28. неправильная артикуляция гласных; 29. хорошие разговорные навыки;
30. ловят каждое слово учителя; 31. отсутствуют на занятиях без уважительной причины;
32. слишком ленивые и безответственные; 33. засиживаются допоздна, чтобы приготовиться
к занятиям; 34. читать иностранные книги в оригинале; 35. их культуру и образ жизни;
36. подражая носителям языка; 37. следует использовать любую возможность поговорить на
английском языке; 38. конечно, студенты бывают разные; 39. у студентов проблемы с право-
писанием или грамматикой; 40. произношение; 41. также может быть весело; 42. всѐ записы-
вают; 43. стать настоящими профессионалами; 44. чтобы их развить; 45. стараются не от-
стать от группы; 46. улучшить свои профессиональные навыки; 47. работают урывками;
48. это только естественно; 49. родной язык; 50. прогуливают занятия.

Ex. 2. Ask all kinds of questions about the text.

Ex. 3. Correct the statements on the text if necessary.

1. People learn foreign languages to read books in translation. 2. To develop good speech habits you
should write frequent tests. 3. Missing lectures develops personality and broadens the outlook. 4. To
pronounce your sounds distinctly and beautifully you should mind your articulation and avoid pala-
talization and devoicing of consonants. 5. Learning grammar rules is always a lot of fun. 6. Students
feel embarrassed when they are able to express themselves in another tongue. 7. Diligent students
often stay away from classes without a good excuse, they sit up late playing cards and drinking
beer. 8. Doing a lot of exercises and writing tests can help students to get rid of their grammar mis-
takes in the shortest possible time. 9. Knowing alphabet by heart is a weak point of all beginners.
10. It‘s only natural you must work by fits and starts to master the language. 11. Students should
never imitate native speakers, but develop their own way of speaking. 12. Learning languages al-
ways comes easy. 13. There are different kinds of students. 14. It takes a lot of time and effort to
become a professional. 15. If you hang on the teacher‘s every word and take notes of everything
that may become useful, you are sure to lag behind the group. 16. No brains, no gains.

Ex. 4. Complete the sentences in your own way.

1. Why do people ...? 2. ... develops personality and broadens the outlook . 3. ... should use every
chance to ... 4. ... confusing and boring. 5. ... can be a lot of fun. 6. ... takes a lot of time and effort.
7. ... in the shortest possible time. 8. ... to get rid of ... 9. I feel tongue-tied when ... 10. ... sit up
late to ... 11. ... lag behind ... 12. It‘s only natural ... 13. ... involves a lot of ... 14. I think ... is ...
weak point, while ... is ... strong point. 15. At first ... 16. ... without a good excuse. 17. ... happy to
be able to ... 18. Sometimes ... too lazy to ... 19. ... to make progress in ... 20. ... for communication.

Ex. 5. Insert learn, teach, study, find out in the required form.
1. Nick‘s got a bad mark today. Yesterday he stayed away from classes and (not) ……………the
homework. 2. He …………. his dog to do tricks. 3. Live and ……………… 4. Let‘s go to the
timetable and …………………if we‘ll have a lecture on History tomorrow. 5. It takes time to
………………how to do things properly. 6. Let‘s …………..the map and find the shortest way.
42
7. We …………… many interesting things at the lecture on Psychology. 8. – Excuse me, may I see
the dean? – Wait a minute, I‘ll ………………. 9. Knitting can ………………. you patience.
10. Frank is quick to ………………. 11. The clerk …………. our papers carefully. 12. What
second language are you going to ……………….. at the university? He used the Internet to
……………… more about the Irish and Scottish culture and traditions. 14. He can
………………….your son how to play chess. 15. We haven‘t ……………… yet if they arrived
safely. 16. Life ………………………..him not to trust the first impression. 17. He is too lazy to
………………..properly. 18. Her dream was to ………………….to play the violin. 19. …… the
rule thoroughly, ask questions if you have any and then ………………..the rule by heart.
20. …………….. the time, please.

Ex. 6. Answer the questions.

A. 1. What year do you study in? Are you a fresher? 2. What school did you go to? 3. What
subjects do you take at university? 4. What language did you learn at school? 5. Did you take a
preliminary course before entering the university? 6. When did you leave school? 7. When will you
graduate from the university? 8. What must you present at your final exams? 9. What will you get
after graduating? 10. Do you plan to become a postgraduate? 11. Have you ever talked to the
principal? 12. Have you ever been to the dean‘s office? What did you go there for? 13. Who marks
the attendance of students? 14. What must a monitor do? 15. What information is there in your
group register? 16. What classes do you have today according to your timetable? What did you have
yesterday? What classes do you have tomorrow? 17. When do you need your student‘s record
book? 18. When do you use a rough copy? 19. What must you bring if you‘ve stayed away from
classes? 20. When does the academic year begin and end? 21. How many terms do you have?
22. When do you have examination periods? 23. When do you have vacations? How long do they
last? 24. How many holidays did you have at school? 25. Would you like to do any research work?

B. 1. How many final tests did you take during your first examination period? In what subjects?
2. What exams did you take? 3. Did you pass all your exams? 4. Do you know anybody who failed
at the exams during the winter examination period and had to re-sit them? 5. Was it easy for you to
pass winter exams? 6. Do you think your summer examination period will be more difficult? 7. Can
you repeat a year at our university? 8. Do you rely on your memory? Has your memory or your
nerve ever failed you? 9. Did you take any tutorials before your winter exams? 10. Have you ever
taken extra classes? What for? 11. Do you have a spare pen, exercise book, rubber? 12. Do you
have a lot of spare time? Why or why not? 13. Have you or any of your group-mates ever lagged
behind the group? Why? 14. What should you do to catch up with the group? 15. Do you help your
group-mates when they have problems? 16. Do you ever stay in the university after classes? What
for? 17. Do you speak English fluently or do you lack fluency in your speech? 18. What are you or
your groupmates at home in? 19. What are you or your friends good at? (in general)

C. 1. How much time does it take you to prepare for your English lesson? 2. How long does it take
you to get ready to leave your home in the morning? 3. Did you have to read much for your
seminars on History? Did you read very carefully or just look through the necessary literature?
4. What do you do when you come across an unfamiliar word in the English text? 5. Do you repeat
texts after the speaker many times when you learn them? 6. How do you revise for your grammar
tests? 7. Does your teacher give you time to review the rules or brush up on your dialogues
before answering in class? 8. What do you do if you haven‘t understood the text after reading it?
9. What is the best way to practise your English vocabulary? 10. How do you work on your
phonetics? 11. Which, do you think, is more useful: to translate from Russian into English or vice
versa? 12. Is it more interesting for you to read English books in translation or in the original?
Which is easier? 13. Do you do many exercises in written form? Are you doing this exercise in
writing or orally? 14. Is your homework usually big? 15. How do your teachers mark your written
work: do they correct your mistakes or do they tick () or underline your mistakes? 16. Do you
usually make bad or careless mistakes in your tests? 17. Do you often have slips of the tongue or of
the pen?
43
Ex. 7. Paraphrase using the vocabulary.
A 1. David is a student. 2. Eddy got a bad mark at his exam. 3. She speaks very slowly. 4. Sam
couldn‘t remember some dates at his History exam. 5. She had to take her exam in Linguistics for
the second time. 6. He‘s been ill and now he doesn‘t know many things that his groupmates know.
Now he will have to work hard to be as good as the rest of the group. 7. Meg didn‘t attend her
English classes last week. 8. He has grammar at his fingertips. 9. Bob doesn‘t believe that he is able
to remember anything properly. 10. Cathy tried to find the meaning of this word in the dictionary.
11. He has no problems with his spelling. 12. We don‘t have classes for two weeks at the end of
January. 13. Emily is good at French. 14. They listen to the teacher very carefully. 15. Ray doesn‘t
work systematically. 16. Mary has difficulties when she tries to speak English. 17. Write these
exercises, please. 18. Kevin got good marks at his winter exams.

B 1. What does this word mean in Russian? 2. Have you finished your homework yet? 3. Speak
louder. 4. Answer one after another, please. 5. Don‘t hurry. 6. Look into your books while your
groupmates are reading the text. 7. Let‘s begin to work. 8. Give me your tests, please. 9. How much
time is left before the bell? 10. Must I begin to read? 11. Will you repeat, please? 12. You may stop
here. 13. Reproduce the text in details. 14. How shall I write this word? 15. Don‘t look into your
seatmate‘s test. 16. Reproduce this poem, please

Ex. 8. Use proper articles if necessary.

1. ……..seminar will begin at ……….half past eight. 2. My friend Lily is ……..monitor of our
group. 3. Tomorrow we are having ………class in …..Phonetics. 4. Do you like ……..Spanish?
Would you like to study …….Spanish language in …….third year? 5. Do ……….exercise in ……
written form. 6. We were to read ………text five on ………page twenty-one. 7. – Where will you
have ……lunch? – At …. university canteen. 8. Some students feel ill at ease when they speak at
….. blackboard, in front of ……..class. 9. I‘ve been looking for …..dictionary everywhere, but
can‘t find it. 10. Do you find ….. timetable convenient? 11. Do you always have …….time for
…relaxation after…….. classes? 12. – Are you through? – Not yet. I didn‘t think………..essay
would take so much time. 13. Ann forgot ……….simplest things at her exam. I guess it‘s ……..
result of ……..sleepless night. 14. Where are you going for ……..vacation? 15. – What mark did
you get for …….. test? – I got ……four. 16. You study too much. You should have ……..fun from
…….time to ………time. 17. – Is your father still on ....... holiday? – No, he‘s back to ....... work
already. 18. Go to ....... front, please, clean ....... blackboard and write ....exercise twelve. 19. Ask ...
questions on ... text three. 20. Phil will have to re-sit .... oral test in .... Phonetics .... next Monday.

Ex. 9. Choose the right preposition or adverb.

1. Jim is good (at, in, of) memorizing foreign words. 2. Can you help me (at, with, to) this problem?
3. I wasn‘t present (at, in, on) the lesson because I mixed up the timetable. 4. We have lectures (on,
in, at) Linguistics twice a week. 5. My brother is (in, on, at) his fourth year (at, of, on) the universi-
ty. 6. None of us got good marks (at, for, in) this translation. 7. I‘ve been revising (to, for, at) the
test (for, since, in) morning. 8. Mike‘s lagged (up, down, behind) the group. 9. He did well (at, in,
through) all his exams. 10. Why were you absent (in, at, from) the lesson yesterday? 11. I took four
tests (at, in, of) different subjects, but I got through. 12. Do you rely (at, on, for) your memory?
13. Follow (at, in, through) your books. 14. Do it (by, for, on) yourself. 15. How long is it (for,
since, before) the bell? 16. Is he good (in, at, on) Psychology? 17. Have you found (off, out, in)
what lessons (on, according to, affording to) the timetable we have today? 18. We had a test (in, on,
at) articles yesterday. 19. Don‘t answer all (at, on, for) once, one (at, in, for) a time, please. 20. If
you don‘t know the word, look it (for, at, up) (in, on, at) the dictionary. 21. Chris does well (on, at,
in) French, doesn‘t he? 22. Let‘s stay (after, before, at) classes. 23. Shall I translate (for, from, of)
Russian (to, in, into) English to practise (in, at, -) the English vocabulary? 24. Answer (in, on, at)
turn, will you? 25. If you want the teacher to ask you, put (up, down, away) your hand. 26. Are you
(up, down, through) with your homework? 27. I don‘t hear you, speak (up, down, to), please.
28. Ask questions (to, on, for) sentence three and (to, on, for) the whole text. 29. Brush (up, down,
through) (at, on, in) the poem. 30. Let‘s listen (to, on, - ) the radio, shall we?
44
Ex. 10. Translate into English. Use the notes to the vocabulary.
1. Дома повторите грамматические правила. Завтра у вас контрольная 2. Вы выяснили, какие
занятия у нас в понедельник? 3. Майк узнал, что его друг поступил в университет. 4. Я не
могу выучить этот текст. Давай повторим его снова. 5. Повторите свой вопрос, пожалуйста.
Я не расслышал. 6. В колледже Джуди узнала много нового и интересного. 7. Повтори свой
телефон, пожалуйста, я запишу его в блокнот. 8. Я знаю еѐ двоюродного брата уже 7 лет.
9. Мы узнали об этом вчера. 10. Просмотрите свои записи перед тем, как ответить на мои
вопросы. 11. Мы ещѐ не изучили документы и не можем сказать вам ничего определѐнного.
12. Если ты не сдашь этот экзамен в третий раз, тебе придѐтся год. 13. Он будет изучать
лингвистику на втором курсе. 14. Ты умеешь водить машину?

Ex. 11. Translate into English.

A. 1. Мой дедушка – пожилой человек и не всегда может полагаться на свою память. 2. Сэм
работал урывками, пропустил много занятий без уважительной причины и отстал от группы.
Теперь ему придѐтся много заниматься и ходить на дополнительные занятия, чтобы сдать все
зачѐты и экзамены. 3. Если ты поможешь Кейт с грамматикой, возможно, она догонит группу
и хорошо напишет тест. 4. Он говорит так быстро и нечѐтко, что мы ничего не можем
понять. 5. Фонетика – еѐ слабое место. Ей нужно слушать английскую речь и учить стихи,
тексты и диалоги, подражая носителям языка. 6. У него в тесте нет грубых ошибок, только
описки и ошибки по невнимательности. 7. Он ходил на подготовительные курсы? – Да, это
помогло ему подготовиться к экзаменам. 8. Моя старшая сестра училась в педагогическом
университете на факультете иностранных языков и закончила его в прошлом году. 9. Учи-
тельская работа требует много времени и усилий, не так ли? 10. Когда пойдешь на экзамен,
не забудь взять зачетную книжку. 11. Какие предметы вы изучаете во втором семестре?
12. Что у нас по расписанию? – Сегодня у нас два занятия по английскому и лекция по
истории. Завтра лекция по экологии, семинар по русскому и физкультура.

B. 1. На нашем факультете есть вечернее отделение. Занятия там начинаются в половине

шестого. 2. Поездки заграницу расширяют кругозор и помогают понять образ жизни других
народов. 3. Переведите упражнение с русского на английский язык. Если вы встретите
незнакомые слова, посмотрите их в словаре. Сделайте упражнение письменно, не торопитесь
и следите за правописанием. 4. У него большие успехи в испанском языке. У него
прекрасное произношение, в грамматике он как у себя дома. Он почти не делает ошибок, но
ему не хватает беглости в речи. Он использует любую возможность попрактиковаться в
испанском. 5. Она могла получить пятѐрку на экзамене по французскому, но еѐ подвела
память. 6. Знание языков развивает личность. 7. Все студенты вашей группы сдавали экзамен
вчера? – Да, но не все сдали. Мой сосед по парте провалился и ему придѐтся пересдавать его
через неделю. – Не удивительно. Он слишком ленивый и безответственный, чтобы хорошо
учиться. 8. Староста ушла в деканат за журналом. 9. Когда у нас будет следующая сессия?
– Она начнется в середине июня и продлится до начала июля. Потом у нас будут каникулы.
10. Мне надо исправить ошибки в диктанте. А ты что получил за диктант?

C. 1. Студенты открыли тетради, начертили поля, написали число и начали делать задание.
Они задавали вопросы к тексту. Учитель попросил нумеровать вопросы и не задавать
несколько вопросов к одному предложению. Через полчаса прозвенел звонок и учитель
собрал тетради. 2. Мне пересказывать текст? – Да, и следи за произношением и интонацией,
пожалуйста. 3. Ну что ж, давайте начнем. Давайте посмотрим на вопросы на странице
21. Как ты ответила на первый вопрос, Джилл? Все согласны? Неплохая попытка, но, мне
кажется, можно ответить лучше. Вот это хорошо. Давайте пойдѐм дальше. 4. Это ясно? Все
готовы? Успокойтесь, пожалуйста. Как домашнее задание? Есть проблемы? Тише. Давайте
посмотрим вместе и попробуем разобраться. 5. Я знаю, это трудно, но у вас уже есть успехи.
Я помогу вам, но ответственность лежит на вас. 6. Хорошо. На этом закончим. Минутку! По-
дождите! Не забудьте подписать работы и сдать их мне. До понедельника. Хороших вам
выходных. Берегите себя.
45
Ex. 12. Act out the role-play.

Divide into two parts. Half of the group will be heads of different educational institutions.
The other half will be applicants choosing the best way of learning languages.

The heads of schools, colleges or universities present them to the public speaking about:
the name of the establishment, where it is situated,
how much the fee is, what subjects the students study,
what methods of teaching are used,
what working and living conditions the students have, who can enter etc.

The applicants walk about, listen, ask questions and decide where they would like to study.

Ex. 13. Discussion tasks

1. All university exams should be written, it would be less stressful for students.
2. We‘d better study in the second shift.
3. Students shouldn‘t have any homework.
4. What is the best way of learning foreign languages?
5. Compare school and university studying.
6. Compare the professions of a teacher and an interpreter.

Ex. 14. Conversation tasks

1. Discuss your student life problems. Talk about your progress in studies, your work and living
conditions, relations with your classmates, your free time etc.

2. You‘ve lagged behind the group. Ask your groupmate to help you.

3. You aren‘t satisfied with your curriculum, discuss what would you like to change in it.

4. Your friend is afraid to speak English to foreigners. Give him some advice.

5. The dean has told that all the students of the faculty should wear uniforms. You express your
opinion about it.

46
ADDITIONAL TEXTS

Read and translate the text.

TEXT 1. OUR UNIVERSITY
The Chelyabinsk State Pedagogical University is one of the oldest educational establishments
in the city. It was founded in 1935 and is famous for its high academic standards. Every year hun-
dreds of young men and women enter different faculties of the university. There are about three and
a half thousand full-time students at the university. In addition there are part-time students who
study by correspondence.
The faculty of Foreign Languages has three departments: English, French and German. The
course runs for five years. Those who wish to enter, hand in their applications at the end of June or
at the beginning of July. The applicants may take a preliminary course at the university to get a bet-
ter command of the subjects and to revise them thoroughly before their entrance exams. Those who
do well in the exams become students.
As our students come from all parts of the region, the university provides accommodation for
the majority of them. Those who aren't satisfied with the living conditions at the hostel have to rent
rooms.
The academic staff of the faculty, with the dean at the head, consists of professors, lecturers
and assistants. They deliver lectures and hold seminars on different subjects. The courses are con-
tinually being updated so the students have a chance to receive the most up-to-date knowledge and
acquire near-native competence in the language.
The students take exams twice a year. If they get good marks in the subjects and pass their ex-
ams they get grants. If they fail their exams they may be expelled from the university. After each set
of examinations the students have a vacation.
The major subject in the curriculum of the English department is the English Language, of
course. Then some students must take a second language: French or German. The allied subjects
are: Linguistics, Lexicology, History of English, Stylistics, English and American Literature, Meth-
ods of Teaching, Country Studies and others. Apart from them the students follow courses in Psy-
chology, Pedagogics, History and so on. Sport is also compulsory for all university students. In ad-
dition to compulsory courses students can choose some optional courses from a number of options
available.
All the students try their hand at research work. Every year they write term papers in different
subject areas and present their final paper at the graduation exams.
The faculty studies in the first shift. It has a language laboratory with audio-visual equipment, a
computer classroom and a library with a reading room and a reference room. The library is well-
stocked with a wide range of literature to meet the needs of students and to support the teaching and
research. Times of opening are convenient for everybody wishing to borrow books for studies or for
pleasure.
People say, ―All work and no play makes Jack a dull boy‖, so the students take part in various
celebrations, contests, sport competitions, shows and theatrical performances. All this makes stu-
dent life exciting and unforgettable.

Task 1. Correct the statements on the text if necessary.

1. The faculty of Foreign Languages has English, German, French and Latin departments. 2. The
university is famous for its beautiful building. 3. It trains both full-time and part-time students.
4. All the students of the university get grants. 5. They have vacations twice a year. 6. The allied
subjects are: Psychology, Pedagogics, History. 7. The course of studying lasts more than four years.
8. All the applicants must take a preliminary course before the entrance exams. 9. At the end of
each semester students take exams and this makes student life exciting and unforgettable. 10. The
major subject in the curriculum of the English department is Linguistics. 11. Sport is optional for all
university students. 12. All the applicants try their hand at research work. 13. Our students only
come from Chelyabinsk. 14. All the subjects in the curriculum are compulsory. 15. If the students
take part in various celebrations, performances and competitions they may be expelled from the
university. 16. The university was founded in 1835.
47
Task 2. Reproduce some parts of the text.
1. пробовать силы в исследовательской работе; 2. родственные предметы; 3. три отделения;
4. с деканом во главе; 5. учебное заведение; 6. вступительные экзамены; 7. абитуриенты;
8. ЧГПУ был основан; 9. учебный план; 10. в дополнение к обязательным предметам;
11. волнующая и незабываемая; 12. факультет иностранных языков; 13. известен высоким
уровнем преподавания; 14. дважды в год; 15. пробрести языковую компетентность близкую к
уровню носителей языка; 16. выбрать факультативные курсы из числа имеющихся; 17. ди-
пломная работа; 18. подавать заявления; 19. общежитие; 20. мешай дело с бездельем – про-
живѐшь век с весельем; 21. поступать на различные факультеты университета; 22. курсы по-
стоянно обновляются; 23. читать лекции; 24. в первую смену; 25. могут быть отчислены из
университета; 26. библиотека хорошо укомплектована разнообразной литературой; 27. полу-
чают стипендию; 28. кроме них студенты слушают курсы; 29. хорошо сдают экзамены;
30. проводят семинары по различным предметам; 31. сдавать экзамены; 32. сдать экзамены;
33. студенты дневного отделения; 34. тщательно повторить их; 35. курс обучения длится 5
лет; 36. заниматься на подготовительных курсах; 37. время работы удобно для всех;
38. удовлетворить запросы; 39. выпускные экзамены; 40. в конце июня или в начале июля;
41. основной предмет; 42. имеют возможность получить самые современные знания;
43. улучшить знания по предметам; 44. со всей области; 45. принимают участие в различных
праздниках, конкурсах, спортивных соревнованиях, шоу и театральных постановках;

TEXT 2. PROS AND CONS OF USING THE INTERNET

Read the text and say what you think of the advantages and disadvantages of the Internet.

Advertisements for the Internet promise you a world of information, entertainment, on-line shop-
ping and e-mail services. However the real world of the Internet may not be as perfect as the adver-
tisements suggest.
Using the Internet offers many advantages. For example, all the latest information is available to
you, in your home, at any hour of the day or night. It‘s much faster and easier to surf the net in
search of information from all over the world than to travel to libraries in dozens of countries. Also,
on-line shopping makes it possible to search through catalogues to find exactly what you want at
the best price, saving both time and money. By joining a newsgroup or chat group, you can share
your hobbies and special interests, and perhaps make friends all over the world. Finally, e-mail is
popular because it‘s faster than sending a letter and cheaper than a telephone conversation.
On the other hand, the Internet has several disadvantages. Firstly, with so much information
available, finding what you want can take you hours. Multimedia web pages with photographs, mu-
sic and video are attractive, but there‘s too much advertising instead of real information. As for In-
ternet friendships, sitting at home in front of a computer making ‗chat friends‘ is not the same as
actually meeting people.
In conclusion, the Internet obviously has both good and bad points. Fortunately, the system is
improving all the time, and any problems which still exist can be solved. Whether we like it or not,
the Internet is here to stay, so we have to make the best possible use of it.

Professor: Gentlemen, order! Students: Beer!

48
Sing the song. SCHOOL RULES BLUES

Don’t play in the classroom

Don’t stand on the chairs
Don’t draw on the blackboard
Don’t run down the stairs
Remember your homework
Please stand up straight
Always be punctual
Never be late

Have you heard the news

We’ve got the blues
The school rules blues
Come and join the queue
We’ve got the blues
The school rules blues

We mustn’t be naughty
We mustn’t be rude
We mustn’t drop litter
We mustn’t be crude
We must keep our uniforms tidy and neat
We mustn’t wear earrings
We mustn’t eat sweets

Have you heard the news

We’ve got the blues
The school rules blues
Come and join the queue
We’ve got the blues
The school rules blues

Always be courteous, kind and polite

Try not to argue
Don’t ever fight
Don’t listen to music
Don’t dance in the hall
Don’t sing in the classroom
Don’t have fun at all!

Have you heard the news

We’ve got the blues
The school rules blues
Come and join the queue
We’ve got the blues
The school rules blues

49
 TOPIC 5. CLOTHES & SHOPPING

Read, translate and reproduce the text.

WINTER COLLECTION
ˈLadies and ˎgentlemen, we are ˈproud to preˈsent ˈthis ˈyear‘s ˈwinter coˎllection. ˈFirst, you will
ˈsee our ˋdaywear coˏllection, ˈall ˈshown ˈoff by our ˈgorgeous ˎmodels.
ˈFirst on the ˈcatwalk is ˎSteve, ˈwearing a ˈclassic-ˏcut, ˈtwo-ˈpiece ˈblack ˈwoollen ˎsuit. ˈSteve
ˈwears it with ˈblack ˏshoes | and a ˈplain ˈwhite ˎshirt. The ˈred and ˈwhite ˈspotted ˎbraces | and the
ˈlively ˈcoloured ˎtie | ˈbrighten up theˎsuit | and ˈmake it ˈmore ˎinteresting. ˋThanks, ˏSteve.
ˈDressed in ˈcomfortable ˎclothes, ˈHelen introˈduces our ˈwomen‘s ˎcasual wear collection. ˈHelen
is ˈwearing a ˈpair of ˎblue jeans | and a ˈblack ˈpolo-neck ˎjumper. The ˈcowgirl ˈstyle ˈbrown
ˎjacket | and the ˈknee-high ˈbrown ˎboots | ˈadd ˎstyle. ˅Helen has ˈthrown a ˈjumper over her
ˎshoulders | and ˈadded a ˈhat and a ˎbelt | with a ˈsilver ˎbuckle | to the ˎoutfit. She has ˈalso ˈtied a
ˎscarf | round her ˎwaist | to comˈplete the ˎlook. ˎThanks, Helen.
ˈWhat about ˎmen‘s casual wear? →Well, ˈcolour is ˎeverything this season. ˈChris is ˈwearing
ˈbright ˈred ˏjeans | with a ˈblack ˈleather ˎjacket. He has ˈchosen to comˈbine these with a
ˈcomfortable ˈpair of ˈblack ˎtrainers | ˈrather than ˈheavy ˎboots. A ˈchecked ˈshirt comˈpletes the
ˎoutfit. A ˈsmart and ˈtrendy ˏlook | to ˈbrighten ˈup ˈdark ˈwinter ˎdays. ˋThanks, ˏChris.
ˈDressed with ˈclassic ˎelegance, ˈKate is ˈwearing a ˈwhite ˈtwo-ˈpiece ˎsuit. The ˈskirt is ˎshort
and is ˈworn with a ˈmatching ˈlong-ˈsleeved ˎjacket. The ˈjacket has a ˈtie ˈfastening at ˈone ˎside.
She is ˈwearing ˋhigh-ˏheeled, ˏsilver, ˈsling-back ˎshoes | which ˈperfectly ˎcomplement | this ˈbeautiful
ˎoutfit. ˋThank you, ˏKate.

VOCABULARY
1. shop; store; drugstore; chemist's (shop); pharmacy; stationery shop; food shop; (on а) newsstand;
market; supermarket; boutique; shopping; to go shopping; to do the shopping;
to fit; to suit; to become; to be becoming to; to go together; to match;
to have on; to be dressed in; to dress; to get dressed; to put on; to take off; to try on;
fitting room; to be well / badly dressed; to afford to do smth; to pay for; to ask for; to wrap up;

at the cash desk; to pay in cash, by credit card; to pay back; to lend; to buy on credit / at a discount;
change; to change; small change; to spend money on; to buy smth at a low, high, reasonable price;
to run out of; to stand in a queue for; to jump a queue; to weigh; weight;
to be in fashion /out of fashion; to come into (go out of) fashion; (un)fashionable; old-fashioned;
fashion show; to be in (great) demand; a good selection of; to have good / bad taste in clothes;

Usage Note 1: shop, store, drugstore, chemist‟s; pharmacy.

1. В британском английском shop – любой магазин; store – большой магазин.
The shops in town close at 5.30. Have you been to this new department store in Oxford Street?

Для американцев store – любой магазин, а shop – маленький специализированный магазин.

There’s the shoe store we’ve been looking for. He works at the candle shop across the street.

2. Coffee shop – недорогая кофейня (амер.), кафетерий (брит.)

Let’s go to a coffee shop to have a bite and talk things over.

4. Drugstore – магазин в Америке, где можно купить простые лекарства и косметические то-
вары, обычно с буфетом, где можно, например, выпить кофе и съесть мороженое.

5. Аптека - это chemist‟s (брит.) или pharmacy (амер).

John has gone to the chemist’s for some aspirin. There’s an all-night pharmacy nearby.
50
Usage Note 2: fit, suit, become, be becoming to, match, go together / with.
1) to fit (smb) – подходить по размеру, to fit (smb) like a glove – идеально подходить;
A size 44 dress should fit. You can’t put those shelves in there, they won’t fit.

2) to suit (smb) – 1) подходить, 2) идти, быть к лицу;

Such a job would suit me perfectly. Will ten o’clock suit you?
Casual clothes really don’t suit her. A green dress won’t suit me. That new haircut suits you.

3) to be becoming (to smb) - идти, быть к лицу; to become (книжн.) – подходить;

This summer hat is very becoming to you.
This sort of behaviour hardly becomes a person in your position.

4) Мы употребляем to match, go together и go with чтобы сказать, что что-то подходит друг
другу, сочетается по цвету, стилю, форме или составляет пару.
These gloves match / go with your handbag. These gloves and your handbag go together.

2. ladies' wear, women's clothes; men's wear, men‘s clothes; casual (everyday) clothes;
evening (party, best) clothes; close-fitting, loose-fitting clothes; underwear (undies);
(short) fur coat; sheepskin coat (jacket); quilted coat / jacket;
dress; sundress; blouse; skirt; fancy dress; costume;
trouser suit; two-piece suit, three-piece suit; waistcoat; tracksuit; bathing suit; shorts; dungarees;
cardigan; jumper; sweater;
dressing gown, T-shirt; apron; nightdress (=nightgown); pyjamas;
leggings; tights /pantyhose; stockings; socks;

3. beret; knitted hat, fur hat; kerchief; shawl; glove; mitten; handkerchief;
footwear; ladies' boots; men's boots; high-heeled, low-heeled, flat-heeled shoes;
court shoes; sandals; slippers; rubber boots; with a rounded, square, tapered toe;
umbrella; handbag; purse; wallet; shopping bag; vanity case; cosmetics; lipstick; perfume;
jewellery; chain; ring; earrings; gold /golden; silver; precious stones; in the shape of;

4. collar; neck; belt; button; ribbon; bow; bow tie; pocket; hood; to be trimmed with;
wool; cotton; denim; silk; velvet; corduroy; suede; leather; to be made of (from, out of);
striped; polka-dot; flowered; patterned; shade; lilac; violet; beige; cream; navy; bright; pastel.
A blue colour doesn’t suit her. Blue doesn’t suit her. The blue (colour) of this blouse is awful.

Phrases: What size shoes do you wear? I wear size 36 shoes. This is a size 46 pullover.
This way, please. How much is it? What does it cost? What's the price of it? What make is it?
What is it made of? Does it wash well? Does it wear well? You‘d better try it on.

EXERCISES
Ex. 1. Find English equivalents of the following words and phrases in the text.
1. одетая с классической элегантностью; 2. показанная нашими великолепными моделями;
3. на высоком каблуке; 4. комфортная одежда; 5. серебряная пряжка; 6. первый на подиуме;
7. клетчатая рубашка; 8. подтяжки в красно-белый горошек; 9. элегантный и стильный вид;
10. накинула джемпер на плечи; 11. которые превосходно дополняют этот красивый наряд;
12. чѐрная водолазка; 13. как насчѐт мужской повседневной одежды; 14. простая белая ру-
башка; 15. она повязала шарф вокруг талии; 16. классически скроенный; 17. пара чѐрных
кроссовок; 18. пиджак с длинными рукавами в тон; 19. чтобы скрасить тѐмные зимние дни;
20. чѐрный шерстяной костюм из двух предметов; 21. тяжѐлые ботинки; 22. коричневый
пиджак в ковбойском стиле; 23. яркий цветной галстук; 24. пара синих джинсов; 25. делает
его интереснее; 26. чѐрный кожаный пиджак; 27. коричневые сапоги до колен; 28. юбка ко-
роткая; 29. Хелен представляет; 30. застежка в виде завязки с одной стороны; 31. цвет – это
всѐ в этом сезоне; 32. босоножки;
51
Ex. 2. Ask all kinds of questions on the text.

Ex. 3. Answer the questions using the vocabulary.

1. What do they sell in a drugstore, at a chemist‘s, at a stationery shop, at a newsstand? 2. What is a
boutique? 3. Do you like to go shopping? 4. Where do you prefer to do the shopping? 5. Do you
know what suits you most? 6. Name some things that are really becoming to you. 7. Is it important
for you that your clothes should go together? What matches in your clothes? 8. Do all your clothes
fit you? 9. What do you have on today? 10. How were you dressed yesterday? 11. What do you do
in the cloakroom? 12. What do you do in the fitting room? 13. When do you change your clothes?
14. Is it important to be well dressed? Why or why not? 15. Can you afford to dress the way you
like? What can‘t you afford (to buy)? 16. Where do you pay for your shopping? How do you pay:
in cash or by credit card? 17. Do you ever lend money? Do you ever borrow money? Do you al-
ways pay back? 18. Have you ever bought anything on credit? 19. Do you have any small change?
How much? 20. Can you change a five hundred note now? What can you change it for? 21. Do you
ever say, ―Keep the change‖? What does it mean? 22. What do you spend most of your money on?
23. Do you mind the price of what you buy? Do you buy anything at a high price? 24. What have
you run out of? Where can you buy it? 25. Do you like to stand in a queue? Have you ever jumped a
queue? 26. How much do you weigh? Are you satisfied with your weight? Do you want to slim or
to put on some weight? 27. What‘s the difference between to slim and to lose weight? 28. What‘s in
fashion now? What is in great demand? What is definitely out of fashion? 29. Are you fashionable?
Are you fashion conscious? 30. Who is a ―fashion victim‖? 31. Do you think you have good taste in
clothes?

Ex. 4. Match the words.

tight, knee-length, short-sleeved, baggy, platform, leather, denim, cotton, open-necked, flat;

a skirt a shirt shoes trousers

Ex. 5. Fill in the blanks with one of the following verbs.

to become, to be becoming to, to match, to go with, to suit, to go together, to fit;

1. She has a kind of gift for clothes. Everything she wears …………….. her without fail. 2. Janet
got her kerchief from the handbag, settled it on her head, then tied it below her chin. I thought ker-
chiefs were very …………………to her. 3. The old woman looked suspiciously at the girls around
her. She thought trousers did not ……………the occasion at all. 4. I‘m cold. Bring me something
to ……………… my dress. 5. A woman should wear the length that ……….. her own proportions,
don‘t you think? 6. A dark woollen suit ……………her like a glove. 7. Do you think this green
scarf will …………….my new coat? 8. He was dressed in very correct shooting clothes which nev-
ertheless were not ……………………. to him. 9. She wore a grey hand-knitted cardigan and a grey
tweed skirt which ……………………… very well. 10. In her scarlet jeans and white sweater she
looked curiously young. Although the clothes didn‘t …………….the occasion, they were
……………………11. You should put on black gloves to ……………………. your bag and shoes.
12. The dress doesn‘t ……………her. It‘s tight in the waist. 13. She was wearing a brown dress
with a hat and gloves to …………………… 14. This long skirt doesn‘t …………. me. I should
shorten it. 15. I think this formal jacket and jeans don‘t …………………… ……….. at all.

52
Ex. 6. Complete the following dialogues with these words:
fashionable, worn-out (=изношенный), smart, scruffy (=поношенный), casual, dress well;

1. You are looking very .............. today. – Yes, I am on my way to a job interview.
2. You must spend a fortune on clothes. – I don‘t really, but I must admit I do like to ....................
3. Will I have to wear a suit to the meeting? – No, I expect most people will be wearing
........................ clothes.
4. I need a new dress for the party but I don‘t know what colour to go for. – Well, lilac is supposed
to be ............................. at the moment, isn‘t it? It‘s this season‘s colour.
5. Why are you throwing that jacket out? – It‘s ....................... Look, it‘s got a hole under the arm
and most of the buttons are missing.
6. I like your new trousers. They fit you perfectly. – Well, I start my new job tomorrow and I can‘t
turn up wearing my ......................... old jeans. Everyone there is very well dressed.

Ex. 7. Insert articles where necessary.

1. Isn‘t it ……..beautiful dress in …….. shop window? And ………colour is nice. 2. Is
……..fitting-room vacant? 3. What ……. smart sweaters! Do you think …….blue one will fit me?
It‘s ……..pity, I need ………..smaller size. 4. Go to ……mirror and have ………look at yourself.
5. Alice‘s handbag is made of ………silk. ………..silk is very thick. 6. What ……..size gloves do
you wear? 7. She wore ………. black velvet dress last night. 8. ……….nylon blouses are out of …
fashion now. 9. Kitty‘s bought ……….new coat for …….winter wear. 10. It pays to choose
……..good cloth for ……suit. 11. ………gloves made of ……..wool are usually warm. 12. I‘ve
been wearing ………..jacket for …….years but……cloth is still good. 13. Have you made
………..choice yet? 14. Did ………dressmaker give you ……….good advice? She has ……good
taste in clothes. 15. Have you done ……..shopping yet?

Ex. 8. Insert preposition or adverbs where necessary.

1. His spring coat is made ……….brown leather. 2. My cousin is very particular ………clothes.
She has a lot …..them ……winter and summer wear. 3. Take the handkerchief …… ……. your
bag and put it ………. your pocket. 4. Have a look …….. those shoes. Won‘t they match ………my
new suit? I‘d like to try them ……. , maybe they are …… my size and will fit ………..me. 5. Put
this scarf ………your neck, it will go ………. your suit. 6. The dress is very becoming ……..her,
but I‘m afraid it‘s a bit loose ………her. 7. These shoes are ……….fashion now. They are
……great demand. 8. What have you spent all the money ……..? 9. We‘ve run …… ……… cof-
fee. What shall I drink …….. breakfast tomorrow? 10. I can‘t pay ……. this fur coat now, but I may
buy it …….credit. 11. What was she dressed …….? Did she have a new suit …….? 12. I‘m afraid,
he has no taste ……..clothes. 13. Did he pay …..cash or ….. credit card? 14. You should pay ……
the cash desk.

Ex. 9. Translate into English.

1. Вчера я купила замшевые перчатки. Они мне малы. Если хотите, я могу отдать их вам. –
Спасибо. Я возьму их с удовольствием, если подойдѐт размер. Сколько они стоят? 2. Мне
нужно кое-что купить: нижнее бельѐ, колготки, носки, домашние тапочки и шляпку к моему
новому пальто. 3. Летом она предпочитает носить одежду из хлопка или натурального шѐл-
ка. 4. Вам очень идѐт этот костюм, но пиджак, по-моему, слишком длинный. 5. Здесь прода-
ют мужские костюмы, брюки, пиджаки, рубашки и обувь для мужчин. 6. – Помоги мне вы-
брать туфли. – Примерь те бежевые. Мне кажется, они подойдут к твоему светлому костю-
му. 7. Послушайте моего совета, не берите это пальто. Оно уже не модно. То, серое, гораздо
лучше. Я уверена, оно будет хорошо сидеть на вас. Пройдите в примерочную. Сюда, пожа-
луйста. Посмотрите, как оно вам идѐт, и цена вполне приемлемая. 8. У нас кончился сахар,
молоко и масло. По дороге домой не забудь зайти в супермаркет и купить всѐ необходимое.
9. У нас почти не осталось хлеба. Сходи в булочную купи две булки хлеба и булочек или пе-
ченья к чаю. 10. Какой размер обуви ты носишь? – Эти туфли 37 размера, но они мне немно-
го велики. – Сколько они стоят? – Не могу вспомнить. Я купила их прошлой осенью.
53
Ex. 10. Translate into English.
1. Какое красивое кольцо. Оно серебряное? – Да, это подарок моего жениха. Я ношу его уже
два месяца. 2. Продавец завернула джинсы, Джейн заплатила за них, положила в сумку и
вышла из магазина. 3. Зайди в супермаркет по дороге домой и купи три килограмма помидо-
ров. 4. Скоро будет уже час, как ты меряешь эти костюмы. Неужели ты ещѐ не выбрала ниче-
го себе по вкусу? – Здесь такой богатый выбор модной одежды, что я не могу решить, что
выбрать. – Возьми вот этот светло-коричневый костюм. Он тебе идѐт. 5. Завтра в это время я
буду веселиться на вечеринке у Браунов. На мне будет маленькое чѐрное платье и новые
туфли на высоком каблуке. 6. Я не знаю, что подарить Майку на день рождения. – Подари
ему галстук или какую-нибудь парфюмерию. – Он не носит костюмы и галстуки, и я не знаю,
какую парфюмерию он предпочитает. – Тогда подари ему бумажник или перчатки. 7. Надень
эту кремовую блузку в тон своей новой вельветовой юбке. Но этот кожаный ремень к ней не
подходит. Кроме того, такие ремни вышли из моды. 8. Ты пойдешь со мной по магазинам?
Мне нужен новый зонтик и кожаная сумка. – Хорошо, а я куплю себе халат, колготки и та-
почки. Нам нужно купить что-нибудь для Кейт. У неѐ скоро день рождения.

Ex. 11. Discussion tasks

1. Describe your clothes. Say what clothes you would like to have.
2. Compare buying clothes in the shop and the Internet.
3. Can clothes make a person beautiful?
4. What are advantages and disadvantages of the profession of a model?
5. What do you think of plastic surgery as the means of improving appearance?
6. What do you think of people who copy the style of some celebrities?
7. Comment on the phrase Be yourself no matter what they say. Is it easy to do?

Ex. 12. Conversation tasks

1. It‘s your common friend‘s birthday soon. Discuss what present to buy for her/him.

2. Persuade your friend to change his/her image.

3. Look at the pictures and discuss the clothes. Explain why you like them or not.

4. Persuade your friend not to buy the clothes in the pictures.

5. You want to buy some new things for the summer. Discuss with your friend where to go (a
big shopping mall, a boutique, a discount centre, a market, a second hand shop etc.)

Ex. 13. Act out the role-play.

You play the part of a fashion designer and present your group-mate‘s clothes as an outfit from your
collection.

54
Ex. 14. Translate the words in the pictures into Russian.

Picture 1 FOOTWEAR

Picture 2 FASTENERS

55
Picture 3 HATS

Picture 4 MAKE UP Picture 5 UNDERWEAR

lipstick foundation eyeshadow camisole body BrE / vest BrE /

leotard AmE undershirt AmE

boxer shorts underpants / pants BrE

mascara eyeliner face powder

knickers BrE / panties AmE bra

56
Ex. 15. Listen to the dialogue and learn it.

 YES, DEAR! (45)

Every Saturday Mr Brown goes to town. He went to town last Saturday. He usually has a drink in
the pub with his friends. Last Saturday he had four or five drinks. After the pub, he usually goes to
the supermarket and gets the food for his wife. He got the food last Saturday. He usually comes
home on foot. Last Saturday he came home by taxi. His wife was very angry.

Mrs Brown ˊJohn! ˈIs ˈthat ˎyou?

Mr Brown ˎYes, dear. I'm ˅back.
Mrs Brown ˈDid you ˈcome ˈhome by ˋtaxi?
Mr Brown ˎYes, dear. The ˈbags were ˈvery ˎheavy.
Mrs Brown ˈDid you ˋget everyˏthing?
Mr Brown ˋYes, ˏdear. I ˈgot ˅everything... ˋnearly ˏeverything
Mrs Brown ˏNearly everything?
Mr Brown ˎYes, dear... I ˈwent to the ˏbutcher's, but they ˈdidn't ˋhave any ˎsteak.
Mrs Brown They ˈdidn't ˈhave any ˋsteak!
Mr Brown ˎNo, dear, ˈso I ˈgot some ˎhamburgers.
Mrs Brown ˈDid you ˈgo to the ˎbaker's?
Mr Brown ˈYes, ˎdear . . . but I ˈdidn't ˋget any ˏbread.
Mrs Brown You ˈdidn't ˈget any ˋbread!
Mr Brown ˎNo, dear. They didn't ˋhave any ˏbread, ˈso I ˈgot some ˎrolls.
Mrs Brown ˈHow many ˈrolls ˈdid you ˎget?
Mr Brown I ˈcan't reˎmember, dear.
Mrs Brown ˏJohn?
Mr Brown ˏYes, dear?
Mrs Brown ˈDid ˎyou go | to the ˎpub again?
Mr Brown ... ˎYes, dear.
Mrs Brown ˈHow many ˎdrinks | ˈdid you ˎhave?
Mr Brown ˈOnly ˈfour or ˋfive, ˏdear, ˋsmall ˏones.

Ex. 16. Read the dialogues and make up your own ones.

1. IN A JEWELLER'S SHOP
Nigel I'm trying to find a Christmas present for my wife.
Assistant Yes, sir. What exactly are you looking for?
Nigel I'm not sure, really. Perhaps you can help me.
Assistant Right... I'll show you some bracelets.
Nigel No, I bought a bracelet for our wedding anniversary.
Assistant Maybe a ring, then. These rings are made of gold.
Nigel Yes... I like that one. What's the stone?
Assistant It's a diamond sir. . and it's only £2000!
Nigel Ah... well, perhaps you could show me some ear-rings, then.

Additional words: ˈpendant - кулон, beads [i:] - бусы, ˈnecklace - ожерелье, pearl - жемчуг,
ruby - рубин, ˈemerald - изумруд, sapphire [ˈsæfaıə] - сапфир, fianite [ˈfıənıt]- фианит.

57
 2. IN A TOYSHOP
Mrs Cox Good morning. Perhaps you can advise me...
Assistant Yes, madam.
Mrs Cox I'm looking for a toy... for my nephew.
Assistant Oh, yes... how old is he?
Mrs Cox He'll be nine years old on Saturday.
Assistant Skateboards are still very popular.
Mrs Cox Hmm, I don't want him to hurt himself.
Assistant What about a drum set?
Mrs Cox I don't think so. His father will be angry if I buy him one of those.
Have you got anything educational? You see, he's a very intelligent boy.
Assistant I've got the perfect thing! A do-it-yourself computer kit!

Additional words: tricycle, quad bike, iPad, Lego [ˈlegɜʊ] construction toy, a doll house, soft toys.

Ex. 17. Listen to the dialogues and make up your own ones.

COMPLIMENTING PEOPLE ON CLOTHES (43)

It‘s better not to ask the price of someone‘s clothes unless you know the person very well.

1
3
A ˈWhat a ˈnice ˋcardigan!
A You‘re ˈlooking very ˎsmart in that ˈnew
B ˈDoes it ˈlook ˈall ˎright?
A ˋYes, and it ˈmatches your ˈscarf ˋperfectly.
ˎjacket.
B ˈDoes it ˎsuit me?
B I ˈgot it for ˈtwenty-ˈeight ˈpounds ˎfifty in a
A ˋYes, and I ˈlike the ˎcolour, ˎtoo.
ˎsale.
B You ˈknow I ˈonly ˈpaid ˈtwenty-ˈseven ˈpounds
A It‘s inˋcredible.
ˈseventy-ˎfive for it.
A You ˈgot a ˎbargain ˎthere.

4
2
A ˋThat‘s a ˌvery ˌnice ˌblazer you‘re ˏwearing.
A ˈI ˎsay, I ˈlike your ˈnew ˅raincoat.
B ˈDo you ˈreally ˎlike it?
B ˈIs it a ˈgood ˋfit?
A ˋYes, and it ˈgoes ˎwell with your ˈnew
A ˋYes, it ˈlooks ˋfabulous.
ˎpullover, ˎtoo.
B It ˈonly ˋcost me ˌtwenty-ˌnine ˏpounds.
B You‘ll ˈnever beˎlieve it, but it ˈonly ˈcost
A ˋWell, ˈthat was ˋvery .good .value.
ˈtwenty-ˈnine ˈpounds ˋfifty.
A ˈVery ˎreasonable inˋdeed.

58
ADDITIONAL TEXTS

TEXT l. MAKE-UP
Read the text, sum up pros and cons of make-up and say what you think about it.

Alicia, a 27-year-old consultant working in the city of London, kicked the make-up habit four years ago.
'My mother always used to wear some make-up, but I felt ridiculous plastering it on like some kid with a
paint-box,' she said.
She says she feels sorry for those women who spend their days obsessively touching up their lipstick.
―Women wear it to boost their confidence, but I find that men respect me more without cosmetics, and they
seem to take me more seriously.‖
In the not-so-far-off days of power-dressing, no self-respecting woman would have been seen dead with-
out her mascara, blusher and lipstick. Going to work without make-up was like going to a meeting in a dress-
ing-gown and slippers. But recent trends show that attitudes are changing.
According to one market survey, make-up sales in Britain have dropped by nearly ten per cent in the last five
years. Younger women are throwing out the eyeliner, and instead of mothers telling their children to lay off
the lipstick, it is the daughters who are telling their mums to do without the mascara.
Encouragingly, many British men seem to share Alicia's feelings. A lot of them are terrified of overly
made-up women. They feel that if a woman is that worried about her appearance, she's bound to be neurotic.
Women who don't wear make-up seem more relaxed, more self-confident and easier to trust.
But not everyone agrees. The director of a well-known recruitment consulting firm believes that other
women don't approve of this bare-faced chic. She claims that people form their impressions within the first
few minutes and that applicants do better in interviews if they are wearing the right ―packaging.‖ Make-up is
expected – it shows you are making an effort. Another director believes that by not wearing make-up you are
actually drawing attention to yourself and saying you don't care.
Incredibly, some women are still required to wear make-up, whether they like it or not. Air hostesses, ho-
tel staff and receptionists have always been expected to wear some make-up. ―Guests don't like being greeted
by someone who looks as if she's just got out of bed,‖ says the personnel manager of one chain of hotels.
One woman was even sacked from her job as an airline ticket agent in Boston, Massachusetts, U.S.A. for
refusing to wear make-up.
With men it is the opposite. Although hundreds of millions of pounds are now being spent by men on skin
care products, anything more than a little moisturiser is still frowned upon at work.
But things are changing. Ten years ago nobody would have ever believed that men would be seen wearing
rouge; nowadays they can be seen buying lipstick. What will they be doing in ten years' time?

TEXT 2. THE HISTORY OF JEANS

Read the text and answer the questions.

Do you wear jeans? Why or why not? What kind of jeans do you prefer?

The first jeans were designed by Levi Strauss (1829-1902) who was a German immigrant to the United
States. Strauss arrived in San Francisco in 1850, just after gold was discovered there. Strauss decided to
make tough trousers to sell to the gold miners. The first pairs were made of tent canvas, then strong cotton
was imported from France. This cotton was called ―Serge de Nîmes‖ in France and nowadays we call it
‖denim‖. The denim was dyed with blue indigo. In 1873 copper rivets were added to the jeans. Strauss
wanted to make the pockets stronger because the miners used to fill them with pieces of rock! The company
still makes Levi‘s today.
The first Lee Rider jeans were made in 1924, and the first Wranglers in 1947. Until the 1930s jeans were
rarely seen east of the Mississippi River. Hollywood westerns made jeans popular. Cowboys wore them in
the films and film stars wore them outside the studios.
At one time jeans were seen as a sign of rebellion against authority. They were worn by stars like James
Dean and Marlon Brando, then by the student revolutionaries of the 1960s. Alex Madsen, a fashion writer,
said, ―Jeans were not only clothes: they were clothes-language, instant and eloquent symbols of brother-
hood.‖ Jeans represented freedom.
Nowadays jeans are classless. They are worn by everyone, young and old, but not all styles of jeans are
fashionable. One year it‘s an expensive designer label, the next year it‘s ―Original Levi 501‖, then it‘s jeans
with rips and tears. One thing is certain: jeans are here to stay.

59
 TEXT 3. YOUNG BRITISH STYLE – OUT TO SHOCK

Read and translate the text. Discuss modern teenage fashion.

British culture places less emphasis on appearance than some other European cultures, where
to dress badly is social death. Yet at its youth-focused cutting edge, British style is radical beyond
that of any other nation. British women were the first to bare their knees when Mary Quant pro-
duced the mini-skirt in the Sixties. Since then, British youth style has often been anti-fashion; punk
style, for example, was never about looking pretty. As punk hit the street in the mid-Seventies,
British teenagers stuck safety pins through their noses and wore black ripped bin liners. With their
hair coloured bright green or orange and fixed into hard spikes with glue, the first punks shocked
the adult world.
Later, the Goths arrived, also shocking with their white, powdered faces, dyed black hair,
black clothes and penchant for hanging around in graveyards. Bright colours came back with the
Acid House movement; followers wore T-shirts with big smiley faces and danced till they dropped
at huge Acid House parties – sometimes under the influence of drugs. Nineties New Agers adopted
long hippie skirts and loose clothes, and the Grunge movement from Seattle, USA added its eclec-
tic mix of colours and styles.
British street style has had a downbeat glamour that speaks of neither elegance nor wealth, but
has an energy and an identity of its own.

Ex. 18. Do the puzzle.

COLOURS AND TINTS.

WORDS TO INSERT
3 LETTERS Red \ Tan
4 LETTERS Blue \ Fawn \ Grey \ Lime \ Navy \ Pink \ Plum \ Rose \ Rust
5 LETTERS Amber \ Beige \ Brown \ Cream \ Green \ Khaki \ Lemon \ Lilac \ Mauve \ Olive \ White
6 LETTERS Cherry \ Damson \ Indigo \ Orange \ Purple \ Violet \ Yellow
7 LETTERS Crimson
9 LETTERS Turquoise \ Vermilion
10 LETTERS Heliotrope

60
 TOPIC 6. TOWN
Read, translate and reproduce the text.
CHELYABINSK
Cheˎlyabinsk | is ˎsituated | in ˈone of the ˈmost ˈpicturesque ˈparts of ˎRussia – in the ˎUrals. The
ˈancient ˈUrals ˈaren't ˈvery ˎhigh, but they are ˎfamous | for their uˈnique ˎbeauty. The ˈhistory of
Cheˈlyabinsk ˈgoes ˈback to the ˈ18th ˎcentury. It was ˈfounded on the ˈ13th of Sepˈtember ˈ17ˈ3ˎ6 |
by ˈColonel ˎTevkelev | as a ˈsmall ˎfortress | on the ˈright ˈbank of the ˈMiass ˎRiver | in the ˈplace
of a ˈsmall ˈBashkir ˎvillage | which ˈname it ˎtook. In the ˈ19th ˎcentury | Cheˎlyabinsk | was a
ˈsmall proˈvincial ˎtown.

It was a ˈgod-forˈsaken ˈplace with ˈdirty ˎstreets | and ˈshabby ˈwooden ˎhouses. In ˈ18ˈ9ˎ7 | the
ˈTrans-Siˈberian ˎrailway | was ˈbuilt ˎthrough Chelyabinsk | ˈgiving the ˈtown an ˎimpulse | for its
ˈfurther deˎvelopment | as a ˈmerchant ˎtown | on the ˈcrossroads of the ˎtrade ways | from ˈEurope
to ˎAsia. The ˈspeedy ˈgrowth of Cheˎlyabinsk | beˈgan in the ˎthirties |when ˈmajor inˈdustrial
ˎenterprises beˈgan to be ˎbuilt there. In the ˈgrim ˈyears of the ˈGreat ˈPatriotic ˎWar | Cheˎlyabinsk
ˈturned into a ˈmighty ˎarmoury | of the ˎfront.

ˈModern Cheˈlyabinsk has ˈchanged beˈyond recogˎnition. ˈNow it's a ˈgreat inˈdustrial ˎcity | and an
imˈportant ˈcultural ˎcentre. Its ˈseven ˈlarge ˎdistricts | ˈhouse ˈmore than a ˈmillion inˎhabitants. The
proˈduction of about a ˈhundred ˈplants and ˎfactories | is ˈwell ˈknown in ˎthis country | and aˎbroad.
On the ˋother ˏhand | the ˈcity's ˈheavy ˎindustry | creˈates ˈscores of ecoˈlogical ˎproblems that the
ˈcity-ˎdwellers | ˈcome acˈross ˈpractically ˈevery ˎday.

The ˈcentre of the ˎcity | is ˈRevolution ˎSquare. A ˈfew ˎtrolley-bus stops | and you ˈfind yourself
in Gaˈgarin ˎPark. ˈNot ˈmany ˎcities | can ˈboast of a ˈrich ˎpine forest | wiˈthin a ˈcouple of
kiˎlometres | of the ˈcentral ˎsquare. Kiˎrovka, a ˈpart of ˎKirov Street, with its ˈwonderful ˎstatues,
is ˈone of the ˈfavourite ˈplaces of the ˈcity ˎdwellers. At ˈevery ˎturn | you can ˈfind ˈsmall ˎcafes |
and ˈshops ˎhere. Cheˎlyabinsk has ˈmany ˈplaces for enterˎtainment – ˈmodern ˎcinemas, like
ˎKinomax, aˎmusement centres, like Megaˎpolis on the ˈMiass Emˎbankment.

The ˈcultural ˏlife ˈisn't at a ˎstandstill. Cheˎlyabinsk | has ˈold theˈatrical traˎditions. Its ˈdrama
˅theatre, whose oˈriginal ˈbuilding ˈcatches your ˈeye at ˈRevolution ˏSquare, ˈchamber ˏtheatre,
ˋpuppet ˏtheatre | are ˈknown ˈfar ˈoutside this ˎcity. Cheˎlyabinsk | has a ˈsplendid ˎorgan hall, an
ˋopera ˏhouse | and a ˎconcert hall. If you are ˈinterested in ˎart, you can ˈvisit ˈvarious exhiˎbitions
| of ˈlocal and ˈworld-famous ˎartists.

The ˈcity is ˈgrowing ˎdaily. ˈModern ˈhigh-rise houses are ˈbuilt ˈevery ˎyear, ˈchurches and
ˈhistorical ˎplaces | are reˎstored. Cheˎlyabinsk | is comˈparatively ˎyoung | and ˈopen to ˈfurther
ˎprogress | and it's beˈcoming ˈmore aˈttractive and convenient for ˎliving | with ˈevery ˈpassing
ˎyear.

VOCABULARY
1. to arrive in Paris /at the station; to leave Moscow (for Paris); tour; tourist; to make a tour of;
to give (get) an idea of; place of interest; sight; to go sightseeing;
to be surprised at; to impress; to be impressed by; to make an impression on;
to travel on business / for pleasure; to make a business trip;
to go on an excursion; guide; museum; local history museum; monument to;
bus station; railway station; airport; hotel; to put up at; entrance (to / of); exit (from); arch;

61
2. to go by bus; to get on, to get off (public transport); to get into, to get out of (car);
to put smb down at; at the next stop but one; to miss the stop; to go as far as;
to take bus 7; to take a number 7 bus; to change to bus 7; to change one's mind;
fare; to walk; to go on foot; crowd; (over)crowded; vacant seat;
in (during) the rush hour; heavy (light) traffic; to be stuck in a traffic jam; to observe traffic rules;
traffic lights; when the light changes from red to green; to drive a car; to take a taxi;
to park; parking place; driving licence; to fine; to give smb a lift;
accident; incident; to have a car accident;
bicycle (bike); motorbike; to go on a bike; to ride a bike;

3. bridge; on the embankment; in the street (square); a busy (quiet) street;

alley; blind alley; lane; boulevard; pavement (Br);
to cross; to go across; crossing; crossroads; to come across; to run into;
underground; subway; metro; pedestrian; passer-by;
to turn around; to turn away; to turn back; to turn into a street; to turn (to the ) left / right;
to take the first turning on the left /right; on one's way home; on one's way to;
to find oneself; to lose one's way; to be (get) lost; to ask (smb) the way; to be (stand) in smb‘s way;
in the right, wrong, opposite direction; in the direction of; along (up, down) the street;
in (at, round) the corner; in the neighbourhood; nearby; to reach; to get to;

4. Phrases. I'm a stranger here. Could you tell me the way to the museum?
How can I get to the station? Am I going the right way to the bus stop? Am I right for the cinema?
Which is the shortest way to the theatre? Go (walk) straight on as far as the square.
Walk down one block. Where do I get off? Where am I to get off for the railway station?
This bus will take you straight / right to the theatre. It'll take you 10 minutes to get there.
It's (not) a long way from here. You can‘t miss it.
It's five minutes' walk from here. It's a five-minute walk from here.

Usage Notes:
1. city and town
В британском английском city – это город, у которого есть пожалованная королевской вла-
стью грамота, дающая ему право на самоуправление или город, где есть епископ и кафед-
ральный собор. В Америке все большие города называются city.

2. event, accident, incident, case, occasion

1) event – событие, мероприятие;
You will remember this meeting as the most important event in your life.

2) incident – инцидент, то есть происшествие, неприятный случай, недоразумение; столкно-

вение, конфликт;
After the children had been punished, nobody mentioned the incident again. The trip passed without
incident. This diplomatic incident threatened the understanding between the countries.

3) accident – несчастный случай; катастрофа; авария или случай; случайность;

Two people were killed in a skiing accident in the Alps. A serious car accident blocked the road.
I met her quite by accident. I’m really sorry about breaking the camera – it was an accident.

4) case – случай; обстоятельство, положение; дело, история; факт;

In that case I will talk to him myself. In some cases it’s necessary to act quickly.

5) occasion – возможность, шанс, важное событие.

I’m saving this bottle of wine for a special occasion.

62
3. crossroads, crossing
1) crossroads – перекресток;
We reached a crossroads and stopped. The nearest crossroads isn’t far from here.

2) crossing – переход; пресечение (линий, рельсов, дорог).

When you go across the road, use pedestrian (zebra) crossings. There’s a pelican crossing here.

4. underground, tube, metro, subway

1) the underground– подземная железная дорога (брит.)
Лондонское метро называют the Tube.

Слово metro тоже обозначает подземную железную дорогу (особенно в Париже).

Американцы используют слово subway в этом значении.
Where’s an underground station? Smoking is forbidden in the Tube. It’s quicker to get there by
tube. I haven’t seen the Paris Metro yet. They bought the map of the New York Subway.

В британском английском subway значит тоннель или подземный переход. (underpass амер.)
It’s safer to use the subway to cross this road.

MEMORY WORK
Read the limerick and explain the girl‟s answer. Learn it.
There was a Young Girl of West Ham
Who hastily jumped on the tram
When she had embarked
The conductor remarked,
―Your fare, Miss.‖ She answered, ―I am.‖

EXERCISES
Ex. 1. Find the English equivalents of the following words and phrases in the text.
1. сравнительно молодой; 2. более миллиона жителей; 3. забытое богом место; 4. ускоренный
рост; 5. ветхие деревянные домики; 6. старые театральные традиции; 7. он был основан;
8. открыт дальнейшему прогрессу; 9. изменился до неузнаваемости; 10. одно из самых живо-
писных мест России; 11. разнообразные выставки местных и всемирно известных художни-
ков; 12. расположен; 13. тяжѐлая промышленность города; 14. восходит к 18 веку; 15. он ста-
новится привлекательнее и удобнее для жизни; 16. куда ни посмотришь; 17. на перекрѐстке
торговых путей из Европы в Азию; 18. они знамениты своей уникальной красотой; 19. чьѐ
оригинальное здание привлекает взгляд; 20. если вас интересует искусство; 21. церкви и ис-
торические места реставрируются; 22. немногие города могут похвастаться густым сосновым
лесом; 23. чьѐ имя он взял; 24. с каждым прошедшим годом; 25. полковник; 26. развлека-
тельный центр; 27. транссибирская железная дорога была построена через Челябинск;
28. несколько троллейбусных остановок; 29. в суровые годы Великой отечественной войны;
30. древний Урал; 31. вы оказываетесь в парке имени Гагарина; 32. известны далеко за пре-
делами этого города; 33. когда основные промышленные предприятия начали строиться
здесь; 34. современные высотные дома; 35. на набережной Миасса; 36. создаѐт множество
экологических проблем; 37. культурная жизнь не стоит на месте; 38. как маленькая крепость
на правом берегу Миасса; 39. хорошо известна в стране и заграницей; 40. маленький провин-
циальный город; 41. дав городу импульс к дальнейшему развитию; 42. его семь больших
районов вмещают; 43. концертный зал; 44. вы можете посетить; 45. с которыми горожане
сталкиваются практически каждый день; 46. город растѐт с каждым днѐм.

Ex. 2. Ask all kinds of questions about the text.

63
Ex. 3. Correct the statements if necessary.
1. Chelyabinsk is situated in one of the most picturesque parts of Russia – in the Caucasus. 2. The
ancient Urals are rather low but beautiful. 3. Chelyabinsk was founded on the right bank of the Vol-
ga. 4. In the 19th century Chelyabinsk was a big industrial and cultural centre. 5. In 1897 a gas line
was built through Chelyabinsk. 6. A speedy growth of the town began in the Great Patriotic War.
7. The tanks made in Chelyabinsk were fighting at the front during the war. 8. Almost a million
people live in the town. 9. The city‘s heavy industry helps to solve scores of ecological problems.
10. At every turn there are churches and monasteries in Kirov Street. 11. Chelyabinsk has some
good theatres. 12. If you are interested in art you can go to Gagarin Park. 13. New shabby wooden
houses are built every year. 14. Chelyabinsk is becoming better and better.

Ex. 4. Complete the sentences in your own way.

1. ... is situated ... 2. ... famous for ... 3. The history of ... goes back to ... 4. According to ...
5. ... turned into ... 6. On the other hand ... 7. ... changed beyond recognition. 8. ... come across ...
practically every day. 9. A few trolleybus stops ... 10. ... can boast of ... 11. At every turn ...
12. ... isn‘t at a standstill. 13. ... catches your eye ... 14. If you are interested in ... 15. ... is growing
daily. 16. ... comparatively young. 17. ... more attractive. 18. ... with every passing year.

Ex. 5. Answer the questions.

A. 1. Have you ever left Chelyabinsk? 2. What town did you leave it for? 3. Have you ever been a
tourist? 4. What places impressed you most as a tourist? 5. What kind of tour would you like to
make? 6. What idea can a tour about Europe give you? 7. What places of interest would you like to
show the tourists in your town. 8. Do you like to go sightseeing? 9. What (who) are you surprised
at? 10. What has recently made a great impression on you? 11. Which do you prefer: to travel on
business or to travel for pleasure? 12. Do your parents make business trips? 13. Have you ever been
on an excursion? What did you see? 14. Would you like to be a guide? 15. What museums have you
been to? What impression did they make on you? 16. Do you know any museums in Chelyabinsk?
17. Have you ever been to our bus stations? 18. What transport goes to the railway station from
your place? 19. How can you get to our airport? Is it far? 20. Have you ever put up at a hotel? Did
you like it? 21. What monument stands at the entrance to our university?

B. 1. Do you go by bus, minibus, trolleybus, tram or on foot to the university? 2. How do you get to
the university? What stop do you get on at? What number do you take? 3. Is the transport usually
overcrowded in the morning? Can you find a vacant seat? 4. Do you have to change to any other
transport on your way? 5. How much is the fare? Do you have a monthly ticket? 6. Do you ever
take a taxi? 7. Have you ever missed a stop? Why? 8. What is the rush hour? 9. Is the traffic heavy
in your street? 10. Are you often stuck in a traffic jam? 11. Do you always observe the traffic rules?
12. When and where can you cross the street? 13. Can you drive a car? 14. Do you have a driving
licence? 15. Is it difficult to park a car in this town? 16. Have you ever been fined? What for? How
much money were you fined? 17. Can you ride a bike or a motorbike? Where do you go on a bike?
18. Have you ever had a car accident? 19. Do you often change your mind?

C. 1. Do you cross any bridges on your way to the university? 2. Where are the bridges across the
Miass river situated? 3. What are St Petersburg bridges famous for? 4. What is situated on the em-
bankment of the Miass River? 5. Do you live in a busy street, quiet alley, blind alley, country lane,
boulevard? 6. What monuments are situated in Revolution Square, in Komsomolski Square?
7. What is situated on the nearest crossroads? 8. When are we going to have an underground in our
town? 9. Have you seen the Moscow Metro? What impression did it make on you? 10. What is the
difference between a pedestrian and a passer-by? 11. What (who) do you come across on your way
to the university? 12. What do you do when you come across an unfamiliar English word in the
text? 13. What will you see if you turn around now? 15. When do you want to turn away? 16. When
do you have to turn back? 17. Have you ever got lost? Did you ask anybody the way? Who helped
you to find the way? 18. What is situated in the neighbourhood of the university, in the neighbour-
hood of your block of flats? 19. Explain how to get to your place from the university.
64
Ex. 6. Make up a conversation using vocabulary 4.

Ex. 7. Complete the sentences.

1. When I arrived ... I was surprised to see ... 2. If you go through this arch you‘ll find yourself ...
3. ... made an awful impression on me. 4. Will you put me down at ...? 5. ... at the next stop but
three from here. 6. I‘ve changed my mind. I don‘t want to ... 7. Is this seat vacant? Would you mind
if I ...? 8. Show your ..., please. 9. Could you give me a lift? I want to go to ... 10. What a beautiful
... ! 11. Guess what! I‘ve just run into ... 12. I‘m a stranger here. Could you tell me ... 13. On my
way home ... 14. ... and I found myself ... 15. All the people were hurrying in the direction of ...
16.‘Move out of my way!‘... shouted. 17. ... is half an hour‘s walk from here.

Ex. 8. Supply questions or remarks to these responses.

1. It‘s a blind alley. 2. I‘m lost. 3. I can give you a lift. 4. You are going in the wrong direction.
5. Go straight on as far as Revolution Square and you will see it on your right. 6. You may turn
away. 7. Turn around, will you? 8. You‘d better turn back. 9. I‘m afraid it‘s too overcrowded.
10. It‘s twenty roubles. 11. I‘m sorry but I‘m a stranger myself. 12. I‘m afraid there‘s nothing like
this in the neighbourhood. 13. The nearest one is round the corner. 14. I can be fined for speeding.

Ex. 9. Choose the correct word. Consult usage notes.

A 1. She lives in a small (city, town) near Paris. 2. He bought us two tickets for the best show in
(city, town). 3. The Bank of England is situated in the (City, Town). 4. Let‘s go out of (city, town)
for the weekend, shall we? 5. She hasn‘t been to her home (city, town) for ten years. 6. He was born
in New York (City, Town) and spent his childhood there. 7. Big (city, town) life is much faster and
brighter than life in the country. 8. Let‘s ask what bus goes down(city,town). 9. (City, Town) dwel-
lers have to face such problems as crowded transport, traffic jams and pollution. 10. People who
live in the capital (city, town) seem to think they are superior to everyone else in the country.
11. There are only villages and a few market (cities, towns) in the area.

B 1. That‘s enough! Get (on, off, out of) my house! 2. How can I get (on, off, to, up) the railway
station? 3. Do you get (on, off, to, up, into) at the next stop? 4. How are you getting (on, off, to) at
your new job? – Quite well, thank you. 5. How do all those animals get (to, along, alone) with each
other? 6. Let‘s get (up, down) to business, shall we? 7. The hill was so high that she had to get (on,
off, out of) her bike and walk. 8. He got (on, of, off) the plane and went to the customs. 9. Tell the
driver I want to get (on, off) at the next stop. 10. Get (on, of, off) a number 18 bus in front of your
house. It‘ll take you straight to Revolution Square. 11. The police officer told him to get (on, off,
out, out of) the car. 12. The taxi stopped near the man but he wasn‘t in a hurry to get (on, off, down,
into, out of) it. 13. We got (on, in, out, along) a ship and began to look for the captain. 14. I‘ll have
to get (in, along, off, up, down) early tomorrow. 15. When the ship began to sink, the passengers
had very little time to get (on, off, into) the boats. 16. The policeman saw the thieves get (on, off,
into) the stolen car.

Ex. 10. Fill in the blanks with the words cross, across, crossing, crossroads, subway, underground.
1. When her marriage ended she felt like she reached an important ………………… of her life.
2. The ……………… of the Channel was rough, but luckily none of us were seasick. 3. She wore a
small gold …………. around her neck. 4. We can‘t go here, there‘s no pedestrian ……. 5. You
should walk one block and then go …………….. the street. 6. He put a …………….. on the map to
mark where the house was. 7. You can‘t drive very fast along this avenue, there are traffic lights at
every ……………….. 8. Christians believe that Jesus Christ died on a …………. 9. They live
……… the street from us. 10. Don‘t ………… the street in the middle of the block, it‘s much safer
to go through a …………11. In London the ……………….. is called the Tube, while the Ameri-
cans call it a ……………..12. Let‘s take a look at the map of the Moscow ……………………
13. The IRA is an ………....... terrorist organization of Northern Ireland.

65
Ex. 11. Fill in the blanks with the words accident, incident, event, case, occasion.
1. He broke his leg in a skiing ……………… last month. 2. To my great relief, the wedding cere-
mony passed without …………………… 3. Something may go wrong. In that ………….. let me
know at once. 4. Fleming discovered penicillin almost by ……………. 5. In ………….. of emer-
gency, break this window. 6. Meeting Professor Drake was an ………….. that changed his life.
7. I‘m sure he won‘t forget to come, but will you phone him just in …………? 8. He lost his best
friend in a shooting ………………... 9. Police are trying to reconstruct the sequence of …………
on the night of the killing. 10. The fog and icy roads led to several serious car ……..... 11. I am
afraid I won‘t be able to come. – Well, in that ……………. I won‘t go either. 12. It was quite an
………………. Everyone was there, dressed in their best clothes. 13. In the evening they would
gather in the living room to talk, joke and discuss the ………………….of the day. 14. You
shouldn‘t go so fast on this motorcycle or you‘ll have an …………... . 15. The town beer festival is
an annual ………………. 16. The opening ceremony of the Olympic Games was a memorable
………… for everyone. 17. She seldom wears dresses, she only puts them on for spe-
cial………………. 18. I wouldn‘t quarrel with him in your ………………. 19. Apart from the
…………………. in Las Vegas our vacation was completely trouble-free.

Ex. 12. Insert articles if necessary.

1. I am .......stranger here. Could you tell me ..........way to .......... centre? 2. Our town is situated in
one of ...........most picturesque parts of ........Russia – in .........Urals. 3. They went in
...........direction of ...........railway station. They wanted to take ......... eight o‘clock train. 4. Which is
............shortest way to .........Revolution Square? – Go as far as ....... nearest tram stop and take
........... tram three. Get off at .........next stop but four. 5. Harry took .......... first turning on ....... left
and found himself in .......... strange place. He realised that he had lost .....way. 6. Danny travels ......
lot on ......... business. ....... next week he‘s making ..........business trip to ...........South America.
7. Let‘s take ...........number nineteen trolleybus. .... stop is just round ........corner. 8. ..... traffic is
heavy during ..... rush hour. 9. In ..... hard years of .......World War II our town turned into .......
mighty armoury of ......front. 10. Let‘s go on ........excursion about ......St Petersburg to get .......idea
of this wonderful city. There are ......lot of .... excursions to choose from. 11. My parents live in .....
Tsvilling Street not far from ...........centre of ..........town. They live on .......top floor of ......... seven-
storey building. 12. Shall we go on ........foot or ride on .......bike? – I‘d rather take ......taxi. 13. Is
there .......hairdresser‘s in ........neighbourhood? – Yes, there is ......very good one on .......next cros-
sroads. It‘s ......ten-minute walk from here. 14. His brother had .......accident yesterday. He was tak-
en to ....hospital. 15. I‘m pressed for .....time. Could you give me .......lift?

Ex. 13. Insert prepositions or adverbs if necessary.

1. I live ………… Kirov Street, not far …….. the centre. 2. If you go …………trolley-bus you will
have to change ………another one …………….Revolution Square. 3. Go ………….. this street
…………………..the first crossroads, then turn ………… the corner and walk straight ……… for
a while and ………… less than five minutes you‘ll find yourself ……… front ………. the hotel.
4. ……. case you get lost you may ask the policeman ………the way. 5. Turn ………. left …….the
corner. The theatre is …….. ten minutes‘ walk ………..here. You can‘t miss ……….it. 6. When I
saw him he was hurrying …….the direction ……….. the university. 7. Am I right ………the Opera
House? Where do I get ……….? 8. They were impressed ………. the building …….. the theatre
and surprised ………… its size. 9. We arrived ………….the station just …….. time ………. the
eight o‘clock train. 10. They left …………their home town ………Moscow and arrived ……. the
capital two days later. 11. Do you travel ………..business or ………..pleasure? 12. I‘m too tired to
go ……….an excursion today. I‘d rather stay ………the hotel and take …….a nap. 13. The weather
is fine. Let‘s go …….. foot. 14. Does he live ………the outskirts? 15. You should only go ………
the street when the light changes ………red ……green. 16. Where did he put up ……..? 17. We
got stuck …… a traffic jam and were late………….work. 18. The tour …………… the town will
give you a good idea …….. its size and beauty. 19. The shop is ..................the street ...............us.
20. The buses are overcrowded .............. people going ............. work ....... the rush hour ..............
the morning. 21. The town was founded ...........the 13th ....................September .............1736.
66
Ex. 14. Translate into English.
A. 1. Я живу на одной из наиболее оживлѐнных улиц нашего города. Мои родители живут на
окраине, а дом моей бабушки находится в 14 км от города. 2. Картины Пушкинского музея
произвели на меня большое впечатление. 3. Поездка по городу доставила нам большое удо-
вольствие. 4. Толпы людей спешили по направлению к станции метро. 5. Давай выйдем на
следующей остановке и пройдѐмся пешком. 6. Простите, вы не знаете, как проехать в аэро-
порт? 7. Нельзя ездить на машине по тротуару. 8. Джин добирается до школы на семнадца-
том трамвае. 9. – Вы выходите на следующей остановке? – Нет, я выхожу на площади, че-
рез две остановки. 10. В последнее время в городе построено много подземных переходов.
11. Его дядя часто ездит в командировки, и ему приходится останавливаться в гостиницах.
12. В часы пик автобусы и троллейбусы переполнены, и невозможно найти свободное место.
13. Они должны были встретиться у входа на вокзал. 14. Мне кажется, мы идѐм не в том на-
правлении. Должно быть, мы потерялись. Давай спросим дорогу у какого-нибудь прохожего.
15. Дедушка задремал в автобусе и проехал свою остановку. 16. Меня первый раз оштрафо-
вали за превышение скорости. 17. Сколько стоит проезд?

B. 1. Том очень хорошо водит машину и никогда не попадал в аварию. 2. Летом мы много
ездим на велосипедах. 3. Мой двоюродный брат получил права в прошлом месяце и теперь
ездит на работу на машине. Это занимает у него 15 минут. 4. Когда троллейбус поехал по на-
правлению к парку, я понял, что мне придѐтся пересесть. 5. Поверните на вторую улицу сле-
ва и высадите меня, пожалуйста, у той арки. 6. Моя младшая сестра не любит соблюдать
правила движения. Она всегда переходит улицу посреди квартала и не смотрит на светофор.
7. Концертный зал расположен на набережной справа от моста через Миасс напротив памят-
ника Прокофьеву. Вы можете добраться туда на третьем или шестнадцатом трамвае или на
восемнадцатом автобусе. Это недалеко отсюда. Вам надо выйти на остановке «Театр оперы и
балета». 8. Я правильно иду к автовокзалу? Это далеко отсюда? Я приезжий и плохо знаю
город. 9. Когда мы приехали в этот район, по соседству строилась станция метро. 10. Я пере-
думал. Мы не поедем на автобусе. Лучше возьмѐм такси. Уже половина пятого. Мы опазды-
ваем. 11. Большое движение на улицах нашего города создаѐт массу проблем, среди которых
загрязнение воздуха, дорожные пробки и аварии. 12. Элмер путешествует по Европе. Он уже
посетил восемь стран и получил представление о некоторых европейских столицах. Они
произвели на него большое впечатление.

Ex. 15. Discussion tasks

1. What can you say for and against living in your native place?
2. Speak about some town you‘ve visited.
3. Speak about the town you want to visit.
4. Compare life in a big city with life in the country.
5. What would you like to change in Chelyabinsk to make it a better place to live?
6. What theatres, art galleries and museums have you visited in Chelyabinsk?

Ex. 16. Conversation tasks

1. Your common friend is coming to Chelyabinsk. You discuss where he should live, what you can
show him, what places you can visit together.

2. Invite your classmate to your home and explain how to get there.

3. Ask your classmate how to get to various places in Chelyabinsk.

4. Persuade your friend to go everywhere on foot or by bike.

5. You have been fined for violating the traffic rules. Complain to your friend about it.

67
Ex 17. Listen to the dialogues and make your own ones.

Dialogue 1. ASKING THE WAY (1)

1
A Exˋcuse ˏme. ˈCan you ˈtell me ˈwhere 2
ˋSouth ˌStreet is, ˏplease? A Exˎcuse me, please. ˈCould you ˈtell me
the ˈway to the ˎstation?
B ˈTake the ˋsecond on the ˏleft and ˈthen
ˈask aˎgain. B ˈTurn ˏround and ˈturn ˈleft at the ˎtraffic-
lights.
A ˈIs it ˎfar?
A ˈWill it ˈtake me ˈlong to ˎget there?
B ˎNo, it‘s ˈonly aˈbout ˈfive ˈminutes‘
B ˎNo, it‘s ˈno ˈdistance at ˎall
ˎwalk.
A ˎThank you.
A ˈMany ˎthanks.
B ˋThat‘s OˏK.
B ˈNot at ˋall.

3 4
A Exˎcuse me, but I‘m ˈtrying to ˈfind the A Exˎcuse me, please. ˈCould you ˎtell me
ˈTown ˎHall. ˈhow to ˈget to the ˈtown ˎcentre?

B ˈTake the ˋthird on the ˏright and ˈgo B ˋFirst ˏright, ˈsecond ˎleft. You ˋcan‘t
ˈstraight ˎon. ˏmiss it.

A ˈShould I ˈtake a ˎbus? A ˈIs it ˈtoo ˈfar to ˎwalk?

B ˎNo, you can ˈwalk it in ˈunder ˈfive B ˎNo, it‘s ˈonly a ˈcouple of ˈhundred
ˎminutes. ˎyards. (1 yard = 91,4 cm)

A ˈThank you ˎvery much inˎdeed. A ˈThanks ˎvery much.

B ˈThat‘s ˋquite all ˏright. B It‘s a ˎpleasure.

68
 Dialogue 2. ON A BUS (2)

Bus conductors still collect passengers‘ fares in some towns, but single-deck one-man buses are
seen more and more, especially in country districts. In London, fast buses called ‗Red Arrows‘ run
non-stop between important places. The fare is fixed, and passengers pass through an automatic
gate which opens when the correct coins are inserted.

1 2
A ˈDoes ˋthis ˌbus ˌgo to the ˏstation? A ˈAm ˈI OˈK for St ˈMary‘s ˏChurch?

B ˎNo, you‘ll ˈhave to ˈget ˈoff at the ˎbank, B ˎNo, ˈwe ˈonly ˈgo as ˈfar as the ˎpark, but
and ˈtake a ˈ1ˈ9ˎ2. you can ˎwalk from there.

A ˈCan you ˈtell me ˈwhere to ˈget ˏoff? A ˈHow much ˈfurther ˎis it?

B It‘s the ˈnext ˈstop but ˎone. B It‘s ˈquite a ˎway yet, but I‘ll ˈtell you in
ˈgood ˎtime.

3 4
A ˈDo you ˈgo to the ˈsea-ˏfront? A ˈIsˋthis the ˌright ˌbus for the ˌTown
ˏHall?
B ˎNo, you‘re ˈgoing the ˈwrong ˋway. You
ˈwant a ˈ1ˈ4ˎ3 from the ˎchurch. BˎNo, you ˈshould have ˈcaught a ˎ12. ˈJump
ˈout at the ˎbridge and ˈget ˈone ˎthere.
A ˈHave we ˈgot ˈmuch ˈfurther to ˏgo?
A ˈCould you ˎtell me ˈwhen we ˈget ˏthere?
B It‘s the ˈnext ˎstop.
B It‘s ˈthree ˈstops ˈafter ˎthis one.

69
Ex 18. DIRECTION GAME
Follow the directions and find out the place the woman wants to reach

Walk straight on to the end of the road. Then turn right.

Take the second turning on the left. Go down the road till you come to a crossroads.
Turn right. Then turn right again at the traffic lights.
Go down the road until you come to a park. Then turn left.
Keep straight on for about two hundred metres and it‘s on your right.

Ex 19. Match the numbers above the road signs with their verbal descriptions.

70
Sing the song.
THE TRANSPORT RAP

My mum takes the bus to work My mum takes the bus to work
My dad drives his car My dad drives his car
My sister goes to college My sister goes to college
’Cos it isn’t very far ’Cos it isn’t very far
I go to school by bicycle I go to school by bicycle
But sometimes when it rains But sometimes when it rains
I take the bus to the station I take the bus to the station
And then I go by train And then I go by train

My daily life is boring My daily life is boring

It’s always the same I wish it were more fun
I want to sail a yacht to school I want to drive a limousine
Or have my own jet plane And give lifts to everyone

My daily life is boring My daily life is boring

It really gets me down Why can’t it be cool?
I want to ride a motorbike I want to abseil* from the roof
And be the fastest kid in town Or ride an elephant to school.

* спускаться вниз по вертикальной поверхности на веревке (вид альпинизма)

71
 TOPIC 7. WEATHER
Read, translate and reproduce the dialogue.

WEATHER TALK
Laura Lovely day today, isn‘t it?
George It is. There‘s hardly a cloud in the sky in fact.
L We‘ll have a heat wave, I fear. It must be 25 degrees in the shade.
G It‘s very close today. Not a leaf is stirring.
L There‘s hardly a breath of air.
G By the way, I‘ve just read the weather forecast on the Internet here.
L What does it say?
G ―Pressure will remain high to the south-west of the British Isles. There‘ll be occasional rain or
drizzle, but bright weather with a few scattered showers will spread to England and Wales.‖
L I fear a thunderstorm is coming.
G The sky is overcast and the sun is going in.
L: It looks like rain. We should take some shelter. It never rains but it pours!
G Fortunately enough, I‘ve got my umbrella with me. Let me put it up.
L What a tremendous clap of thunder!
G And what a flash of lightning!
L But the English have a saying about the weather: If you don‘t like it now, just wait a bit.
G Look! It‘s clearing up. The clouds are lifting.
L It has stopped raining. The air is remarkably fresh. Look at this wonderful rainbow!
G We are in for a spell of good weather again. Now I know why Englishmen always grumble
about the weather.
L Yes, they do like to complain about their climate, but you shouldn‘t pay too much attention to it.
The devil isn‘t so black as he is painted.

VOCABULARY
1. weather forecast; to forecast; weatherman; to be weather sensitive;
to get (become) shorter / longer; to be in bloom / blossom; to turn ripe; an Indian summer;
to keep fine, dull; to remain; to return to life; the temperature; below zero, above zero;

to rain hard (heavily); to drizzle; raindrop; in a pouring rain; rainy; to get wet through (to the skin);
dirty; dusty; muddy; to hail (It hails); to carry, put up an umbrella;
pool; swimming pool; to swim; to bathe; waterfall; flood; to save for a rainy day;

2. to snow hard (heavily), lightly; snowy; snowfall; storm; snowstorm;

snowflake; to make a snowman; yeti; to freeze over; thaw;
to throw snowballs at; to fight with snowballs; snowdrift; snowdrop;
to sleet (It sleets); to melt; to turn to slush; slippery; to slip; ice; icy; icicle;
to skate; to ski (he skis, skied, skiing); a ski (skis); sledge; to go down the slide;

3. wind; windy; to blow; a blast of wind; blustery; east, west, north, south wind;
a gentle (light), biting, strong (hard) wind; to sway in the wind; still; close (stuffy);
to air; in a draught (draft); breath of air; to breathe deeply; gale warning; hurricane;.

the sun; to shine; sunny; to rise; to go down; sunrise; dawn; sunset;

to lie in the sun; ray of light; to sparkle in the sun; shade; shadow;
to hide behind the clouds; to be covered with; the clouds float across the sky;

fog; foggy; smog; chill; chilly; warmth; warm; heat; hot; heat wave;
shore; the shore of the lake; seashore; seacoast; to go to the seaside; the bank of the river;

72
4. Translate and explain the proverbs. Find Russian equivalents. Learn them.
1. Everything is good in its season. 2. Every cloud has a silver lining. 3. Any port in a storm.
4. After rain comes fair weather. 5. Make hay while the sun shines. 6. As you sow you shall mow.
7. Still waters run deep.

Usage Note: shadow and shade

1) shadow – тень (в прямом и переносном смысле)
Look how funny our shadows are! Vampires are said to cast no shadow. She grew up in the shadow
of her film star sister. Mike has become Lucy’s shadow. He’s afraid of his own shadow.
They buried her in the shadow of the old elm.

2) shade – тень как неосвещенное место, полумрак, неизвестность.

Let’s find a table in the shade. It’s 35 degrees in the shade today. They sat in the shade of the tree.

MEMORY WORK

1. Man is a fool. 2. When the weather is wet

When it‘s hot We must not fret, –
He wants it cool. When the weather is cold
When it‘s cool We must not scold.
He wants it hot. When the weather is warm
He always wants We must not storm, –
What he has not. But be thankful together
Whatever the weather.

3. MONTHS
by Sara Coleridge (1802-1852)
January brings us snow, Hot July brings cooling showers,
Makes our feet and fingers glow. Apricots and gilly-flowers.
February brings the rain, August brings the sheaves of corn,
Thaws the frozen lake again. Then the harvest home is borne.
March brings breezes loud and shrill, Warm September brings the fruit,
Stirs the dancing daffodil. Sportsmen then begin to shoot.
April brings the primrose sweet, Fresh October brings the pheasant.
Scatters daisies at our feet. Then to gather nuts is pleasant.
May brings flocks of pretty lambs Dull November brings the blast,
Skipping by their fleecy dams. Then the leaves are whirling fast.
June brings tulips, lilies, roses, Chill December brings the sleet,
Fills the children‘s hands with posies. Blazing fire and Christmas treat.

EXERCISES

Ex. 1. Answer the questions.

A. 1. Do you listen to weather reports on the radio, watch them on TV or read in the Internet? 2. Is
it easy to forecast the weather? 3. What weather have the weathermen promised for today? 4. Do
you know any weather signs? 5. How do you like the weather today? 6. What does the weather
forecast say for tomorrow? 7. What is a fine day like? 8. When do the days get longer, shorter?
9. Are the days becoming longer or shorter now? 10. Is anything in bloom or in blossom now?
11. What turns ripe in August in the Urals? 12. Is it fine or dull today? 13. Will it keep like that for
the rest of the month? 14. What is the temperature now? 15. Will the temperature remain the same
in the evening? 16. Are you weather sensitive? How does weather affect you?

73
B. 1. Do you like rain? Is it raining now? Does it look like rain? 2. When does it often rain? What
do you see on the window pane when it rains? 3. Have you ever been caught in a pouring rain?
Have you ever got wet through?4. When are the streets dusty and when are they muddy? 5. When
does it hail? Have you ever been caught in a hail? 6. Do you often carry an umbrella? 7. Did you
like to walk in the pools when you were small? 8. Do you ever go to a swimming pool? Сan you
swim well? 9. Have you ever seen a waterfall? 10. Have you saved anything for a rainy day? Why
or why not? 11. Where will you come rain or shine?

C. 1. Does it snow hard in the Urals in winter? 2. Do you like snowy weather? 3. Was there a heavy
or a light fall of snow this winter? Were there huge snowdrifts? 4. Do you like to walk in a snow-
fall? 5. Do you like to walk through the snowdrifts? 6. Have you ever been caught in a snowstorm?
7. Do all snowflakes look the same? 8. When did you make a snowman last? 9. What is a yeti? Do
you believe this creature exists? 10. Do you like to fight with snowballs? 11. What happens when it
sleets? 12. When does the snow begin to melt? 13. Is it dangerous when the roads are icy and slip-
pery? What may happen? 14. Do you like to ski? Where do you go skiing? 15. Can you skate well?
Do you go to a skating rink? 16. When do the first snowdrops appear?

D. 1. Is it windy or still today? What wind is blowing today? 2. Do you like windy weather? 3. Can
a blustery wind be dangerous? What can strong blasts of wind do? 4. Do you mind when it‘s stuffy
in the room? 5. It‘s getting close, not a leaf is stirring and there‘s hardly a breath of air. What is
going to happen next? 6. Is it good to sit in a draught? 7. When do you breathe deeply? 8. Do we
have hurricanes in the Urals?

E. 1. Is it sunny today? When does the sun shine brightly? 2. Where does the sun rise and go down?
3. Have you ever watched a sunrise or a sunset? 4. Do you like to lie in the sun? 5. Have any rays of
sunshine got into the classroom now? 6. What kind of person can be called ‗a ray of sunshine‘?
7. What can sparkle in the sun? 8. When do you want to stay in the shade or want the sun to hide
behind the clouds? 9. Has anyone ever followed you like a shadow? 10. Is the sky covered with
clouds today? Will it clear up later? 11. Is it foggy today? 12. Is there smog in our city? 13. Was it
chilly or warm when you were going to the university today? 14. Is it hot now? Do you like heat?
15. Are we in for a heat wave? 16. Would you like to find yourself on the bank of the Miass river,
on the shore of some lake in the Urals or on the seashore now? 17. Do earthquake ever happen in
the Urals? 18. What is your favourite season and month? Why? What is your favourite weather?

Ex. 2. Insert articles if necessary

1. What‘s ...... weather like today? Have you heard ....... weather forecast on ........ radio? 2. What
...... nasty day! What ...... rainy weather! What ...... big pools! What ...... mud! 3. ...... sun is shining
brightly in ........ sky. There‘s hardly .........breath of ....... air. 4. ....... Gulf Stream is ....... warm cur-
rent flowing from .........Gulf of ..... Mexico round ...........north of ........... Europe, ....... British Isles
and .......... Iceland. 5. There was ....... light fall of ........snow at .......... night. 6. He has saved some
money for ......... rainy day. 7. ........ air is stifling, not .... leaf is stirring. 8. Is he lying in ...........sun
or swimming in ......... sea? – He‘s reading ...... .. book in ..........shade. 9. It‘s so pleasant to go for
......... walk on ...........sunny summer morning. 10. What big .......snowdrifts! Shall we make .......
snowman or fight with ........snowballs? 11. She slipped on ........sidewalk in .......... pouring rain. 12.
If you don‘t take ...... shelter, you‘ll get wet to ........ skin. 13. .........spell of ......... sunny weather in
....... October is called ..........Indian Summer. 14. .........strong wind is blowing from ........ north. 15.
........weather in ....... south of ........Great Britain is milder than in ......... Scotland. 16. .........
spring is ........ season when .......... nature returns to life. 18. Look! ....... apple trees are in ..... blos-
som.

Ex. 3. Fill the gaps with prepositions or adverbs if necessary.

1 You are lying ........ the sun and complaining ........... the heat. How stupid ........ you! Why don‘t
you swim ...... the sea. 2. I don‘t like to go ........ a walk ........... such nasty weather. I prefer to stay
....... home. 3. It‘s pleasant to go ...... work ..... foot ......... a warm sunny morning. 4. ......... the
74
morning the trees were covered .............. frost. 5. It‘s hot. The temperature is 32 degrees ............
zero ........ the shade today. 6. Look ......... the sky. There‘s hardly a cloud ......... it. We are ........
......... a spell .......... fine weather. 7. It‘s pouring ...... rain! Put ........ your umbrella or we shall get
wet ........... 8. The rain is ........... and it‘s clearing .......... 9. The weather is getting worse. The sun
has hidden .......... the clouds. It looks ......... rain. 10. Look ........ the map ........ the next page. What
country can you see ......... the picture? 11. The clouds are floating .............. the sky. 12. He slipped
........ the ice and his bag fell ......... the ground. 13. The sky is overcast ......... low, black clouds and
peals ........... thunder are heard .......... the distance. 14. Don‘t grumble .......... the weather. You pay
too much attention ....... it. 15. Let‘s fight ....... snowballs. – I‘d prefer to throw snowballs ...... Kate.
She is sure to like it. 16. The spring has come and the snow has turned ........ slush. 17. What has
happened .... you? Have you been caught .... the thunderstorm? You are wet .... the skin! 18. Don‘t
go ....... There are pools ........ water everywhere. You may be splashed ......... mud ...... a passing car.

Ex. 4.
A. Insert „to rain‟ in the correct form,
if it doesn‟t suit, use „to begin raining‟, „to stop raining‟.

1. It ................................................................................................ today yet.

2. It ..................................................................................................yesterday.
3. The weatherman said it .............................................................. the next day.
4. It ................................................................................................. for two days already.
5. It often ....................................................................................... in autumn.
6. They supposed it ......................................................................... by the time the film ended.
7. I think it........................................................................................tomorrow.
8. He remembered how hard it ....................................................... the week before.
9. Look! It ....................................................................................... outside.
10. It ................................................................................................ for a week before they arrived.
11. He informed us it ....................................................................... for three days by Saturday.
12. It ............still ............................................................................. when I left yesterday.
13. It‘s the first time it ..................................................................... so hard here.
14. We were sure it .............. still .....................................................when we came back.
15. Hardly ............ it ........................................................................ when we got wet through.
16. It‘s ten days since it ................................................................... last.
17. I‘m afraid it ................. still ........................................................when we wake up.
18. We hope it ................................................................................. by noon.
19. It may ..........................................................................................today.
20. Tomorrow it ................................................................................ for five days already.

B. Match each word with one or more words from the box.
1. thunder 2. natural 3. snow 4. heat 5. hail 6. gale 7. pouring 8. Indian 9. hoar 10. rain 11. water
12. weather 13. sun 14. swimming 15. whirl 16. sea 17. earth

stones / pool / sign / drift / wind / warning / rise / coast / shine / drop / quake / man / summer

shore / fall / storm / disaster / wave / rain / flake / frost / side / set / forecast / beam / report

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
75
Ex. 5. Say the opposite.
1. It‘s the season when nature dies. 2. The temperature falls to 30 degrees below zero. 3. She pre-
fers to lie in the sun. 4. The sky is cloudless. 5. Birds return from warm countries. 6. They met at
sunrise. 7. The climate of this area is dry and hot. 8. The weather is fine today. 9. Frosty weather
has set in. 10. The weatherman says it will keep fine today. 11. It‘s very windy today. 12. The air is
so fresh in the room. 13. Look! The clouds are building up. 14. There was a good fall of snow.
15. The sun is looking out of the clouds.

Ex. 6. Complete the sentences with the words shade or shadow.

1. These flowers do best when they grow in the …………. 2. It was 27 degrees above zero in the
……………. yesterday. 3. The birch is casting a long ………….. on the road. 4. Look! Freddie is
lying in the……………. asleep. 5. The dog saw its …………….. on the wall. 6. The sun is hot to-
day. Let‘s walk in the ……………….. 7. He must be a vampire, he casts no ………………… !
8. Our ………………….. grew longer and longer as the sun went down. 9. She was put in the
………………. of her elder sister who was a real beauty. 10. We sat down in the ………………
and had a bite. 11. What‘s up, man? You follow me like a ……………………!

Ex. 7. Fill the blanks with the words from the box.

snowstorms melts frost sleet snowdrifts thaws slush icy winter

My first experience of real …………. weather was when I went to Northern Canada. I was used to a
sort of snow that falls in London, which quickly turns into brown ……………….. In fact, most of
the time I was in London, it didn‘t really snow properly, it was mostly ……………………. Apart
from that, British winters mean a bit of white ……………………. on my garden and occasionally
having to drive very carefully on ………….. roads early in the morning. I had never experienced
the ……………………… and ………………………… that can paralyse a whole city in less than
an hour and close roads completely. However, when the earth finally ………………. and all the
snow ……………….away in spring, everything comes to life again and looks more beautiful than
ever.

Ex. 8. What kind of weather do you think caused the following to happen? Write a sentence
which could go before each of these.
1. We had to sit in a shade every afternoon. 2. Cars were skidding out of control. 3. Even the post-
man had to use a boat to get around. 4. They had to close the airport; the snow was a metre deep.
5. The earth became rock-hard and a lot of plants died. 6. It blew the newspaper clean out of my
hands. 7. I could hardly see a hand in front of my face. 8. Big trees were uprooted like matchsticks.
9. We were able to sit in the garden in the middle of winter.

Ex. 9. Translate into English.

A. 1. Ты слышала прогноз? Какая сегодня будет погода? Мне брать зонтик или плащ? – Си-
ноптики обещали ясную погоду, двадцать градусов тепла, лѐгкий ветерок и никакого дождя.
Кроме того, твой зонт сломан, а плащ в химчистке. 2. Какая сегодня ужасная погода. Дождь
моросит весь день, везде лужи и грязь. 3. Сегодня не такой туман, как вчера. Вчера туман
был такой густой, что невозможно было ехать на машине. 4. Небо покрыто тучами, идѐт
дождь со снегом и дует резкий ветер. 5. Жара становится угнетающей. Очень душно. Ни ду-
новения ветерка. Ни один листик не шелохнѐтся. Похоже, будет гроза. 6. Посмотри, тучи
рассеиваются. Дождь перестал. Пойдѐм погуляем. Воздух такой свежий после дождя. 7. Ста-
ло холодно. Скоро озеро замѐрзнет, и мы сможем кататься на коньках. Пойдѐм сегодня в лес
на лыжах? 8. Парк выглядит великолепно, когда земля покрыта снегом, а на деревьях сверка-
ет иней. 9. Я не слышала прогноз погоды и не знаю, будет ли сегодня дождь. Если дождя не
будет, я поеду за город купаться и загорать. 10. Погода становится теплее. Я думаю, скоро
зацветут фруктовые деревья. 11. У нас в саду начинают созревать яблоки.

76
B. 1. В Англии поля и парки остаются зелѐными даже зимой. 2. Солнце скрылось. Начинает-
ся дождь. Раскрой зонтик, иначе мы промокнем насквозь. 3. Посмотри! Выпало много снега.
Теперь дети будут кататься на лыжах и санках, играть в снежки и лепить снеговика. 4. Как
красиво! Капельки дождя сверкают на солнце. А вот и радуга! 5. Эти ужасные раскаты грома
разбудили меня ночью. Дождь лил как из ведра. Посмотри, какие везде лужи. Неприятно гу-
лять в такую погоду. 6. Согласно прогнозу погоды на этой неделе будут изредка выпадать
дожди, местами будут грозы, ветер юго-западный, температура двадцать четыре – двадцать
шесть градусов тепла. 7. Не сиди на сквозняке, простудишься. Закрой окно, пожалуйста.
Комната уже проветрилась и совсем не душно. 8. Снег растаял и превратился в слякоть. Ско-
ро солнце высушит землю, появится трава и первые подснежники. 9. Сильный порывистый
ветер дует сегодня. Смотри, как качаются деревья. 10. Солнце встаѐт позже и заходит раньше
зимой. Дни становятся короче, а ночи длиннее. Самый мрачный месяц – декабрь. В январе
больше солнечных дней, когда снег сверкает на солнце. Февраль – ветреный, идѐт дождь со
снегом, днѐм слякоть, а ночью холодно. 11. Какой чудесный день! Какой свежий воздух!
Какое синее небо! Какая зелѐная трава! Какие красивые цветы! Какие милые люди!

Ex 10. Read and translate the dialogue and give your own opinion on the perfect holiday.

THE PERFECT HOLIDAY

Kelly: OK, so if you had just one vacation a year, where would you go?
Alex: Mmm … I‘d go to the mountains. I love skiing in the holidays.
Kelly: Oh, God, no way. Totally, completely want to go to the beach. I need a tan, and just to
relax and feel the heat.
Alex: What‘s the point of just rolling around on the beach, being lazy? I hate it, you just have a
headache and get burned. I just don‘t understand why you like it so much.
Kelly: Because it‘s the beach. And everyone is really good-looking and wearing few clothes,
and there‘re drinks with umbrellas, and it‘s just tropical. It‘s like the idea of paradise,
you know, when you are working in this cold city all the time. Even if it‘s a fake
illusion, it‘s just paradise. You have no worries ….
Alex: Yeah, but paradise can be beautiful snow, and it‘s great and it‘s cold and you can ski.
You get so much physical exercise.
Kelly: Well, you can do water sports and stuff. I mean, swimming around is good exercise and
you know, Jet Ski.
Alex: Not compared to physical exercise with snowboarding gear and everything.
Kelly: Yeah, and freezing and having a running nose and all that kind of stuff?
Alex: Yeah, but after a cold day in the snow you go inside and there‘s a nice fire and hot
chocolate and a chat with your friends. It‘s great.
Kelly: Ah, I don‘t know. So, what do you think you are actually gonna be doing during December?
Alex: Yeah, actually today it‘s really freezing. I‘m dreaming of going to the beach.
Kelly: Ah-ha, I told you.

Ex. 11. Discussion tasks

1. Compare various seasons.
2. Describe your favourite weather.
3. What are the advantages and disadvantages of the climate in the South Urals?
4. Speak about occasions when you found yourself outside in bad weather.
5. Speak about occasions when your plans were broken because of the weather.
6. What climate would you prefer to live in?

Ex. 12. Conversation tasks

1. Speak about your plans for summer.
2. Look at some travel agencies advertisements and choose tours to your liking.
3. Invite your friend to a picnic at the nearest weekend.
4. Your friend invited you to his/her country house. Find out more about it.
5. Discuss the weather forecast for the next week.

77
Ex. 13. Listen to the dialogues and make your own ones.

Dialogue 1. THE WEATHER (44)

Foreigners are often amused that the English spend so much time discussing the weather. The rea-
son for this is not simply that our weather is interesting and variable, but that the English are reluc-
tant to converse about personal matters with people who are not friends. Mentioning the weather
can be a useful and inoffensive way of starting a conversation with a stranger at a bus-stop or in a
train.

1
A ˈFairly ˋmild for the ˌtime of ˏyear.
4
B ˎYes. ˈQuite ˈdifferent from the ˎforecast.
A It‘s ˈgood to ˈsee the ˎsun again.
A ˈThey1 ˈsay we‘re ˈin for ˎsnow2.
B A ˈbig imˎprovement on ˈwhat we‘ve
B ˈLet‘s ˈhope it ˈkeeps ˋfine for the ˈbeen ˅ having.
ˌweekˏend.
A It‘s supˈposed to ˈcloud ˎover this
2 ˈafterˎnoon.
A It ˈseems to be ˈclearing ˋup.
B I ˈdidn‘t ˈthink it would →last
B It ˈmakes a ˎchange, ˎdoesn‘t it ?

A Apˈparently it‘s ˈgoing to ˈturn ˎcolder.

B →Still, aˈnother ˈmonth should ˈsee us

ˈthrough the →worst of it3.

3
A ˈNice and ˋbright this ˏmorning.

B ˎYes. ˈMuch ˈbetter than ˎyesterday.

A The ˈwind‘ll ˈprobably ˈget ˋup ˏlater.

B As ˈlong as it ˈdoesn‘t →rain4.

1
They: the forecasters
2
we‘re in for snow: snow is expected
3
see us through the worst of it: find us through the worst
of the winter and into spring
4
as long as it doesn‘t rain: I don‘t mind what happens
provided it doesn‘t rain
78
ADDITIONAL TEXTS

TEXT 1. GROUNDHOG DAY

Complete the text with the words:

celebrated; festival; popular; foretells; winter; longer; publisher; American, brought; tradition; be-
lieved;

Groundhog Day, a Canadian and 1._____________ tradition, is the day (February 2) when the
groundhog, or woodchuck, comes out of his hole after winter hibernation to look for his shadow. He
2. _______ six more weeks of bad weather if he sees it. Spring is coming if he cannot see his sha-
dow because of clouds. He supposedly goes back into his hole if more bad weather is coming and
stays above ground if spring is near. This 3. _____________ is from an old European belief that if it
is sunny on Candlemas Day, then the 4. _______________ would remain another six weeks. Can-
dlemas Day was 5. _________ on February second and commemorated the purification of the Vir-
gin Mary. Candles for sacred uses were blessed on this day.

If Candlemas Day be fair and bright,

winter will have another flight;
But if Candlemas Day be cloudy and rain,
winter has gone not to come again.

The Germans 6._____________ that an animal (a hedgehog) frightened by his shadow on Can-
dlemas Day would foretell cold weather for other six weeks. This belief was 7. _____________ to
America during the eighteenth century by German settlers. These settlers adopted the groundhog as
their weather predictor.
This lore grew 8. _________________ in the United States during the late eighteen hundreds
due to the efforts of Clymer H. Freas, a newspaper editor, and W. Smith, an American congressman
and newspaper 9. _________________. They organized and popularized a yearly 10.
______________ in Punxsutawney [ˌpəngksəˈtɔ:nı], Pennsylvania in which a groundhog named
Punxsutawney Phil was used to foretell how much 11.______ winter would last. This very popular
event is still being held and is called Groundhog Day. In Canada the name of the groundhog that is
used to predict the length of winter is Wiarton Willy.

TEXT 2. BRITISH HUMOUR

Read and translate the text and do the task.

The British sense of humour is often a source of mystification for other nations, and visitors to
Britain may claim that our humour is incomprehensible; however, possessing 'a sense of humour' is
usually regarded as a favourite virtue of the British.
It is difficult to determine the exact components of our 'sense of humour', but it may be loosely
defined as an attitude of mind which is readily responsive to the incongruous and ridiculous. Thus
the humorous qualities of Dickens' novels lie in the fact that many of his characters are 'larger than
life' - their appearance and personal qualities are highly exaggerated. This is also true today of many
of our favourite television comedies, where the lead characters are often wonderfully eccentric and
'over the top' - for example, the ever popular Mr Bean, played by Rowan Atkinson.
Bawdy and slapstick comedy, which can trace their roots back to Chaucer and Shakespeare, have
continued through the early films of Charlie Chaplin and the 'Carry On' film series of the 1960s and
1970s to TV series of today.
More subtle humour can be found in the satire of Thackeray, Charles Dickens and Jane Austen,
which highlights the faults and weaknesses of the society of the period, and is found today in some
popular television comedy series'. British humour also has an everpresent but hard to define apprec-
iation of the absurd.
Recent British comedy films have enjoyed international critical acclaim.
79
Mark the following statements as true or false.
1. British sense of humor seems strange to other nations.
2. Thackeray‘s works are famous for their slapstick humor.
3. Rowan Atkinson acted in ‗Mr Bean‘ series.
4. British people are sensitive to incongruous and ridiculous.
5. Chaucer was the script-writer in the early film starring Charley Chaplin.
6. Recent British comedies have been largely criticized.

TEXT 3. A WORLD GUIDE TO GOOD MANNERS

Read and translate the text and do the task.

Travelling to all сorners of the world gets easier and easier. We live in a global village, but how
well do we know and understand each other? Here is a simple test. Imagine you have arranged a
meeting at four o'clock. What time should you expect your foreign business colleagues to arrive? If
they're German, they'll be right on time. If they're American, they'll probably be 15 minutes early. If
they're British, they'll be 15 minutes late, and you should allow up to an hour for the Italians.

When the European Community began to increase in size, several guidebooks appeared giving ad-
vice on international etiquette. At first many people thought this was a joke, especially the British,
who seemed to assume that the widespread understanding of their language meant a corresponding
understanding of English customs. Very soon they had to change their ideas, as they realized that
they had a lot to learn about how to behave with their foreign business friends.

For example:
 The British are happy to have a business lunch and discuss business matters with a drink during
the meal; the Japanese prefer not to work while eating. Lunch is a time to relax and get to know
one another, and they rarely drink at lunchtime.
 The Germans like to talk business before dinner; the French like to eat first and talk afterwards.
They have to be well fed and watered before they discuss anything.
 Taking off your jacket and rolling up your sleeves is a sign of getting down to work in Britain
and Holland, but in Germany people regard it as taking it easy.
 American executives sometimes signal their feelings of ease and importance in their offices by
putting their feet on the desk while on the telephone. In Japan, people would be shocked. Show-
ing the soles of your feet is the height of bad manners. It is a social insult only exceeded by
blowing your nose in public.

The Japanese have perhaps the strictest rules of social and business behaviour. Seniority is very im-
portant, and a younger man should never be sent to complete a business deal with an older Japanese
man. The Japanese business card almost needs a rulebook of its own. You must exchange business
cards immediately on meeting because it is essential to establish everyone's status and position.
When it is handed to a person in a superior position, it must be given and received with both hands,
and you must take time to read it carefully, and not just put it in your pocket! Also the bow is a very
important part of greeting someone. You should not expect the Japanese to shake hands. Bowing
the head is a mark of respect and the first bow of the day should be lower than when you meet later.

The Americans sometimes find it difficult to accept the more formal Japanese manners. They prefer
to be casual and more informal, as illustrated by the universal 'Have a nice day!' American waiters
have a one-word imperative "Enjoy!' The British, of course, are cool and reserved. The great topic
of conversation between strangers in Britain is the weather — unemotional and impersonal. In
America, the main topic between strangers is the search to find geographical link. ‗Oh, really? You
live in Ohio? I had an uncle who once worked there.‘

80
 When in Rome, do as the Romans do.‟
Here are some final tips for travellers.

 In France you shouldn't sit down in a cafe until you've shaken hands with everyone you know.
 In Afghanistan you should spend at least five minutes saying hello.
 In Pakistan you mustn't wink. It is offensive.
 In the Middle East you must never use the left hand for greeting, eating, drinking, or smoking.
Also, you should take care not to admire anything in your hosts' home. They will feel that they
have to give it to you.
 In Russia you must match your hosts drink for drink or they will think you are unfriendly.
 In Thailand you should clasp your hands together and lower your head and your eyes when you
greet someone.
 In America you should eat your hamburger with both hands and as quickly as possible. You
shouldn't try to have a conversation until it is eaten.

Correct the statements if necessary.

1. The Japanese have a greater respect for people who are older and have a higher social status.
2. If you‘ve arranged a meeting with an Italian you must be ready that he can come an hour early.
3. Just knowing a foreign language of some country gives you the understanding of its culture.
4. ―We live in a global village‖ means that nowadays people prefer life in the country to life in big
cities because of ecological situation and other problems.
5. When a Japanese gives you a business card, you should take it with both hands and read it care-
fully in his presence.
6. When Dutchmen roll up their sleeves it means they are going to start working.
7. Englishmen and Frenchmen like to discuss business at dinner.
8. The Japanese greet people with a bow every time they see them.
9. The Japanese would be shocked if you blow your nose in their presence.
10. The Americans are not so casual as the British.
11. The favourite topic of conversation between strangers in the USA is the weather.
12. A left-handed person will have a hard time in the Middle East.
13. When you greet a person in South Asia you should look straight into his eyes.

81
Sing the song.
THE WEATHERMAN RAP

The weatherman said

“It’ll be sunny today
The rain will stop
And the fog will go away”

The weatherman said

It’ll be hot and dry
The weather will be perfect
Not a cloud in the sky

Let’s go to the beach

Let’s have some fun
Let’s swim in the sea
And lie in the sun
But oh no!
It’s raining again!
So never ever listen
to the weathermen

The weatherman said

“It’ll be cold and dry
Freezing ice
And a clear blue sky”

The weatherman said

“There’ll be plenty of snow
So drive very slowly
Take care on the road.”

Let’s find our sledge

And race in the snow
Get your coat and your hat
Come on, let’s go!
But oh no!
It’s raining again!
So never ever listen
to the weathermen

82
 GRAMMAR
§1. THERE IS/ARE. IMPERSONAL SENTENCES

I. THERE + BE
1. We use there as the impersonal subject of the sentence to introduce new information.
The structure of the sentence:
there + be + noun group (which carries new information) + adverbial modifier of place.

There is a TV- set in the room. There‘s some milk in the bottle.
There are no students in the room. There was a party here yesterday.

2. If we want to answer the question WHAT? we say: There is a book on the desk.
If we want to answer the question WHERE? we say: The book is on the desk.

3. Compare the corresponding Russian and English sentences.

Russian English English plural form
1 Ha cтене картина. There is a picture on the wall. There are pictures on the wall.

2 Картина на стене. The picture is on the wall. The pictures are on the wall.

3 У нас на стене картина. We have a picture on the wall. We have pictures on the wall.
4 Это картина на стене. This is a picture on the wall. These are pictures on the wall.
It's a picture on the wall

4. The form of the verb be depends on the noun after it.

There is a table and four chairs in the room. There are four chairs and a table in the room.
There is a lot of snow outside. There are a lot of passers-by in the street.

5. Model sentences with there +be:

affirmative negative

countable nouns There is a vase on the table. There is no vase here.

in the singular There isn’t a vase on the table.

uncountable nouns There is (some) water in the vase. There is no water in the vase.
There isn’t (any) water in the vase.

There is much water in the vase. There is not much water in the vase.
countable nouns There are (some) roses in the vase. There aren’t (any) roses in the vase.
in the plural There are no roses in the vase.

There are enough roses in it There aren’t enough roses in the vase

6. Questions
There are two nice vases in the room.
There are two nice vases in the room, aren‟t there? Are there two nice vases in the room?
Are there two or three nice vases in the room? What is there in the room?
How many vases are there in the room? What kind of vases are there in the room?

Note: We don‟t ask a where-question to sentences with there + be

83
II. IT + BE
1. We may use it as a personal pronoun in the function of the subject of the sentence.
I finished reading this book last week. It is very interesting.

2. We may use it as the impersonal subject of the sentence

what for examples

1 for identification Who‘s standing over there? – It‘s my husband.

It was Pete who helped us.

2 for weather and temperature It‘s windy. (but: There is strong wind.)
It‘s cold today. It‘s 9 degrees now.
It rains. It is going to snow.

3 for time and distance It‘s late. It‘s ten o‘clock. It‘s time to go. It‘s Friday today.
It‘s autumn. It‘s not far from here.

4 for opinion or It‘s nice to be back. It‘s difficult to believe.

state of mind and soul It‘s a pity he hasn‘t come.

in fixed phrases; It doesn’t matter what people say. It looks like rain.
It seems they are going to move.

III. Much, many, few, little etc.

before countable nouns before uncountable nouns before all nouns
много many much a lot of
a great number of (formal) a great deal of lots of
plenty of informal
немного, a few; several a little some
но достаточно
мало, few little hardly any
недостаточно informal
not many not much,
a bit of informal

NOTES
1. We use much and many
where examples
1 in negative sentences There isn‘t much milk in this coffee.
There aren‘t many cars in the parking place.

2 in questions Will there be many guests at the party?

Do you have much money on you?
3 in formal statements Many pensioners have problems with health.
Much money was spent on defence.
4 in time references and with as …as He‘s lived there for many years.
Take as much as you like.
5 with so, too, very etc. There are very many mistakes in his test.
There was too much rain yesterday.

84
2. We use few and little
where examples
1 in formal style We saw little on account of the fog.
(Compare: We saw hardly anything)

2 with so, too, very etc. I have very little time.

3. Little and few are negative and mean „not enough‟ (мало, недостаточно)
a little and a few are positive and mean „not a lot but enough‟ (немного, но достаточно)

We have little time. We can‘t have a meal.

We have a little time. We can have a meal.

He isn‘t very popular here. He has few friends.

He enjoys his life here. He has a few friends and they meet quite often.

EXERCISES
Ex. 1. Fill in the correct form of the verb to be.
1. There .............. a lot of money on his bank account. 2. There ............... a lot of people in the
yard. 3. There .................. plenty of sheep on the meadow. 4. There .................... lots of useful
information in that file. 5. There ................. a cow, two goats, some hens and chicks on the farm.
6. There .................. a table and four chairs round it. 7. There .................... some students and a
teacher in the hall. 8. There ............... a fire there. Look at this smoke. 9. There ................ very
little room here. 10. There ............. a fridge and a cupboard on the left. 11. There .............. no
rule without exception. 12. There ............... some deer in here, but we haven‟t seen them yet.
13. There ................... police all over the place. What‟s up? 14. There ............... some news about
new releases in this magazine. 15. There ............. some apples on the plate. Help yourself.

Ex. 2. Make negative if necessary.

Model: There are two windows in the room you are sitting in.
There are not two windows in the room; there is only one.
1. There are thirty days in December. 2. There is a sofa in the classroom. 3. There are seven
rooms in your flat. 4. There is a zoo in your street. 5. There are only boys in your group. 6. There
are some sport prizes on the walls of the classroom. 7. There is a desert between Egypt and
Greece. 8. There is a president in the UK. 9. There are very many mistakes in your tests.
10. There is some beer on the menu in our canteen. 11. There are palms in the streets of Che-
lyabinsk. 12. There are many love scenes in The Lord of the Rings. 13. There is a lift in our uni-
versity. 14. There is a ring in your nose. 15. There are two teeth in your mouth.

Ex. 3. Ask questions.

1. There is a party next door tonight. (What kind of?) 2. There are students in the library. (How
many?) 3. There are some people inside the house. (Who?) 4. There are police in the club.
(Why?) 5. There are tattoos on Anthony‟s body. (What?) 6. There are hardly any skaters in the
park. (tag) 7. There is a lot of feeling in this song. (What kind of?) 8. There are friends at the
concert. (Whose?) 9. There is news for you. (choice) 10. There is a vacation in January. (yes/no)

Ex. 4. Fill in there or it.

1. ............ is warm in the room. 2. ............... is a new supermarket in our street. 3. .............. is not
easy to understand his motives. 4. ............. is four o‟clock in the afternoon. 5. .............. is so nice
to see you again. 6. ............... is nothing to be done about it. 7. ................. is often a rainbow after
rain. 8. .................. is too late to go there now. 9. .................. is a lot of snow this year. 10. ...........
is a mistake in your dictation. 11. ..................... doesn‟t matter which way to go. 12. ................ is

85
far away from my home to the university. 13. ................... is difficult to say what‟s wrong about
it. 14. ................. is very strange that he hasn‟t come. 15. ................. is still very early and
............... is nobody to be seen in the street. 16. Who is that boy? - ..................... is my friend.
He‟s come to pick me up. 17. .................. is so hot out-of-doors today. ........................ must be
thirty-two degrees in the shade. 18. .................................. is no running water in their country
house. 19. ...................... is a party at the university tonight. 20. ....................... is a lot of work to
do about the house. 21. ......... is not any food left. 22. ................ is cold today; ....................... is
a strong wind. 23. ................... is too early to leave yet. 24. ............. is 20 miles‟ drive from here.
25. ...................is dark; .............. is no moon. 26. ................... are about a hundred students in the
lecture room. 27. .......... is strange that she‟s absent today. 28. ..................... is a hairdresser‟s at
the corner. 29. ................ is a pity you can‟t come. 30. ............... is time to take a nap.
31. ...................... is no time to do it. 32. ................... is no next time, .................. is now or never.

Ex. 5. Fill in there or it.

1. ..................... gets dark early in winter. 2. What is it? ................ looks like a birthday present.
3. ....................... was a lovely morning. 4. ..................... is Christmas today. .................... is
snowing and everybody is celebrating. 5. I‟m fond of Ben; ...................... is great charm about
him. 6. ................... was Lucy who told his address. 7. ....................... is a lot of dirt outside. 8. Is
.......................... anything interesting on TV tonight? 9. I think ..................... is going to rain. 10.
....................... is rainy today, isn‟t ........? 11. ..................... was no necessity to do it yesterday.
12. ......................... wasn‟t necessary to come so early. 13. While ................is life, ................ is
hope. 14. ........................ is never too late to learn. 15. ...........................is hardly any time to do
the packing now. 16. ......................... isn‟t known where he spent his early childhood. 17.
.......................... is time and place for everything. 18. ......................... was much to be said. 19.
........................ is not clear who is to be blamed for it. 20. ......................... is a long time since we
saw him last. 21. ....................... is no place like home. 22. ................. is time to round off.

Ex. 6. Translate into English.

1. На столе учебник. У меня на столе учебник. Учебник на столе. Это учебник.
2. Это парты. Парты в кабинете. У нас в кабинете парты. В кабинете парты.
3. У меня в комнате на стене картина. Картина на стене. Это картина. На стене картина.
4. Деньги в сейфах. Это деньги. В сейфах деньги. У него в сейфах деньги.
5. Собака во дворе? Это собака? Во дворе собака? У него во дворе собака?
6. В этом лесу нет волков. Волки не в этом лесу. Это не волки. У них в лесу нет волков.

Ex. 7. Translate into English using the following words:

folder (file), paperclip, drawing pin, felt-tip pen, marker, rubber, pencil sharpener, pencil case,
notebook, glue stick, ruler, (pen) cartridge, scissors, corrector.

1. В твоѐм пенале есть линейка? – Нет. Линейка на столе.

2. В этой ручке нет стержня. Дай мне другую.
3. Что в этой папке? – В ней чистая бумага.
4. Мой блокнот в сумке. А где твой?
5. У тебя есть чѐрный фломастер или маркер?
6. Этот карандаш плохо пишет. Дай мне точилку, пожалуйста.
7. В этом предложении ошибка. Где ластик? – Возьми лучше корректор.
8. Клеющий карандаш где-то в ящике стола.
9. Сколько скрепок в коробке? – Ниcколько.
10. У меня нет кнопок. - Попроси у секретаря.
11. Эти ножницы недостаточно острые. Дай мне другие.
Use these words in the dialogues of your own.

86
Ex. 8. Fill the table.
before countable nouns before uncountable nouns before all nouns
много

немного, но
достаточно

мало, не-
достаточно

Ex. 9. Put in much, many, (a) few, (a) little.

1. Are there ………… lakes in Great Britain? 2. There isn‟t …………time left. 3. It‟s a difficult
situation. ………… people can find the way out. 4. We can talk it over now. I have …………
time. 5. We have too ………… time. We are going to be late. 6. He doesn‟t have ………… rela-
tives, hardly any, in fact. 7. ………… was said but, sorry to say, ………… was done to help
them. 8. Can I have ………… water? I‟m thirsty. 9. Can you speak French? – I can, ……
…….10. Do you know Spanish? – Just ………… words. 11. We couldn‟t find ………… infor-
mation about it. 12. Could you lend me ………… money? – How much? – Just ………… dol-
lars. 13. She is so carefree, she has ……… problems to think about. 14. ………… knowledge is
a dangerous thing. 15. Is she pretty? – Pretty? Not ……………to look at. 16. …………. by
………… he got better. 17. ………… things puzzle me in this case. 18. She has never been
………… of a housewife, has she? 19. A ……… pot is soon hot. 20. Will you give us …………
tea and ………… sandwiches, please? 21. I don‟t want …………, just …… things to make life
tolerable. 22. His pronunciation leaves …………to be desired, sorry to say. 23. John was at a
loss. He spent so ………… hours trying to solve the problem and he came to the conclusion that
he could do ………… or nothing in the situation.

Ex. 10. Choose the correct form.

1. I have (several, many, too much, a few) homework to do. 2. James did (a couple, a bit of,
much, no) exercises in the morning. 3. They didn‟t have (much, many, a lot, some) luck this sea-
son. 4. Let‟s plant (one, a little, great deal of, a bit of, some) trees. 5. She eats (very little, a num-
ber of, most, a few) meat. 6. You‟ll need (a couple, a few, quite a little, none, much) tomatoes for
the salad. 7. She has visited (a good deal of, not a little, every, quite a few) countries in Europe.
8. I‟ve got (a lot, plenty of, few, not many) time. 9. He wants to earn (several, some few, some,
plenty) money. 10. This car uses (a great number of, a lot of, several, few, a few) petrol.
11. (Much, Every, A large number of, Quite a bit, A little) people disagree with his decision.
12. You must be working (a lot of, very many, quite a few, very much) at the moment. 13. There
were (lots of, a lot, not a little, a bit of) guests at the party. 14. We laughed (very many, lots of, a
good deal of, a lot). 15. He isn‟t much of a mixer. He has (few, a few) friends. 16. There is (too
little, quite a little) cola left. You can have it.

Ex. 11. Translate into English.

1.У нас слишком мало времени. Поторопись. 2. У меня есть немного денег. Сходим в ка-
фе, ладно? 3. Многие студенты не любят готовиться к семинарам в библиотеке. 4. Я плохо
себя чувствую. Дай мне воды, пожалуйста. 5. У него куча друзей и знакомых. 6. В этой
87
библиотеке мало английских книг. Почти нет выбора. 7. Я не люблю большие города. На
улицах слишком много транспорта и шума, и везде слишком много мусора. 8. На стенах
еѐ комнаты несколько постеров еѐ любимых певцов и актеров. 9. Мы много работаем и
мало отдыхаем. 10. Ты пьешь слишком много крепкого кофе. 11. У Майка масса проблем,
но его это не заботит. 12. У вас немало хороших идей, но надо много работать, чтобы реа-
лизовать хотя бы некоторые из них. 13. На встрече много было сказано о городской эколо-
гии. 14. Осталось немного помидоров. Я сделаю салат. 15. У нас мало картошки. Надо ку-
пить пару килограммов. 16. У него много английских книг в оригинале. Давай попросим
несколько на каникулы. 17. Эти цветы не растут здесь. Здесь мало солнца и тепла для них.
18. Несколько машин стоят на стоянке. Которая твоя? 19. Он мало что видит в этих очках.
Ему нужно купить другие. 20. Они вкладывают большое количество денег в этот проект.
21. Он мало говорит, но умеет слушать. 22. В этой комнате слишком много мебели и
слишком мало свободного места. 23. Он знает только несколько слов по-немецки. 24. Вы
знаете французский? – Немного. 25. Ты слишком много думаешь о нѐм.

Ex. 12. Do the tasks.

1. Look around the classroom. Describe it using as many sentences with there is as you can.
2. Try to guess what there is in your seatmate‟s bag by asking him/her yes-no questions.

§2. ADJECTIVES AND ADVERBS

I. THE COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES. GENERAL RULE

kinds of adjectives positive comparative superlative

1) add – er and – est

1. one-syllable big bigger the biggest
adjectives (the final consonant is doubled (the final consonant is doubled
after a short stressed vowel) after a short stressed vowel)

nice nicer the nicest

2. two-syllable
adjectives ending in
-y, -er, -ow, -le. easy easier the easiest
(y changes into i ) (y changes into i )
after a consonant after a consonant

shy shyer shyest (exception)

clever cleverer the cleverest

2) add more and most

adjectives right, real more real

most real.
wrong, real, like,
tired, bored
many-syllable beautiful more beautiful the most beautiful
adjectives interesting more interesting the most interesting
dangerous more dangerous the most dangerous

We can use less (менее) and least (наименее) before any adjective.
less fast, least fast; less clever, least clever; less beautiful, least beautiful;

88
II. EXCEPTIONS
good better the best
well (здоровый)
bad worse the worst
old older the oldest

elder the eldest

(we use it to refer to people in a family we use it to refer to people in a family)

we never use it before than

I have an elder / older brother.
My brother is older than me.
far farther (дальше) the farthest
(далекий) the furthest
further (дальше, далее, дальнейший)
much more the most
many
little less the least
(мало) (меньше) (меньше всего)

little smaller the smallest

(маленький) (меньше) (самый маленький)

late later the latest (самый поздний,

(позже) самый недавний)

the last
(самый последний)
most 1. article the + «самый» + adjective
He‘s the most intelligent boy in his class.
2. «очень» + adjective
He is a most intelligent boy. It‘s most interesting.
3. «большинство» + noun
Most boys of this age are very noisy.

III. COMPARISON MODELS

You are taller than me (him,her,us,them). Ты выше меня (его, ее, нас, их).
Ты выше, чем я (он, она, мы, они).
He is as tall as me. Он такой же высокий, как я.
He is not as tall as me. Он не такой высокий, как я.
He is not so tall as me.
He is the tallest of the three (of all). Он самый высокий из этих троих (из всех).
This house is twice as big as ours. Этот дом вдвое больше нашего.
Our house is half the size. Наш дом вдвое меньше.
He is half my age. Он вдвое моложе меня.
The more he studies the more he will know. Чем больше он будет учиться, тем больше будет знать.
The sooner you do it, the better. Чем скорее ты это сделаешь, тем лучше.

much, far, a lot + comparative adjective = «намного»; much better — намного лучше
a bit, a little + comparative adjective = «немного»; a little better — немного лучше

89
IV. ADVERB FORMATION
1. Adverbs of manner are formed by adding – ly to adjectives. The meaning is usually the same.
gentle – gently; happy – happily; energetic – energetically; true – truly; full – fully.

2. Some words can be both adjectives and adverbs:

fast, long, low, little, hard, high, last, late, near, far, wide, early.
It was a fast train. The train was going fast. You are an early bird. You always get up early.

3. Some adverbs can have two forms: with –ly and without it.
quick – quickly; slow – slowly; bright – brightly; loud – loudly; quiet – quietly; etc.
There‟s no difference in meaning, but adverbs with –ly are usually more formal.
Walk slow! Walk slowly! Do it quick. Do it quickly.

4. Sometimes such forms have different meanings.

hard – hardly; (много - едва) He worked hard. He was so ill, he could hardly walk.
late – lately; (поздно – в последнее время) She came late. She hasn‘t come here lately.
near – nearly; (близко – чуть не) His car drove near. He nearly got hit by the car.

5. We use very and very much to mean «очень».

Very goes before adjectives, adjectives + nouns and adverbs.
The film is very interesting. This is a very interesting film. He walked very quickly.

Very much goes after verbs and before past participles in predicatives.
We liked the film very much. I was very much surprised to hear that.

6. We use so before adjectives and adverbs

and such before (adjectives +) nouns to mean «так», «такой».
The weather is so lovely! You speak English so well! You have such a nice car!

V. COMPARISON OF ADVERBS
adverbs comparison forms examples

1 all one-syllable ad- add –er or –est fast – faster – fastest;

verbs + early hard – harder – hardest;
early – earlier – earliest;

2 all the rest add more or most gently – more gently – most gently; care-
fully – more carefully – most carefully;

3 adverbs have 2 forms often – oftener – oftenest

often, quickly, – more often – most often;
slowly, easily. quickly – quicker – quickest
– more quickly – most quickly
slowly – slower – slowest
– more slowly – most slowly;
easily – easier – easiest
– more easily – most easily;

4 adverbs have irregular forms well – better – best;

well, badly, badly – worse – worst;
much, little, much – more – most;
far little – less – least;
far – farther / further – farthest / furthest;

90
VI. ADJECTIVES & ADVERBS
where English Russian

1 after stative verbs: adjectives adverbs

be – быть,
look – выглядеть, It is wonderful. Это чудесно.
feel – чувствовать, She looks sad. Она выглядит печально.
seem – казаться, He feels bad. Он чувствует себя плохо.
smell – пахнуть, It sounds good. Это звучит хорошо.
taste – иметь вкус,
sound – звучать.

2 after action verbs adverbs adverbs

They did it wonderfully. Они сделали это чудесно.
She looked sadly at me. Она печально посмотрела на меня.
He sings badly. Он поет плохо.

Note
1. well can be an adverb (=хорошо).
He sings very well.
and an adjective (=здоровый, в хорошем состоянии)
How are you? - I‘m well. (=Я здоров. У меня всё в порядке.)
Compare: I‘m good. (= Я хороший.)

2. We say usually (=обычно), but as usual (=как обычно), than usual (=чем обычно).

JAZZ CHANT I Am Sorry, But

I’m ˈsorry, but you’ve ˈgot to do ˈbetter than ˎthis I ˋcan’t, I ˋcan’t
I’m ˈdoing the ˈbest I ˋcan ˈDon’t ˈsay ˎ‘can’t’
I’m ˈsorry, but you’ve ˈgot to ˈwalk ˎfaster than this I ˋwon’t, I ˋwon’t but I’m ˈdoing my ˋbest
I’m ˈwalking as ˈfast as I ˋcan ˈDo a ˈlittle ˎbetter
I’m ˈsorry, but you’ve ˈgot to ˈwork ˋharder than this I’m ˈdoing my ˋbest
I’m ˈworking as ˈhard as I ˋcan ˈDo a ˈlittle ˎbetter
It’s ˈnot ˋgood eˏnough! It’s ˈnot ˋgood eˏnough! (2) I’m ˈdoing my ˋbest
I’m ˈdoing my ˎbest ˈTry a ˈlittle ˎharder
ˈ Try a ˈlittle ˎharder ˋ I’ll ˏtry, ˋI’ll ˏtry
I’m ˈdoing my ˋbest ˈTry a ˈlittle ˎharder
ˈTry a ˈlittle ˎharder ˋ I’ll ˏtry, ˋI’ll ˏtry
I’m ˈdoing my ˋbest
ˈTry a ˈlittle ˎharder

EXERCISES
Ex. 1. Write the degrees of comparison of the adjectives.
1. cheap 2. beautiful 3. gay 4. strong 5. real 6. good 7. hot 8. old 9. happy 10. dry 11. shy
12. busy 13. few 14. careless 15. far 16. short 17. glad 18. green 19. quiet 20. sociable 21. com-
mon 22. tidy 23. blue 24. strict 25. big 26. little 27. foolish 28. neat 29. slender 30. lucky
31. black 32. kind 33. gentle 34. pretty 35. plump 36. handsome 37. late 38. bad 39. fat.

91
Ex. 2. Complete the similes, using the words.
a bat; a bee; a bug in the rug; a donkey; a picture; a judge; a lord; sin; gold; a fish; the hills; a
pancake; a kitten; a mouse; a fox.
1. As stupid as ......................... 2. As playful as ...................... 3. As dumb as ............................
4. As quiet as .............................5. As busy as ............................ 6. As cunning as ......................
7. As snug as .......................... 8. As blind as .......................... 9. As drunk as ...........................
10. As sober as ....................... 11. As pretty as .........................12. As old as ..............................
13. As good as ……………… 14. As flat as ………………… 15. As ugly as
……………………..

Ex. 3. Complete the sentences.

1. The sooner … 2. The more we see … 3. The less he talks … 4. The more I sleep… 5. The
more English homework I do… 6. The colder the weather is… 7. The more money I have… 8.
The more we walk… 9. The more I eat… 10. The earlier I get up… 11. The louder he speaks…
12. The brighter the sun is… 13. The tastier a cake is… 14. The easier an exercise is… 15. The
longer I talk on the phone…

Ex. 4. Fill in the blanks with as, so, than, of.

1. Margaret is older …… Elisabeth. 2. Cathy isn‟t …… old …… her husband. 3. Fred is the
youngest …… the brothers. 4. This watch is better ……. that one. 5. This black dress is the best
…… the three. 6. Ruth is …… pretty ….. Kate. 7. He has more free time ……me. 8. A man is
…… old …… he feels. 9. The weather is worse today ……. it was yesterday. 10. It isn‟t ……
cold today …… it was last week. 11. February is the shortest ……. all months.

Ex. 5. Put in the correct form of the adjective.

1. Mary is ...................(nice) than Jean. 2. John is the ...........................(clever) boy in the class.
3. The weather is ...............(dull) today than it was on Monday. 4. Rome is one of the .................
(big) cities of the world. 5. This sentence is ................................... (difficult) than the first one.
6. My house is as ................(large) as yours. 7. His dog is ...................(old) than mine. 8. She is
much ........................... (happy) now, isn‟t she? 9. My cold is ..................(bad) today than it was
yesterday. 10. This mountain is the ....................(high) in Europe. 11. His kids are ...................
(polite) than ours. 12. Her house is much ..................................(far) from here. 13. My husband is
.....................................(handsome) than yours. 14. He made .................... (few) mistakes in this
test than in the previous one. 15. Failure is the ........................(good) way to learn.16. Kelly is
..............................(intelligent) than her sister. 17. Nick caught ..................(many) fish than his
........................ (little) brother. 18. Boys are usually ....................... (noisy) than girls. 19. His
.............................. (old) son is in the army now. 20. It is ....................(hot) in Athens than in
London. 21. These shoes are the ................... (bad) I have ever worn. 22. This is the ...............
.......................(wonderful) film I have ever seen. 23. Who‟s the ...............................(old) here?
24. Have you heard the ................................(late) album by Moby? 25. I want to listen to the
.......................... (late) album by Nirvana. 26. Have ........................ (much) than you show, say
..................... (little) than you know. 27. Education is the .............................. (powerful) weapon
we can use to change the world. 28. Open your mouth only if what you are going to say is ...........
.................................... (beautiful) than silence.

Ex. 6. Choose the correct form.

1. He‟s behaved (nice, nicely) today. 2. The music sounds (nice, nicely). 3. This tomato smells
(bad, badly). 4. The film ended (bad, badly). 5. The cake tastes (wonderful, wonderfully). 6. My
Granny cooks very (good, well). 7. She is not very (careful, carefully). 8. Listen (careful, careful-
ly) to me. 9. Be (quiet, quietly), please. 10. He shut the door (quiet, quietly). 11. This staircase
doesn‟t look (safe, safely). 12. Don‟t worry. Your kids will be (safe, safely) here. 13. Did they
arrive (safe, safely)? 14. She looked at me (angry, angrily) when I interrupted her. 15. She
looked (angry, angrily) and (unhappy, unhappily). 16. It‟s the (less, lesser) of two evils. 17. My
flat is (littler, smaller) than yours. 18. Do you feel (nervous, nervously) before exams? 19. She
92
sounded (sad, sadly) on the phone. 20. How are you? – I‟m (good, well), thanks. And you?
21. It‟s (terrible, terribly) hot today. 22. Your voice sounds (strange, strangely). Are you crying?
23. Your voice sounds (strange, strangely) familiar. Have we met? 24. That‟s (awful, awfully)
kind of you! 25. This idea of yours sounds (reasonable, reasonably) enough.

Ex. 7. Choose the correct form.

1. Please tell me the (next, nearest) way to the station. 2. The exercise is on the (next, nearest)
page. 3. We are to wait for some (farther, further) instructions. 4. It‟s the (oldest, eldest) univer-
sity in Great Britain. 5. She is (older, elder) than her husband. 6. Boris is my father‟s (oldest,
eldest) friend. 7. Eleven o‟clock is the (last, latest) time she goes to bed. 8. Take a look at the
(last, latest) page of the book. 9. Have you seen the (last, latest) video by Avril Lavigne?
10. What did he say before dying? What were his (last, latest) words? 11. He works much (more
slowly, slowlier) than the rest of the students. 12. Don‟t worry. Take it (easy, easily). 13. He is
(so, as) rude as his brother. 14. He was (very, very much) happy when he married. 15. He is the
same height (as, than) my son. 16. I haven‟t seen you (late, lately). Have you been away? 17. He
came (late, lately). Everybody had gone to bed. 18. Let‟s call on her. She lives (near, nearly).
19. His grandfather is (near, nearly) ninety. 20. Is James your (near, nearly) relative? 21. He is
(so, such) trustful! 22. Lenny is (so, such) an absent-minded boy! 23. It‟s (so, such) a nice colour
on you! 24. You are (so, such) wonderfully dressed today! 25. He could (hard, hardly) say a
word when he saw her looking (so, such) beautiful. 26. The (last, latest) time I saw him he
looked (awful, awfully) ill. 27. She is (high, highly) praised by her colleagues. 28. He sings (so,
such) well!

Ex. 8. Compare the objects.

Models: Moscow is older than St Petersburg. St Petersburg is not so old as Moscow.
1. The Black Sea – the White Sea (warm). 2. Oil – water (light). 3. Russia – Great Britain
(small). 4. Stone – wood (heavy) 5. Volkswagen ['fɒlksvɑ:gən] – Mercedes [mə'seıdi:z] (cheap)
6. Japanese – English (difficult) 7. This classroom – your room (comfortable) 8. February –
March (short) 9. Australia – Africa (large) 10. jazz – rock music (popular) 11. The Himalayas –
the Urals (high) 12. Lake Baikal – Lake Michigan (deep) 13. Detective novels – love novels (in-
teresting) 14. The weather today – the weather yesterday (cold) 15. Your street – Lenin Avenue
(broad) 16. Americans – Englishmen (easy-going) 17. Bill Gates – you (rich).

Ex. 9. Translate into English.

1. Этот фильм менее интересный. 2. Прошлое лето было самое сухое. 3. В нашей группе
столько же студентов, сколько в вашей. 4. Она на четыре года моложе своего брата. 5. 22
декабря самый короткий день в году. 6. Он работает быстрее и лучше всех. 7. Он меня в
два раза моложе. 8. Чем больше ты думаешь об этом, тем хуже тебе становится. 9. Он так
плохо себя чувствовал, что едва мог работать.10. Тому столько же лет как Джейку, но он
гораздо выше его. 11. Мы ждѐм дальнейшей информации. 12. Она живѐт дальше от уни-
верситета, чем я. 13. Эта работа менее важная. 14. Он такой же маленький как твой пле-
мянник? 15. Она приходит раньше всех. 16. Сейчас это самая популярная песня. 17. Ты
слышал последние новости? 18. Эта квартира немного меньше, она менее удобная и
дальше от центра города, но она гораздо дешевле. 20. Все, что не убивает тебя, делает тебя
сильнее. 21. Чем меньше женщину мы любим, тем легче нравимся мы ей. 22. Он стано-
вится старше, но не становится серьѐзнее. 23. Они шли медленнее и медленнее и, наконец,
остановились. 24. У вас такой большой дом, а этот вид на озеро такой чудесный! 25. Я вам
очень благодарен за всѐ, что вы делаете для меня. 26. Чем больше вы будете говорить по-
английски, тем лучше у вас это будет получаться. 27. Я очень хочу ложиться спать рань-
ше, а вставать позже. 28. Она самая застенчивая и самая трудолюбивая девочка в классе.
Тихая как мышка и всегда трудится как пчелка. 29. Пирог пахнет так замечательно, он,
наверное, очень вкусный. Я очень люблю яблочные пироги. 30. Лето. Волосы становятся
светлее. Кожа становится темнее. Вода становится теплее. Напитки становятся холоднее.
Музыка становится громче. Ночи становятся короче. Жизнь становится лучше.
93
Ex. 10. Look at the pictures and make up sentences on the model:
He can’t decide whether to buy a used car or a new car.
On the one hand, used cars are cheaper.
On the other hand, new cars are more reliable.

94
§3. THE PAST SIMPLE TENSE

I. FORMATION
1. Regular verbs form Past Simple by adding – ed to the verb, (or only – d if it ends in – e).
Irregular verbs have special forms for Past Simple (see the list of irregular verbs)

We use the auxiliary verb did in the negative sentences and questions:
He worked here last year. Did he work here two years ago?
He went there last week. He didn’t go there yesterday.

№ affirmative interrogative negative

1 regular verbs He worked. Did he work? He didn‘t work.

2 irregular verbs He went away. Did he go away? He didn‘t go away.

II. USE
We use Past Simple to talk about examples

1 a past action or state, not connected with the I saw him yesterday. We met last week.
present
2 a succession of past actions He stood up, said good-bye and left the room.

3 a repeated past action He came to that park every Sunday.

She often wrote to her friends.

Note. We can use the past adverbs: yesterday, the day before yesterday, the other day, some
time ago, last week, in 1995, at 5 o’clock, on Monday etc;

III. PRONUNCIATION & SPELLING

We pronounce –ed as
[d] after vowels and voiced consonants (except d): opened, played;
[t] after voiceless consonants (except t): worked, stopped;
[ıd] after t,d: wanted, landed.

№ what when examples compare

1 we double the after one short stressed vowel to stop – stopped; smile - smiled
final consonant to preserve the closed syllable: to plan – planned

2 we double the after one stressed vowel to pre'fer – preferred; 'offer – offered;
final r to preserve the third type of to stir – stirred;; appear – appeared
the syllable

3 we double the after one short vowel, quarrel – quarrelled appeal – appealed
final l stressed or unstressed travel – travelled
(typical of British English):
4 we change the after a consonant to carry – carried, to play – played;
final y into i to reply – replied to enjoy – enjoyed

95
§4. THE PRESENT PERFECT TENSE

I. FORMATION

We use the auxiliary verb to have (has) and Past Participle of the notional verb
to form the Present Perfect tense:
Regular verbs form the Past Participle by adding – ed to the verb, (or only – d if it ends in – e).
Irregular verbs have special forms.

№ person / affirmative interrogative negative

number
1 I I have worked here. Have you worked here? They haven‘t worked here.
we have
you
they
2 He He has gone away. Has he gone away? He hasn‘t gone away.
She has
it

II. USE
We use Present Perfect example
1 to talk about an action Have you seen this film?
which has happened before the present moment and He has never been abroad.
we don‟t know or don‟t care when exactly it happened; I have met him somewhere before.
all we are interested in, is whether it has happened
before the present moment or not

We can use the adverbs: He hasn’t come yet. (еще)

just, already, yet, before, ever, never, of late, lately, Has he сome yet?(уже)
recently, in the last few days, so far, etc He has come already. (уже)
Has he come аlready?! (уже)

2 with adverbs like today, this week, this month I have met him this week.
(the period of time that isn’t over yet)

3 when we say It’s the first / second (etc) time It‘s the third time you have phoned me today!
something has happened.

4 to talk about an action which began in the past He has known Jack for ten years.
and
has been going on up to the present
instead of the Present Perfect Continuous Compare:
with verbs of state not used in continuous forms He has been learning English for ten years

Note 1. We use the preposition to instead of in (to answer the question «where?»)
after be in Present Perfect.

They have been to the USA already.

BUT: They were in the USA last year.

Note 2. Mind the difference between the sentences:

He has gone to London. (= Он уехал в Лондон.)
He has been to London. (= Он ездил в Лондон. Он побывал в Лондоне.)

96
Note 3.
We don‟t use Present Perfect in the following phrases:

№ English commentary

1 What did you say? when the speaker haven’t heard something just now
I didn’t hear you.
2 I hear they are in London when we can change я слышал into я знаю

3 I don’t understand. when я не понял refers to something just said or done

4 I forget his address. when we can change я забыл into я не помню

I forget where he lives.
But: I have forgotten to phone him. when we mean action and not information

5 It is three years since I saw him last. Прошло уже три года, с тех пор, как я видел его
в последний раз

JAZZ CHANTS

FRIENDS THE BEACHES OF MEXICO

Well, I‟ve known Jack for fourteen years Have you ever seen the beaches of Mexico?
He‟s a pretty good friend of mine Have you ever walked the streets of San Juan? [hwɑ:n]
She‘s known Jack for fourteen years Have you ever been to Haiti?
He‘s a pretty good friend of hers Have you ever been to Spain?
And I‟ve known Bill for thirteen years Have you ever walked barefoot in a heavy rain?
He‟s a pretty good friend of mine Have you ever been in trouble?
She‘s known Bill for thirteen years Have you ever been in pain?
He‘s a pretty good friend of hers Have you ever been in love?
I‟ve known them both for quite a long time Would you do it all again?
They are pretty good friends of mine
She‘s known them both for quite a long time Well, I‟ve never seen the beaches of Mexico
They are pretty good friends of hers I‟ve never walked the streets of San Juan
I‟ve known Jim for a long time I‟ve never been to Haiti
He‟s an old, old friend of mine I‟ve never been to Spain
She‘s known Jim for a long time I‟ve never walked barefoot in a heavy rain
He‘s an old, old friend of hers But I‟ve sure been in trouble
We are old friends, old friends I‟ve sure been in pain
He‟s a dear old friend of mine I‟ve sure been in love
How long have you known your old friend Sue? I‟d do it all again
How long have you known dear Claude and Sue?
Well, I met them just before I met you
They are my closest friends, dear Claude and Sue

97
Sing the songs.
BRIGHTON IN THE RAIN

I’ve never been to Athens and I’ve never been to Rome

I’ve only seen the Pyramids in picture books at home
I’ve never sailed across the sea or been inside a plane
I’ve always spent my holidays in Brighton in the rain

I’ve never eaten foreign food or drunk in a foreign bar

I’ve never kissed a foreign girl or driven a foreign car
I’ve never had to find my way in a country I don’t know
I’ve always known just where I am and where I’ll never go

I’ve read travel books by writers who have been to Pakistan

I’ve heard people telling stories of adventures in Iran
I’ve watched TV documentaries about China and Brazil
But I’ve never been abroad myself; it’s making me feel ill

I’ve studied several languages like Hindi and Malay

I’ve learnt lots of useful sentences I’ve never been able to say
The furthest place I’ve ever been was to the Isle of Man
And that was full of tourists from Jamaica and Japan

I’ve never been to Athens and I’ve never been to Rome

I’ve only seen the Pyramids in picture books at home
I’ve never sailed across the sea or been inside a plane
I’ve always spent my holidays in Brighton in the rain

The world is a book

and those who do not travel

read only a page.

98
HAVE YOU EVER?

Have you ever been to Moscow,

Milan or Madrid?
Have you ever watched the sun set
on the Great Pyramid?
Have you ever swum with dolphins?
Have you ever touched a snake?
Have you been down a volcano?
Have you felt an earthquake?

I have
I’m a traveller, you see
I’ve crossed all five continents
and sailed the seven seas
I’ve spent five months in Malaysia
and two years in Japan
I’ve walked from France to Finland;
Portugal to Pakistan
I have Have you ever been to Boston
Bombay or Berlin?
Have you ever slept beneath the stars
with the Bedouin?
Have you ever trekked the desert
on a camel’s back?
Have you ever climbed a mountain?
Have you ever seen a yak?

I have
I’m a traveller, you see
I’ve crossed all five continents
and sailed the seven seas
I’ve spent five months in Malaysia
and two years in Japan
I’ve walked from France to Finland;
Portugal to Pakistan ... I have

99
EXERCISES
Ex. 1. Write each verb in 4 forms: Present Simple +s; Past Simple; Past Participle; Present Participle.
Model : to work – works, worked, worked, working; to blow – blows, blew, blown, blowing;
1. to wonder 2. to stir 3. to play 4. to fry 5. to offer 6. to prefer 7. to chat 8. to dry 9. to boil 10. to peel
11. to cut 12. to water 13. to pour 14. to come 15. to bite 16. to tin 17. to sail 18. to travel 19. to clear
20. to eat 21. to begin 22. to alter 23. to order 24. to find 25. to found 26. to try 27. to deliver 28. to expel
29. to study 30. to lag 31. to beg 32. to admit 33. to deny 34. to say

Ex. 2. Put the verbs in brackets into Present Perfect, Past Simple or Present Simple.
1. I just (tell) you the answer. 2. She (answer) the letter on Tuesday. 3. It (be) five years since he
(come) to our town. 4. … you (see) the film American Beauty? When you (see) it? 5. They (go)
away three minutes ago. 6. She isn‟t at home. She (go) to the hairdresser‟s. 7. I (not meet) him for a
long time. We last (meet) at my birthday party 3 years ago. 8. I can‟t go out now, because I (not
finish) my work. 9. … you (lock) the door before you left the house? 10. The clock is slow. – It
isn‟t slow. It (stop). 11. It‟s the third time he (marry). 12. … you (have) breakfast yet? – Yes, I
(have) it at 8. 13. You are late. The concert already (begin). 14. … you ever (be) to Egypt? – Yes, I
(go) there last year. It (be) great! 15. He (break) his leg in the skiing accident last month. 16. It (be)
a fortnight since she (call) me last. 17. … you (see) the moon last night? 18. I (write) her a letter but
I can‟t send it as my computer is out of order. 19. We (miss) the bus yesterday and we (have) to
walk. 20. She (wake) up, (lie) in her bed a bit, then (get) up and (go) to the bathroom. 21. The post
just (arrive). 22. I (forget) his telephone number. Do you know it? 23. He never (fall) in love before.

Ex. 3. Put the verbs in brackets into Present Perfect, Past Simple or Present Simple.
1. He (live) in St. Petersburg for two years and then (go) to Siberia. 2. It‟s a long time since he
(send) me an e-mail. 3. How long they (be) married? – They (get) married two years ago. 4. The
lecture (begin) already. You (be) ten minutes late. It‟s not the first time you (come) after the bell.
5. We (miss) the bus. – Never mind. Let‟s go on foot as we (do) last time. 6. ... you (be) to the Cri-
mea before? – Yes, I (have) a holiday here last summer. 7. Where (be) Tom yesterday? – I don‟t
know. I (not see) him since Monday. 8. Why you (switch) on the light? It‟s not dark at all. 9. He
(die) of a heart attack. – Oh, no! When that (happen)? 10. ... you (be) to the library this week? When
you (go)? 11. Mary last (see) him at Steve‟s party and she (not meet) him since. 12. I (make) a mis-
take when I (tell) him about my dream. 13. How you (see) the New Year in? – It (be) fun.

Ex. 4. Put the verbs in brackets in the present tenses.

1. Will you, please, lend me your pen for a moment? I (leave) mine at home and now (have) nothing
to write with. – I (be) sorry, but I (need) the pen right now. Ask someone else who (not write) at the
moment. 2. ... you (see) The Lord of the Rings? – Sure. And I (read) the book now. – Really? How
you (like) it? – I (enjoy) it very much. 3. We (go) to the cafe Penka tonight. ... you ever (be) there?
4. Where (be) Brenda? – She (be) in the kitchen. She (wash up). Why? – We (go) to a concert to-
night. It (start) at seven. I (come) to pick her up. 5. Don‟t forget we (have) a housewarming tomor-
row, be sure to bring Fred with you if he (return) from the country. 6. What‟s the matter with you?
You (look) so pale. – Nothing much. I just (clean) my flat for tomorrow‟s party and I (be) a little
tired. 7. Call me when you (be) free. I (have) something to talk to you about. 8. I (not hear) any
news of Lucy and Mike yet. When they (move) into their new flat? 9. It (be) the second time you
(break) a cup today. What‟s wrong with you? 10. ... you (understand) what they (talk) about? – Yes.
They (discuss) the date of their meeting. They (want) to meet as soon as possible. 11. What you
(look) for? – I (try) to find my dictionary. I just (see) it somewhere. – I (think) it (lie) on the bookshelf.

Ex 5. Use the correct tense.

1. Where he (live) now? – Now he (stay) at his eldest daughter‟s. He usually (spend) every summer
at her country house. 2. Why he still (sleep)? – He‟s a night watchman. He (work) at night and
(sleep) in the daytime. 3. …… you (sleep) well last night? 4. I first (meet) Fred a year ago and I
(see) him several times since then. 5. … you (see) her before? – Yes. We (get) acquainted last year.
100
6. She (try) to go to bed before midnight, but last Saturday she (sit) up late. 7. He (be) very unhappy
if you (leave) him. 8. I (read) this novel several times and I (go) to read it again. 9. I (not eat) any-
thing today. 10. We (plan) a big housecleaning for next Saturday. We (go) to clean all the house
from top to bottom. 11. It (be) the second time you (call) me Cindy. I‟m Wendy, can‟t you remem-
ber it? – What you (say)? 12. His parents (write) to him a month ago but they (not get) any reply so
they just (write) again. 13. It (be) six months since I (enter) this university. 14. It‟s December now.
The birds (fly) to warm countries. They (fly) away every autumn. 15. I hope I (pass) my summer
exams well. 16. When he (have) his next winter holidays he (ski) a lot. 17. Look! They (redecorate)
their house already. Last week they (put) the furniture in its place and now they (clean) it. Soon they
(invite) their friends to a party. 18. Don‟t bother me. I (do) a crossword puzzle. 19. …… you
(come)? – Just a minute. I (not change) yet. …… you (see) my black shoes? 20. It (be) the first time
I (cook) my own meal. 21. It (be) a fortnight since I (visit) my grandparents. 22. I just (send) her a
text message.

Ex. 6. Translate into English.

1. Выключи, пожалуйста, музыку. Разве ты не видишь, я делаю уроки? – Не волнуйся, я на-
дену наушники. Ты будешь смотреть телевизор когда закончишь своѐ домашнее задание? –
А что по телевизору? – Старая французская комедия, очень смешная. Я еѐ уже смотрела не-
сколько раз и собираюсь посмотреть сегодня. А ты? – Я схожу погулять с собакой, а потом
немного почитаю. Я не люблю смотреть фильмы по несколько раз. 2. Я вымыла посуду и
подмела на кухне. Теперь я хочу отдохнуть. Я думаю, я поиграю в компьютерные игры или
посмотрю МТV. Я уже три дня не смотрела телевизор. Завтра после занятий мы идѐм в кино,
а послезавтра мы едем за город. Мы ездим на дачу каждые выходные. В прошлый раз мы ка-
тались на лыжах в лесу и прекрасно провели время. 3. Если будет холодно, одевайся теплее,
чтобы не простудиться. Будет жаль провести в постели все каникулы.

Ex. 7. Translate into English.

1. Сегодня к нам придет тетя Эмили. – Я давно еѐ не видела. Последний раз мы виделись три
года назад. Она сильно изменилась? – Она совсем не изменилась и выглядит как всегда мо-
лодо. 2. Видишь человека на углу? Почему он смотрит на нас? 3. Когда он объясняет новое
правило, он обычно пишет на доске примеры. 4. Ты что-нибудь слышишь? Мне кажется, я
только что слышала какой-то странный звук. Кто-то ходит в комнате наверху. 5. Он дома? –
Нет, он ещѐ не пришѐл с работы. – Пусть он позвонит мне, когда придет. 6. Ты видела Энн
сегодня? – Нет, она болеет. Разве ты не знаешь? Я иду навещать еѐ сегодня вечером. Пой-
дешь со мной? 7. Я очень рада, что вы пришли. Вы всегда приносите хорошие новости. 8. У
вас есть вопросы? Вы поняли всѐ, что я вам объяснила? 9. Я видела их вместе вчера. Они вы-
глядели очень счастливыми. 10. Прошло уже два года с тех пор, как он уехал из города.
11. Я знаю его с детства. Мы ходили вместе в школу и сидели за одной партой. 12. Часы от-
стают. Они не отстают. Они остановились. Когда это произошло? 13. Кто починил утюг? –
Роберт заходил позавчера и сделал это. 14. Ты ходил в химчистку за своим костюмом? – Я забыл.

§ 5. THE PAST PERFECT TENSE

I. FORMATION
№ affirmative interrogative negative
1 regular verbs I had worked. Had you worked? She hadn‘t worked.

2 irregular verbs He had gone away. Had he gone away? He hadn‘t gone away.

101
II. USE

We use Past Perfect

1 to talk about an action completed before a She had laid the table by 6 o‘clock.
given moment in the past; She had laid the table when the guests came.

this moment can be expressed by an adverbial When we came, the concert had already begun.
modifier of time or by a time clause.

N We use Past Simple He explained the rule and the students began to
o in a simple or compound sentence do some exercises to practice it.
t with a logical sequence of actions.
e Kate worked as a secretary for six years and
then decided to study for a manager.

2 with the conjunctions He had hardly entered the flat when the phone rang.
hardly …when No sooner had they started the discussion than
scarcely… when, John came in.
no sooner … than.

N If the words hardly, scarcely, no sooner be- Hardly had he entered the flat when the phone rang.
o gin the sentence, they are followed by had,
t then comes the subject and the past participle:
e (like in questions).

EXERCISES
Ex. 1. Put the verbs in brackets into Past Simple or Past Perfect.
1. We were late yesterday. When we (arrive) at the theatre the play already (begin). 2. When I
(come) to the party Tom already (be) there, but he (go) home soon afterwards. 3. He (tell) a lie five
minutes after he (promise) to tell the truth. 4. She (not want) to go to the cinema because she al-
ready (see) the film. 5. At first I (think) I (do) the right thing but then I (realize) I (make) a terrible
mistake. 6. She (ask) her father to help her because she (spend) all her money. 7. When we (enter)
the flat we (see) that somebody (break) into it. 8. We (not be) hungry. We just (have) lunch. 9. She
just (get) home when I (phone). She (be) shopping. 10. The teacher (explain) the rule and the stu-
dents (begin) doing the exercise. 11. When I (come) home Mother already (make) dinner. 12. The
sun (rise) when the farmer (start) his work.

13. The exam was over at noon. John (hand) in his paper to the teacher and (leave) the room. He
(not answer) all the questions. He (write) very long answers to three questions and there (not be)
enough time for the other two. 14. Henry came home late yesterday because he (meet) an old friend
of his and they (be) to the pub together. When he (get) home at last the house (be) dark. Everybody
(go) to bed. 15. I left home at 8 in the morning, (get) on a trolley-bus and (sit) down. The conductor
(come) for the ticket. I (put) my hand into the pocket for the money but there (be) none. I (leave) the
wallet at home. I (have) to get off and go home again. I (be) half an hour late at my office that day. I
never (be) late before.

102
Ex. 2. Make up sentences using hardly ... when, scarcely ... when, no sooner ... than.
Model: Fred left the prison. He robbed another bank.
Hardly had Fred left the prison when he robbed another bank.
1. We came in. The telephone rang. 2. She began to cook. The light went out. 3. They switched on
the TV set. It broke. 4. The Browns sat down to table. Somebody knocked at the door. 5. He read
one page of his book. He heard some noise outside. 6. Jack entered. He saw a letter on the table.
7. They played a game of cards. Their father entered the room. 8. We went out. It began to snow.
9. He started the car. The policeman came up to him. 10. Jim sang this song. The audience began to
shout and applaud. 11. He looked out. He saw a thief in the garden. 12. They danced the first dance.
The band stopped playing and left the stage. 13. He drove a mile. He ran out of gas. 14. The robber
attacked the passer-by. A huge dog jumped on him. 15. Charles proposed to Fiona. She confessed
she loved James. 16. The train started. It stopped again. 17. It struck midnight. The ghost appeared.
18. I looked at the last piece of cake. My neighbour took it and ate it. 19. The teacher raised his
head and looked at the pupils. They stopped talking. 20. Willy the Kid took out his gun. The sheriff
shot him.

Ex. 3. Make up sentences using hardly … when, scarcely … when, no sooner … than.
1. We ordered our meal. The music began to play. 2. They took the menu. The waiter came up to
their table. 3. I ate my oatmeal porridge. The clock struck eight. 4. Harry minced the meat. His
mother came home. 5. She took a look at the recipe of the cake. She saw it was easy to make. 6. He
tasted the fish soup. He realized there wasn‟t enough salt in it. 7. Sheila poured some apple juice
into the glass. The telephone rang. 8. I peeled the potatoes. The water stopped to flow. 9. Jane laid
the table. The first guests arrived. 10. Jack drank a glass of beer. The policeman appeared at his
side. 11. He swore to tell the truth. We heard another lie from him.

Ex. 4. Translate the sentences using hardly ... when, scarcely ... when, no sooner ... than.
1. Не успели мы написать последнее предложение, как урок закончился. 2. Не успел он вый-
ти на улицу, как кто-то окликнул его. 3. Не успела она сделать уроки, как пришла мама. 4. Не
успели студенты зайти в класс, как прозвенел звонок. 5. Не успел он сесть в машину, как
увидел Майка. 6. Не успели часы пробить семь, как пришли первые гости. 7. Не успел он
сесть за стол, как заиграла музыка. 8. Не успел я проснуться, как зазвонил телефон. 9. Не ус-
пел он прочитать свою лекцию, как студенты начали задавать ему вопросы. 10. Не успел он
полить цветы, как начался дождь.11. Не успел я постучать, как дверь открылась. 12. Не успе-
ли они сесть, как начался фильм. 13. Не успел он подумать о ней, как увидел еѐ перед собой.
14. Не успели они начать драться, как приехала полиция.

§ 6. THE FUTURE PERFECT TENSE

I. FORMATION
№ affirmative interrogative negative
1 regular verbs I will have worked. Will you have worked? She won‘t have worked.

2 irregular verbs He will have gone away. Will he have gone away? He won‘t have gone away.

II. USE
We use Future Perfect to talk about an action Will you have written the essay by Friday?
completed before a given moment in the fu- We won‘t have cleaned the flat by the time you return.
ture
When you come, he will have already gone away.

103
Ex. 1. Open the brackets using Future Simple or Future Perfect.
1. When the father returns from his round the world trip his son (become) a grown-up man. 2. Julia
hopes she (meet) her Prince Charming some day. 3. They (return) soon. ... you (wait) for a while?
4. By the end of the year I (read) all the books on the program. 5. ... you (type) the documents by 5?
6. I think I (try) these chocolate cookies. 7. I think I (pass) my summer exams by the beginning of
July. 8. If you come after midnight the party (finish) already. 9. Jimmy is not sure if he (write) the
essay by the end of the lesson. 10. Tomorrow we probably (write) an essay. 11. When you (give)
me this book to read? 12. I promise I (visit) him tonight. 13. When you come, Jean (leave) already.
14. When you come dinner (be) ready. 15. The buses are overcrowded. I hope we (catch) a taxi.
16. By what time they (redecorate) their flat?

Ex. 2. Translate into English.

1. Он не напишет тест к концу урока. 2. Она выключила газ, заварила чай и накрыла на стол.
3. Джейк закончил работу только к полуночи. 4. Мой племянник так вырос с тех пор, как я
видела его последний раз! 5. Не волнуйтесь! Я все приготовлю к началу вечеринки. 6. Мы
опоздали вчера. Когда мы пришли, концерт уже начался. 7. Я надеюсь, он научится лучше
говорить по-английски к концу года. 8. Я была уверена, что никогда не встречала его рань-
ше. 9. Он достал сыр и колбасу из холодильника и сделал несколько сэндвичей. 10. В тот
момент он не понимал, что произошло. 11. Я уверена, что никогда не увижу их снова. 12. Мы
сдадим все экзамены к концу июня. 13. Когда я сдам все экзамены, я поеду куда-нибудь от-
дыхать. 14. Он женится во второй или в третий раз? 15. Мы вышли из дома, после того как
дождь перестал. 16. Не возвращайся, пока не найдешь его. Я надеюсь, с ним ничего не слу-
чилось. 17. Где ты был все это время? – Я был очень занят. 18. Я подумаю об этом завтра.

§ 7. THE PAST CONTINUOUS TENSE

I. FORMATION
№ person /number affirmative interrogative negative
1 I I was working. Was he working? She wasn‘t working.
He / She
It
2 We We were working. Were you working? They weren‘t working.
You
They

II. USE
1 when we talk about an unfinished action at a When I came home, Mother was cooking dinner.
given moment in the past We were watching TV at 7 o‘clock yesterday.

2 when we want to say that something hap- Jane burnt her hand when she was baking a cake.
pened in the middle of something else They caught him just as he was climbing the fence
(we use Past Simple for the short action).

3 if we mention the time of the beginning and the I was cleaning the flat from 2 to 3 last Saturday.
end of a continuous past action = I cleaned the flat from 2 to 3 last Saturday.
from ... to (till)

or the whole period of its duration He was working in the office all day yesterday. =
the whole evening, all day long, etc. He worked in the office all day yesterday.
(Past Simple is also possible here)
4 when we talk about two simultaneous past I was cooking while my brother was playing.
actions I cooked while my brother played.
(Past Simple is also possible here)).

104
EXERCISES
Ex. 1. Put the verbs in brackets into Past Simple or Past Continuous.
1. He (write) a letter when I (see) him. 2. Harry (do) his homework while his brothers (play) games.
3. The man (fall) down as he (run) for the bus. 4. We (sing) a song when Jeff (come) into the room.
5. When the telephone (ring) he (work) in the garden. 6. While the teacher (give) the lesson a small
dog (walk) into the room. 7. She (walk) along the street when she (see) her ex-classmate. 8. He
(lose) his pocket-book while he (see) the sights of Rome. 9. When Jack (come) home his parents
(re-paper) the room. 10. Mary (wear) her new dress when I (meet) her yesterday. 11. The students
still (write) a dictation when the bell (ring). 12. They (lie) in the sun when it (begin) to rain. 13. The
sun (rise) when I (wake) up. 14. The baby (sleep) when the doctor (come). 15. He (read) his news-
paper when he (hear) a strange noise. 16. The boy (fish) when he (fall) into the river. 17. She still
(lay) the table when the guests (come). 18. A lot of people (see) the accident while they (wait) for
the bus. 19. He often (go) to this pub when he (study) at the university. 20. He (fall) down and
(break) his leg while he (play) football. 21. The travellers (reach) the town just as the sun (set).
22. The boy (jump) off the bus while it still (go). 23. The hunter (shoot) and (kill) the lion just as it
(jump) at him. 24. The travellers (see) some camels as they (cross) the desert.

Ex. 2. Put the verbs in brackets into Past Simple, Past Continuous or Past Perfect.
1. Tim (sit) in a corner with a book. I told him that he (read) in a very bad light. 2. When I (enter),
the lecture already (start). The students (sit) at their desks and (take) notes. 3. I (make) a cake when
the light (go) out. I had to finish it in the dark. 4. Unfortunately when I (come) Ann just (leave), so
we only had time for a few words. 5. He (have) a bath when the telephone (ring). Very unwillingly
he (get) out of the bath and (go) to answer it. 6. He suddenly realized that he (travel) in the wrong
direction. 7. When I (look) through my granny‟s things, I (find) this unusual recipe. 8. I (see) you
from the car yesterday. Where you (go)? 9. The boys (play) cards when they (hear) their father‟s
footsteps. They immediately (hide) the cards and (take) out their textbooks. 10. He (not allow) us to
go boating last Wednesday as a strong wind (blow). 11. I (come) into her room at seven, but, to my
surprise, she (wake) up already. 12. When I (hear) the knock I (go) to the door and (open) it. I (see)
a man but I (not recognize) him at first as I (not wear) my glasses. 13. When I (walk) in, they
already (sit) round the fire. Mark (do) a crossword puzzle, Granny (knit). 14. Before the children
(come) to the party, Mr Sandford (buy) a present for each of them and Mrs Sanford (bake) some
cakes. 15. No sooner she (switch) on the TV than the film (begin). 16. It was the first time he (kiss)
her. 17. As they (walk) along the road they (hear) a car coming from behind. Rick (turn) round and
(hold) up his hand. The car (stop). 18.When I (arrive) at the station Stella (wait) for me. She (wear)
a smart suit and (look) very pretty.19. While he (water) the flowers it (begin) to rain. 20. It is many
years since I (hear) him speak about this tragedy. 21. Alec (buy) a new exercise-book yesterday
because he (fill) his old one. 22. The men (say) they (work) on the road outside my house and
(want) some water to make tea. 23. Hardly she (turn) off the light when the doorbell (ring).

Ex. 3. Put the verbs in brackets into Past Simple, Past Continuous or Past Perfect.
1. Yes, Helen? What you (say)? 2. He (not count) the money that Harry (give) him. 3. I (look) at
her. She (smile) to herself and (not answer) my question at once. 4. She (get) up, (go) to the bath-
room and (take) a shower. 5. Frieda and Bob (smile) at each other and (begin) to walk slowly to the
lake. 6. The silence in the corridor (tell) us that the exam (finish) already. 7. He (leave) on the very
day I (arrive). 8. Mother (make) sandwiches in the kitchen and (not hear) the bell. 9. He (go) to
school for the first time with a big bunch of flowers in his hand and it (seem) to him everyone
(look) at him. 10. After he (leave) school he (not find) a job and (decide) to go to New York.
11. The grass (be) wet. The rain (fall) at night. 12. He (think) he (see) that face somewhere before.
13. Rick (say) he (go) to Hawaii in May. 14. Maggie (go) back to take her handbag which she
(leave) on the table in the hall. 15. The storm (pass) and the sun (shine) brightly in the clear blue
sky. 16. We (drink) tea and (eat) the biscuits which Mrs Ripley (bring) us. 17. The door (open). A
tall dark-haired woman (stand) in front of us. 18. He (live) in this town for eleven years and then
(move) to the country. 19. Sally (drop) two cups when she (wash) up but neither of the cups (break).
105
§ 8. THE FUTURE CONTINUOUS TENSE

I. FORMATION
№ person/number affirmative interrogative negative
1
I, He, She, It I will be working. Will he be working? She won‘t be working.
We, You, They
We will be working. Will you be working? They won‘t be working.
2 Note I shall be coming soon.
We can use shall in the first person We shall be working there at this time.

II. USE
1 when we talk about an unfinished action at a He will still be sleeping at 6 o‘clock tomorrow.
given moment in the future I will be going to work at this time on Monday.
We‘ll be having lunch when they come.

2 when we talk about personal future plans or I will be meeting him tomorrow.
something which will certainly happen (Я увижусь с ним завтра – так как мы работаем
because it‟s the usual run of things. вместе и видимся каждый день)

3 when we mention the time of the beginning and They’ll be working here from 2 to 4 on Monday. =
the end of a continuous future action They’ll work here from 2 to 4 on Monday.
from ... to (till)
She will be reading the whole day tomorrow. =
or the whole period of its duration She will read the whole day tomorrow.
the whole evening, all day long, etc.
(we can also use Future Simple here)

4 when we talk about two simultaneous actions I will be doing my homework while you are cooking.
in the future = I will do my homework while you cook
(Future Continuous + Present Continuous
or Future Simple + Present Simple).

Sing the song.

SHE’LL BE COMING
She‟ll be coming round the mountain when she comes (2)
She‟ll be coming round the mountain, coming round the mountain
She‟ll be coming round the mountain when she comes
Chorus:
All sing: i-i-yippee-yippee-i
Singing: i-i-yippee-yippee-i
Singing: i-i-yippee-yippee-i
Singing: i-i-yippee-yippee-i

She‟ll be riding six wild horses when she comes (2)

She‟ll be riding six wild horses, riding six wild horses
She‟ll be riding six wild horses when she comes
Chorus:
And we‟ll all go out to meet her when she comes (2)
Yes, we‟ll all go out to meet her, all go out to meet her
Yes, we‟ll all go out to meet her when she comes
Chorus:
106
Ex. 1. Put the verbs in brackets into Future Simple, Future Continuous, Future Perfect.
1. Don‟t phone me at nine. I (have) a bath at this time. 2. – ……….we (meet) at two? – OK, the
classes (finish) by this time. 3. I‟m going on holiday on Saturday. This time next week I (enjoy)
myself at the seaside. 4. …………. you (use) your bicycle tomorrow morning? 5. We are late. The
film already (start) when we get to the cinema. 6. I can give your message to Laura. I (see) her to-
morrow. 7. You (not be able) to speak to him at seven tomorrow. He already (leave) by this time.
8. They (be) married for ten years next month. 9. I can easily imagine what my family (do) when I
return home. Father (sit) in an armchair and (read) his newspaper, Mother (watch) her favourite TV
series, my younger brother (play) his computer games and my dog Ronnie (lie) at the door and
(wait) for me. 10. He hopes he (pay) all his debts by the end of the year. 11. Stay for a while. Gran-
ny (bake) some cookies and we (have) tea. 12. He (redecorate) the country house by the time you
arrive. 13. Just think! The day after tomorrow we (fly) over Europe.

Ex. 2. Translate into English.

1. Где ты будешь, когда я приеду? – Я буду работать в библиотеке. 2. Чем он собирается за-
ниматься завтра? 3. В три часа мы будем сидеть в поезде и ехать в Париж. 4. Присоединяйся
к нам. С восьми до десяти мы будем играть в теннис. 5. В субботу утром мама приготовит
нам обед к двум часам. 6. Если ничего не изменится, они будут встречать своего партнера из
Греции в понедельник. 7. Интересно, придет ли она завтра на нашу вечеринку? 8. Пора идти.
Родители будут волноваться. 9. Трудно представить, что будет происходить с нами через
день или два. – Все будет хорошо. 10. Зачем ты взяла зонтик Лизы? Она же будет искать его
завтра утром. 11. Я могу легко описать тебе, что будет делать моя семья в канун Нового года:
мама будет накрывать на стол, папа будет готовить индейку с яблоками, а дети будут укра-
шать елку. 14. Джейн устраивает вечеринку в субботу, ты идешь? – К сожалению, нет, я в это
время буду трудиться, как пчелка. У меня экзамен в понедельник.

Ex. 3. Translate into English.

1. Вчера в десять часов я смотрел телевизор. 2. Завтра в это время я буду сдавать экзамен по
фонетике. 3. Когда мы вышли на улицу, дождь уже перестал, и ярко светило солнце. 4. К
концу месяца я дочитаю эту книгу до конца. 5. Я не пущу тебя гулять, пока ты не пообеда-
ешь. 6. Мой друг сказал, что его старший брат уже приехал. 7. Я часто ходил в этот клуб, ко-
гда работал в этом районе. 8. Вы почувствуете себя намного лучше после того, как выпьете
немного крепкого чаю. 9. Что вы делали в восемь вечера четырнадцатого ноября? – Я пил
пиво в баре за углом. 10. Не успели мы подбежать к троллейбусу, как двери закрылись, и он
тронулся. 11. Не звони мне так рано завтра. Я буду ещѐ спать. 12. Вчера он весь день работал
в саду. Когда приехала его жена, он поливал яблони. 13. Мой друг обещает мне, что мы по-
едем на юг вместе в следующем году. 14. Я никогда не забуду того, что они для меня сдела-
ли. 15. Когда я пришѐл, она уже всѐ приготовила и накрывала на стол. 16. Полицейский
спросил меня, видел ли я, что произошло. 17. Завтра он ведѐт детей в зоопарк. 18. У вас бу-
дет время помочь мне завтра утром? 19. Я буду мыть посуду, пока вы убираете со стола.
20. С кем ты разговаривала по телефону, когда я вошла?

Ex. 4. Translate into English.

1. Когда он пришел, они обедали. 2. Когда ты закончила школу? 3. В тот день у нас было
много работы, так как вечером мы уезжали. 4. Я легко могу представить, что мои друзья бу-
дут делать, когда я приду. Джо и Сэм будут играть в карты, Майк будет спать, а Дэнни будет
играть в компьютерные игры или бродить по Интернету. 5. Сколько времени ты вязала этот
свитер? – Три недели. 6. Когда часы пробили одиннадцать, она все ещѐ спала. 7. Я увижу
Джима сегодня. Ему что-нибудь передать? 8. Когда он проснулся, звонил телефон. 9. Мы
шли молча какое-то время. Никто не хотел говорить. 10. Он выглянул из окна. Мальчишки
играли в футбол во дворе. Бабушки сидели на скамейке. Сосед выгуливал собаку. Всѐ как
обычно. 11. Кто-то стоял за дверью, когда мы разговаривали. Он всѐ слышал. 12. Свари, по-
жалуйста, кофе, пока я одеваюсь, ладно? 13. Я пошла. Мэгги будет ждать меня после уроков.
107
Ex. 5. Look at the picture of a holiday centre swimming pool.
What are some people doing? What are some people going to do? What have some people just done?

Use the words: shine, lie, sit, run, play, throw, change, have a shower, buy, eat, break; pour, drink,
lick one‟s lips, get out of, serve, swim, dive, jump, splash, scratch, cut, have a good time, move on all fours;

Ex. 6. Look at pictures and say what had happened in the room when Gwen‟s mother brought the cake.

Use the words: break, eat, open, take out of, draw, spill, turn on, tie, knock; throw, a jar (= кувшин)

108
§ 9. THE PERFECT CONTINUOUS TENSES

9. 1. PRESENT PERFECT CONTINUOUS

I. FORMATION
№ person /number affirmative interrogative negative
1 I
We I have been working. Have you been working? They haven‘t been working.
You
They
2 He
She He has been working. Has he been working? She hasn‘t been working.
It

II. USE
Situation 1 Situation 2
We use the Present Perfect Continuous
when we talk about an action when we talk about an action
which began in the past, which has been recently in progress
has been going on up to the present but is no longer going on at present.
and is still going on..

They have been learning French since 2009. Her eyes are red. I think she has been crying.
She has been teaching English for 5 years. His hands are dirty. He has been repairing the car.

Она преподаѐт уже 5 лет. Он чинил машину

COMPARE
Present Continuous Present Perfect Continuous
When? – (now) How long?
What are you doing? - I am washing up. I‟ve been washing up for half an hour already.

Present Perfect Present Perfect Continuous

(we focus on the result) (we focus on the action)
The walls are blue. She has paint on her clothes.
She has painted the walls. She‟s been painting the walls.

Ex. 1. Look at the pictures. What has a person been doing in each one?

109
Ex. 2. Put the verbs in brackets in Present Continuous or Present Perfect Continuous.
1. What you (look) at? – I (look) at that picture over there. I (look) at it for almost half an hour and I
still can‟t understand what it is. 2. What Mary (do)? – She (work) on the computer. She (sit) at it
since lunch. I think she should have a rest. 3. Tom, here you are at last! I (look) for you everywhere.
4. Why you (smile), Robert? – I (watch) your kitten. It‟s so funny. 5. I see you (do) your homework
all the evening. Is it the last exercise you (write)? 6. He (sit) here for an hour. ... he (wait) for any-
body? 7. How long they (study) French? – For three years already. 8. She (work) at her paper since
Monday. Now she (write) the conclusion. 9. Where is Mum? – She (rest) in the garden all day.
10. Don‟t wake him. He only (sleep) for two hours. 11. Where‟s Dave? – He (try) to repair the tele-
vision. 12. He (wash) his hands. He just (repair) the television. 13. Why they (laugh)? – Jim (tell)
them his stories again. 14. It‟s six o‟clock. I (wait) for Jane for forty minutes already. I must be off.

Ex. 3. Put the verbs in brackets in Present Perfect or Present Perfect Continuous.
1. ... you (pass) your exam in English? 2. I (try) to learn Japanese for years, but I can‟t say I (make)
any progress yet. 3. This book (lie) here for weeks. ... you (not read) it yet? 4. He (wait) for her
since 7 o‟clock and she (not come) yet. 5. She (read) “The Catcher in the Rye” for the last two
weeks and (enjoy) every word of it. 6. I (think) about you all day. 7. Jake never (be) to this new
club before. 8. She is very angry with you. You (sit) here all the time and (do) nothing. 9. I (be) so
busy this week, I just (have) no time to speak to him. 10. I (know) him all my life and we always
(be) good friends. 11. I am tired. I (cook) all morning. 12 I just (talk) to him. He agrees to help us.
13. We (join) the English club to have a better command of English. 14. They (gossip) all the time;
it seems they have nothing else to talk about. 15. You never (swim) in the ocean, have you?

Ex. 4. Use the present perfect, the present continuous or the present perfect continuous tense.
1. – How long you (wait) for me here? – Not long. I just (come). 2. – …… she still (bake) pan-
cakes? – Yes, she (make) nineteen and she wants to make some more. She (stand) near that cooker
for an hour already. 3. He (drive) a bus since he was twenty. 4. Look, Danny (ride) a bike! It‟s the
first time he (ride) it. 5. – Why you (look) at me so attentively? – I (watch) you for some time, but
I can‟t understand what you (change) in your appearance. – I just (have) my hair cut. – Oh! 6. I
(have) a bad stomachache. I (eat) too many chocolates. 7. I (have) a headache. I (watch) TV for too
long. 8. What you (do) all this time? 9. What you (do) with my pen? It doesn‟t write. 10. What you
(do) with your Daddy‟s newspaper, Johnny? Put it on the table, please. 11. – Look! He (smoke)
again. …….. he (not give) it up? – It‟s no easy thing for him. He (smoke) for ten years already and
(become) really addicted to it. 12. – You look really tired. ………….you (study) too much? – Yes.
I (work) at my paper on Linguistics and I (not finish) it yet. 13. He (make) films since 1987 and
they (win) two Oscars already. Now he (work) on his new blockbuster. 14. They (know) each other
since their childhood. 15. She (slim) for two months already, but (not lose) any weight so far.

9. 2. PAST PERFECT CONTINUOUS

I. FORMATION
person /number affirmative interrogative negative
I, We, You, They, I had been working. Had you been working? He hadn‘t been working.
He, She, It

II. USE
Situation 1 when we talk about an action Situation 2 when we talk about an action
which began before a definite moment in the past, that had been in progress
continued up to that moment before a definite moment in the past.
and was still going on at that moment

We couldn‘t go out because it had been raining Her eyes were red. Obviously, she had been crying.
hard since early morning.

110
9. 3. FUTURE PERFECT CONTINUOUS
I. FORMATION
person /number affirmative interrogative negative
I, We, You, He,
She, It, They I will have been working. Will you have been working? He won‘t have been working.

II. USE
rule example
when we talk about an action which will be- I will have been studying English for 9 years by September.
gin before a definite moment in the future,
will continue up to that moment В сентябре будет уже 9 лет как я учу английский.
and will be going on at that moment.

Note. We use Perfect tenses instead of Perfect Continuous tenses

1) with the verbs of state not used in the continuous form
He has known Jack since 2005. He hadn‘t heard from her for a year, when he got that letter.
They will have been here for six years next week.

2) sometimes with verbs of action in negative sentences

I haven‘t eaten since lunch. (= I haven‘t been eating since lunch)
I was worried. She hadn‘t phoned me for 2 weeks. (=She hadn‘t been phoning me for 2 weeks.)
She won't have phoned me for a week tomorrow. (=She won‘t have been phoning me for a week.)

3) sometimes with verbs which denote progressive actions

She has lived here for twenty years. (= She has been living here for twenty years)
He had worked there for ten years, when the accident happened. (He had been working there ...)
He will have travelled for a month tomorrow. (He will have been travelling for a month tomorrow.)

Ex. 1. Put the verbs in brackets in Perfect Continuous tenses.

1. Tomorrow he (travel) about Africa for two weeks. 2. He (learn) Spanish for three years when he
had a chance to go to Spain. 3. It (rain) since early morning. 4. Your clothes are dirty. ………you
(play) football again? 5. By the beginning of next August she (grow) roses for twenty years. 6. He
felt awful. He (walk) all day long without any rest. 7. You (watch) TV for three hours already. It‟s
time to have a rest. 8. He (swim) since he was ten. 9. He (run) for some time when he saw a forest
in the distance. 10. Next month they (work) in this firm for twelve years. 11. The kids were covered
with snow from head to foot. They (fight) with snowballs since noon. 12. Since when your cousin
(collect) toy cars? 13. Why is Father so dirty? ……… he (repair) the car again? 14. He was sleepy.
He (drive) his truck for ten hours. 15. Let‟s wake her up. She (sleep) for thirteen hours already.

Ex. 2. Translate into English.

1. Элмер путешествовал по Европе уже восемь дней, когда его мама позвонила из Канзаса. К
этому времени он побывал уже в восьми странах. 2. Через неделю будет уже четыре года, как
я изучаю английский. 3. Ты ходишь по магазину уже полчаса. Ты выбрала cебе что-нибудь?
4. Мне кажется, тебе пора отдохнуть. Скоро будет уже два часа, как ты сидишь за уроками. Я
надеюсь, ты закончишь всѐ, до того как начнется фильм. 5. На вечеринку она надела платье,
которое шила целый месяц. 6. Я знаю еѐ уже 10 лет, и всѐ это время она работает бухгалте-
ром в этой фирме. 7. Мы решили заглянуть в ближайшую закусочную и перекусить. Мы с
утра гуляли по городу и очень устали. 8. В следующем месяце будет уже год, как он носит
эти джинсы. Придется купить ему новые. 9. С тех пор как он стал работать в банке, он поль-
зуется кредитной карточкой. 10. Завтра будет пятнадцать лет, как они женаты. 11. Скажите
когда придѐт врач? Я жду его с десяти часов. 12. К этому времени на будущий год он будет
здесь работать уже 16 лет. 13. Снег идѐт уже несколько часов. 14. Он проучился в школе все-
го два года, когда началась война. 15. Дети очень устали, так как ходили по лесу весь день.

111
§ 10. TALKING ABOUT FUTURE

10. 1. We use Future Simple when

1) we decide to do something at the moment of speaking; We have no bread. I‘ll go and buy some
2) we offer something; I left my pen at home. – I‘ll give you mine.
3) we agree or refuse to do something;
Can you give me that book? – OK, I‘ll bring it tomorrow. He won‘t help us. This car won‘t start.
4) we promise to do something; I‘ll visit him tomorrow.
5) we ask somebody to do something politely; Will you open the window?
6) we talk of some natural event that we can’t control. The baby will be born after Christmas.

10. 2.
1) We use Future Continuous for an unfinished action in the future.
He will still be sleeping at 6 o‘clock tomorrow.
2) We use Future Perfect for a completed action in the future.
He will have got up by this time tomorrow.
3) We use Future Perfect Continuous for an action that will be in progress before a given mo-
ment in the future.
You will have been learning English for а year next September.

10. 3. We use Present Simple

1) when something is certain to happen in the future and we can‟t change it, because it will happen
according to a time-table, program, calendar, etc;
The match begins at 7 tomorrow. The train leaves in 2 hours. When does this film end?
2) in the adverbial clauses of time and condition.
We‘ll begin the meeting when he comes. If the weather is better we‘ll go to the country.
Note. We can also use other Present tenses in these clauses.
I‘ll have a rest after I‘ve done this job. I‘ll be washing up while you are clearing the table.

10. 4. When we have already decided or arranged to do something before, we use:

1) Present Continuous (a future adverbial is necessary).
I am meeting him tomorrow morning. (decided and arranged)
2) to be going to. I am going to meet him (tomorrow). (decided but not arranged)
3) Future Continuous. I will be meeting him (tomorrow morning). (will happen naturally)

10. 5. When we predict future happenings, we use

1) Future Simple (when we are not sure). I think, he will like such a present.
2) to be going to (when there‟s something in the present situation that makes us sure).
Look at these clouds. It‘s going to rain. It‘s 8 o‘clock. We are going to be late.

EXERCISES
Ex. 1. Translate into English.
1. Я никогдa не был так счастлив. Я буду помнить этот день всю жизнь. 2. Завтра в это время
я буду купаться в море. 3. Ты идѐшь в магазин? Что ты собираешься купить? 4. Посмотри
на этого шестилетнего мальчика. Он съест все наши пирожные. 5. Ты поможешь мне убрать
квартиру в выходные? 6. Я вернусь в 3. Надеюсь, к этому времени ты приготовишь обед. 7. В
начале мая будет уже 8 месяцев, как она учится в этом университете. 8. Завтра мы идѐм в
кино. Фильм начинается в 7. Не опаздывай. 9. Прочитайте текст с начала до конца, пожа-
112
 луйста. 10. Они собираются пожениться. Свадьба в следующую субботу. 11. Если ты зай-
дѐшь ко мне в 2, я, наверное, всѐ ещѐ буду обедать. 12. Ты мне не поможешь? Банка никак не
открывается. 13. Я передам твоѐ предложение Джеку. Я встречаюсь с ним сегодня. 14. Ты
едешь слишком быстро. Мы попадѐм в аварию. 15. Когда мы доберѐмся до города, солнце,
наверное, будет уже заходить. 16. Он не собирается покупать сигареты, потому что он броса-
ет курить. 17. Посмотри, какой сильный дождь. Мы промокнем насквозь. 18. Завтра приез-
жает тѐтя Эмили. Поезд приходит ровно в четыре часа. 19. Когда я приду домой, папа будет
смотреть футбол, а мама шить новое платье к своему дню рождения. 20. Скоро будет уже
полчаса, как ты делаешь себе причѐску. Уже без четверти 9. Мы не успеем на наш автобус.
21. Ты переведѐшь текст к двум часам? Звонок в пять минут третьего. 22. Я схожу в библио-
теку в среду. Я обещаю. 23. Что ты делаешь сегодня вечером? Пойдешь со мной в клуб?

ENGLISH TENSES IN THE ACTIVE VOICE

Simple Continuous Perfect Perfect Continuous

facts, customary, actions unfinished actions completed actions

repeated actions at a given moment by a given moment that have been in progress
before a given moment

Present I write I am writing I have written I have been writing

He writes He is writing He has written He has been writing
Do you write? We are writing
Does he write?
(already, yet, often, just, (for a long time, since 5)
(usually, every day) (at this moment, now) today, this year)

I wrote I was writing

Past Did you write? You were writing I had written I had been writing
He didn’t write

(yesterday, long ago) (at 5 o‟clock yesterday) (by 5 o‟clock yesterday) (for two hours when they
came)

He will write He will be writing He will have written He will have been writing
Future He won’t write
(for two hours when they
(tomorrow, soon) (at this time tomorrow) (by 5 o‟clock tomorrow) come)

Ex. 2. Fill the gaps with the correct form of the verb eat.
1. Where‟s he? He still ... 2. Next month he ... only vegetables, cereals and fruit for a year. 3. She
usually ... very little. 4. What …you ... for dessert? – I haven‟t decided yet. 5. She … never ... frogs
or snails in her life. 6. He ... for a while when he saw the waiter coming to him. 7. Look, Mum! I ...
up the porridge. 8. They still ... when we entered. 9. When we came in, we saw he … already ... his
lunch. 10. What … you ... now? 11. Don‟t call her at two. She ... 12. .... you ... yet? 13. I ... fish
for lunch. It was delicious. 14. I not ... cakes for a long time. 15. She is on a diet. She ... only fruit
for the last six days. 16. I‟m afraid we ... all the oranges by tomorrow.

Ex. 3. Translate into English using the verb learn.

1. Он учит английский. 2. Он учит английский с прошлого года. 3. Он учил английский в
школе. 4. Когда мама пришла, он уже выучил английский. 5. Тише! Он учит английский. 6.
Когда мы пришли, он учил английский. 7. Ты выучил английский? 8. Когда-нибудь я выучу
английский. 9. Я выучу английский до того, как начнется фильм. 10. Завтра в это время он
будет учить английский. 11. Он учил английский пять лет до того, как поехал за границу. 12.
Первого сентября будет уже семь лет, как он учит английский.

113
§ 11. MODAL VERBS

Modal verbs are used to show the speaker‟s attitude towards the action.
The action itself is expressed by the infinitive of the notional verb, which follows the modal verb.
Modal verbs are not „complete‟ verbs, because:
1. they lack most of the tense forms and don‟t have the passive voice
2. there is no – (e)s in the 3d person singular
3. we can‟t use them as infinitives
4. we don‟t use „to‟-infinitives after them (except ought)

11. 1. CAN (past form COULD, equivalent BE ABLE TO)

meaning examples commentary
1 mental and physical ability Can you swim?
He can speak six languages.
He will be able to ride a horse soon.

2 possibility due to circumstances You can get there by bus.

Can you come earlier tomorrow?
I will be able to meet him next week.

3 permission Can I come in? in informal

You can play now. situations

4 request Can you help me?

Can you open the window?
5 prohibition You can‘t cross the street in the mid- „cannot‟ is written
dle of the block. as one word

6 strong doubt or astonishment Can he know it? (неужели) in questions and

It cannot be. (не может быть) negative sentences

COULD
meaning examples in Russian
1 could general ability in the past He could read when he was 5. «мог»

2 was able to someone managed to do Though it was rather dark «смог»

were able to something in the past he was able to read the letter.

3 couldn‟t for either situation He couldn’t read when he was 5. «не мог» и
It was dark and he couldn’t read «не смог»
the letter.

4 could suggestion or request I could come tonight. «мог бы»

Could you do me a favour?

114
Ex. 1. Ask all kinds of questions and make the sentences negative.
1. Her son can play chess very well. 2. They could come to our place yesterday. 3. She‟ll be able to
write her essay tomorrow. 4. We were able to speak to Jim. 5. He has always been able to help us.

Ex. 2. Complete the sentences using could or was/were able to.

1. He asked me to lend him $100. I didn‟t have the sum, but I …….. give him $50. 2. The fishing
boat sank but fortunately the fisherman …………… swim to the shore. 3. The woman had a shock
and …………. describe the thief to the police. She was just crying hysterically. 4. When she was
young she …….. dance all night. 5. It was a fine day, so we …………... have a picnic and we en-
joyed it very much. 6. He suddenly felt very bad, but he ……………….. finish his speech, although
at the end of it he …………. hardly stand. 7. He spoke very little French when he left school, but he
…………….. understand the language. 8. He spoke very distinctly and we ………….. understand
everything. 9. I got to the station in time and ………………… catch the 9.50 train. I was happy I
didn‟t need to wait for the next one. 10. She ……….. visit her friends every day before her marriage
if she wanted to, but now she has a far busier life. 11. All the town hotels were full, but at last we
…………….. find two vacant rooms in a small hotel in the suburb. 12. Before this accident he
……………. work fourteen hours a day if he had to. 13. When the garage had repaired their car
they …………… continue their journey. 14. She had a restless night, though she ……………….
sleep for an hour before the dawn. 15. He was very strong, he ……………. lift heavy things easily.

11. 2. MAY (past form: MIGHT, equivalent: BE ALLOWED TO)

meaning examples commentary
1 permission May I come in? more formal than can
You may sit down here.
He said we might take his car.

2 uncertain Where are you going in July? we use might as a synonym of may
supposition - Well, we may (might) go to Spain. for the present situation
It may (might) rain tomorrow. to express higher degree of uncertainty
He may (might) be at home now.
3 reproach You might help me, but you don't. we use only might
(«мог бы»)
Note. Mind the difference between the word maybe (=perhaps=может быть)
and the two words may be (modal verb + infinitive = могут быть)
Maybe they will come soon. They may be here soon. They may come soon.

Ex. 3. Ask all kinds of questions and make the sentences negative.
1. He may come soon. 2. She may tidy her room later today. 3. They might return next week.

Ex. 4. Insert can, could, may, might or their negative forms.

1. Students …………... bring textbooks into the examination room. 2. – ……...... you stand on
your head? – I ………….. when I was in my teens. 3. – ………I smoke here? No, you …………
Smoking is not allowed. 4. – ……….. you drive? – Yes, I ………….drive, but I …………… do it
very well. 5. No matter how hard I try, I …………… remember his address. 6. He
……………answer the teacher‟s questions yesterday because he wasn‟t ready. 7. – …………..I
come and see you tonight? – Do, please. 8. When I first went to Spain I ………….understand some
Spanish, but I ……………. speak it. 9. He said we ……………..live in his flat for some time.
10. There was a lot of noise in the street last night and I ……………. sleep. 11. …………. I borrow
your umbrella? I left mine at home. 12. …….. you shut the window? It‟s becoming cold. 13. I don‟t
believe you. He …… be so cruel. 14. I‟m not sure, but he ……….. be in the pub now. 15. You
……….. listen to him at least!

115
11. 3. MODALS OF OBLIGATION
MUST (equivalent: HAVE TO / HAVE GOT TO), NEED, BE TO, SHOULD, OUGHT TO;

meaning modals examples commentary

1 obligation or must If he's in trouble, we must help him.
necessity had to It‘s late, I must go now.
that the speaker will have to It was late and I had to go.
agrees to I‘ll have to help him.

2 circumstantial have to As I live far, I have to get up at 6. in Russian:

necessity Do you have to go now? «вынужден»,
I didn’t have to stay there. «пришлось»

have got to I haven’t got to get up so early.

Have you got to do it?

3 the absence have to You don’t have to learn the rule.

of necessity need can be both
need You needn’t learn the rule. modal and notional
You don’t need to learn the rule.

4 command must You must leave the room at once!

be to You are to leave the room at once!
You mustn’t leave the room now!

5 urgent request must You must certainly see this film.

You are sure to like it.

6 supposition must He must know it. It‘s his job.

bordering He must be at home. It‘s 11 o‘clock.
on assurance
7 necessity be to We are to meet the delegation at 7.
as a result of plan, They were to go there together.
agreement,
arrangement,
time-table

8 advice or should You should see a doctor. in Russian:

mild obligation ought to You shouldn’t go there alone. «следует»
We ought to help our elderly parents.

11.4. MODAL NEGATIVES

You can‟t go there. There are rules, laws or circumstances that don‟t allow it.
You may not go there. The speaker doesn‟t allow it.
You mustn‟t go there. The speaker forbids something absolutely.
You needn‟t go there. It isn‟t necessary to do it.
You don‟t have to go there.
You shouldn‟t (oughtn‟t to) go there. The speaker doesn‟t advise you to do it.

116
JAZZ CHANT
Mamma Knows Best
You shouldn‟t do it that way You shouldn‟t take the train
You ought to do it this way You ought to take the bus
You ought to do it this way You shouldn‟t wear that hat
You ought to do it my way You ought to cut your hair
You shouldn‟t wear it that way You shouldn‟t get so fat
You ought to wear it this way You ought to eat a pear
You ought to wear it this way You shouldn‟t do it that way
You ought to wear it my way You ought to do it this way
You shouldn‟t go with them You ought to do it this way
You ought to go with us You ought to do it my way.

EXERCISES
Ex. 5. Ask all kinds of questions and make the sentences negative.
1. He must be in time for his classes. 2. He has to work for his living. 3. We have got to go now.
4. They should take a taxi. 5. She ought to follow a diet. 6. They are to arrive at the station at 7.

Ex. 6. Insert must or have to in a suitable form.

1. Fortunately his wife could drive, so he ………………………drive all the way himself. 2. You
……………….. certainly see our new house. It‟s gorgeous! It‟s terrific! 3. She ………………..
leave home at 7 every morning last year. 4. The apples were rotten. We ……………. throw them
away. 5. You ……………. come to work in time. 6. She felt ill and ………. leave early. 7. The bus
was half empty yesterday, so I ……………………..stand. 8. Tomorrow is my day off. I‟m so glad I
……………………..get up early. 9. His wife is away. He ……………………cook his own meals.
10. You can finish this work tomorrow, you ……………………. do everything today. 11. Jimmy,
you ……………….do what Mummy says. 12. He sees very badly, so he …………………wear
glasses all the time. 13. The buses were all full; I ………………….get a taxi. 14. Tell her that she
………………..come at once. I insist. 15. Passengers ………………….. be in possession of a tick-
et. 16. She lives a long way from the shops, but fortunately she ……………………….do the shop-
ping every day. 17. I got lost and …………………ask the policeman the way. 18. I‟m going to bed
earlier today as I ………………….. catch the five o‟clock train tomorrow morning. 19. Her father
doesn‟t allow her to stay out late. She ………………be in by nine o‟clock every evening.

Ex. 7. Insert mustn’t or needn’t.

1. You …………………..ring the bell. I have a key. 2. You …………………….drink this: it‟s poi-
son. 3. You …………… drive fast; there‟s a speed limit here. 4. You ……………………….drive
fast; we have plenty of time. 5. You …………….. write to him; he will be here tomorrow. 6. Stu-
dents …………………..have textbooks at their exams. 7. You ……………… make a noise or
you‟ll wake the baby. 8. You ………………….take your umbrellas. It isn‟t going to rain. 9. You
………… do the whole exercise. Ten sentences will be enough. 10. Maggie, you
…………………tell lies to your parents. 11. You ……………. turn on the light. It‟s not dark in the
room. 12. You ………………..strike a match. The room is full of gas. 13. We
…………………..make any more sandwiches. There are plenty of them. 14. You
…………………….put salt in his food. Salt is very bad for him. 15. Danny, you
…………………play with matches. It‟s dangerous. 16. You …………… clean the windows. The
window-cleaner is coming today. 17. I‟ll lend you the money and you ………………….pay me
back till next month. 18. We …………………climb any higher. We can see very well from here.
19. You ………………... smoke in a non-smoking compartment. 20. I …………………….go
shopping today. We have all the necessary things. 21. – I‟m afraid, you‟ve given me too much. –
Well, you ………………………..eat it all. 22. Harry, you ………………… interrupt when your
father is speaking. 23. If you want the time, pick up the receiver and dial 100; you
…………………say anything. 24. You ………………..worry. I will stand by you.

117
 Ex. 8. Insert suitable modals.
1. I …………………sharpen the pencils if you give me a knife. 2. The boss told the secretary,
“You ……………..go home now.” 3. The teacher warned the class, ”If you make a spelling mis-
take, you ………………..write the correction three times.” 4. My nephew ……………….do his
homework unless his father helps him. 5. If I lend you my car you ………….promise to drive it
carefully. 6. He ……………….understand English when it‟s spoken slowly and distinctly.
7. …………. you tell me the right time? 8. Little children …………… go to bed early. 9. I
………………..write to him because I don‟t have his address. 10. You ………………..play football
in the street. 11. The child is very ill. The doctor says he ………… be taken to the hospital at once.
12. A man ………………..help his parents when they become old. 13. There are neither buses nor
taxis, so we …………………..go on foot. 14. Everybody ………………..know a foreign language.
15. We ……. live without food and water. We ……………eat and drink. 16. You
………………….drive a car at night without lights. 17. Tom‟s father told him he
………………….ask silly questions. 18. Man ………………….live by bread alone. 19. You
……………………..sit here in your wet clothes; you ………………………catch cold. 20. They
…………………..do all the exercises at once; two will be enough. 21. You ………………….do
whatever you like. 22. We ……………………. leave yet; we have plenty of time before the train
starts. 23. Why ………………I go there? 24. You ……………..say anything. Just nod your head
and he will understand. 25. – ………….I use your phone? – You ……………..ask for permission.
You …………..use it whenever you like. 26. You ……………….take a horse to the water but you
……………..make him drink. 27. The ice is quite thick. We ………………walk on it.

Ex. 9. Insert suitable modals.

1. She was ill and………. pass her exam together with her group, so she…………… take it later.
2. He entered this institute 5 years ago and he ……………be a graduate now. 3. You ……………
take extra classes if you want to catch up with the group. 4. You ………… translate the text in
writing, you ……………. do it orally. 5. The teacher said, “You …….. look through your notes
before answering, but you ……….. read from your notebooks when you answer.” 6. - ……… you
repeat this phrase after me? - …………. you pronounce it louder? 7. He…………….. swot so
much, he ……….. have a nervous breakdown. 8. The dean explained to me that I ……………. re-
sit my exam in History. 9. He …………….. speak Spanish fluently two years ago, but he
………….. do it now. 10. I …………………. rely on my memory, it often fails me. 11. When he
went to University he ……………… repeat his last year because of his illness. But then he
……………….do very well in his graduation exams. 12. I'm afraid she ………………. fail to pass
her test in Phonetics, then she …………… take the rest of her exams. She ………………. wait till
the end of the examination period. 13. - ………………… I see the deputy dean? – I'm afraid you
…………..…. He's in a hurry. He ………….. be at the conference at 2 o'clock. ………. you come
tomorrow? 14. You ……………. look up every word in the dictionary, you ……………. try to
guess the meaning of some words from the context. 15. We …………………. meet after classes
today, we have arranged to revise for our exam together. That just ………. help.

Ex. 10. Paraphrase using modals.

1. It's necessary for Jimmy to practise his phonetics. 2. He is not allowed to repeat the year. He'll be
obliged to leave college. 3. The monitor is obliged to tell us about the changes in our timetable.
4. Are we allowed to use a rough copy? – No, you are not. 5. I advise you not to cross the mistakes,
but to underline them. 6. Perhaps, he will do well in his entrance exams and become a student. 7. It's
not necessary for her to undertake a preliminary course. 8. He is able to understand spoken Italian,
but he isn't able to speak it. 9. They have decided to stay after classes and make the corrections.
10. Don't rely on your seatmate's help, do the test yourself! 11. It's impossible for me to give you a
good mark for your essay. 12. See this film in the original, I insist! It's just wonderful! 13. It isn‟t
necessary to copy out this poem. You have it in your books. 14. Your duty is to do your homework
thoroughly.

118
Ex. 11. Complete the dialogues and act them out.
1. – Must I ........................? 4. – You might ..............................!
– No, you needn‟t. You may just ........ – Oh! I‟m so sorry! Shall I ..................?

2. – May I ...........................................? 5. – What‟s up?

– No, you mustn‟t, because ....................... – You see, I can‟t .............................
– I guess I should (ought to) .....................
3. – Can I help you?
– Do, please. 6. – Where is she? She must be .........., but she isn‟t.
– What can I do for you? – Well, then she may be ............
– Could you just .............? – What?!

Ex. 12. Translate into English.

1. Несмотря на шторм, он смог доплыть до берега. 2. Он сможет свободно говорить по-
французски, если проведѐт несколько лет в Париже. 3. – Можно мне задать вам вопрос? – Да,
пожалуйста. 4. Не надо спешить, у нас ещѐ много времени. 5. – Можно я ещѐ немного
посмотрю телевизор? – Нет, нельзя. Ты должен немедленно идти спать. Завтра тебе придѐтся
встать очень рано. 6. Груши были плохие. Нам пришлось их выбросить. 7. Сейчас у нас нет
времени обсуждать эти проблемы, придѐтся обсудить их завтра. 8. Все студенты должны
сдать курсовые работы вовремя. 9. Мы должны были встретиться около университета, но он
не пришѐл. 10. Вы непременно должны посмотреть этот фильм. Он вам обязательно
понравится. 11. Я вынужден был остаться дома, так как чувствовал себя очень плохо. 12. Эта
группа туристов должна прибыть завтра. 13. Какую машину вы хотите купить? – Ещѐ не
знаю. Возможно, я куплю Мерседес (Mercedes). 14. Я думаю, вы можете сделать эту работу
сами. 15. Когда он был молодым, он мог пройти 20 километров без отдыха. 16. Вы умеете
кататься на коньках? 17. Он сказал, что мы можем пользоваться его машиной, когда захотим.
18. Вам пришлось долго ждать автобуса? 19. Можно мне поговорить с вами? 20. Я должен
был дать ответ до двух часов. 21. Вам следует больше работать над фонетикой. 22.
Осторожно, здесь лѐд. Вы можете поскользнуться. 23. Он говорил по-немецки и смог
объяснить полицейскому, что мы заблудились. 24. – Что будем делать сегодня? – Мы могли
бы пойти в кино. 25. Вам не следует подходить близко к этой собаке. Она может укусить.

Ex. 13. Translate into English.

1. Вы обязательно должны прийти к нам на новоселье. Запишите наш телефон в записную
книжку. 2. Нельзя пропускать занятия без уважительной причины. Вы не сможете хорошо
сдать экзамены. 3. Можно мне пропустить семинар по истории? Я плохо себя чувствую.
– Хорошо, но вам придется принести справку от врача. 4. Изучение истории может быть
увлекательным. 5. Вам не надо бояться говорить по-английски с иностранцами, это может
помочь вам улучшить произношение и разговорные навыки. Вы сможете научиться лучше
выражать свои мысли. 6. Он не сможет сдать зачет по фонетике, так как пропускает много
занятий и работает урывками. Ему придется ходить на дополнительные занятия, чтобы
избавиться от фонетических ошибок. 7. В прошлом году он не мог хорошо говорить по-
французски, ему не хватало беглости. 8. Он, должно быть, делает много ошибок по
невнимательности. Он такой рассеянный! 9. Можно я посмотрю это слово в словаре? – Не
надо. Я могу сказать вам перевод. 10. Староста должен приносить журнал группы. Это его
обязанность. 11. Вам следует тренировать произношение каждый день. 12. Где я могу найти
заведующего кафедрой? – Он может быть в деканате. У них должно быть совещание в 10.
Вы сможете поговорить с ним после него. 13. Мы должны встретится в 6.45 у входа в
кинотеатр. Фильм начинается в 7.

119
 §12. THE SEQUENCE OF TENSES
12.1. THE GENERAL RULE

1. The sequence of tenses is observed in a complex sentence with an object clause.

If the verb in the main clause is in one of the past tenses - a past or future in the past must be used
in the subordinate clause.
The action in the subordinate clause may be simultaneous with the action of the main clause, may
happen before or after it.

subordinate simultaneous actions happened before actions happened after

clause actions
main clause

He said that - he lived in London - he had already left home - he would come soon
- he would be sleeping at 6
- she was sleeping - it had been raining for 2 days - he would have done the job by 5
- he‟d have been learning French
for 5 years by May

2. Tense changes in reported speech

Present becomes past, past becomes past perfect, future becomes future-in-the-past.

direct speech reported speech

Present Simple Past Simple
I do … I did …

Present Continuous Past continuous

He is doing … He was doing …

Present Perfect Past Perfect

We have done … We had done …

Past Simple Past Perfect

They did … They had done …

Past Continuous Past Perfect Continuous

She was doing … She had been doing …

Future Simple Future-Simple-in-the-past

I shall do … I should do …

Future Continuous Future-Continuous-in-the-past

He will be doing … He would be doing …

Future Perfect Future-Perfect-in-the-past

They will have done … They would have done …

Future Perfect Continuous Future-Perfect-Continuous-in-the-past

You will have been doing … You would have been doing …

120
3. Time and place changes
We change some adverbs of time and place and demonstrative pronouns in reported speech.
These changes depend on the context and are not always necessary, especially in everyday speech.

direct speech reported speech

now then / at that moment
today that day
tonight that night
last night the night before / the previous night
yesterday the day before / the previous day
the day before yesterday two days before
ago before
tomorrow the next day/ the following day
the day after tomorrow two days later
here there
this that
these those

Notes
1. We may ignore the sequence of tenses if the object clause expresses a general truth.
The teacher told his pupils that the Volga flows into the Caspian Sea.
2. Past Simple after since usually remains unchanged.
She said to me, ‗I have been waiting for you since I came back‘.
She told me she had been waiting for me since she came back‘.

EXERCISES
Ex. 1. Choose the correct word.
1. I knew that he had come two hours (ago, before). 2. “I want to go there (now, then)!” she cried.
3. I‟m sure they‟ll return (tomorrow, the next day). 4. We agreed we would meet (tonight, that
night). 5. He said he had seen (these, those) strange men (last week, the previous week). 6. He won-
dered what game they were playing (now, at that moment). 7. “Are you coming to the party (today,
that day)?” he wondered. 8. “ He was sure they‟d be there (today, that day), but nobody came,” she
explained. 9. We had no idea that Jack had arrived (the day before yesterday, two days before). 10.
He supposed she would phone (the day after tomorrow, two days later). 11. I suppose he phoned me
(yesterday, the previous day) but I wasn‟t at home. 12. It hasn‟t snowed (this, that) month. 13. “It
happened long (ago, before),” he confessed. 14. He was happy the show had been a success (last
night, the previous night). 15. She was positive (this, that) man had been following her all (these,
those) days. 16. He said he‟d give us lunch (tomorrow, the next day) but we never saw him again.
17. The headmaster asked what we were doing (here, there) and we ran away. 18. He says he and
his wife got acquainted (last year, the previous year). 19. She said her friend was in the army (now, then).

Ex. 2. Translate into English. Use all the 16 tense forms of the Active Voice.
1. Они чувствовали себя очень усталыми, потому что шли уже четыре часа. 2. Не успела я
посмотреть на часы, как они пробили двенадцать. 3. Я стану совершеннолетним в следую-
щем месяце. 4. Он собирает игрушечные машинки. Он собрал уже сто. 5. Мы жили в этом
городе двадцать пять лет. 6. Я испеку торт к их приходу. 7. Кто-то стучится в дверь. Должно
быть это гости. 8. Мне было интересно, будет ли он всѐ ещѐ играть в теннис, когда я вернусь.
9. Она ждет вас с двух часов. 10. Когда мы ей позвонили, она делала варенье. Она сказала,
что в половине седьмого будет уже целый час, как она варит его. 11. Он предупредил нас,
что придет домой позже, чем обычно. 12. В пять часов будет уже три часа, как он спит.
13. Он думал, что построит дом к следующему лету. 14. Я уверен, что дождь все ещѐ будет
идти, когда закончится фильм.
121
Ex. 3. Translate into English. Use all the 16 tenses of the Active Voice.
1. Он пожаловался, что следующим летом будет уже год, как он строит свой коттедж. 2. Он
успешно сдал все экзамены, так как много работал с начала года. 3. Когда они появились, мы
уже накрывали праздничный стол. 4. Моя старшая сестра прекрасно готовит. Еѐ последний
торт был самый вкусный из всех, что я когда-нибудь пробовала. 5. Она боялась, что сломан-
ный цветок скоро погибнет. 6. – Что ты здесь делаешь? – Слушаю диалог. Через пять минут
будет уже полчаса, как я слушаю его, но не могу понять последнюю фразу. 7. Он надеялся,
что догонит группу к следующей сессии. 8. Я учился играть на гитаре три года. 9. Не успели
часы пробить десять, как мы услышали стук в дверь. 10. Она вымоет посуду к тому времени,
когда начнется фильм. 11. Если ты зайдешь за мной так рано, я всѐ ещѐ буду собираться на
вечеринку. 12. Он рисует с детства. Его следующая выставка состоится в мае. 13. Нам было
интересно, что он будет делать в это время завтра. 14. Ты когда-нибудь был за границей?

12. 2. REPORTED SPEECH

1. Statements
We use object clauses for reported statements.
Some verbs most commonly used to introduce reported statements are:
to say (smth) to smb, to tell smb, to add that, to admit, to agree, to answer that, to assure smb,
to boast, to complain (to smb), to confess (to smb), to convince smb, to decide, to deny, to
doubt, to exclaim that, to explain (to smb), to find out, to hope, to inform smb, to insist, to
know, to learn, to mean, to notice, to promise, to remark that, to remind smb, to reply that, to
suggest to smb, to suppose, to suspect, to think, to understand, to warn.

1. He said, ‗I will come soon‘. He explained he would come soon.

He remarked that he would come soon.

2. He said, ‗ I haven‘t heard about it.‘ He confessed he hadn‘t heard about it.
He denied that he had heard about it.

2. Exclamatory sentences
We use object clauses for reported exclamations.

1.She said, ‗What a nice day!‘ She exclaimed that it was a nice day.

2. He said, ‗I‘m so happy!‘ He exclaimed that he was very happy.

3. Questions
When a question becomes a subordinate clause in the reported speech it has a direct word order.
Some verbs most commonly used to introduce reported questions are:
to ask (спрашивать), to want to know, to wonder, not know, to try to find out.

1. We use if or whether to introduce a yes/no, choice or tag-question.

He said, ‗Will you come soon?‘ - ‗Yes, I will.‘ He asked if I would come soon. I said I would.
She said, ‗Does he play tennis or baseball?‘ She didn‘t know whether he played tennis or baseball.
I said, ‗He is a student, isn‘t he?‘ I wondered if he was a student.

2. We use what, who, how, where, when, etc., to introduce a wh-question.

He said, ‗When did you come?‘ He wanted to know when I had come.
She said, ‗Where is my bag?‘ She wondered where her bag was.
I said, ‗Hello! How are you?‘ I greeted her and asked how she was.

122
4. Requests and commands
We use the infinitive to introduce requests and commands.
Some verbs most commonly used to introduce requests and commands are:
to ask, to advise, to beg, to command, to order, to persuade smb, to tell, to forbid, to warn, to
want, to wish.

They said, ‗Mike, help us, please‘.

They asked Mike to help them. / They wanted Mike to help them.

The policeman said, ‗Leave the room.‘

The policeman told everybody to leave the room. He ordered them to leave the room.

I said, ‗Don‘t go home alone.‘

I advised her not to go home alone. / I forbade her to go home alone.

He said, ‗Good-bye, kids! Have a nice day!‘

He said good-bye to the kids and wished them to have a nice day.

EXERCISES
Ex. 1. Change the statements into reported speech using different reporting verbs.
1. Jack said to his father, “I have lost my notebook.” 2. Henry said to me, “ I didn‟t throw stones at
your dog.” 3. Bob said to us, “Ted doesn‟t sit next to me in the classroom.” 4. I told the policeman,
“I saw the thief in the garden.” 5. He said, “I have eaten nothing for two days.” 6. Jim‟s father said
to him, “You haven‟t cleaned your shoes.” 7. Mary said, “I won‟t wear this dress at the party.”
8. My mother said to me, “I feel very tired. I have been tidying the flat all day.” 9. My friend said to
me, “We have got plenty of time to do this work.” 10. I said to my sister, “I‟ll have done my home-
work by 7 o‟clock.”

Ex. 2. Make up sentences from the questions. Begin with: Do you know…, I wonder…, I don’t
know…, Do you have any idea…, Tell me …, I can’t remember …, I want to know…, Please explain …;
1. Where has he gone? 2. When are you going to leave? 3. Have you been to Los Angeles? 4. What
does this word mean? 5. Why is he so angry? 6. How can I get to the nearest cafe? 7. Where can I
get the recipe of this pudding? 8. Is she having a birthday party next Saturday? 9. When did your
cousin marry? 10. Who is your cousin married to? 11. Why did they leave so early? 12. Has she
written to you? 13. What‟s the time? 14. How old is your brother? 15. Why didn‟t you come yester-
day? 16. Who is this woman?

Ex. 3. Change the yes/no and choice questions into reported speech using different reporting verbs.
1. I asked the elderly lady, “Are you feeling bad?” 2. The hotel manager asked the visitors, “Did
you sleep well?‟ 3. He asked his wife, “Is the baby asleep or awake?” 4. The teacher asked Jake,
“Did you come to school by bus or on foot?” 5. We asked Susan, “Will you go to Hawaii for your
honeymoon?” 6. A man stopped me in the street and asked, “Have you got a match?” 7. She asked
us, “Have you ever been to Haiti?” 8. Anthony‟s father asked him, “Do you want to be an actor or a
singer?” 9. The teacher asked the pupils, “Do you spell „swimming‟ with one „m‟ or double „m‟?”
10. I asked my seatmate, “Do you like punk rock?” 11. She asked her son, “Are you going any-
where tonight?”

Ex. 4. Change the wh-questions into reported speech using different reporting verbs.
1. I asked my friend, “How do you feel after the holidays?” 2. Margaret asked her nephew, “Where
are you going for the weekend?” 3. Ann asked me, “What will you have for dessert?” 4. George‟s
father asked him, “Who did you go to the club with?” 5. We asked Robbie, “How long have you
been swimming?” 6. I saw a cloud of smoke and asked, “What is burning?” 7. Mary‟s mother asked
her, “Where are my glasses?” 8. I asked her, “Who gave you this watch?” 9. She asked me, “Whose
123
umbrella is it?” 10. Mr Smith asked his wife, “How many guests have you invited to the party?”
11. The policeman asked me, “How much money was there in your wallet?” 12. Clare asked her
niece, “Who did you visit at the hospital?”13. She asked her husband, “When will you give up
smoking?” 14. There was a crowd in the street. I asked a passer-by, “What‟s the matter?” 15. I
asked him, “Who are you looking at?” 16. We asked him, “Why have you been away all this time?”
17. We came to the door and Father asked, “Where is the key?” 18. The teacher asked the students,
“What does this word mean?” 19. They asked us, “Since when have you been learning English?”
20. Grandfather asked, “Who‟s there?”

Ex. 5. Change the imperative sentences into reported speech using different reporting verbs.
1. I said to Jack, “Please, give me your dictionary.” 2. The bus-conductor said to the passengers,
“Don‟t get off the bus while it is going.” 3. Mary said to her brother, “Take the letter to the post of-
fice, please.” 4. The teacher said to Jerry, “Collect the papers and give them to me.” 5. The old man
said to the girl, “Don‟t run across the street.” 6. I said to my friend, “Meet me outside the cinema at
six sharp.” 7. Diane‟s mother said to her, “Don‟t go without your coat.” 8. Ben said to the police-
man, “Tell me the time, please.” 9. The teacher said to the students, “Open your books at page for-
ty-four.” 10. The monitor said to Nick, “Clean the blackboard, please.” 11. I said to my sister,
“Help me with clearing the table, will you?” 12. They said to Jane, “Don‟t speak so loudly.” 13. We
said to Nelly, “Don‟t give up.”

Ex. 6. Change into reported speech.

1. She said, “These children are playing here now.” 2. We wondered, “Have you been swimming
here all this time?” 3. He explained, “I came to this place an hour ago.” 4. She warned me, “Don‟t
come here tomorrow.” 5. My brother promised, “I‟ll play chess with you tonight.” 6. My fellow-
student reminded me, “I did well in my entrance exams last summer.” 7. He told us, “I‟ll go to the
river today in the afternoon.” 8. He advised his son, “Don‟t sit up late tonight.” 9. The pupil wanted
to know, “Can I answer these questions orally now?” 10. She wondered, “Where have you been this
week?” 11. His girlfriend asked, “Did you go to the movies yesterday?” 12. He confessed, “I did
my homework two hours ago.” 13. The mother warned her son, “Don‟t switch on the TV set now.”
14. She wondered, “How did you get to the university today?” 15. The teacher asked me, “What
time is it now?” 16. He said to us, “My wife is coming tomorrow.” 17. The father asked him, “Put
this bag here, please.” 18. She asked me, “Where were you last month?” 19. I assured them, “I met
him at this bus stop the day before yesterday.”

Ex. 7. Change into reported speech using different reporting verbs.

1. “We have a lift but very often it doesn‟t work,” her relatives said to her. 2.“What else did you see
there?” the policeman asked me. 3. “Don‟t forget your sandwiches, Ted,” said his mother. 4. “We
have moved into a new flat. It‟s much better than our old one,” said Lucy to her aunt. 5. “Nothing
grows in my garden. It never gets any sun,” she said to us. 6. “Who put salt in my coffee?” my elder
brother said. 7. “Please, don‟t say anything to make your father angry,” said the mother to her son.
8. “Did they understand what you have explained to them?” he asked me. 9. “My wife will meet me
outside the prison,” said Fred to his roommate. 10. “Don‟t make a sound,” said the detective to his
assistant. 11. “Why don‟t you travel first class?” I asked him. 12. “When you don‟t like the film do
you stay to the end or walk out in the middle?” my cousin asked me. 13. “Wait for me after
classes,” she said to her boyfriend. 14. “What is your new house like?” we asked Meg. 15. “I over-
slept and missed my train today,” she said to her boss. 16. “Don‟t climb this tree in your new trous-
ers, George,” said the father. 17. “Say Joe, have you got a computer?” Sally asked. 18. “Will you
go to see the football match on Friday or on Saturday, James?” Grandpa asked.

124
12. 3. TO SAY, TO TELL, TO SPEAK, TO TALK

I. TO SAY – говорить, сказать, высказать конкретную мысль.

1. we use it to introduce both direct and reported speech
The dean said, ―You will take your exam tomorrow.‖
He says he has been to seven countries.

2. When we mention the person addressed, we use the preposition „to’

Did she say anything to him? The teacher said to his pupils, ―Let‘s get down to business.‖

3. We use „to say’ in fixed expressions:

to say yes, to say no, to say good-bye (hello, good night) to smb.,
to say a word to smb., not to say a word; Say it again.
What did he say? What does the letter say?
It goes without saying. They say... , Everybody says ... .

II. TO TELL – рассказывать, сообщать, сказать.

1. We always use it with an object which mentions the person addressed (кому?)
and without any preposition if it stands right after the verb.
We told her all about this strange meeting. He told the children about his adventures.

2. We can use it without an object in fixed expressions:

to tell a story, a tale, a joke; to tell the time, the news;
to tell the truth; to tell a lie;
The book tells about …

III. TO SPEAK –
1. (обладать способностью) говорить
Can your little brother speak? His cousin speaks two foreign languages.

2. разговаривать, беседовать, говорить с кем-то (to, with) о чѐм-либо (about)

(usually in rather formal situations)
I shall speak to the manager about it.

3. произносить речь, выступать

He spoke at the teachers‘ meeting yesterday.

4. We use it in fixed expressions:

Strictly speaking, it was a mistake.
Frankly speaking, I didn‘t tell you the truth.
Speak up.

IV. TO TALK – разговаривать, беседовать (in informal situations)

I like to talk to him. When they meet they can talk for hours.

We use it in fixed expressions:

to talk business; to talk shop (informal); to talk nonsense;
to talk politics, books, fashion, etc (informal);
to talk smth over; Stop talking.

125
EXERCISES. Fill in tell, say, speak or talk.
Ex. 1
1. What are you ………….. about? 2. I suspect, he didn‟t ………… the truth yesterday. 3. They
……….. good-bye and left the room. 4. Do you …………. French? 5. Frankly ……………… , I
don‟t like him. 6. Will you ……… me the time, please? 7. He never …………… at the meetings,
he is too shy. 8. Stop ……………. ! I can‟t hear what the lecturer is ………… . 9. Please,
………. us a story! 10. Ann never ………… a word about it. 11. After dinner they sat and ………..
about old days. 12. He caught a cold and ……………… in a hoarse voice. 13. I was too angry to
……………. anything. 14. Strictly …………….. , he isn‟t our relative at all. 15. You can‟t
………… me a lie. 16. It was a tale Jim liked to …… 17. My little nephew can‟t ……… yet.
18. What does the telegram ……..…? 19. Don‟t ………. shop at the party.

Ex. 2
1. …………. up! I can‟t hear you. 2. Whenever they meet they always ……………….. music.
3. He came and ……….. the news. 4. Now ……………me why you are so unhappy. 5. He
…………… his son‟s future worried him. 6. This song …… about love and death. 7. They …….,
hot dogs are junk food. 8. I‟m afraid I can‟t …….. well. 9. „Don‟t …….. me lies‟, she …….. .
10. Will you ……… it in plain English, please? 11. It goes without ……………… we should
…………….. it over with your relatives. 12. She ……….. no to all my suggestions. 13. What does
this notice ………… ? I‟m not wearing my glasses. 14. He …………. with a Swedish accent.
15. She left the room without ……………… a word. 16. I have nothing to ………….. you. I have
nothing to …………… at all. 17. Who ………………… at the conference tomorrow? 18.Strictly
……………, she isn‟t a beauty, but she‟s very charming. 19. … what you know about it.

Ex. 3
1. He can read and translate English but he can‟t ……………. it. 2. The weather forecast
…………... it will rain tomorrow. 3. …………. to me about something, I‟m so lonely. 4. Her Mom
always ……….. her not to …………… to strangers. 5. It goes without …………….. you must be
in time. 6. Please, let‟s not ………………. shop at table. 7. Do all Englishmen ….. the same?
8. ………… good night to everybody, honey, and go to bed. 9. When they meet they can …………
for hours. 10. The teacher …………. the lesson was over and …………… us to go home. 11. What
did she ……….. ? I didn‟t hear. 12. To ………. the truth, Mike drives me wild. 13. She ………….
hello and went to her desk. 14. Don‟t …….. me anything about him. 15. Just go and ……………. a
word to her. 16. Stop ……………… and ………….. us the new rule. 17. Frankly ………….., I‟m
mad about him. 18. Everybody ……… he ………. three languages. 19. He always ………… us in-
teresting stories.

12. 4. ПРЕДЛАГАТЬ

1.OFFER –
предлагать свои услуги, свою помощь, свои вещи;
He offered me a cup of coffee. He offered his help to me. He offered us to buy tickets to a movie.

2. SUGGEST –
выдвигать идею, план (которые может реализовать кто-то другой).
He suggested a walk to me. He suggested (their) buying tickets. He suggested to us (that) she
should buy the tickets. He suggested she buy the tickets. He suggested she bought tickets.

3. PROPOSE –
1. has the same meaning as SUGGEST (in official situations).
The government proposed a vote of confidence.
2. we use it in the meaning «делать предложение» and «сказать тост».
He proposed to her, but she refused to marry him. He proposed a toast to the Queen.
126
EXERCISES
Ex. 1. Complete the sentences with offer or suggest.
1. I ………………we should choose some other club to go to. 2. He …………….us his assistance.
3. They just …………….. Mike a good job. 4. The doctor …………….I keep to the bed. 5. Mother
……………me some medicine. 6. My uncle…..…... to give me a lift in his car. 7. My brother
…………….changing the subject of the conversation. 8. Who …………….. that stupid idea? 9. My
seatmate ………………..to help me with grammar. 10. Liz ……………..a spare pen to me. 11. The
monitor ………….. a picnic at the weekend. 12. The salesman …………….. some English books
in the original. 13. His friend ………………to go there instead of him. 14. Mother …………….we
have lunch. 15. She ……………….to bring the dessert. 16. He …………………….to pay the fare
as I had no small change. 17. He …………………they should go home. 18. The plan which
you…………….is very interesting. 19. No one ……………him a seat. 20. The coach
……………..that we should run another mile and then have a short rest. 21. He ………………..his
Granny to carry her heavy shopping bag home. 22. They ……………….a new method of cleaning
roads. 23. The school doctor ………………I see a dentist. 24. She refused to take anything he
………………..her. 25. He ………………their taking part in the show. 26. She …………..to me
finding a new job. 27. He ……………….we present her with a new CD of her favourite group.

Ex. 2. Translate into English using offer or suggest.

1. В начале зимних каникул он предложил всей группе поехать в Петербург. 2. Она плохо
выглядела, и я предложила вызвать врача. 3. Он предложил мне билет на 10-часовой сеанс,
но я отказался, так как это было слишком поздно. 4. Когда он закончил институт, ему
предложили поехать работать на Дальний Восток. 5. Они предложили поехать за город. 6.
Когда в троллейбус вошла пожилая женщина, он встал и предложил ей место. 7. Молодой
человек предложил проводить еѐ домой. 8. Я не знаю, что приготовить на обед, предложите
что-нибудь. 9. Кто предложил это название для вашего кафе? 10. Так как погода сегодня
хорошая, я предлагаю прогулку в парк. 11. Он предложил развести костер. 12. К чаю она
предложила нам печенье, которое испекла сама.

Ex. 3. Change into reported speech using offer or suggest.

A. 1. He said, „Let‟s do the homework together.‟ 2. She said, „ Let‟s sing this song‟. 3. She said,
„Let me sing the song.‟ 4. She said, „Let Mary sing this song.‟ 5. The hostess said, „Take another
piece of cake‟. 6. Mike said, „Let‟s visit Jane, she is ill.‟ 7. Mike said, „Let me visit Jane, I live near
her place.‟ 8. The boss said, „I have a very important task for you, James.‟ 9. She said, „Why not go
home? It‟s late.‟ 10. The mother said, „Will you have another cup of tea, Mike?‟ 11. He said to me,
„Take my ticket to the cinema, I can‟t go‟. 12. The guide said to the tourists, „ Let‟s visit the Her-
mitage now.‟13. I said to my mother, „Let me help you about the house‟. 14. My friend said, „Why
not take a taxi?‟ 15. The teacher said, „Peter, recite a poem.‟ 16. He said to us, „Let‟s rest a little‟.
17. The students said, „Why not go to this club tonight‟. 18. She said to us, „I‟ll stay at home and
prepare dinner.‟19. The boy said to his friends, „Let me make a fire.‟

B. 1. Mike said, „Let me help you with your English.‟ 2. He said, „Let‟s go to Baskin Robins.‟
3. She said, „Let Peter play the guitar.‟ 4. Mary said, „Let‟s translate this song into Russian.‟ 5. The
hostess said to us, „Have some more chicken.‟ 6. She said, „Let‟s have some chicken for the second
course.‟ 7. She said, „Let me lay the table for dinner.‟ 8. The teacher said, „I can explain this rule
once again.‟ 9. He said to Jenny, „Take a seat and have a rest.‟ 10. She said, „Why not open the
champagne, Jack?‟ 11. He said to me, „I want to give you this CD. You are sure to like it‟ 12. The
guide said to the tourists, „ Let‟s go sightseeing after lunch.‟ 13. He said to her, „Let me carry this
heavy bag.‟ 14. His friend said, „Why not have a bite?‟ 15. The teacher said, „Jim, take this piece of
chalk and begin writing.‟ 16. He said to her, „Let‟s dance to this beautiful music.‟17. The student
said, „I shall do this exercise orally.‟18. She said to us, „Leave him alone.‟19. The boy said to Tom,
„Let me paint the fence.‟

127
C. 1.”Have another helping of the salad,” said the hostess to her guest. 2. “Let‟s sit down to table,”
said the hostess to her guests. 3. “Let Mary lay the table for dinner,” said Father. 4. “Let them help
with cooking,” said Jane. 5. “ Let me help you with cutting the carrots,” said my sister to Mother.
6. “I‟ll pour out coffee and hand around the sandwiches,” she said to them. 7. “Why not pick some
strawberry in the garden?” I said to my cousin. 8. “Help yourself to some fish and chips, please,”
said my friend. 9. “Let‟s take a look at the menu first, honey,” he said. 10. “Will you take our menu,
please,” said the waitress to us. 11. “Mom, let us clear the table ourselves,” said the kids. 12. “Let
Granny make some more pancakes,” said Sue. 13. “Let him make breakfast himself,” said Mrs
Spears. 14. “What about dining out together?” said the boss to his secretary. 15. “Let me wash the
dishes after supper,” said the husband to his wife. 16. “I‟ll add some vegetable oil to this salad,”
said the cook. 17. “Next time you should put some pepper into this soup,” she said. 18. “Children,
let me treat you to some ice-cream,” said Joan‟s aunt.

Ex. 4. Change into reported speech using the verbs:

deny, convince, warn, agree, admit, remark, insist, add, complain, remind, promise, inform, decide,
reassure.
1. “I‟ll give you the lower marks if you cheat,” said the teacher to his pupils. 2. “I have never met
this man before,” she said. 3. “The patient feels much better now,” said the doctor to Alice. 4. “I‟ll
bake a cherry pie tomorrow,” said Mother, “and I‟ll need some help.” 5. “My speech at the wedding
was a bit too long,” said my friend. 6. “I still think, that it was just a careless mistake,” said the stu-
dent. 7. “You are right, their son is very stubborn and naughty,” said the nurse. 8. “Don‟t forget,
you‟ll have to get up earlier than usual tomorrow,” said Daddy to me. 9. “My parents don‟t under-
stand me,” said Brenda to her friend. 10. “I‟ll vacuum the carpets as soon as I have a bite,” said
Jimmy. 11. “You must help my son to catch up with the group,” said Mrs Smith to the teacher.
12. “We caught the thief at the station,” said Poirot to the police inspector. 13. “Jesus doesn‟t want
me for a sunbeam,” said Kurt Cobain.

Ex. 5. Change into reported speech using the verbs:

to command, to admit, to beg, to forbid, to suggest, to remind, to wonder, to advise, to offer, to
complain, to be afraid;
1. “Don‟t forget to cool the vegetables before cutting them,” said the cook to me. 2. “Men think of
nothing but money,” said Lady Hoggin to Poirot. 3. “Don‟t eat so much ice-cream, Tom, you may
catch a cold,” said Aunt Polly. 4. “You should add some oil to this salad,” said Stella. 5. “Every-
body, freeze!” said the hijacker. 6. “Have you met any nice girls, Elmer?” said Mrs Colt. 7. “Have
another bar of chocolate, honey,” said Russ to Janet. 8. “Let George peel the potatoes today,” said
Father. 9. “Money can‟t buy me love,” said Paul McCartney. 10. “Mama, let your son grow,” said
James Hetfield.

Ex. 6. Change into reported speech using the verbs:

to offer, to suggest, to invite, to complain, to warn, to deny, to teach, to remind, to admit, to add, to
advise, to promise, to wonder;
1. “Hardly had I begun reading my book when I bumped into a cow,” said Mr Bumble. 2. “Help
yourself to whiskey, Ben,” said Jenny, “it‟s on the shelf.” 3. “Margaret, Barbara, come into the gar-
den!” said Mark. 4. “Let‟s dance under the stars, Martha,” said Charles. 5. “I don‟t want clothes,
money and a big house,” said Fiona. 6. “I will be very careful,” said Sir Hoggin to Poirot. 7. “ I‟ll
begin shooting if you move an inch,” said the policeman to the robber. 8. “Don‟t forget, man
doesn‟t live by bread alone,” said the butcher to his customers. 9. “Since my baby left me I‟ve been
losing my mind,” said David sadly. 10. “Be yourselves no matter what they say,” said Sting to En-
glishmen in New York. 11. “Will the world end in fire or ice?” said Robert Frost. 12. “You should
learn to forgive,” says Jesus to us.

128
§13. THE PASSIVE VOICE

Simple (Indefinite) Continuous Perfect

facts, customary, actions unfinished actions completed
repeated actions at a given moment by a given moment

The letter is written The letter is being written The letter has been written
Present The letters are written They are being written The letters have been written
I am shown the letters I am being shown the letters
The letter was written The letter was being written The letter had been written
Past The letters were written They were being written

The letter will be written The letter will have been written
Future I shall be shown the letters I shall have been shown the letters

Future The letter would be written The letter would have been written
in the I should be shown the letters I should have been shown the letters
Past

FORMATION
We use the auxiliary verb be and the past participle of the notional verb to form the passive voice.
The house was built last year. New houses are built every year. A new school will be built here.

Sometimes in informal spoken English we can use get instead of be with verbs of action.
He got stuck in the elevator. There was a fight at school but nobody got hurt.

USE
1. We use the passive voice when it‟s not important or it‟s not known who or what did the action.
Only the transitive verbs which take an object can be used in the passive.
His article was published yesterday. Paper is made from wood. She will be met at the station.
Intransitive verbs (to arrive, to become etc) can‟t be used in the passive.

2. We use by to say who did something or what caused the action and we use with for the instru-
ment of the action.
The house was built by my father. The house was destroyed by fire. The letter was written with the pencil.
Compare: The fire was put out by water. The fire was put out with water.

4. We use the passive infinitive (to be done) after modals and some other verbs.
This work must be done in time. The music could still be heard. I want to be left alone.

5. If the verb has two objects and it is possible to make two passive sentences, it is more usual to
begin the passive sentence with the person.
They offered him this job yesterday. He was offered this job yesterday.
(This job was offered to him yesterday.)

6. The verbs which take prepositional objects can be used in the passive in English.
Mind the place of the preposition.
He is often laughed at. He was much spoken about. Will the doctor be called for?

7. The English passive sentence is not always translated into Russian in the passive voice.
I wasn‘t told about the meeting. Мне не сказали о собрании.
There are sentences in the active voice which have a passive meaning.
The door opened. These clothes wash well. Дверь открылась. Эта одежда хорошо стирается.
129
EXERCISES
Ex. 1. Change into the passive.
A. 1. They often invite me to their parties. 2. People speak English in different parts of the world.
3. We use milk to make butter. 4. They build a lot of new houses in this district every year.

B. 1. They built this house in 1998. 2. Somebody locked the front door. 3. Someone broke my pen
yesterday. 4.They punished the boy for that. 5. They finished their work in time.

C. 1. People will forget it very soon. 2. They will translate this book next year. 3. They will tell you
when to come. 4. They will build a casino here. 5. Someone will ask him about it.

D. 1. Somebody has invited her to the party. 2. No one has seen him anywhere this week. 3. They
have done all the exercises in writing. 4. They haven‟t yet told him about it.

E. 1. They had done everything before we came. 2. I thought they had already sent the letter.
3. Somebody had informed them of the news. 4. They told me they had seen you in Oxford Street.

F. 1. I will have finished the work by 5 o‟clock. 2. They will have repaired the car by the next
weekend. 3. They will have built the summer house by June.

G. 1. They are constructing some new metro lines now. 2. He is signing your papers at the moment.
3. Wait a minute. They are examining the last student now. 4. We couldn‟t use the lift, they were
repairing it. 5. They were still typing the documents when I came.

H. 1. We were sure they would prepare everything. 2. He knew they would ask him that question.
3. We hoped the present would please her. 4. I had no idea if he would write the essay.

I. 1. He promised he would have drawn the portrait by Monday. 2. She said she would have done
her homework by 8 o‟clock. 3. He explained they would have do the job by next week.

Ex. 2. Change into the passive.

1. Do they often use their swimming pool? 2. Whom do they want on the phone? 3. What kind of
books do they sell here? 4. Did they do the task yesterday? 5. Did he write all the exercises at the
lesson? 6. Will they translate this article today? 8. Will they discuss these problems tomorrow?
9. When will they meet her at the station? 10. Have you made the coffee yet? 11. Has he done his
exercises yet? 12. What have they written? 13. What is she cooking for lunch? 14. Are they singing
this song? 15. Is he asking any questions? 16. Had they eaten their breakfast by ten?

Ex. 3. Change into the passive.

1. They gave Danny a snowboard for his birthday. 2. She offered us a cup of coffee. 3. He promised
his son a new bicycle. 4. Somebody will show her the way to the railway station. 5. Nobody has
sent him the invitation to the party. 6. Some people told them the sad news. 7. They always ask the
students not to be late. 8. Someone taught him German at school. 9. They will present her with a
box of chocolates. 10. They will have sent us the postcard by Christmas. 11. They have recom-
mended Jane some new magazines. 12. Nobody is asking them any questions about it. 13. He of-
fered me a chair. 14. We gave him all the money. 15. They have shown him the new flat.

Ex. 4. Make up sentences in the passive.

1. ? has translated Shakespeare‟s poems into many languages. 2. ? will open the new university next
October. 3. ? hasn‟t found the lost child yet. 4. The letters will be ready in five minutes. ? is typing
them. 5. ? wants him on the phone. 6. You can‟t go into the room. ? is washing the floor. 7. When
the doctor came to see the baby, ? was feeding him. 8. ? killed thirty people and ? injured sixty-five
in that terrible railway accident. 9. ? can‟t learn a language in a few months
130
Ex. 5. Make up sentences in the passive.
Model: their son – at the station – were (meet) – Mr and Mrs Brown
At the station Mr and Mrs Brown were met by their son.
1. will be (teach) – Mr Green – this class – next year. 2. this film – at least a million people – has
been (see). 3. prefer – a man – to be (teach) – most boys. 4. was (blow) off – my hat – the wind.
5. an earthquake – was almost (destroy) – the city. 6. her birthday – her friends – wasn‟t (forget).
7. children – their grandparents – are often (spoil). 8. a snake – have never been (bite) – I. 9. just a
few students – was (do) – this difficult exercise. 10. were (shake) – all the houses in the street – the
explosion. 11. the teacher – who behave badly – are sometimes (send) – the pupils – out of class.
12. this book – a very young author – was (write). 13. was badly (cut) – the broken glass – his face.
14. at two a.m. – the bell ringing – was (wake) up – the doctor.

Ex. 6. Change into the passive. Mind the place of a preposition in a passive sentence.
1. They laughed at him. 2. They spoke to each student. 3. They will look after the dog well. 4. They
sent for the doctor immediately. 5. Everybody was listening to her attentively. 6. Everybody looked
at her with interest. 7. Nobody took notice of the little boy. 8. They lost sight of the boat in the fog.
9. Why are they laughing at her? 10. I wonder whether they will listen to him. 11. Scientists often
refer to his works. 12. No one has ever spoken to me in such a way. 13. If they send for you, don‟t
refuse to come. 14. They will comment on your essays. 15. Why is he always finding fault with me?
16. When I came, everyone was looking for the cat. 17. They made a fool of him. 18. You can rely
on him in any situation. 19. We must put an end to these fights. 20. We should pay attention to
these exceptions. 21. He has thought of a very good plan.

Ex. 7. Use the active or passive infinitive.

1. We didn‟t want (see) him at the party. 2. Gerry didn‟t want (see). 3. She didn‟t allow her things
(touch). 4. The work can (do) in two days. 5. They‟ll have (do) this job next week. 6. She tried to
convince me that his invitation should (accept). 7. The books may (put) on this shelf. 8. She can‟t
(take) care of the children, she‟s too busy. 9. The children must (look) after. 10. The dress must
(make) by the birthday party. 11. Can it (do) today? 12. I didn‟t expect it (do) so soon. 13. He de-
cided (start) as soon as possible. 14. The flower seems (break). 15. He wants (ask) you to dinner.
16. He wouldn‟t like (take) to hospital. 17. I don‟t want (misunderstand).

Ex. 8. Translate into English.

1. Когда обсуждался этот вопрос? 2. Такие вопросы часто обсуждаются на наших встречах.
3. Он надеялся, этот вопрос будет обсуждѐн до его прихода. 4. Какой вопрос сейчас обсуж-
дается? 5. Этот вопрос уже обсудили. 6. Следующий вопрос будет обсуждаться завтра. 7. Ко-
гда я пришѐл, этот вопрос ещѐ обсуждали. 8. Когда я ушѐл, этот вопрос ещѐ не обсудили.
9. Этот вопрос обсудят к пяти часам. 10. Я был уверен, этот вопрос не будут обсуждать.

Ex. 9. Translate into English using the passive infinitive

1. Это письмо надо отправить немедленно. 2. Эта статья не может быть переведена так скоро.
3. Этот ответ должен быть найден. 4. Карандаш, кажется, сломан. 5. Его можно тоже пригла-
сить. 6. Это правило нужно запомнить. 7. Цветы можно поставить на окнo. 8. Он хочет, что-
бы его послали заграницу. 9. Ему должны сказать правду. 10. Я хочу, чтобы меня поняли. 11.
Я не люблю, когда меня не понимают. 12. Это можно легко понять. 13. Это нужно объяснить
всем. 14. Этот текст можно перевести за полчаса. 16. Эти вещи надо унести.

Ex. 10. Translate into English using all the 10 tense forms of the passive.
1. Мост через реку всѐ ещѐ строится. Говорят, его построят к началу мая. 2. Вчера он заснул
в троллейбусе, и его высадили на последней остановке. 3. Вас встретят у входа в гостиницу и
отвезут на вокзал. 4. Когда я подошѐл к перекрѐстку, повреждѐнную (damaged) машину уже
убрали. В толпе обсуждались подробности (details) аварии. 5. Большинство студентов, не
имеющих квартир в городе, обеспечиваются комнатами в общежитии. 6. Мы надеялись, что
131
дачу отремонтируют к каникулам. 7. Стол уже накрыт. Пора обедать. 8. Он боялся, что над
ним будут смеяться, если он расскажет об этом случае. 9. Эти деньги нельзя тратить. Надо
положить их в банк. 10. Если ты занят, можно отложить встречу.

Ex. 11. Put the verb into the correct form, passive or active.
1. The rooms (clean) every day. 2. The forests (cover) a great part of Siberia. 3. In winter the
ground (cover) with snow. 4. He (meet) by his uncle at the airport tomorrow. 5. He (meet) his uncle
at the airport tomorrow. 6. They already (invite) thirty people to the wedding. 7. They already (in-
vite) to the wedding. 8. The roof of the house (repair) now. 9. Wonderful music (play) when we
came in. 10. When we entered the pupils (describe) the picture. 11. We (begin) to do the exercises
after all the new words (write) on the blackboard. 12. A lot of fish always (catch) in this lake. 13.
He has already warned us that they (not make) the suit by the end of the week. 14. The lightning
(strike) his house during yesterday‟s thunderstorm. 15. Fred (wake) up by the ringing of his alarm
clock. 16. A loud noise (wake) him up in the middle of the night. 17. Look! The man (disappear)!

Ex. 12. Translate into English.

1. У него было неприятное чувство, что над ним смеются. 2. Он опоздал на урок, так как за-
стрял в лифте и просидел там час. 3. Я не могу поехать на реку на велосипеде, его ремонти-
руют. 4. Ты видела его сегодня? Он изменился до неузнаваемости. 5. Этот магазин закрыва-
ется в восемь часов. У нас мало времени. 6. Лучше бы ты не дремал в автобусе, ты можешь
проехать свою остановку. 7. В январе будет уже полгода, как он водит машину. 8. Ей обеща-
ли, что еѐ брючный костюм будет сшит к концу месяца. 9. Он повернул за угол, но никого не
увидел. Незнакомец исчез. 10. Движение на этой улочке меньше, чем на нашей. 11. Он сказал
мне, что я сбился с пути, и предложил меня подвезти. 12. Вас просят к телефону.

Ex. 13. Compare these two pictures. What has been done to the house?

Use the words: the front door, the bathroom, the fence, the roof, central heating, the grass;
paint, modernize, put in, retile, cut, repair;
132
§14. IRREGULAR VERBS
Infinitive Past Simple Participle II Translation
1. be was/were been быть, находиться
2. bear bore borne/born приносить, выносить, родить
3. beat beat beaten бить
4. become became become становиться
5. begin began begun начинать
6. bite bit bitten кусать
7. blow blew blown дуть
8. break broke broken ломать, разбивать, прерывать
9. bring brought brought приносить
10. build built built строить
11. burn burnt (burned) burnt (burned) жечь, гореть
12. burst burst burst лопнуть
13. buy bought bought покупать
14. cast * cast cast бросать, отбрасывать
15. catch caught caught ловить, поймать
16. choose chose chosen выбирать
17. come came come приходить, приезжать
18. cost cost cost стоить
19. cut cut cut резать
20. deal dealt dealt раздавать, рассматривать, иметь дело
21. dig dug dug копать
22. do did done делать
23. draw drew drawn рисовать, тащить
24. dream dreamt (dreamed) dreamt (dreamed) мечтать, видеть сны
25. drink drank drunk пить
26. drive drove driven водить, ехать, гнать
27. eat ate eaten есть
28. fall fell fallen падать
29. feed fed fed кормить
30. feel felt felt чувствовать
31. fight fought fought драться, сражаться
32. find found found находить
33. fly flew flown летать
34. forbid forbade forbidden запрещать
35. forget forgot forgotten забывать
36. forgive forgave forgiven прощать
37. freeze froze frozen замерзать
38. get got got получать, добираться, становиться
39. give gave given давать
40. go went gone идти
41. grow grew grown расти
42. hang hung (hanged) hung (hanged) висеть, вешать (казнить)
43. have had had иметь
44. hear heard heard слышать
45. hide hid hidden прятать
46. hit hit hit ударять, попадать
47. hold held held держать
48. hurt hurt hurt причинять вред, боль
49. keep kept kept хранить
50. know knew known знать
51. lay laid laid класть
133
Infinitive Past Simple Participle II Translation
52. lead led led вести
53. learn learnt (learned) learnt (learned) учить (что-то)
54. leave left left оставлять, покидать, уезжать
55. lend lent lent давать в долг
56. let let let позволять, пускать
57. lie lay lain лежать
58. light lit (lighted) lit (lighted) освещать, зажигать
59. lose lost lost терять, проигрывать
60. make made made делать
61. mean meant meant значить, иметь ввиду
62. meet met met встречать, знакомиться
63. pay paid paid платить
64. put put put класть, ставить
65. read read read читать
66. ride rode ridden ездить, ехать верхом
67. ring rang rung звонить, звенеть
68. rise rose risen подниматься, вставать
69. run ran run бежать
70. say said said говорить, сказать
71. see saw seen видеть
72. sell sold sold продавать
73. send sent sent посылать
74. set set set устанавливать
75. shake shook shaken трясти
76. shine shone shone светить, сиять
77. shoot shot shot стрелять
78. show showed shown показывать
79. shut shut shut закрывать
80. shrink shrank shrunk уменьшать(ся), садиться (о материи)
81. sing sang sung петь
82. sink sank sunk опускаться, тонуть
83. sit sat sat сидеть
84. sleep slept slept спать
85. slide slid slid скользить
86. smell smelt smelt пахнуть, нюхать
87. speak spoke spoken говорить
88. spend spent spent тратить
89. spread spread spread распространять(ся)
90. stand stood stood стоять
91. steal stole stolen красть
92. strike struck struck ударить
93. swear swore sworn клясться, проклинать, ругаться
94. sweep swept swept мести
95. swim swam swum плавать
96. take took taken брать
97. teach taught taught учить(кого-то), преподавать
98. tear tore torn рвать
99. tell told told рассказывать, сказать
100. think thought thought думать
101. throw threw thrown бросать
102. understand understood understood понимать
103. wake woke (waked) woken (waked) просыпаться, будить
134
104. wear wore worn носить (на себе)
105. weep wept wept плакать
106. win won won выигрывать, побеждать
107. write wrote written писать

cast * can be part of compound verbs like broadcast, forecast, etc, which don‟t change their form
either: The weathermen forecast some rain yesterday. This song was broadcast last month.

NOTE. Mind the difference:

feel – felt – felt – feeling – чувствовать lay – laid – laid – laying – положить
fall – fell – fallen – falling – падать lie – lay – lain – lying – лежать
fill – filled – filled – filling – заполнять lie – lied – lied – lying – лгать

fly – flew – flown – flying – летать rise – rose – risen – rising – подниматься
flow – flowed – flowed – flowing – течь raise – raised – raised – raising – поднимать

leave – left – left – leaving – оставлять strike – struck – struck – striking – ударить
live – lived – lived – living – жить stroke – stroked – stroked – stroking – ласкать
(a strike – забастовка; a stroke – удар)

EXERCISES

Ex. 1. Translate into English.

1. be
1) Где ты был вчера? 2) Где ты был всѐ это время? 3) Где он? Где они? Где я?
4) Где ты будешь завтра? 5) Быть или не быть?
2. bear
1) Она родила ему сына. 2) Он родился в прошлом году. 3) Я не могу выносить такой шум.
4) Теперь они несут потери. (the losses)
3. beat
1) Смотри! Они выбивают ковры. 2) Они выбили ковры. 3) Они выбивали ковры вчера.
4) Они выбивают их каждый месяц.
4. become
1) Он стал врачом. 2) Она стала бабушкой вчера. 3) Он становится рассеянным.
4) Он краснеет каждый раз, когда видит еѐ.
5. begin
1) Уроки начинаются в половине девятого. 2) Урок уже начался. 3) Он начался в восемь.
4) Поторопись! Урок начинается.
6. bite
1) Наша собака кого-то кусает. 2) Эта собака не кусается. 3) Эта собака его укусила.
4) Эта собака укусила его час назад.
7. blow
1) Здесь часто дуют ветры. 2) Сегодня дует сильный ветер. 3) Сегодня не было сильного вет-
ра. 4) Вчера дул сильный ветер.
8. break
1) Кто разбил окно? 2) Кто разбил окно вчера? 3) Послушай, кто-то бьѐт окна в доме.
4) Он разбивает сердца девушкам.
9. bring
1) Он приносит мне цветы. 2) Завтра он приносит нам билеты. 4) Посмотри, что он принѐс.
5) Он принѐс мне книгу вчера.

135
10. build
1) Они строят дачу. 2) Они ещѐ не построили дачу. 3) Они построили дачу два года назад.
4) Они строят дачи.
11. burn
1) Она сожгла все его письма. 2) Что-то горит. 3) Они жгут листья в саду каждую осень.
4) Этот дом сгорел очень давно.
12. burst
1) Посмотри! Он прямо лопается от гордости. (of pride) 2) Шарик (balloon) лопнул.
3) Такие шарики не лопаются. 4) Шарик лопнул вчера.
13. buy
1) Мы покупаем здесь хлеб. 2) Что ты купил? 3) Он давно купил машину.
4) Где он? – Он что-то покупает в супермаркете.
14. cast
1) Он не отбрасывает тени. 2) Что они передают по радио? 3) Они уже передавали эту песню.
4) Он бросил взгляд на них и вышел. (cast a glance at)
15. catch
1) Она простудилась. 2) Она простудилась на прошлой неделе. 3) Она часто простужается.
4) Полиция всѐ ещѐ ловит его?

Ex. 2. Translate into English.

16. choose
1) Ты уже выбрал книгу? 2) Он всѐ ещѐ выбирает. 3) Он давно выбрал имя своему сыну.
4) Он всегда выбирает лучшее.
17. come
1) Вчера он пришѐл поздно. 2) Он часто приходит поздно. 3) Посмотри! Он уже пришѐл.
5) Джим! Где ты? – Иду!
18. cost
1) Сколько это стоит? 2) Это стоило меньше в прошлом году. 3) Этот дом никогда столько не
стоил. 4) Это стоит денег.
19. cut
1) Он порезал палец. 2) Где она? – Она режет хлеб. 3) Он сильно порезал руку на прошлой
неделе. 4) Этот нож режет всѐ.
20. deal
1) Я ещѐ не имел с ними делo. 2) Он никогда не раздает (out) комплименты 3) В детстве она обраща-
лась с нами справедливо (fairly). 4) Сейчас они рассматривают жалобы. (with complaints)
21. dig
1) Зачем ты копаешь здесь? 2) Он перекопал весь сад. 3) Он копает сад каждую весну.
4) В субботу он копал эти клумбы.
22. do
1) Я сделал уроки. 2) Что ты делаешь сегодня вечером? 3) Он занимается спортом каждый
день. 4) Он сделал это вчера.
23. draw
1) Он хорошо рисует. 2) В юности он хорошо рисовал. 3) Посмотри! Он нарисовал мой порт-
рет. 4) Что ты рисуешь?
24. dream
1) Вечно ты мечтаешь. 2) Я никогда не мечтала об этом. 3) Он мечтал об этом в детстве.
4) Она мечтает стать актрисой.
25. drink
1) Я не пью тѐплое молоко. 2) Kто пил кофе за завтраком? 3) Что это он пьѐт? 4) Он никогда
не пил французское вино.
26. drive
1) Ты слишком быстро едешь. 2) Он хорошо водит машину? 3) Он уже водил грузовик?
4) В молодости он водил такси.
136
27. eat
1) Она мало ест. 2) Посмотри, как он ест! 3) Я всѐ съел. Спасибо. 4) Они съели все фрукты
вчера. 5) Он не ест мясо.
28. fall
1) Спасите! Я падаю! 2) Посмотри, кто-то упал. 3) Он часто падает на этих коньках.
4) Вчера он упал и сломал ногу.
29. feed
1) Ты покормил кошку? 2) Мы кормим кошку дважды в день. 3) Я кормила еѐ утром.
4) Смотри! Он кормит нашу кошку.
30. feel
1) Как ты себя чувствуешь сейчас? 2) Он чувствовал себя плохо вчера.
3) Я никогда не чувствовал себя так хорошо.

Ex. 3. Translate into English.

31. fight
1) С кем ты подрался? 2) Иногда он дерѐтся с ними.3) Он дрался с ними вчера.
4) Посмотри! Он с кем-то дерѐтся!
32. find
1) Я нахожу эту книгу скучной. 2) Я нашѐл ключ. 3) Он давно нашѐл работу.
4) Вечно он ко мне придирается! (find fault with)
33. fly
1) Эти птицы улетели на юг. 2) Смотри! Птицы летят. 3) Эти птицы улетают на юг каждую
осень. 4) Эти птицы давно улетели.
34. forbid
1) Они запрещают ей приходить поздно. 2) Кто запретил тебе приходить к нам?
3) Вчера он запретил ей выходить. 4) Вечно ты все нам запрещаешь!
35. forget
1) Я всегда забываю погасить свет. 2) Я забыл позвонить ему вчера.
3) Я забыла принести тебе книгу.
36. forgive
1) Прости меня, пожалуйста. 2) Она простила его? 3) Он давно простил вас.
4) Я прощаю тебя. 5) Он никогда не простит еѐ.
37. freeze
1) Замри! 2) Посмотри, она замерзает. 3) Озеро замѐрзло. 4) Оно замерзает каждую зиму.
5) Река замѐрзла месяц назад.
38. get
1) Стало темно. 2) Становится поздно. 3) В декабре рано темнеет.
4) В пять часов уже стемнело. 5) Она получила письмо.
39. give
1) Кто дал тебе мой адрес? 2) Он дал мне слово вчера. 3) Он часто даѐт нам книги.
4) Вечно он даѐт тебе дурацкие советы!
40. go
1) Куда ты идѐшь? 2) Он уже ушѐл. 3) Он поехал на вокзал в три часа. 4) Он ходит в этот
парк каждое воскресенье. 5) Уходи!
41. grow
1) Что ты выращиваешь в саду? 2) Он всѐ ещѐ растѐт. 3) Он уже вырос.
4) Она выращивала розы много лет назад.
42. hang
1) Его картины висят в Британском музее. 2) Кто повесил эту картину? 3) Я повесил еѐ вчера.
4) Что ты вешаешь на стену?
43. have
1) Мы обедаем в два. 2) Сейчас он принимает ванну. 3) Ты уже позавтракал?
4) Летом он отдыхал на море.
137
44. hear
1) Ты слышал крик? 2) Я слышал, он уже приехал. 3) Я вас не слышу.
4) Я услышал это вчера. 5) Он хорошо слышит?
45. hide
1) Что ты прячешь за спиной? 2) Он спрятал сокровища (treasure) на острове в 1783.
3) Он прячет деньги здесь. 4) Ты спрятался?

Ex. 4. Translate into English.

46. hit
1) Он всегда попадает в цель (target). 2) Она ударила грабителя (robber) и убежала. 3) Он по-
пал в цель? 4) Смотри! Она строит ему глазки! (hit on smb)? 5) Убирайся! (the road)
47. hold
1) Он никогда не держал в руках оружие. (gun) 2) Смотри! Она держит что-то в руке.
3) Она всегда держит сумку в руках. 4) Он держал еѐ за руку вчера. (by the hand)
48. hurt
1) Твои слова причиняют мне боль. 2) Он всех обижает. 3) Он обидел еѐ вчера.
4) Он тебя обижал когда-нибудь?
49. keep
1) Что ты хранишь здесь? 2) Они держали собаку год назад. 3) Он всегда держал слово.
4) Что ты скрываешь от меня?
50. know
1) Он не знает вас. 2) Я знаю его с детства. 3) Я знал об этом много лет назад.
4) Теперь она тоже это знает. 5) Вы знаете еѐ?
51. lay
1) Сейчас она накрывает на стол. 2) Он накрыл на стол? 3) Она накрывала на стол вчера.
4) Она всегда накрывает на стол.
52. lead
1) Пять лет назад он вѐл тихую жизнь. 2) Он никогда не вѐл такую жизнь. 3) Она ведѐт тихую
жизнь. 4) Завтра он показывает нам дорогу.
53. learn
1) Он учит английский в школе. 2) Она никогда не учила языки. 3) Я выучил текст вчера.
4) Он всѐ ещѐ учит слова.
54. leave
1) Она уезжает завтра. 2) Он уехал на прошлой неделе. 3) Он уезжает из города каждое лето.
4) Поезд уже ушѐл?
55. lend
1) Он даѐт деньги взаймы. 2) Он уже дал мне денег взаймы. 3) Вчера он дал мне денег взай-
мы. 4) Завтра он даѐт нам деньги взаймы.
56. let
1) Он разрешил нам прийти вчера. 2) Он никогда не разрешал нам играть здесь.
3) Он разрешает нам брать его машину.
57. lie
1) Что лежит на столе? 2) Эти книги всегда лежат на столе. 3) Вчера они лежали здесь.
4) Они никогда здесь не лежали.
58. light
1) Вечером мы зажгли свечи. 2) Мы только что зажгли свечи. 3) Мы зажигаем свечи.
4) Мы зажигаем свечи каждый вечер.
59. lose
1) Я потеряла ключи. 2) Я потеряла ключи вчера. 3) Вечно я всѐ теряю! 4) Иногда он теряет
терпение. 5) Он потерял голову.
60. make
1) Ты делаешь ошибку. 2) Ты сделал ошибку в тесте позавчера. 3) Иногда он делает ошибки.
4) Он уже сделал ошибку.
138
Ex. 5. Translate into English.
61. mean
1) Что ты имеешь в виду? 2) Он имел это в виду, когда говорил с тобой.
3) Они никогда не имели это в виду.
62. meet
1) Когда ты встречаешься с ним? 2) Он встречает еѐ каждый день. 3) Они встретились в суб-
боту. 4) Они ещѐ не встретились.
63. pay
1) Я заплатила за квартиру неделю назад. 2) Мы платим каждый месяц. 3) Он уже заплатил?
4) Он платит сейчас.
64. put
1) Ты сложил книги в сумку? 2) Он всегда кладѐт сахар в кофе. 3) Он давно положил деньги
в банк. 4) Что ты кладѐшь в карман?
65. read
1) Она много читает. 2) Я не читала эту книгу. 3) Что ты читаешь сейчас?
4) Он читал такие книги в детстве.
66. ride
1) Он ездил на велосипеде летом. 2) Он не ездит верхом. 3) Кто это едет верхом?
4) Она никогда не ездила на мотоцикле.
67. ring
1) Кто-то звонит в дверь (to ring the doorbell). 2) Телефон звонил? 3) Твои друзья звонят каж-
дые 5 минут. 4) Тебе кто-то звонил вчера.
68. rise
1) Солнце встало. 2) Посмотри! Солнце встаѐт. 3) Солнце встаѐт на востоке.
4) Солнце давно встало, а ты всѐ ещѐ спишь.
69. run
1) Он быстро бегает. 2) Кто бегал здесь вчера? 3) Куда ты бежишь? 4) Он когда-нибудь бегал
на соревнованиях? (at competitions)
70. say
1) Что ты сказал? 2) Он этого не говорил. 3) Что он говорит? 4) Он всегда говорит спасибо.
5) Он давно это сказал.
71. see
1) Ты видишь его вон там? 2) Я не видела его сто лет. 3) Я вижу еѐ каждый день.
4) Я видела их вместе два дня назад.
72. sell
1) Они продают книги. 2) Какие книги они сейчас продают? 3) Они уже продали эту книгу.
4) Они еѐ продали вчера.
73. send
1) Ты вызвал (send for) врача? 2) Они послали ему письмо в среду. 3) Они редко шлют нам
письма. 4) Завтра я посылаю ему письмо.
74. set
1) Он ставит часы по радио. 2) Они уже назначили дату? 3) Они накрывают на стол.
4) Вчера они назначили дату свадьбы.
75. shake
1) Почему ты трясѐшься? 2) Он пожал ему руку и ушѐл. 3) Он всегда трясѐтся на экзаменах.
4) Он уже пожал им руки?

Ex. 6. Translate into English.

76. shine
1) Солнце светит сегодня. 2) Солнце светит ярко летом. 3) Вчера солнце светило тоже.
4) Сегодня не было солнца.
77. shoot
1) Он стрелял вчера. 2) Кто стреляет в лесу? 3) Он плохо стреляет. 4) Кто ещѐ не стрелял?
139
78. show
1) Он редко показывает эти фото. 2) Что он показывает гостям? 3) Он уже показал нам дом.
4) Он показал им сад весной.
79. shut
1) Кто закрыл дверь? 2) Кто закрыл утром дверь? 3) Кто закрывает дверь по вечерам?
4) Поторопись! Я закрываю дверь.
80. shrink
1) Смотри! Рубашка села после стирки. 2) Шерстяные вещи садятся от горячей воды.
3) Джемпер сел после стирки вчера.
81. sing
1) Она хорошо поѐт. 2) Кто это поѐт? 3) На еѐ дне рождения мы пели наши любимые песни.
4) Мы ещѐ не пели эту песню.
82. sink
1) Смотри! Корабль утонул. 2) Титаник утонул много лет назад. 3) Такие корабли не тонут.
4) Спасите! Тону!
83. sit
1) Кто это сидит в углу? 2) Кто сидел здесь в прошлый раз? 3) Кто сидит за этой партой?
4) Я здесь никогда не сидел.
84. sleep
1) Он ещѐ спит. 2) Он плохо спал ночью. 3) Он ещѐ не спал сегодня. 4) Вчера он спал три ча-
са. 5) Он часто спит после обеда.
85. slide
1) Кто там катается на льду? 2) Они скатились с горки (down the hill)?
3) Они катались здесь неделю назад. 4) Они катаются здесь зимой.
86. smell
1) Вкусно пахнет. 2) Что за цветы ты нюхаешь? 3) Эти цветы пахли сильнее вчера.
4) Я никогда не нюхал эти цветы.
87. speak
1) Он говорит на трѐх языках. 2) О чѐм он говорит сейчас? 3) Он уже говорил с ними?
4) Они разговаривали вчера.
88. spend
1) Сколько денег ты потратил? 2) Она тратит много денег. 3) Она давно всѐ истратила.
4) Она уже тратит эти деньги.
89. spread
1) Эта новость быстро распространяется. 2) Она распространяет сплетни (gossip).
3) Орѐл расправил крылья (wings) и улетел. 4) Он уже намазал масло на хлеб.
90. stand
1) Что стоит в твоей комнате? 2) Кто это стоит за углом? 3) Он стоял здесь утром.
4) Телевизор здесь никогда не стоял.

Ex. 7. Translate into English.

91. steal
1) Кто-то украл эти деньги. 2) Он ворует деньги. 3) Кто-то украл эти деньги в четверг.
4) Смотри! Он крадѐт еѐ деньги!
92. strike
1) Эти часы бьют каждый час. 2) Часы давно пробили полночь. 3) Часы бьют полночь.
4) Часы уже пробили полночь.
93. swear
1) Смотри! Он клянется говорить правду. 2) В суде (in the court) он клялся на Библии.
5) Он много ругается. 6) Он никогда не клялся говорить правду.
94. sweep
1) Кто обычно подметает двор? 2) Он только что подмѐл пол. 3) Она уже подметает пол.
4) Он подметал двор утром.
140
95. swim
1) Он плывѐт сюда. 2) Он плохо плавает. 3) Он плавал здесь летом. 4) Он здесь не плавал.
96. take
1) Кто взял мой словарь? 2) Я взял эту книгу в библиотеке вчера.
3) Он ведѐт их в театр завтра. 4) Он берѐт здесь книги.
97. teach
1) Она преподавала историю в прошлом году. 2) Он преподаѐт языки. 3) Она нас не учила.
4) Он сейчас не преподаѐт.
98. tear
1) Она рвѐт его письма, не читая. (without reading) 2) Он порвал еѐ письмо.
3) Он прочитал письмо и порвал его. 4) Чьѐ письмо ты рвѐшь?
99. tell
1) Он давно сказал нам об этом. 2) Он что-то говорит им. 3) Он часто рассказывает сказки.
(tales) 4) Он уже всѐ рассказал нам.
100. think
1) О чѐм ты думаешь? 2) Он не думает о ней. 3) Я никогда не думал об этом.
4) Я думал об этом в прошлом году.
101. throw
1) Смотри! Он забросил мяч в корзину. (basket) 2) Он хорошо бросает мяч.
3) Он выбросил мусор вчера. 4) Что он бросает из окна?
102. understand
1) Я давно это понял. 2) Сейчас я не понимаю тебя. 3) Ты всегда меня понимал.
103. wake
1) Он ещѐ не проснулся. 2) Он проснулся в 6. 3) Он просыпается. 4) Он просыпается рано.
104. wear
1) Она не носит джинсы. 2) Она носила это пальто зимой. 3) Что на ней надето сегодня?
4) Он никогда не носил очки.
105. weep
1) Кто-то там плачет. 2) Он не оплакивает (for) еѐ. 3) Кто-то плакал ночью.
4) Она никогда не оплакивала (over) свою судьбу (fate).
106. win
1) Кто выиграл? 2) Кто выиграл вчера? 3) Кто выигрывает? 4) Они часто выигрывают.
107. write
1) Он плохо пишет. 2) Я уже всѐ написал. 3) Они писали это вчера. 4) Он всѐ ещѐ пишет.

Ex. 8. Choose the correct item.

1. He (felt, fell, filled, fall, fallen) down on the ice and (breaked, broked, broke, broken) his leg.
2. Do you (feel, fell, fall, fill) better today?
3. I‟ll have to (buy, bye, by) a new exercise book, as I‟ve (felt, filled, fallen) the old one.
4. He (fell, felt, filled, fallen) in love with her at first sight.
5. I‟m going to (feel, fall, fell, fill, full) my car with petrol at the nearest station.
6. Being far away from home, Mary (feel, felt, fell, fills) homesick at times.
7. Where is Mom? – She is (lying, laying, laid, lain) the table in the dining room.
8. She (laid, lay, lain, lied) the table and (laid, lay, lain, lied) down on the sofa to have a short rest.
9. He has never (laid, lain, lied, lay) to us so far.
10. A thick carpet (lay, lays, lied, lie, laid) in the middle of the room.
11. Why are your clothes (laying, lieing, lying, lain) on the floor, Tony?
12. Where does John (live, leaved, lives)?
13. The train has already (left, lived, leaved) the platform, hasn‟t it?
14. Who (lived, leave, left) the umbrella in the hall?
15. Who (lives, leaves, leave) in this house?
16. The (leafs, leaves, lives) on the trees turn yellow and red in autumn.
141
Ex. 9. Choose the correct item.
1. The birds from the wood (flew, flow, flowed, flown) to the warm countries long ago.
2. Spread your wings and (flow, fly, flown, flew) away.
3. The cage is empty. The bird has (flied, flowed, flown, flew) away.
4. The sun (rise, rises, roses, raises, raise, raised) in the East.
5. He (raised, rose, rised) to his feet and went out of the room.
6. He (raised, rised, rose) his arm and the car stopped.
7. Don‟t (rise, raise) this chest. It‟s too heavy.
8. The plane (rised, raised, rose, rosed) higher and higher and disappeared in the distance.
9. This year the prices have (raised, risen, rosen, rised) by 13 %.
10. He (fell, fall, fallen) and (struck, strucked, striked, stroke) his head against the edge of the table.
The (strike, stroke, struck) was very bad.
11. This tower clock (strucks, strikes, strokes) every half an hour.
12. He (striked, stroked, stroke, struck) the dog and it wagged its tail happily.
13. The railway workers went on (strike, stroke, struck) on Monday.

§15. CORRECTION WORK

Topic Home
CORRECTION WORK 1
1. He has no many relatives here. 2. He‟ll get up more early than usually tomorrow. 3. She preffered
this way of traveling.4. We had a dinner in afternoon. 5. Who did such many mistakes in the test?
6. There mother doesn‟t look at her age. 7. There are less students in the group today. 8. Neither his
friends nor he were right. 9. The hankerchieves are on the shelfs. 10. He is lieing on the grass and
looking on the sky. 11. What a pleasure! What a fun! What a luck! What a pity! 12. Tell me if he
comes soon. 13. I shall meet with him as soon as he‟ll come back.

CORRECTION WORK 2
1. I can‟t to translate this text without dictionary. 2. Give me the both halfs of this pear. 3. I‟m hear-
ing you very good. 4. USA is the country in the North America. 5. Buy two loafs of bread and three
kilos of tomatos. 6. He‟s respected by his colleges. 7. This coat cost a lot of in the last year. 8. Is she
studing french or german? 9. Open your books on page fourty four. 10. Mister Smiths‟ son is a law-
yer. 11. Hurry up! The film already begins! 12. His dog is more happy than your one. 13. Her of-
fice is in three-minute‟s walk from here. 14. Where is the Duchess? – She walks in the garden with
Philip. 15. I feel badly today.

Topic Daily Programme

CORRECTION WORK 3
1. She felt on the icy road and broked her leg. 2. Mary plays a piano, but very bad. 3. How much
time is it now? 4. Come at my place in any time you like. 5. If you want to get thinner, you should
make more exercises. 6. Are you comming, Mary, deer? 7. There is nothing more pleasant than to
have a walk in the warm summer evening. 8. It‟s time to live your bed and have a breakfast. 9. In
the evening after a short quite rest, I do a homework. 10. Me takes fourty minutes to get ready.
11. Do you read this books for a pleasure or are they on the programe? 12. He has woke up yet. He
is a early bird.

CORRECTION WORK 4
1. He is feeling badly today, let him to go home now. 2. Who did sweep the floor by this broom?
3. Mum knitted when he was coming in. 4. How much tomatos have you bought? 5. Has you ever
been in Spain? – Yes, I‟ve been there last year. 6. My nephew is a lot of taller than your one.
7. Granny baked an apple pie when the telephone rung. 8. She was woke up at 7 o‟clock on yester-
day morning. 9. The nearest restaurant is in twenty-minutes‟ walk from here. 10. How many time
have it taken you to do this correction work?
142
Topic Meals

CORRECTION WORK 5
1. That was hers nephew, wasn‟t he? 2. Scarcely had he drank his beer than the waiter came. 3. I
never have neither coffee nor tea for the breakfast. 4. Why you are eatting only vegetables? 5. Do
you like go by foot? 6. There is just the time to go to the bed. 7. He adviced her to do shopping after
breakfast. 8. Have you been in Prague yet? 9. What else towns have you visit? 10. He had to do
breakfast himself, hadn‟t he? 11. She had cafe on breakfast. 12. Here spoons are. 13. I won‟t have
any soap for the first corse today.

CORRECTION WORK 6. Fast Food & Takeaways

Most people no what a hot dog is. Its a sausage in a roll. But do you know why is it called a hot
dog? Well, the long red sausage which goes into a hot dog is called a frankfurter. It got it‟s name
from the German town of Frankfurt. Sausages were very popular in the 1900s. But hot frankfurters
were dificult to sail in crowds. One men, Harry M. Stevens, had the job of feding the crowds in
baseball games. He had idea. Why not to put the frankfurters in long hot bread rolls? This maid
them easy to cell. Stevens aded mustard and called them “redhots”. The redhots had a hot and spice
test and became very popular. But in 1903 an american cartoonist drew a long German sausage dog
in place of the frankfurter. They were both long and German. So, a frankfurter in a roll soon became
know as a hot dog. It was joke, but some people realy thought the sausages contained dog meet. For
a while sales of hot dogs fail. But no for long.

Topic Study
CORRECTION WORK 7
1. She tought us the English. 2. He missed much classes and legged behind the group. 3. Have you
resitten your exam on Latin yet? 4. He relied on his memory but it failed him. 5. Why are you lag-
ing behind? Hurry up! 6. She must be on a holliday now. 7. They haven't to go to school today, they
are on a holiday. 8. He cought up with the group, did he? 9. She leaved the school last year and en-
terred this university. 10. I studied to ride a bike when I was six years. 11. He mustn't work – he's
rich enough. 12. You don't need to do this exercise in the writing, do it oraly. 13. He got an exellent
mark for his esay. 14. She had to take spare classes, hadn't she?

CORRECTION WORK 8
1. He learns at the school. 2. She leged behind the group. 3. I read english books in original and in
the translation. 4. They stayed away at the seminar in Russian language. 5. Fonetics comes easy for
him. 6. He has never felt embarassed or tounge-tired. 7. I will be hearing the last news at this time
tomorrow. 8. My cat is more lazy than her one. 9. Pronounciation is her weak point. 10. Practice
this grammar in the written form. 11. He recited this poem when we were comming in. 12. She
hanged the teacher's every word. 13. Have you ever sitten up late? 14. No pain, no gain. 15. We
have to write frequent tests and dictations, don't we?

Topic Clothes & Shopping

CORRECTION WORK 9
1. That trouser suite costed a lot, didn‟t it? 2. He payed for his shoping and left the shop. 3. She
weighted hundred kiloes. 4. The waiter suggested her another dishes. 5. I won‟t meet with him
again. 6. He had ate all, but was still siting at the table. 7. He asked her if she was wanting a coffee.
8. Her appartment was quiet small. 9. She offered her guest to take another piece of cake. 10. I‟m
thinking he said the truth. 11. I told I would have returned by midnight. 12. He replyed nothing.

143
CORRECTION WORK 10
1. She had better buy something cheeper, wouldn‟t she? 2. He wondered whose that car was. 3. She
payed for the trousers suit at the lady‟s wear department. 4. It happend long time ago. 5. Unfortu-
natly she had got no jewellery at home. 6. This stripped blouse is very becomming to you. 7. He has
a good taste in clothes. 8. Let‟s take these Franch shoes with taped toe. 9. Though she can afford
buying expensive clothes, she always looks badly. 10. He reminded to us to buy a today‟s newspa-
per. 11. He says he won‟t have time for it.

Topic Town
CORRECTION WORK 11
1. The teacher explained us that the earth moves round the sun. 2. He suggested me to take a taxi.
3. When I looked back he already disappeared about the corner. 4. Fred learns to drive a car now.
5. The town is situated in very picturesque place and famous for it‟s history. 6. My car is repairing
now. 7. Walk down the street two blocks. 8. There is no traffic lights on the crossroads. 9. I found
myself in the part of the town where I‟ve never been before. 10. You had better not to watch the TV
set so much. 11. Get off at the stop but two. 12. If I press for time today I will take a taxi, it‟s only
ten-minutes‟ drive from my place.

CORRECTION WORK 12
1. He will able to drive a truck soon. 2. Take number 64 bus and go so far as the square. 3. He‟d ra-
ther not stay after the classes, hadn‟t he? 4. The classroom has just cleaned, the floor has washed.
5. The notice was written by a red pen. 6. This article of his is never referred to. 7. We surprised to
see him wearing so strange clothes. 8. This crossroads are very dangerous. 9. The passer-bys didn‟t
know where was the town centre. 10. How many are you paid for your job? 11. Are you travelling
for bisness or for pleasure? 12. If there is a traffic light, wait when the light changes to green.
13. He was awaken by terrible noise.

Topic Weather
CORRECTION WORK 13
1. The sun shon brightly on the sky. 2. They swimmed in the lake and laid in the sun. 3. It rained
heavely all day yesterday. 4. I wasn‟t agree with him. 5. He said her he didn‟t take anything out
from the case yet. 6. What a bad weather we are have today. 7. He slipped on the stone and felt to
the ground. 8. When the clock stroke four, the rain have already stopped. 9. Look, the sun had al-
ready rissen. 10. It‟s begining to rain hardly, let‟s take a shelter.

CORRECTION WORK 14
1. Sky is overcast by low black clouds. 2. We hadn‟t time to wait for him. 3. Another men came and
said him to follow them. 4. What about to go to the seacost this summer? 5. It‟s worm and sonny
today. 6. He forgot his phone on his desk. 7. What a lovely whether we are having today! 8. The air
is such fresh in a sunny morning like that. 9. Autumn have come and the streets are maddy . 10. It
will be a lot of snow next weekend.

REVISION CORRECTION WORK 15

1. There was less people than usual in the hall. 2. Hardly we had greeted the boss when Jack run
into the room. 3. At this time yesterday first question was discussed. 4. How bright sunshine! What
blue sky! What a green grass! 5. He wanted to know what was Ann doing tomorrow. 6. The new
game has just downloaded, so the computer has used now. 7. He was very tired. He has been stud-
ing too much. 8. Repeat these rules at the home, please. 9. All the documents are in the bank's
saves. 10. There are a lot of good advise in this book. 11. No one of us knew where did he live. 12.
Neither her relatives nor she have a rest on the seaside. 13. Relax yourself and feel yourself at
home. 14. He is the friend of us, isn‟t he? 15. These are so beautiful houses! It‟s such hot! We have
so many time! 16. I have met him in this cafe another day. 17. She goes to the fitness centre each
other day and she very enjoys it. 18. We can‟t afford buying this house.
144
CORRECTION WORK KEYS
KEY 1
1. He doesn’t have many relatives here. 2. He‟ll get up earlier than usual tomorrow. 3. She pre-
ferred this way of travelling. 4. We had _ dinner in the afternoon. 5. Who made so many mistakes
in the test? 6. Their mother doesn‟t look_ her age. 7. There are fewer students in the group today.
8. Neither his friends nor he was right. 9. The handkerchiefs are on the shelves. 10. He is lying on
the grass and looking at the sky. 11. What a pleasure! What _ fun! What _ luck! What a pity!
12. Tell me if he will come soon. 13. I shall meet _ him as soon as he comes back.

KEY 2
1. I can‟t _ translate this text without a dictionary. 2. Give me _ both halves of this pear. 3. I hear
you very well. 4. The USA is a country in _ North America. 5. Buy two loaves of bread and three
kilos of tomatoes. 6. He‟s respected by his colleagues. 7. This coat cost a lot _last year. 8. Is she
studying French or German? 9. Open your books at page forty-four. 10. Mr Smith’s son is a
lawyer. 11. Hurry up! The film is already beginning (=has already begun)! 12. His dog is more
happy than yours. 13. Her office is _ three minutes’ walk from here.14. Where is the Duchess? –
She is walking in the garden with Philip. 15. I feel bad today.

KEY 3
1. She fell on the icy road and broke her leg. 2. Mary plays the piano, but very badly. 3. What
time is it now? 4. Come to my place _ any time you like. 5. If you want to get thinner, you should
take more exercise. 6. Are you coming, Mary, dear? 7. Nothing is more pleasant than to have a
walk on a warm summer evening. 8. It‟s time to leave your bed and have _ breakfast. 9. In the
evening after a short quiet rest, I do _ homework. 10. It takes me forty minutes to get ready.
11. Do you read these books for _ pleasure or are they on the program (= programme)? 12. He
has woken up already. He is an early bird.

KEY 4
1. He is feeling bad today, let him _ go home now. 2. Who _ swept the floor with this broom?
3. Mum was knitting when he came in. 4. How many tomatoes have you bought? 5. - Have you
ever been to Spain? – Yes, I was there last year. 6. My nephew is a lot _ taller than yours. 7. Gran-
ny was baking an apple pie when the telephone rang. 8. She _ woke up at 7 o‟clock _ yesterday
morning. 9. The nearest restaurant is_ twenty minutes’ (= a twenty-minute) walk from here.
10. How much time has it taken you to do this correction work?

KEY 5
1. That was her nephew, wasn‟t it? 2. Scarcely had he drunk his beer when the waiter came.
3. I _ have neither coffee nor tea for _ breakfast. 4. Why are you only eating vegetables? 5. Do you
like to go on foot? 6. It’s just the time to go to _ bed. 7. He advised her to do the shopping after
breakfast. 8. Have you been to Prague yet? 9. What other towns have you visited? 10. He had to
make breakfast himself, didn‟t he? 11. She had coffee for breakfast. 12. Here are the spoons.
13. I won‟t have any soup for the first course today.

KEY 6. Most people know what a hot dog is. It’s a sausage in a roll. But do you know why it’s
called a hot dog? Well, the long red sausage which goes into a hot dog is called a frankfurter. It got its
name from the German town of Frankfurt. The sausages were very popular in the 1900s. But hot frank-
furters were difficult to sell in crowds. One man, Harry M. Stevens, had the job of feeding the crowds
in baseball games. He had an idea. Why not __ put the frankfurters in long hot bread rolls? This made
them easy to sell. Stevens added mustard and called them “redhots”. The redhots had a hot and spicy
taste and became very popular. But in 1903 an American cartoonist drew a long German sausage dog
in place of the frankfurter. They were both long and German. So, a frankfurter in a roll soon became
known as a hot dog. It was a joke, but some people really thought the sausages contained dog meat.
For a while sales of hot dogs fell. But not for long.
145
KEY 7
1. She taught us _ English. 2. He missed a lot of classes and lagged behind the group. 3. Have you
re-sat your exam in Latin yet? 4. He relied on his memory but it failed him. 5. Why are you lag-
ging behind? Hurry up! 6. She must be on _ holiday now. 7. They don't have to go to school to-
day, they are on _ holiday. 8. He caught up with the group, didn't he? 9. She left _ school last year
and entered this university. 10. I learned to ride a bike when I was six years old ( = when I was
six). 11. He needn't work – he's rich enough. 12. You don't need to do this exercise in _ writing, do
it orally. 13. He got an excellent mark for his essay. 14. She had to take extra classes, didn’t she?

KEY 8
1. He goes to _ school. 2. She lagged behind the group. 3. I read English books in the original and
in _ translation. 4. They stayed away from the seminar on the Russian language (on Russian).
5. Phonetics comes easy to him. 6. He has never felt embarrassed or tongue-tied. 7. I will be lis-
tening to the latest news at this time tomorrow. 8. My cat is lazier than hers. 9. Pronunciation is
her weak point. 10. Practise this grammar in _ written form. 11. He was reciting this poem when
we came in. 12. She hung on the teacher's every word. 13. Have you ever sat up late? 14. No pains,
no gains. 15. We have to write frequent tests and dictations, don't we?

KEY 9
1. That trouser suit cost a lot, didn‟t it? 2. He paid for his shopping and left the shop. 3. She
weighed a (=one) hundred kilos. 4. The waiter offered her another dish (=some other dishes). 5. I
won‟t meet _ him again. 6. He had eaten all, but was still sitting at the table. 7. He asked her if she
wanted (some) coffee. 8. Her apartment was quite small. 9. She offered her guest _ another piece
of cake. 10. I think he told the truth. 11. I said I would have returned by midnight. 12. He replied
nothing.

KEY 10
1. She‟d better buy something cheaper, hadn‟t she? 2. He wondered whose car that was. 3. She
paid for the trouser suit at the ladies’ wear department. 4. It happened a long time ago. 5. Unfor-
tunately she had _ no jewellery at home. 6. This striped blouse is very becoming to you. 7. He
has _ good taste in clothes. 8. Let‟s take these French shoes with a tapered toe. 9. Though she can
afford to buy expensive clothes, she always looks bad. 10. He reminded _ us to buy _ today‟s
newspaper. 11. He says he won‟t have time for it.

KEY 11
1. The teacher explained to us that the earth moves round the sun. 2. He suggested taking a taxi.
(=He suggested we should take a taxi). 3. When I looked back he had already disappeared around
the corner. 4. Fred is learning to drive a car now. 5. The town is situated in a very picturesque
place and is famous for its history. 6. My car is being repaired now. 7. Walk two blocks down the
street. 8. There are no traffic lights on the crossroads. 9. I found myself in the part of the town
where I had never been before. 10. You had better not _ watch _ TV _ so much. 11. Get off at the
next stop but two. 12. If I am pressed for time today, I will take a taxi, it‟s only ten minutes’ drive
from my place.

KEY 12
1. He will be able to drive a truck soon. 2. Take a number 64 bus and go as far as the square.
3. He‟d rather not stay after _ classes, would he? 4. The classroom has just been cleaned, the floor
has been washed. 5. The notice was written with a red pen. 6. This article of his is never referred to.
7. We were surprised to see him wearing such strange clothes. 8. This crossroads is very danger-
ous. 9. The passers-by didn‟t know where the town centre was. 10. How much are you paid for
your job? 11. Are you travelling on business or for pleasure? 12. If there are traffic lights, wait till
the light changes to green. 13. He was woken by a terrible noise.

146
KEY 13
1. The sun shone brightly in the sky. 2. They swam in the lake and lay in the sun. 3. It rained heav-
ily all day yesterday. 4. I didn’t agree with him. 5. He told her he hadn’t taken anything out of the
case yet. 6. What __ bad weather we are having today. 7. He slipped on the stone and fell to the
ground. 8. When the clock struck four, the rain had already stopped. 9. Look, the sun has already
risen. 10. It‟s beginning to rain hard, let‟s take __ shelter.

KEY 14
1. The sky is overcast with low black clouds. 2. We didn’t have time to wait for him. 3. Other
men came and told him to follow them. 4. What about going to the seacoast this summer? 5. It‟s
warm and sunny today. 6. He left his phone on his desk. 7. What _ lovely weather we are having
today! 8. The air is so fresh on a sunny morning like that. 9. Autumn has come and the streets are
muddy. 10. There will be a lot of snow next weekend.

KEY 15
1. There were fewer people than usual in the hall. 2. Hardly had we greeted the boss when Jack
ran into the room. 3. At this time yesterday the first question was being discussed. 4. What bright
sunshine! What a blue sky! What _ green grass! 5. He wanted to know what Ann was doing the
next day. 6. The new game has just been downloaded, so the computer is being used now. 7. He
was very tired. He had been studying too much. 8. Revise these rules at _ home, please. 9. All the
documents are in the safes of the bank. 10. There is a lot of good advice in this book. 11. None of
us knew where he lived. 12. Neither her relatives nor she has a rest on the seaside. 13. Relax _ and
feel _ at home. 14. He is a friend of ours, isn‟t he? 15. These are such beautiful houses! It‟s so hot!
We have so much time! 16. I met him in this cafe the other day. 17. She goes to the fitness centre
every other day and she enjoys it very much. 18. We can‟t afford to buy this house

147
§16. TEST REVISION
Do the tasks and check with the key

TEST REVISION 1

Task 1. Fill in prepositions or adverbs where necessary.

1. Let‟s hang the mirror ………… these two shelves. 2. What is there …… the middle ……… the
bedroom? 3. ……… the right there is a wash basin, ……… the left ……… the wash basin there is
a bath. 4. The picture is …………. the desk. 5. They moved …… …… the beginning ……… the
week. 6 Mum is back …… work ……… the holidays. 7. Their flat is …… the outskirts ………
London. 8. I‟ve tidied the room and everything is ……… its place now. 9. Their flat is …… the
suburbs, quite far ……… the city. 10. Take the notebook ....... the bag and put it ... the desk drawer.

Task 2. Ask all kinds of questions.

1. There are two large windows in the room.
2. His shirts are in the drawer.

Task 3. Translate into English.

1. Сегодня мы идем на новоселье к нашим родственникам. Они переехали где-то в конце
прошлого месяца. Насколько я знаю, у них теперь удобная полнометражная квартира с от-
дельными комнатами. Она гораздо больше нашей. Они немного расстроены тем, что кварти-
ра расположена на окраине города, довольно далеко от центра. Но с этим ничего не подела-
ешь, и, кроме того, прямо за углом автобусная остановка и станция метро. В их квартире еще
очень мало мебели и много места. Я мало что еще могу сказать о ней, надеюсь скоро увидеть
все сама.
2. Их дача уютнее и комфортабельнее, чем наша. Это современный двухэтажный коттедж в
пригороде. В нем все современные удобства: газ, электричество, центральное отопление, го-
рячая и холодная вода. Окна выходят на речку. Дом спланирован так, чтобы было легко хо-
зяйничать. Пол покрыт ламинатом и паркетом, стены покрашены или оклеены обоями.
3. Ее старшую сестру зовут Кейт. Она старше ее на четыре года. Они очень разные. Кейт
выше, тоньше в талии, ее волосы светлее и длиннее. Я думаю, она самая хорошенькая и ум-
ная девушка в группе. Вся семья ей очень гордится.
4. Посмотри на фотографии. На этой фотографии наша кухня. Это самая маленькая комната
в квартире, здесь не очень много мебели, только самое необходимое, но светлый кухонный
гарнитур и яркие занавески на окнах делают ее уютной. Слева от раковины новая электриче-
ская плита. Стены выложены кафелем.
5. Наша квартира в новом высотном, четырнадцатиэтажном доме. В доме есть лифт и мусо-
ропровод. Окна квартиры выходят на оживленную улицу. Самая большая и красивая комната
– наша гостиная. В ней стоит мебельная стенка, состоящая из нескольких секций: серванта,
платяного шкафа и застекленного книжного шкафа. Слева стоит диванчик и маленький сто-
лик. В правом углу – телевизор. Нет ничего приятнее, чем посмотреть хороший фильм в
свободное время.
6. В холодильнике много молока. Молоко в холодильнике. Студенты в комнате. В аудитории
двести тринадцать много студентов. Мы много пели и танцевали. У меня нет мела, дай мне
немного. В этой комнате столько же парт, сколько в той. Мой тест хуже твоего. Твой тест
лучше моего.

148
TEST REVISION 2 / 3

1. Fill in prepositions or adverbs if necessary:

1. We shall go … …the library …… the break or …… classes. 2. They arrived …… Rome ……a
sunny summer morning …… last week. 3. He woke ……… … eight …… the morning, but he
didn‟t get …… at once. 4. Though it was half ……… two, he was not ……… a hurry to leave
…… the office. 5. She rests ……… two ……six ……every day. 6. He will return ……… four
days. 7. - …… what time did Fred arrive … …the meeting? - …… a quarter … five. We were
waiting …… him. 8. She is too pressed ……… time to tidy …… her flat …… weekdays, she does
it ……weekends. 9. You can enter …… the university …… any time. 10. Come …… my place
…… Sunday. 11. He‟ll stay …… Rome …… a day or two.

2. Use the verbs in brackets in the correct form.

1. It (be) three months since he (begin) driving his new car.
2. She never (make) fish pies, but she (to bake) meat pies several times.
3. He (want) to travel about the world for many years.
4. I (to boil) the potatoes as soon as you (to peel) them.
5. Hardly I (to taste) the salad when the waiter (to bring) the second course.
6. She hopes she (to lay) the table by the time the guests (to come).
7. It‟s the second time Jim (fail) his History exam.

3. Translate into English:

1)Чем позже ты встанешь, тем меньше времени у тебя будет, чтобы собраться. 2) Если ты не
будешь больше двигаться, ты потолстеешь. 3) Спроси ее, вымоет ли она посуду. Если она
вымоет посуду и вытрет пыль, я помою пол и полью цветы. 4) Я собираюсь пойти за покуп-
ками. Ты пойдешь со мной? 5) Вчера она стирала постельное белье, а сейчас она гладит его.
6) Я слышала, ты вчера была в новой парикмахерской. У тебя такая красивая прическа! – Я
рада, что тебе нравится. 7) Ни мои подруги, ни я не шьем одежду сами. 8) Она так плохо
чувствовала себя вчера, а сегодня чувствует себя еще хуже. 9) Он такой ленивый! Он совсем
не помогает родителям по дому. 10) У меня нет ни времени, ни желания вязать или шить, но
я люблю готовить. 11) Вчера она упала и растянула лодыжку, и сейчас она лежит на диване и
смотрит телевизор. 12) Он чистит ковры каждый месяц. Мы тоже. Он не делает зарядку. Я
тоже. 13) В прошлом году он занимался ремонтом сам. 14) Сколько времени? – Уже полови-
на восьмого. Пора просыпаться и вставать. – Уже встаю. 15) Если ты проспишь и не успеешь
на автобус, ты приедешь в университет позже обычного и опоздаешь на занятия. 16) Сегодня
я иду к своему племяннику на новоселье. Мне нужно сходить в парикмахерскую. 17) Завтра
у него день рождения. Что ему подарить? – В прошлом году он поступил в институт ино-
странных языков. Подари ему какую-нибудь хорошую английскую книгу в оригинале.
18) Он дал мне такой хороший совет! Этот совет такой хороший! Это такая чудесная но-
вость! Здесь столько народа! Он так хорошо говорит по-французски! Ты так прекрасно вы-
глядишь! 19) Я оставил тетрадь дома. Он тоже. Он никогда не пьет кофе. Она тоже. Ее ба-
бушка плохо видит. Моя тоже. Сейчас они не слушают музыку. Мы тоже. 20) Ты можешь
ответить на эти вопросы быстрее и легче чем я. 21) Ни он, ни я не устали. Ни я, ни он не ус-
тали. Ни он, ни они не ложатся спать так рано. Ни мои родители, ни Джон не ездят за город в
будние дни. 22) Она ещѐ не накрыла на стол. Она все ещѐ режет хлеб. Я надеюсь, она все
приготовит к приходу гостей. 23) Садись за стол. – Я не очень голодный. Я только хочу пе-
рекусить. – Ты так мало ешь! Ты на диете? 24). Я предпочитаю яблоки апельсинам. О бана-
нах не может быть и речи. 25) Я люблю жареную картошку. – Они тоже. Я не ем блины в
столовой. Они не вкусные. – Я тоже. Он пьет овощной сок, а я предпочитаю фруктовый сок.
26. Кто ходит по магазинам в вашей семье? – Мама. Кто украшает елку? – Я. Кто сейчас
дома? – Мои родители. Кто приготовил обед? – Бабушка.

149
TEST REVISION 4

1. Use the correct form of the verbs in brackets.

1. Somebody (to strike) the man on the head when he (to go) to his car.
2. He (to get married) some day if he (to meet) a girl of his dream.
3. They (to celebrate) their engagement next Saturday.
4. He seldom (to call) on us when he (to live) next door.
5. I know very well what my grandparents (to do) when I (to come) to their place tonight: Grandma
(to knit) and Granddad (to watch) football on TV.
6 .Why you (to walk) so fast? You (to follow) anybody?
– No, I (to hurry) to the Drama theatre. The play (to begin) in 5 minutes.
7. What you (to do) at 7 yesterday? I (to phone) you, but nobody (to take) the receiver.
– No wonder. I (to have) a bath and (to listen) to the radio and ( not to hear) the phone.
8. He is tired. He (to walk) for two hours.
9. Her hands were dirty. She (to work) in the garden all day long.
10. They (sell) books for ten years by the next January.

2. Translate into English

1. Сын нашего директора школы – уже пятикурсник. Ни его однокурсники, ни он не знают,
где будут работать, когда закончат университет.
2 . Что мне делать? У меня проблемы с грамматикой. Я не сдал зачет.
– Возможно, староста тебе поможет. Он прекрасно ориентируется в английском и ему легко
даются письменные работы.
3. Вам не надо брать книгу по домашнему чтению в библиотеке. Я раздам вам книги сама.
Когда у нас по расписанию следующее занятие по домашнему чтению?
4. Они познакомились, когда сдавали вступительные экзамены. Он одолжил ей лишнюю
ручку. Когда они поступили на наш факультет, то оба попали в одну группу. Теперь они
лучшие друзья, и она помогает ему с его произношением: они слушают диалоги, тренируют
звуки и интонацию.
5. Наше общежитие находится в десяти минутах ходьбы от университета.
6. Ему пришлось много заниматься дополнительно и учить наизусть, чтобы не отстать от
группы.
7. Ты опять не конспектировал на лекции по психологии! Ты такой ленивый и безответст-
венный! Ты должен ловить каждое слово преподавателя.
8. Возьмите свой журнал группы и сдайте ваши зачетные книжки в деканат.
9.Ты будешь учиться на подготовительных курсах в начале июля, чтобы улучшить свои знания?
10. Ему хорошо дается английский, но ему не хватает беглости в речи..
11. – Почему он сидит допоздна каждый вечер? – Он учит немецкий. Хочет попробовать пе-
реводить с немецкого. Возможно, у него это получится.
12. На семинаре по лингвистике преподаватель сказал нам, что все студенты должны зани-
маться какой-нибудь научной работой.
13. Ты не присутствовал на нескольких занятиях по фонетике без уважительной причины, не
так ли? Когда ты собираешься догонять группу и избавляться от ошибок?
14. Надо было делать перевод письменно или устно?
15. Давайте приступим к работе. Сегодня мы задаем вопросы по тексту и инсценируем диа-
лог на странице сорок четыре. Кто хочет начать? Не спешите. Работайте самостоятельно.
16. Сегодня мы закончим урок раньше, чем обычно. Давайте напишем тест. Оставьте поля с
левой стороны. Нумеруйте предложения, пожалуйста. Надеюсь, вы сделаете в нем меньше
ошибок, чем в прошлом. Вы можете пойти домой, когда подпишете свои работы и сдадите
их мне. Не списывайте, работайте самостоятельно.
17. Есть проблемы? Не отвечайте все одновременно, по одному, пожалуйста. Давайте по-
смотрим вместе и попробуем разобраться. Достаточно. Давайте пойдем дальше. Не шумите.
Давайте зададим вопросы к этому предложению.
150
TEST REVISION 5

1. Change into the reported speech using the given verbs:

to offer, to beg, to wonder, to promise, to add, to suggest, to complain, to deny,

to order, to want to know , to remind;

1. “Mummy, do give me another glass of juice, please”, said Johnny.

2. “ Have some more salad, Mary”, said the lady.
3. “ Don‟t forget, children, it‟s never too late to learn”, said the teacher.
4. “ I‟ll dust the furniture tomorrow, Mom”, said Wendy.
5. “ Put the knife on the floor, Bill, and don‟t say a word”, said the officer.
6. “Let‟s have a picnic on Saturday”, Father said.
7. “ I‟ve never been to this place before”, said Paul.
8. “ Are you playing golf today, Harry?” said Mrs Roberts.
9. “ My children never stop running and shouting”, said Meg to her cousin.
10. “ Whose car is this?” said Mike, “ It looks so strange.”

2. Translate into Russian

1. - Почему ты такой грустный? – У меня болит голова. Я слишком долго ходил по
магазинам. – Купил что-нибудь? – Костюм-тройку и галстук в тон.
2. – Мне пришлось зайти в булочную по дороге домой. – Мне тоже. У нас кончился хлеб.
3. Я не хочу надевать ни шляпу, ни платок в такое прекрасное весеннее утро.
4. - Я предлагаю пойти в отдел женской одежды. Мне нужна юбка и блузка в пастельных
тонах. - А я хочу купить вечернее бархатное платье.
5. – Она не может позволить себе купить этот шелковый бежевый костюм. Он слишком
дорогой. – Она может купить его в кредит. Он ей идет и как раз впору.
6. Я бы хотела купить туфли из кожи, а не из замши. Они практичнее и лучше носятся.
Неудивительно, что они пользуются большим спросом.
7. Она одевается со вкусом. Я никогда не видела еѐ плохо одетой.
8. Тебе следует сшить эту юбку самой. Это будет гораздо дешевле.
9. Вся повседневная одежда здесь. Выбирайте и примеряйте. Цены разумные.
10. Почему ты все ещѐ в халате и тапочках? Я смотрю, ты не торопишься. A спектакль
начинается ровно в семь.
11. - Ты ходила в продуктовый магазин? – Да, ещѐ я купила свежую газету в киоске. – Где
мама? - Она тоже ушла за покупками. Ей нужны пуговицы и бельѐ.
12. Я никогда не носил пижаму. Дома я ношу футболку и шорты.
13. Когда я увидел его, на нем были тѐмно-синие джинсы, темно-серый в полоску пуловер и
кроссовки.
14. Эти кожаные перчатки не подходят к твоей новой шляпе. К тому же, они тебе малы.
Какой размер перчаток ты носишь?
15. - Интересно, где мои деньги? – Я видел их на столике в гостиной. – Я хочу купить
выходные туфли на высоком каблуке с заостренным носком. Они сейчас в моде. – Сколько
они стоят? Давай я подарю тебе их на день рождения. – Лучше подари мне серебряную
цепочку или французские духи.
16. Врач сказал, что она не поправится, пока не сядет на диету. Она весит 70 кг.
17. Вчера целый день она шила себе новые брюки. Она сказала, что закончит их к выходным.
18. Не успели мы войти в обувной отдел, как я увидела эти сандалии. К сожалению, у них не
было моего размера.
19. Он заплатил наличными, взял свои покупки и вышел.
20. Она замужем с прошлого года. Еѐ муж старше еѐ на шесть лет.

151
TEST REVISION 6

1. Put the verb in brackets into the correct form.

1. The floor in the house (to wash) every other day. Mrs Simpson (to wash) it herself.
2. The document (to arrive) at 5 o‟clock yesterday. It (to translate) by Miss Osborn at once.
3. She told us that he (to have) a car accident a week before and (to take) to hospital.
4. He says that I (to invite) to take part in the next conference too.
5. The boy told us that his grandparents (to die).
6. I was sure that I (to follow). When I (to come out) I (to see) two suspicious looking people.
I (to pass) them by but when I (to turn) round the people (to disappear).
7. I can‟t scan the texts for you now, my computer (to use).They said it (to be) free in an hour.
8. I (not to be) to your place for a long time. Now I see it (to change). The rooms (to redecorate)
and a new suite of kitchen furniture (to buy).
9. The car must (to repair) as soon as possible.
– They promise that everything (to do) by the weekend.
10. If I (finish) earlier tomorrow we (to eat out) together.

2. Translate into English.

1. У тебя есть свободное время сегодня? Давай пойдем в оперный театр. Я не был там целую
вечность. Его недавно отреставрировали и, говорят, он изменился до неузнаваемости. Нам
потребуется примерно полчаса, чтобы добраться туда на автобусе. Остановка в пяти минутах
ходьбы от здания театра.
2 . У меня было странное чувство, что за мной следят. На перекрестке я оглянулся, но увидел
только нескольких прохожих, которые шли по тротуару по направлению к подземному
переходу. Когда я оглянулся опять, они исчезли.
3. Они решили остановиться в гостинице «Россия». На следующий день они поехали
осматривать достопримечательности. Москва произвела на них большое впечатление.
Особенно они интересовались историческими памятниками известным людям.
4. Был час пик. Даже на окраине движение было гораздо интенсивнее, чем обычно. Обычно я
езжу на работу на трамвае № 17, а потом пересаживаюсь на автобус № 4. Но вчера все
трамваи были переполнены, и я не мог войти. На остановке я увидел своего соседа. «Я не
могу тебя подвезти, мою машину ремонтируют», сообщил мне он. «Когда ты будешь ездить
на своей новой машине?» поинтересовался он. « Я только учусь еѐ водить. Надеюсь, что
получу права к следующему месяцу», объяснил я.
5. – Извините, как добраться до университета? Я приезжий и мне кажется, я сбился с пути.
- Это недалеко отсюда. Пройдите один квартал по этой улице и поверните направо на
перекрестке. Вы увидите здание университета слева. Вы его не пропустите.
6. Будь осторожнее, когда пойдешь в школу, соблюдай правила дорожного движения. Если
тебе надо перейти улицу, пользуйся переходами. Сначала посмотри налево, потом направо.
Если есть светофор, дождись, когда загорится зелѐный свет.
7. Он пожаловался, что застрял в пробке вчера и опоздал на работу.
8. В три часа будет уже полчаса, как он учит этот диалог. Он должен быть выучен к
завтрашнему дню.
9. Ему пришлось закрыть все двери и окна в доме самому, не так ли?
10. Она предложила ему купить эти серые туфли в тон его новому костюму-тройке. Он
померил их, и сказал, что они ему малы.
11. Много новых дач построено в нашей деревне, с тех пор как ты уехал.
12. У него болит голова, он слишком долго писал сочинение. Ему надо сделать перерыв и
отдохнуть.
13. Мы можем пойти пешком, но если у вас мало времени, мы возьмѐм такси.

152
TEST REVISION KEYS

KEY 1

Task 1
1. Let‟s hang the mirror between these two shelves. 2. What is there in the middle of the bedroom?
3. On the right there is a wash basin, to the left of the wash basin there is a bath. 4. The picture is
above the desk. 5. They moved in at the beginning of the week. 6. Mum is back to work after the
holidays. 7. Their flat is on the outskirts of London. 8. I‟ve tidied the room and everything is in its
place now. 9. Their flat is in the suburbs, quite far from the city. 10. Take the notebook out of the
bag and put it into / in the desk drawer.

Task 2
Sentence 1
1. There are two large windows in the room, aren‟t there? 2. Are there two large windows in the
room? 3. Are there two or three windows in the room? 4. What is there in the room? 5. How many
windows are there in the room? 6. What kind of windows are there in the room?
Sentence 2
1. His shirts are in the drawer, aren‟t they? 2. Are his shirts in the drawer? 3. Are his shirts in the
drawer or on the shelves? 4. What is in the drawer? 5. Where are the shirts? 6. Whose shirts are in
the drawer?

Task 3
1. We are going to the house-warming party to our relatives today. They moved in somewhere at
the end of last month. As far as I know, now they have a comfortable full-sized flat with separate
rooms. It‟s much larger than ours. They are a little upset that the flat is on the outskirts of the town,
rather far from the centre. But this can‟t be helped and, besides, there is a bus stop and an under-
ground station just round the corner. There is very little furniture and a lot of room in their flat so
far. There is little else I can say about it, hope to see it all for myself soon.
2. Their country house is cosier and more comfortable than hers. This is a modern two-storey (two-
storeyed) cottage in the suburbs. It has all modern conveniences: gas, electricity, central heating, hot
and cold water supply. The windows overlook a river. The house is planned so as to make house-
keeping easy. The floor is covered with laminate and parquet, the walls are painted or papered.
3. Her elder sister‟s name is Kate. She is four years older than her. They are very different. Kate is
taller, thinner at the waist, her hair is fairer and longer. I think, she is the prettiest and the most in-
telligent girl in the group. All the family is very proud of her.
4. Look at the photos. There is our kitchen in this photo. It‟s the smallest room in the flat, there isn‟t
much furniture in it, only the most necessary things, but the light suite of kitchen furniture and the
bright curtains on the windows make it cosy. There is a new electric cooker to the left of the sink.
The walls are tiled.
5. Our flat is in a new high-rise fourteen-storey block of flats. There is a lift and a rubbish chute in
the house. The windows of the flat overlook a busy street. The largest and the most beautiful room
is our lounge. There is a wall unit in it consisting of several sections: a sideboard, a wardrobe and a
glass-fronted bookcase. On the left there is a settee and a small table. There is a television in the
right hand corner. Nothing is more pleasant than to watch a good film in your free time.
6. There is a great deal of milk in the fridge. The milk is in the fridge. The students are in the room.
There are plenty of students in room one-two-three. We sang and danced a lot. I have no chalk, give
me a little. There are as many desks in this room as in that one. My test is worse than yours. Your
test is better than mine.
153
KEY 2 / 3
1.
1. We shall go to the library during the break or after classes. 2. They arrived in Rome on a sunny
summer morning last week. 3. He woke up at eight in the morning, but he didn‟t get up at once. 4.
Though it was half past two, he was not in a hurry to leave _ the office. 5. She rests from two till
six every day. 6. He will return in four days. 7. - _What time did Fred arrive at the meeting? – At a
quarter to (past) five. We were waiting for him. 8 She is too pressed for time to tidy up her flat on
weekdays, she does it at weekends. 9. You can enter _the university _ any time. 10. Come to my
place on Sunday. 11. He‟ll stay in Rome for a day or two.

2.
1. It is three months since he began driving his new car.
2. She has never made fish pies, but she has baked meat pies several times.
3. He has wanted to travel about the world for many years.
4. I will boil the potatoes as soon as you peel them.
5. Hardly had I tasted the salad when the waiter brought the second course.
6. She hopes she will have laid the table by the time the guests come.
7. It‟s the second time Jim has failed his History exam.

3.
1) The later you get up the less time you will have to get ready. 2) If you don‟t take more exercise
you will get fat. 3) Ask her if she will wash the dishes. If she washes up and dusts the furniture I
shall wash the floor and water the houseplants. 4) I am going to do the shopping. Will you come
with me? 5) Yesterday she washed the bed linen and now she is ironing it. 6) - I hear you were at
the new hairdresser‟s yesterday. You have such a nice haircut! I am glad you like it. 7) Neither my
friends nor I make our own clothes. 8) She felt so bad yesterday and today she feels (is feeling)
even worse. 9) He is so lazy. He doesn‟t help his parents about the house at all. 10) I have neither
time nor wish to knit or to sew, but I enjoy cooking. 11) Yesterday she fell and sprained her ankle,
now she is lying on the sofa and watching TV. 12) He vacuums carpets every month. So do we. He
doesn‟t do his exercises. Neither do I. 13) Last year he did repairs (redecorated) himself. 14) -
What‟s the time? (What time is it?) – It‟s half past seven already. It‟s time to wake up and get up. –
I am getting up already. 15) If you oversleep and miss your bus you will arrive at the university lat-
er than usual and will be late for your classes. 16) Today I am going to my nephew‟s housewarm-
ing. I must go to the hairdresser‟s. 17) - Tomorrow he has his birthday. What shall I give him? –
Last year he entered the Institute of Foreign Languages. Give him some good English book in the
original. 18) He gave me such good advice! This advice is so good! This is such wonderful news!
There are so many people here. He speaks French so well! You look so wonderful! 19) I left my
exercise book at home. So did he. He never drinks coffee. Neither does she. Her granny doesn‟t see
well. Neither does mine. They are not listening to music now. Neither are we. 20) You can answer
these questions quicker (more quickly) and easier (more easily) than me. 21) Neither he nor I am
tired. Neither I nor he is tired. Neither he nor they go to bed so early. Neither my parents nor John
goes to the country on weekdays. 22) She hasn‟t laid the table yet. She is still cutting bread. I hope
she‟ll have prepared everything before guests come. 23) Sit down to table. – I‟m not very hungry. I
just want to have a bite. – You are such a light eater! Are you on a diet? 24) I prefer apples to
oranges. Bananas are out of the question. 25) I like fried potatoes. – So do they. I don‟t eat pan-
cakes in the canteen. They aren‟t tasty. – Neither do I. He drinks vegetable juice, and I prefer fruit
juice. 26. Who goes shopping in your family? – Mother does. Who decorates the fir tree? – I do.
Who is at home now? – My parents are. Who prepared dinner? – Granny did.

154
KEY 4
1
1 Somebody struck the man on the head when he was going to his car.
2 He will get married some day if he meets a girl of his dream.
3 They are celebrating their engagement next Saturday.
4 He seldom called on us when he was living next door.
5 I know very well what my grandparents will be doing when I come to their place tonight:
Grandma will be knitting and Granddad will be watching football on TV.
6 – Why are you walking so fast? Are you following anybody?
- No, I am hurrying to the Drama theatre. The play begins in 5 minutes.
7 – What were you doing at 7 yesterday? I was phoning you, but nobody took the receiver.
- No wonder. I was having a bath and listening to the radio and didn’t hear the phone.
8. He is tired. He has been walking for two hours.
9. Her hands were dirty. She had been working in the garden all day long.
10. They will have been selling books for ten years by the next January.

2.
1. The headmaster of our school‟s son is a fifth-year student already. Neither his fellow-students nor
he knows where they will work when they graduate from the university
2. What should I do? I have problems with grammar. I haven‟t passed the oral test.
– The monitor may (=might) help you. He is at home in English and tests come easy to him.
3. You don‟t have to borrow the book on Home Reading from the library. (=You needn‟t borrow
the book ...) I‟ll give you out the books myself. When do we have our next class in Home Reading
according to our timetable?
4. They met when they were taking their entrance exams. He lent her his spare pen. When they en-
tered our faculty they both got into one group. Now they are best friends and she helps him with his
pronunciation – they listen to dialogues, practise their sounds and intonation.
5. Our hostel is ten minutes‟ walk from the university. (= Our hostel is a ten-minute walk from the
university.)
6. He had to take a lot of extra classes and learn by heart not to lag behind the group.
7. You didn‟t take notes at the lecture on Psychology again! You are so lazy and slap-dash! You
must hang on the teacher‟s every word.
8. Take your group register and hand in your record books to the dean‟s office.
9. Will you take a preliminary course at the beginning of July to improve your knowledge?
10. He does well in English, but his speech lacks fluency.
11. – Why does he sit up late every evening? – He learns German. He wants to try to translate from
German. He may be able to do it.
12. At the seminar on Linguistics the teacher told us that all the students had to do some research
work.
13. You stayed away from several classes in Phonetics without a good excuse, didn‟t you? When
are you going to catch up with the group and get rid of your mistakes?
14. Did we have to translate orally or in writing? (= Were we to translate…).
15. Let‟s get down to business. Today we are asking questions about the text and acting out the di-
alogue on page forty-four. Who wants to begin? Take your time. Do it on your own.
16. Today we‟ll finish the lesson earlier than usual. Let‟s do a test. Leave a margin on the left-hand
side. Number your sentences, please. I hope you‟ll make fewer mistakes in it than you made in your
last one. You may go home when you put your names on your papers and give them to me. Don‟t
cheat, work on your own.
17. Any problems? Don‟t all answer at once. One at a time, please. Let‟s take a look at it together
and see if we can figure it out. That‟ll do. Let‟s move on now. Let‟s quiet down now. Let‟s ask
questions to this sentence.

155
KEY 5

1. Johnny begged his mother to give him another glass of juice

2. The lady offered Mary some more salad.
3. The teacher reminded the children that it‟s never too late to learn.
4. Wendy promised her mother to dust the furniture the next day.
Wendy promised her mother she would dust the furniture the next day.
5. The officer ordered Bill to put the knife on the floor and not to say a word.
6. Father suggested having a picnic on Saturday.
Their father suggested they (should) have a picnic on Saturday.
7. Paul denied he had ever been to that place before.
8. Mrs Roberts wanted to know if Harry was playing golf that day.
9. Meg complained to her cousin that her children never stopped running and shouting.
10. Mike wondered whose car that was and added that it looked very strange.

1. – Why are you so sad? – I have a headache. I have been shopping for too long. – Did you buy
anything? – A three-piece suit and a tie to match.
2. - I had to drop in at the baker‟s on the way home. – So did I. We had run out of bread.
3. I don‟t want to put on either a hat or kerchief on such a fine spring morning.
4. – I suggest going to the ladies‟ wear department. I want a skirt and a blouse in pastel shades. –
And I want to buy an evening velvet dress.
5. – She can‟t afford this beige silk suit. It‟s too expensive. – She can buy it on credit. It‟s becoming
to her and fits her perfectly.
6. I‟d like to buy leather shoes and not suede ones. They are more practical and wear better. No
wonder they are in great demand.
7. She has good taste in clothes. I have never seen her badly-dressed.
8. You should make this skirt yourself. It will be much cheaper.
9. All the casual clothes are here. Choose and try them on. The prices are reasonable.
10. Why do you still have your dressing gown and slippers on? I see you aren‟t in a hurry. And the
performance starts at seven sharp.
11.- Have you been to the food shop? – Yes, and I‟ve also bought the latest newspaper on the news-
stand. – Where is Mom? – She has also gone shopping. She wants some buttons and undies.
12. I have never worn pyjamas. At home I wear a T-shirt and shorts.
13. When I saw him he was wearing dark-blue jeans, a dark-grey striped pullover and trainers.
14. These leather gloves don‟t go with your new hat. Besides, they are tight on you. What size
gloves do you wear?
15. - I wonder where my money is? – I‟ve seen it on the small table in the sitting room. – I want to
buy high-heeled court shoes with a tapered toe. They are in fashion now.
– How much are they? Let me give them to you for your birthday. – You‟d better give me a silver
chain or French perfume.
16. The doctor said she wouldn‟t get better until she kept to a diet. She weighs 70 kilos.
17. She made her new trousers all day yesterday. She said that she would have finished them by the
weekend.
18. Scarcely had we entered the footwear department when I saw these sandals. Unfortunately they
didn‟t have my size.
19. He paid in cash, took his shopping and left.
20. She has been married since last year. Her husband is six years older than her.

156
KEY 6

1.
1. The floor in the house is washed every other day. Mrs Simpson washes it herself.
2. The document arrived at 5 o‟clock yesterday. It was translated by Miss Osborn at once.
3. She told us that he had had a car accident a week before and had been taken to hospital.
4. He says that I will be invited to take part in the next conference too.
5. The boy told us that his grandparents had died.
6. I was sure that I was being followed. When I came out I saw two suspicious-looking people.
I passed them by but when I turned round the people had disappeared.
7. I can‟t scan the texts for you now, my computer is being used. They said it would be free in an hour.
8. I haven’t been to your place for a long time. Now I see it has changed. The rooms have been
redecorated and a new suite of kitchen furniture has been bought.
9. The car must be repaired as soon as possible.
– They promise that everything will have been done by the weekend.
10. If I finish earlier tomorrow we will eat out together.

2.
1. Do you have spare time today? Let‟s go to the opera house. I haven‟t been there for ages. It has
recently been restored and they say it has changed out of all recognition. It will take us about half an
hour to get there by bus. The bus stop is five minutes‟ walk from the building of the theatre.
2. I had a strange feeling that I was being followed. On the crossroads I turned round, but I only saw
some passers-by who were going on the pavement in the direction of the subway. When I turned
round again they had disappeared.
3. They decided to put up at the hotel “Rossiya”. The next day they went sightseeing. Moscow
made a great impression on them. They were especially interested in historical monuments to fam-
ous people.
4. It was the rush hour. Even on the outskirts the traffic was much heavier than usual. Generally I
go to work by tram 17 and then change to bus 4. But yesterday all the trams were overcrowded and
I couldn‟t get on. I saw my neighbour at the stop. “I can‟t give you a lift, my car is being repaired”,
he informed me. “When will you ride in your new car?” he wondered. “I am just learning to drive. I
hope I will have got my driving licence by next month,” I explained.
5. Excuse me, how can I get to the university? I am a stranger here and I think I am out of my way.
– It's not far from here. Walk one block down this street and turn right on the crossroads. You will
see the building of the university on the left. You won't miss it.
6. Be more careful when you go to school, observe the traffic rules. If you have to cross the street
use the crossings. First look to the left, then to the right. If there are traffic lights, wait till the light
changes to green.
7. He complained that he had got stuck in the traffic jam the day before and had been late for work.
8. By three o'clock he will have been learning this dialogue for half an hour already. It must be
learned by tomorrow.
9. He had to lock all the doors and windows in the house himself, didn't he?
10. She suggested he should buy these grey shoes to match his new three-piece suit. He tried them
on and said they were tight on him.
11. Many new country houses have been built in our village since you left.
12. He has a headache, he has been writing his essay for too long. He should have a break and take
a rest.
13. We can go on foot, but if you are pressed for time we shall take a taxi.

157
REVISION EXAMINATION TEST

Ex. 1. Put the verb in brackets into the correct form.

1. He (to travel) since he (to come) of age. He already (to be) to twelve countries.
2. When he (to enter) the room it was full of people, everybody (to dance).
3. Hardly we (to get) down to business when the door (to open) and Jim (to appear).
4. When I looked in I (to see) that the students already (to write) the dictation and (to take) a rest.
5. If he (to return) earlier tomorrow we (to go) shopping.
6. The spring just (to set) in and look – the snow (to turn) to slush.
7. We were sure that she (to fail) her exam in Literature the next week.
8. I think he (to finish) redecorating by next Friday.
9. The new block of flats still (to build) across the street, only five storeys (to build) so far.
10. Don‟t come at seven, I still (to sleep) at this time. I never (to get) up so early.
11. Hush! I (to hear) some noise. Somebody (to move) upstairs.
12. You (to ask) this question at your tomorrow‟s exam. They always (to ask) students about it.
13. Next month they (to study) French for two years already.
14. He was very tired. He (to work) at his report all day.
15. I wonder when you (to start) dieting. It‟s high time you lost some weight.

Ex. 2. Change into reported speech, using the following verbs:

to explain, to complain, to wonder, to ask, to doubt, to remind, to beg, to wish,
to add, to promise, to tell, to say.

1. “ I have never met this strange man before,” said my friend to me.
2. “Don‟t forget to switch off the light when you leave, Jake,” said the mother.
3. “I‟m not sure that they went straight to the station yesterday,” said the landlady to us.
4. “Where are my glasses?” said Jean.
5. “Don‟t pick up the receiver. I‟ll do it myself,” said the police officer.
6. “I‟ll give up smoking tomorrow, Mother,” said Mike.
7. “ He eats like a pig,” said Sheila to her girlfriend.
8. “Leave me alone, please!” she said to him.
9. “Did you throw the chewing-gum on the floor?” said Miss Luke to Sue.
10. “Good-bye, children! Have a nice day!” said the teacher.

Ex. 3. Put the verbs in brackets into the correct form.

1. He (study) Spanish since he (become) twelve. He (speak) Spanish correctly and fluently.
2. When he (appear) in the yard an hour ago the children (fight) with snowballs.
3. If she (fail) her exam tomorrow she (re-sit) it in autumn.
4. Listen! I (hear) some music. Lucy (play) the piano downstairs.
5. When they (enter) the hall yesterday the meeting (begin) already. At that moment the first ques-
tion (discuss).
6. No sooner the bell (ring) than the children (run) out of the room.
7. I wonder when she (learn) to cook herself at last.
8. When I looked into the classroom I saw that the students already (get) down to business.
9. Next week they (travel) about Europe for three months already.
10. At this time tomorrow I (swim) in the lake or (lie) in the sun.
11. She promised that she (buy) something tasty for supper.
12. I hope you (invite) to this party too. I don‟t want to go without you, I (know) nobody there.
13. He was very upset. He (translate) the poem for an hour but (not, make) much progress yet.
14. They say they (sell) all the books by next Monday.
15. You can‟t make a call. The line (engage).

158
Ex. 4. Change into reported speech with the verbs: say, wonder, want to know, ask, greet,
thank, offer, suggest, remind, refuse, confess, explain, promise, wish, add.
Mike called his friend last Saturday. “Hello, Jack. What are you doing now?” he said. “Let‟s go to
the dance club tonight. They have a good show there.” “ I can‟t go,” said Jack. ”I must write my
paper on History.” “ Are you joking?” said Mike. “You sat up late at it every evening last week.”
“But I haven‟t finished it yet”, said Jack. “Can I help you with your paper? said Mike. “Thanks,”
said Jack. “Go to the hostel and take my book about Peter the Great from Steve.” “OK, I‟ll do it,”
said Mike. “Have a good time at the club,” said Jack. “Bye!”

Ex. 5. Choose the correct form.

1. They arrived … Boston … a dull rainy day.
a) at b) on c) in d) to
2. We have … exams in winter than in summer.
a) fewer b) less c) lesser d) smaller
3. The hostess … us a delicious apple pie.
a) suggested b) proposed c) offerred d) offered
4. He slipped on the icy path and … down.
a) fallen b) fell c) falled d) felt
5. He had … his story from beginning to end.
a) repeat b) to repeat c) revise d) revising
6. I am the greatest, … I?
a) amn‟t b) am not c) am d) aren‟t
7. She‟s never ridden a motorbike before, … she?
a) is b) has c) does d) was
8. Let‟s not wait … him, I don‟t want to be late … the lesson.
a) to b) at c) for d) –
9. He‟s been invited to … . They are having a party.
a) the Clarks b) the Clark c) the Clark‟s d) Clarks
10. They like going for long walks. So … Mike.
a) is b) likes c) do d) does
11. Buy some bread … the food shop … your way … home.
a) on b) in c) at d) –
12. What … sights did you see there?
a) other b) the other c) another d) else
13. We can‟t … him. He is … awful.
a) to forget b) forgive c) forgiving d) forgave
a) so b) such c) as d) a very
14. His car is faster than … .
a) her b) hers c) her one d) hers one
15. You‟d better … at home today, you look … .
a) stay b) to stay c) stayed d) leave
a) bad b) badly c) worse d) worse than usually.
16. She is … girl I have ever seen.
a) the most pretty b) a most pretty c) the prettyist d) the prettiest
17. – … I do the whole exercise in writing?
– No, you …. not. You … do only half of it.
a) can b) may c) must d) need
18. Will three … be enough?
a) kilos of potatos b) kiloes of potatoes c) kilos of potatoes d) kiloes of potatos
19. She never listens … the radio … the morning.
a) on b) in c) at d) to
20. She goes ... once a month.
a) in this hairdresser‟s b) to this hairdresser‟s c) in this hairdressers‟ d) at this hairdresser
159
21. Here … the money. Put … in some safe place.
a) is b) are c) has d) does
a) them b) they c) it d) its

22. Why are you unusually … today. What … you?

a) quite b) quit c) quits d) quiet
a) is happened to b) was happened with c) has happened to d) happened with
23. … always a lot of snow in the forest in winter.
a) It is b) There is c) There are d) This is
24. All her clothes … in the wardrobe.
a) are b) is c) has d) have
25. He had to give up smoking, … he?
a) hadn‟t b) had c) didn‟t d) did
26. Neither his friends nor he … this music.
a) likes b) like c) don‟t like d) doesn‟t like
27. Nobody knew about it, …?
a) did he b) didn‟t he c) did they d) did anybody
28. We wondered whose … .
a) bag was it b) bag it was c) was this bag d) bag is it
29. What … sultry weather we are having today!
a) the b) a c) an d) –
30. No one could do it better, … .
a) could he b) could they c) did they d) couldn‟t they
31. What … has he told you about?
a) else b) other c) another d) the other
32. A beautiful thick carpet … on the floor.
a) lay b) lays c) laid d) lied
33. There … people at the lecture today.
a) are little b) is little c) are few d) is few
34. He doesn‟t want to play classical music. He … prefer to be a jazz musician.
a) might b) may be c) ought d) has to
35. He … revise these rules more thoroughly if he wants to write his test well.
a) ought b) should c) would better d) better
36. He should … at home for another week.
a) stay b) to stay c) leave d) staying
37. He works ... at his graduation thesis.
a) hard b) hardly c) heavy d) a lot of
38. The university is … from my place.
a) a half an hour‟s walk b) in an hour and a half‟s walk
c) half an hour‟s walk d) hour and a half‟s walk
39. Last month he … ill and lagged behind the group.
a) felt b) fell c) had fallen d) caught
40. It‟s … here today. Where … everybody?
a) so quiet b) such quiet c) so quite d) quit
a) are b) is c) do d) does
41. … Thames is … most important river in … Great Britain.
a) the b) a c) an d) –
42. When I saw my colleague he was ... the boss.
a) talking b) speaking to c) discussing to d) saying to
43. His hair … too long. He should have … cut.
a) are b) is c) has d) do
a) it b) them c) they d) its

160
 PHONETICS
I. ENGLISH TO JAZZ
UNIT 5. EATING OUT ITEM 5. ENGLISH MUFFIN
ITEM 1. WHAT WOULD YOU LIKE TO EAT? - What kind of toast would you like?
- What would you like to eat? - What do you have?
- I think, I‟ll have a steak. - We have white toast, rye toast, whole
- A steak? Rare, medium, perhaps, well wheat. We have English muffins. White
done? toast and English muffins.
- I‟d like a steak. I‟d like it rare. English muffins, wheat, rye, white.
- Rare, medium, well done. English muffins, wheat, rye, white.
Rare, medium, well done. - I‟ll have a wheat toast.
- I‟d like a steak. I‟d like it medium. I‟ll have a wheat toast.
- I‟d like it medium. I‟d like a steak. I‟ll have it. I‟ll have it.
- I‟d like it well done. - OK
I‟d like it well done. - And I‟ll have an English muffin.
- The steak is excellent. It‟s delicious. Deli- - OK
cious and excellent. Excellent. Delicious.
Excellent. ITEM 6. HOW DO YOU WANT YOUR EGGS?
- How do you want your eggs?
ITEM 2. MASHED POTATOES - Sunny side up, over easy.
- Which vegetables are you gonna have: Sunny side up, over easy.
potatoes, beans or some peas? - How do you want your coffee?
Beans or potatoes? Potatoes or beans? - Black.
- I‟d like potatoes. Mashed potatoes. I‟d like - How do you want your coffee?
mashed potatoes. A lot of potatoes. - Black.

ITEM 3. I HAVEN‟T DECIDED YET UNIT 6. TALKING ABOUT WEATHER

- What are you gonna have for dessert?
- I haven‟t decided yet. ITEM 1. NICE DAY TODAY
- What are you gonna drink? - It‟s a nice day today, isn‟t it?
- I haven‟t decided yet. - It certainly is. It‟s a beautiful day.
- What are you gonna have for lunch? - Nice day today, isn‟t it? Nice day. Nice
- I haven‟t decided yet. day. Nice day today, isn‟t it?
- Not yet. Not yet. I haven‟t decided yet. - Yes, it is. Clear, blue sky. Yes, it is. Not a
cloud in the sky.
ITEM 4. PLEASE, PASS THE SALT
- Please, pass the water. ITEM 2. IT‟S COLD OUTSIDE
- Here you are. - It‟s cold outside. It‟s cold. Cold.
- Please, pass the salt. Cold outside.
- There you are. - Bitter, bitter, bitter cold outside.
- Please, pass the wine. - I‟m freezing. Let‟s go inside.
- Here it is. Here it is. - Let‟s go inside. I‟m freezing too.
- Please, pass the pepper. - It‟s cold outside. It‟s cold. Cold.
- Yes, sure. Here it is. Cold outside.
- Wine and water. - Bitter, bitter, bitter cold outside.
- Sure. Here they are. Sure. Certainly. - I‟m freezing. Let‟s go inside.
Here they are. Sure. Certainly. Sure. There - Let‟s go inside. I‟m freezing too.
it is. Certainly. Here it is.
161
ITEM 3. HOT, MUGGY DAY - I‟m usually home after seven. I‟m usually
- Hot, muggy day. It‟s much too humid and home after seven.
it‟s much too hot.
- It sure is. It sure is. ITEM 4.
I FEEL LIKE GOING TO THE DISCO TONIGHT
ITEM 4. IT LOOKS LIKE RAIN - How about going to the disco tonight?
- Is it gonna rain? Is it gonna rain? - That sounds great. That sounds like fun.
It looks like rain. It looks like rain. Sounds good. Sounds great.
- I hope not. Sounds like fun. I‟ll call you.
- Do you think it‟s gonna be a nice day? - I feel like going to the disco tonight.
- I hope so. - I do too. Let‟s go.
That‟s what the weatherman says. - I don‟t feel like studying tonight.
- Is it gonna rain? Is it gonna rain? - Neither do I. Let‟s go.
It looks like rain. It looks like rain.
- I hope not. ITEM 5.
- Do you think it‟s gonna be a nice day? CAN YOU COME OVER FOR DINNER TONIGHT
- I hope so. - Can you come over for dinner tonight?
That‟s what the weatherman says. - I‟d like that very much.
I‟d like that very much.
UNIT 7. - Can you come over for a drink tomorrow?
INVITING, ACCEPTING & REFUSING - I‟d love to. I‟d love to.
ITEM 1. I‟D LIKE TO INVITE YOU TO A - Can you come over?
RECEPTION FRIDAY NIGHT Can you come over?
- I‟d like to invite you to a reception at my Can you come over for a drink tonight?
house Friday night. Can you come? - I‟d like that very much. I‟d love to.
- I‟d be glad to come. Thank you. I‟d love to. I‟d like that very much.
- I‟d like to invite. I‟d like to invite you. - Can you come over for lunch tomorrow?
I‟d like to invite you to my house Friday - I wish I could. But I‟m afraid I can‟t.
night. Can you come? Can you come? - That‟s too bad.
- I‟d be glad to come. Thank you. - I really wish I could.
Can I take a raincheck?
ITEM 2. WOULD YOU LIKE TO JOIN US?
- A raincheck?
- Would you like to join us for dinner tonight
- A raincheck.
at the Steak House?
- Sure. You are welcome.
- I‟d love to. But I‟m afraid, I can‟t.
- I wish I could, but I‟m afraid I can‟t.
I‟m leaving tonight.
I really wish I could, but I‟m afraid I can‟t.
- Would you like to join us? Would you like - That‟s too bad. Too bad. That‟s too bad.
to join us for dinner tonight?
- I‟d love to. But I‟m afraid, I can‟t. ITEM 6. I‟M FAMISHED
I‟d love to, but … - I‟m famished. Are you hungry?
- Yes, I am very hungry.
ITEM 3. LET‟S HAVE LUNCH TODAY - I‟d like to take you to a good Chinese restaurant.
- Let‟s have lunch today. - Sounds great. Thank you.
- OK.
- Let‟s have dinner tonight. ITEM 7. I‟M SO HUNGRY, I COULD EAT A COW
- All right. - I‟m starving. How about you?
- Let‟s have lunch together some day. - Yeah. I‟m so hungry, I could eat a cow.
- OK. - Good. Let‟s go to a very nice place.
- You‟ll call me or I‟ll call you? A very nice place. Let‟s go. Let‟s go.
- I‟ll call you. It‟s my treat this time.
When is the best time to call? - It sounds great. It sounds good. Thank you.
162
UNIT 8. APOLOGIZING ITEM 4. IT‟S ALL MY FAULT
- It‟s all my fault. I shouldn‟t have done it.
ITEM 1. I‟M SORRY, I‟M LATE - Don‟t worry about it. It‟s all right.
- I‟m sorry. - I‟m terribly sorry. It‟s all my fault.
- That‟s all right. - Don‟t worry. You couldn‟t help it.
- I‟m very sorry. It doesn‟t matter.
- That‟s quite all right. - I‟m sorry.
- I‟m sorry, I‟m late. - It‟s not your fault.
- That‟s all right.
- I‟m really sorry. ITEM 5. I SHOULDN‟T HAVE DONE IT
- That‟s quite all right. - I‟m sorry, I did it.
- I‟m terribly sorry. I shouldn‟t have done it.
- Never mind. That‟s all right. I‟m sorry, I said it.
- Don‟t worry about it. I shouldn‟t have said it.
- Think nothing of it. I‟m sorry, I wrote it.
- I‟m sorry. I‟m very sorry. I‟m really sorry. I shouldn‟t have written it.
I‟m terribly sorry. - That‟s all right. It‟s not important.
Don‟t worry.
ITEM 2. You couldn‟t help it. It doesn‟t matter.
I‟M AFRAID, I OWE YOU AN APOLOGY Honestly, it really doesn‟t matter.
- I‟m afraid, I owe you an apology. - I‟m sorry, I didn‟t do it.
- What for? I should have done it.
There‟s really nothing to apologize for. - That‟s all right. Never mind. It really
- I apologize for losing my temper. doesn‟t matter. Don‟t worry about it.
- That‟s all right. Don‟t worry about it. It‟s not your fault.
No problem. - I‟m sorry, I didn‟t call you.
- I‟m sorry. I should have called you.
I didn‟t mean to hurt your feelings. - That‟s all right. It doesn‟t matter.
- That‟s all right. No problem.
Don‟t worry about it. Ex. 1 Respond to the phrases
1. Can you come over to dinner tonight?
ITEM 3. EXCUSE ME 2. It looks like rain.
- Excuse me. 3. Please, pass the water.
- That‟s all right. 4. I‟m afraid I owe you an apology.
- Excuse me for a moment, please. 5. Nice day today, isn‟t it?
- That‟s all right. 6. How do you want your coffee?
- Excuse me for being late. 7. You‟ll call me or I‟ll call you?
- Never mind. That‟s OK. 8. I‟m sorry I didn‟t mean to hurt you.
- Sorry about yesterday. 9. Bitter cold outside.
- Don‟t worry. It‟s OK. 10. When is the best time to call?
Think nothing about it. 11. Can I take a raincheck?
- Sorry, I forgot to call. 12. Hot muggy day.
- Sorry, I forgot to tell you. 13. How do you like your steak? Rare, me-
- Sorry, I forgot to write you. dium or well done?
- Sorry, I forgot to inform you. Sorry, I for- 14. It‟s my treat this time.
got to answer your letter. 15. Excuse me for a moment, please.
- Think nothing of it. Don‟t worry about it 16. Which vegetables would you like?
17. I shouldn‟t have said it.

163
 Ex. 2 Translate into English
1. - Боюсь, я должен перед вами извиниться. 5. – Вы сможете прийти на обед сегодня
- За что? Извиняться совсем не за что. вечером?
- Я прошу прощения за то, что опоздал. - Я бы с удовольствием, но боюсь, что не
- Пустяки! Не беспокойтесь об этом. смогу. Я уезжаю сегодня вечером.
Что вы будете есть? - Очень жаль.
- Я бы взял бифштекс. Я бы хотел прожа- - Мне действительно хотелось бы. Может
ренный. быть в другой раз?
- Бифштекс превосходный. - Конечно, пожалуйста.
- Что вы будете на десерт? - Мне жаль.
- Я ещѐ не решил. Передайте вино, пожа- - Ничего. Всѐ в порядке.
луйста.
- Да, конечно, вот оно. 6. – Холодно на улице. Я замѐрзла.
- Я тоже замѐрзла. Давай зайдѐм в дом.
2. - Это моя вина. Не надо было мне - Я очень хочу есть. Я бы съела стейк.
звонить ему. - Какие овощи ты будешь: картошку, фа-
- Не волнуйся. Ты не мог поступить иначе. соль или горошек?
- Ты очень добр. Большое спасибо за по- - Я буду пюре. Передай, пожалуйста,
нимание. Я ценю это. соль.
- Все в порядке, не думай об этом. - Вот. Какой кофе ты хочешь?
Как насчѐт того, чтобы сходить на дис- - Чѐрный.
котеку сегодня вечером?
Совсем не хочется учиться. 7. – Хороший день сегодня, не правда ли?
- Здорово! Я тебе позвоню. - Да, конечно. Чудесный день. Чистое
голубое небо. Ни облачка.
3. - Простите меня, я не хотел вас обидеть. - Я бы хотел пригласить вас на приѐм в
- Все в порядке. Нет проблем. моѐм доме в пятницу вечером. Вы смо-
- Мне действительно очень жаль. Не надо жете прийти?
было говорить это. Извините, что вышел - Буду очень рад. Спасибо за приглаше-
из себя. ние. У вас новый дом?
- Это не ваша вина, что вы не могли сдер- - Нет, мы просто сделали ремонт.
жаться. - Хорошо сделано. Дом выглядит вели-
- Вы были ужасно добры. Большое спаси- колепно.
бо за беспокойство. - Спасибо. Вы очень добры.
- Никакого беспокойства. Был рад помочь.
- Боюсь, мне пора идти. Не пропадайте. 8. – Давай пообедаем как-нибудь вместе.
- Конечно. До свидания, желаю хорошего - Хорошо.
дня. - Давай пообедаем сегодня.
- Спасибо, вам тоже. Передавайте привет - Я бы с удовольствием, но боюсь я не
жене. смогу. Мне очень жаль.
- Всѐ в порядке, не беспокойся. Как-
4. – Жаркий, влажный день. Похоже, будет нибудь в другой раз.
дождь. - Ты позвонишь мне или я тебе?
- Надеюсь, что нет. - Я позвоню. Когда лучше позвонить?
- Вы думаете, будет хороший день? - Я обычно дома после семи.
- Надеюсь, что да. Так говорят синоптики. - Боюсь, мне пора идти. Не пропадай.
- Я умираю с голоду. А вы? - Конечно. Пока. Увидимся.
- Да, я очень голодный.
- Я хотел бы вас пригласить в очень хо-
роший китайский ресторан. Я угощаю.
164
 II. SHIP OR SHEEP?
Do the tasks. Learn the dialogues by heart.

UNIT 1. [i:] SHEEP

IN A CAFE
Christina: ˆWhat would you ˆlike to ˈeat, ˏPeter? The ˆcheese ˆsandwiches are the ˎcheapest.
Peter: →Er, a ˈcheese .sandwich, .please, Chriˏstina.
Christina: Jaˏnine? ˆWould you ˆlike a ˆbeef ˏsandwich or a ˎcheese sandwich?
Janine: A ˈcheese .sandwich, ˏplease.
Peter: ˆWhat about ˈyou, Chriˏstina? ˆWould you ˆlikeˏcheese or ˎbeef?
Waitress: ˆAre you ˆall ˆready to ˏorder? ˆWhat would you ˆlike to ˎeat?
Christina: We'll ˆhave ˆone ˆbeef ˏsandwich, ˆtwo ˆcheeseˏsandwiches and, →mmm, ˆtea for ˎme.
Janine: ˆTea for ˆme ˈtoo, ˏplease.
Peter: ˎYes, ˆmake that ˈthree teas, ˏplease.
Waitress: ˈOne ˏbeef sandwich, ˈtwo ˏcheese sandwiches and ˆthree ˎteas.

UNIT 2. [ı] SHIP

Choose the correct word.
1. He wants a ship / sheep for his birthday. 4. That‟s a chip / cheap machine.
2. That‟s a very small bin / bean. 5. What a high hill / heel.
3. Look at these chicks / cheeks. 6. Don‟t eat that pill / peel.

THREE INTERESTING FILMS

Bill: ˆGood ˈevening, Mrs ˏLee.
Gina: ˆIs ˆKim ˏin?
Bill: ˆIs he ˆcoming to the ˈcinema, Mrs ˏLee? It's the ˆChildren's ˈFilm Festival.
Mrs Lee: ˆKim's ˎill.
Bill: ˈHere he ˏis!
Gina: ˈHi, ˏKim!
Kim: ˈHi, →Gina! ˈHi, →Bill!
Bill: ˎKim, we've ˆgot these ˆthree ˆfree ˎtickets | to ˆsee ˆthree ˆprize-winning ˎfilms for ˈchildren!
Mrs Lee: ˎListen, ˎKim
Kim: ˆIs it ˎinteresting?
Gina: ˆWe ˆthink it ˏis. ˏFirst there's a ˆshort ˆfilm about goˆrillas and ˆchimpanˆzees in ˎAfrica, and…
Bill: …ˎthen the ˎnext film is aˆbout the ˆsix ˆbest Oˆlympic gymˎnastic competitions, and ˎthen…
Gina: …ˏthen it's the ˎbig film – „The ˆHistory of ˆEnglish ˎCricket‟.
Kim: ˅Cricket!
Bill: It's a teˆrrific ˎfilm.
Mrs Lee: If you're ˈill, ˏKim
Gina: It would be a ˆpity to ˈmiss ˏit.
Mrs Lee: ˆNow ˎlisten, you kids
Bill: And it beˆgins in ˆfifty ˎminutes.
Mrs Lee: ˈKim!
Kim: ˎQuick! Or we'll ˆmiss the beˆginning of the goˎrilla film!

165
UNIT 3. [e] PEN
Choose the correct word.
1. Give me another pin / pen, please. 4. I‟ll just sit / set the alarm clock on the shelf.
2. There‟s a pig / peg over there. 5. He needs a new disk / desk.
3. I buy them in tins / tens. 6. She‟ll just pick / peck at her food.

FRIENDS
Adele: ˈHi, ˏEmma! ˈHi, ˏBen! Heˏllo, Emily! Heˈllo, ˏEddie! →Hi, everybody!
Everybody except Kevin: ˈHi, Aˏdele!
Emily: ˆNice to ˆsee you aˈgain, Aˏdele. ˎKevin, ˆthis is Aˎdele. Aˏdele, ˆthis is ˎKevin.
Adele: ˈHi, ˏKevin. ˆAre you ˆlistening to the ˆRed ˆHot ˎChilli Peppers? It's ˆterribly ˎloud.
Kevin: ˎYes … Is ˈthat ˏbetter? (uh-huh) Are ˆyou a ˆfriend of ˎEmma‟s?
Adele: ˎYes.
Kevin: ˆEmma ˆsaid she had a ˈfriend .called Aˏdele.
Eddie: ˆHelp yourˆself to ˆMexican ˈfood, Aˏdele. It's on the ˆkitchen ˎbench.
Emily: And there's ˆFrench bread on the ˎshelf.
Ben: ˆCan I ˆget you a ˈdrink, Aˏdele?
Adele: ˈYes, .thanks, ˏBen. Some lemoˎnade with a ˆbit of ˆice in ˎit.
Emma: ˆHave you ˆmet my ˆfriend Aˈdele yet, ˏKevin?
Kevin ˎYes. I've just ˎmet her. She's ˆvery ˎfriendly.
Ben: ˆHow did you ˆspend your ˈholiday, Aˏdele?
Adele: I ˆwent to ˆSouth Aˎmerica with my ˆbest ˎfriend ˎKerrie.
Everybody; ˎWell!
Emma: We're ˆall ˎjealous.
Eddie: ˆWas it ˅expensive?
Adele: ˆNot ˎvery. But I ˆspent ˎeverything. I ˆhaven't ˆany ˆmoney ˎleft.

UNIT 4. [æ] MAN

1. I‟ve bought a new pen / pan. 4. I like the feta / fatter cheese.
2. Did you see the men / man? 5. Don‟t pet / pat the dog.
3. Did you say „end‟ / „and‟? 6. These are bad / bed clothes.

A BAD HIJACKER
Ann: ˈAlice! Perˆhaps that ˎpassenger | is a ˈhijacker!
Alice: ˆWhich ˎpassenger, Ann? ˆThat ˆsad ˆman with the ˅camera? He‟s ˆwearing ˆblack ˆslacks and a
ˎjacket.
Ann: ˈNo. ˆThat ˎfat lady | with the ˆbig ˆblack ˎhandbag | in her ˆleft ˎhand.
Alice: ˆIs she ˆstanding ˆnext to the ˅lavatory?
Ann: ˎYes. She‟s ˎtravelling | to ˆAmsterˎdam.
Alice: You‟re ˈmad, Anne. I ˆdon‟t underˈstand.
Ann: You ˎsee, ˆwhen she ˆwent ˈinto the ˏlavatory | she ˆdidn‟t ˎhave | that ˆhandbag in her ˎhand, and
ˈnow she‟s …
Fat Lady: ˈEverybody ˏstand! ˆI‟m a ˈhijacker. And in ˆthis handˆbag I →have a …

166
UNIT 5. [ʌ] CUP
Choose the correct word.
1. What a dirty cap / cup. 4. They live in a mad / mud house.
2. This hat / hut is too small. 5. I hang / hung my coat on the door.
3. There‟s a black bag / bug on the table. 6. The children ran / run quickly

SHE DOESN'T LOVE HIM

Jasmine: ˅Honey, ˆwhy are you ˆso ˎsad? ˅Honey, ˆwhy are you ˆso unˎhappy?
I ˆdon't underˎstand.
Duncan: You ˆdon't ˈlove me, ˏJasmine.
Jasmine: But ˎDuncan, I ˆlove you ˆvery ˈmuch!
Duncan: ˆThat's unˈtrue, ˏJasmine. You ˆlove my ˎcousin.
Jasmine: ˈJustin?
Duncan: ˆNo, his ˎbrother.
Jasmine: ˈDudley?
Duncan: →No. ˆStop ˆbeing, ˈfunny, ˏJasmine. ˆNotˈthat ˏone. Theˎother brother, ˎHunter.
You ˆthink ˆhe's ˏlovely and ˆI'm unatˎtractive.
Jasmine: ˆDuncan, ˆthat's ˆutter ˎrubbish!
Duncan: And ˆHunter ˆloves ˎyou ˎtoo.
Jasmine: ˆNo, he ˈdoesn't
Duncan: ˆYes, he ˏdoes.
Jasmine: ˎDuncan, ˆjust ˎonce ˆlast ˆmonth I ˆhad ˆlunch with ˎHunter. You ˆmustn't ˈworry.
I ˆlike ˎyour company ˆmuch ˎbetter than Hunter's. ˎHunter's …
Duncan: ˆOh, →just ˆshut ˎup, Jasmine!
Jasmine: But ˎhoney, I ˆthink you're ˈwonderful.
Duncan: →Oh, ˆshut ˈup, Jasmine.
Jasmine: ˆNow ˆthat's eˎnough! You're ˆjustˎ jealous, Duncan. ˎYou shut up!

UNIT 6. [ɑ:] HEART

Choose the correct word.
1. He‟s broken my hat / hut / heart. 4. There‟s a mouse in this bun / barn.
2. That‟s a bad cat / cut / cart. 5. Why don‟t you come / calm down?
3. I gave him a cap / cup / carp. 6. I don‟t like Patty‟s / parties.

AT A PARTY
Alana: ˆWhat a ˆmarvellousˈparty this is! I'm ˆhaving ˆso much ˎfun, Margaret.
Margaret: ˆWhere's your ˎglass, Aˎlana?
Alana: ˈHere you ˏare. ˎThanks. ˆThat's eˎnough.
Martin: Aˎlana! ˎMargaret! ˆCome into theˎgarden. ˆTara ˎDarling and ˆMarkus
ˎMarsh are ˆdancing on theˈgrass.
Margaret: ˆIn the ˏdark?
Martin: They're ˆdancing under the ˎstars.
Alana: Fanˈtastic! And ˆBart ˆJackson is ˆplaying his guiˈtar.
Margaret: ˆ Just ˆlook at ˎTara! She ˆcan't ˎdance but she ˆlooks ˆ very ˅smart.
Martin: ˆLook at ˎMarkus. ˆWhat a ˆfabulous ˎdancer!
Alana: ˆWhat an atˆtractive ˆcouple they ˎare! ˆLet's ˆtake a ˎphotograph of them.

167
UNIT 7. [ɒ] CLOCK
Choose the correct word.
1. What a pretty little cat / cot.
2. He tried to put his head in a sack / sock.
3. The tap / top was made of metal.
4. Which Pat / pot do you want?
5. I liked the baddie / body in that film.
6. Write in black / block letters.

TV ADVERTISMENT FOR ‘ONWASH’

Voice A: ˆWhat‟s ˆwrong with ˈyou, Mrs Bloggs?
Mrs Bloggs: ˆWhat‟s ˈwrong with ˏme? I ˆwant a ˎholiday | from this ˆhorrible ˆjob of ↑washing ˎsocks!
Voice B: ˆBuy a ˆbottle of ˈOnwash, Mrs Bloggs!
Voice C: ˎOnwash is ˆso ˎsoft and ˎstrong.
Voice D: You ˆdon‟t ˆwant ˆlots of ˆhot ˆwater with ˅Onwash!
Voice A: It‟s ˆnot a ˆlong ˎjob with ˅Onwash.
Voice B: ˆUse ˆOnwash ˎoften.
Voice C: You ˆwon‟t be ˎsorry when you‟ve ˆgot ˅Onwash.
Voice D: ˆEverybody ˆwants ˎOnwash.
Everybody: ˅Onwash is ˆso ˎpopular!

UNIT 8. [ɔ:] BALL

Choose the correct word.
1. My doctor doesn‟t like these spots / sports.
2. These pots / ports are very dirty.
3. Look at that white cod / cord on the water.
4. Mr Smith was shot / short.
5. The lion walked towards Tom and Rod / roared.
6. I said, “What a / water dog.”

SPORTS REPORT FROM RADIO STATION 4

Announcer: This ˅morning the ˆRoarers ˎfootball team arˆrived ˆback from ˎYork.
ˆLaura ˎShort is our ˈsports reˏporter, and ˆshe was at the ˎairport.
Laura Short: Good ˎmorning, listeners. ˆThis is ˆLaura ˎShort. ˆAll the ˆfootballers are ˆwalking
toˎwards me. ˆHere's ˆGeorge ˎBall, the ˎgoalkeeper. Good ˈmorning, George.
George Ball: Good ˏmorning. ˆAre you a reˏporter?
Laura Short: ˎYes, George. I'm ˆLaura ˎShort from ˆRadio ˆStation ˎfour. ˆTell us about the
ˎfootball match with ˎYork.
George Ball: →Well, it was ˎawful. We ˎlost. And the ˆscore was ˆforty-ˎfour, ˎfour. But it
ˆwasn't ˈmy fault, ˏLaura.
Laura Short: ˆWhose ˆfault ˎwas it, George?
George Ball: The ˎforwards.
Laura Short: The ˎforwards?
George Ball: ˎYes, the ˎforwards. They were ˆalways ˆfalling ˎover or ˆlosing the ˎball!
168
UNIT 9. [ʊ] BOOK
Choose the correct word.
1. That cock / cook is very noisy.
2. Lock / look it up carefully.
3. He is my god / good father.
4. How do you spell „cod‟ / „could‟?

A LOST BOOK
Mr Cook: ˆCould you ˆtell me ˆwhere you‟ve ˆput my ˏbook, Bronwen?
Mrs Cook: ˆIsn‟t it on the ˅bookshelf?
Mr Cook: ˎNo. The ˆbookshelf is ˆfull of your ˎcookery books.
Mrs Cook: ˆThen you should ˆlook in the ˈbedroom, ˎshouldn‟t you?
Mr Cook: ˆI‟ve ˎlooked. ˆYou ˆtook that ˏbook and ˎput it somewhere,ˎdidn‟t you?
Mrs Cook: The ˆliving-ˇroom?
Mr Cook: ˎNo, I‟ve ˎlooked. ˆI‟m ˆgoing to ˆput ↑all my ˆbooks in a ˎbox and ˎlock it!
Mrs Cook: ˎLook, John. It‟s on the ˈfloor | ˆnext to your ˎfoot.
Mr Cook: ˎAh! ˎGood!

UNIT 10. [u:] BOOT

Choose the correct word.
1. Look / Luke, I want you to come here.
2. That‟s full / fool.
3. Did you say „pull‟ / „pool‟?
4. That‟s a fullish / foolish skirt?

THE TWO RUDEST STUDENTS IN THE SCHOOL

Miss Luke: ˆGood afterˎnoon, girls.
Girls: ˆGood ˆafterˈnoon, Miss →Luke.
Miss Luke: ˆThis ˅afternoon | we‟re ˆgoing to ˆlearn ˆhow to ˆcook ˎsoup. ˆTurn on your comˏputers
and ˆlook at ˆunit ˆtwenty-ˎtwo.
Lucy: Exˈcuse me, Miss Luke.
Miss Luke: ˏYes, Lucy?
Lucy: There‟s some ˎchewing gum | on your ˈshoe.
Miss Luke: ˆWho ˆthrew their ˆchewing gum on the ˏfloor? ˆWas itˏyou, Lucy?
Lucy: ˈNo, Miss Luke. It was ˎSusan.
Miss Luke: ˇWho?
Lucy: ˆSusan ˎDuke.
Susan: It ˆwasn‟t ˈme, stupid. It was ˎJulie.
Julie: It was ˈyou!
Susan: It ˈwasn‟t me. ˆMy ˆmouth‟s ˎfull of chewing gum. ˈLook, Miss ˏLuke!
Julie: ˆStop ˆpulling my ˎhair, Susan. It was ˈyou!
Susan: ˏYou!
Julie: ˏYou!
Miss Luke: Exˎcuse me! If ˆyou ˆtwo conˆtinue with this ˎrudeness, you can ˆstay after ˎschool
inˆstead of ˆgoing to the ˎpool.

169
UNIT 11. [ɜ:] GIRL
Choose the correct word.
1. That‟s a very small bed / bird.
2. He‟s got a lot of buns / burns.
3. That‟s a very long ward / word.
4. Why don‟t you walk / work faster?
5. She always wears short / shirt dresses.
6. His name‟s John or / er Thomas, I think.

THE WORST NURSE

Sir Herbert: ˏNurse!
Colonel Burton: ˏNurse! ˆI‟m ˎthirsty!
Sir Herbert: ˅Nurse! My ˈhead hurts!
Colonel Burton: ˆNurse ˆSherman ˆalways ˆwears such ˆdirty ˎshirts.
Sir Herbert: He ˆnever aˆrrives at ˆwork ˎearly.
Colonel Burton: ˆHe and … →er … ˆNurse ˎTurner | ˆweren‟t at ˎwork on ˎThursday, ˎwere
they?
Sir Herbert: ˎNo, they ˎweren‟t.
Colonel Burton: ˆNurse ˎSherman | is the ˆworst ˆnurse in the ˎward, ˎisn‟t he, Sir Herbert?
Sir Herbert: ˆNo, he ˈisn‟t, Colonel ˏBurton. He‟s the ˆworst ˅nurse in the ˈworld!

UNIT 12. [eı] MALE

Choose the correct word.
1. This student has a very bad pen / pain.
2. Let‟s sit in the shed / shade.
3. Please give me some more pepper / paper.
4. The children were let / late out from school.
5. Her letter / later writing is very good.
6. Open the door and get / gate ready to leave.

AT THE RAILWAY STATION

Mr Grey: ˆThis ˆtrain‟s ˎlate! ˆI‟ve been ˆwaiting ˆhere for ˈages.
Porter: ˆWhich ˇtrain?
Mr Grey: The ˆeight eighˏteen | to ˎBaker Street.
Porter: The ˈeight eighˎteen? I‟m aˆfraid, you‟ve ˆmade a misˎtake, sir.
Mr Grey: A misˏtake? My ˈtimetable ˏsays: ˈBaker Street ˏtrain – ˆeight eighˎteen.
Porter: ˆOh, ˎno. The ˆBaker Street ˆtrain ˆleaves at ˆ8. 0ˎ8.
Mr Grey: At ˆ8. 0ˏ8?
Porter: They ˆchanged the ˆtime-table at the ˆend of ˎApril. It‟s the ˆfirst of ˈMay toˏday.
Mr Grey: ˇChanged it? ˆMay I ˆsee the ˆnew ˈtime-ˏtable? ˆWhat does it ˎsay?
Porter: It ˎsays: ˆBaker Street ˏtrain – ˆ8.0ˎ8.
Mr Grey: ˆOh ˎno, you're ˎright. The ˈtrain .isn‟t ˏlate. ˎI am.

170
UNIT 13. [aı] FINE
Choose the correct word.
1. I want a new cart / kite. 4. She has a good laugh / life.
2. The old lady was darning / dining. 5. This leather‟s hard / hide.
3. What a big star / sty! 6. Do you like pa /pie?

HEIDI, CAROLINE AND NIGEL

Heidi: ˈHi, ˏNigel.
Nigel: ˈHi, ˏHeidi. ˈHi, ˏCaroline. ˆYou're ˆlooking ˎnice, Caroline. ˆWould you ˆlike some ˆiced
ˈcoffee, Caroline?
Caroline: ˈNo thanks, ˏNigel. I'm ˆbusy ˎtyping. I have ˆninety-ˆnine ˆpages to ˆtype by ˎFriday.
'
Nigel: ˆNever ˏmind. ˆDo you ˆlike ˎmotorbike riding, Caroline?
Caroline: ˅Sometimes. ... ˇoh … my ˎmobile! Heˏllo! ... ˈHi, ˏRiley! ˈMmmm! ... I'd ˆlike ˎthat.
ˎMmmm ... at ˎfive ... at the ˎlibrary … it's ˆnineˆteen ˎHigh Street. ˆBye→bye!
Nigel: ˆWould you ˆlike to ˆcome ˆriding with ˎme to.night, .Caroline?
Caroline: ˈNot to.night, ˏNigel. I'm ˆgoing for a ˎdrive with ˎRiley.
Nigel: ˆWhat about ˎFriday?
Caroline: ˅Friday? I'm ˆgoing ˎclimbing with ˎMiles.
Nigel: All ˏright then. ˅Bye.
Heidi: ˅Caroline, ˆNigel's ˆput ˆsomething beˆhind your comˎputer.
Caroline: ˆIs it ˆsomething ˏnice, Heidi?
Heidi: ˎNo. It's a ˎspider.

UNIT 14. [ɔı] BOY

Choose the correct word.
1. I found this corn / coin in the garden. 4. Aw / Oi! You‟ve broken that glass.
2. The little boy was bawling / boiling with anger 5. He is a terrible bore / boy.
3. Look! It‟s all / oil on the floor! 6. Did you put all / oil of it in the salad?

JOYCE ROYAL'S ROLLS ROYCE

Roy: ˆWhat a ˆterrible ˈnoise, Mrs Royal!
Joyce: ˆIsn't it anˎnoying, Roy? It's ˆout ofˎoil.
Roy: A ˆRolls ˎRoyce! ˆOut ofˏoil. And ˎlook! The ˆwater‟s ˈboiling! Perˆhaps you've ˆspoilt the
ˎmotor. Or ˆeven desˈtroyed it. ˆHow disapˎpointing! It's ˆsuch a ˆbeautiful ˆRolls ˈRoyce! And a
ˆRolls ˆRoyce isn't aˈtoy!
Joyce: ˆHow disapˎpointing! I'll be ˆlate for my apˈpointment.

171
UNIT 15. [aʊ] HOUSE

Choose the correct word.

1. The bus drove into the car / cow.
2. There‟s a lot of grass / grouse near the farm.
3. Her bra / brow was white.
4. „Ha!‟ / „How!‟ he said loudly.
5. „Ah!‟ / „Ow!‟ he said, „You hit me!‟
6. Near the mountain there is a little tarn / town.

A MOUSE IN THE HOUSE

Mr Brown: ˆI‟ve ˆfound a ˈmouse!

Mrs Brown: ˈOw! You‟re ˎshouting | ˆtoo ˎloudly. ˆSit ˎdown | and ˆdon‟t ˎ frown.
Mr Brown: I‟ve ˆfound a ˎmouse | in the ˈhouse.
Mrs Brown: A ˈbrown ˏmouse?
Mr Brown: ˈYes. A ˆlittle ˈround mouse. It‟s ˆrunning aˆround in the ˈlounge.
Mrs Brown: On the ˎground?
Mr Brown: ˈYes. It‟s ˆunder the ˎcouch ˎnow.
Mrs Brown: ˆWell, ˆget it ˈout.
Mr Brown: ˈHow?
Mrs Brown: ˆTurn the ˈcouch .upside .down. ˆGet it ˆout ˅somehow. We ˆdon‟t ˆwant a ˈmouse in
our ˏhouse. ˆOurs is the ˆcleanest ˆhouse in the ˎtown!

UNIT 16. [ɜʊ] PHONE

Choose the correct word.

1. They have a nice green fern / phone in the hall
2. You can have coffee. Or / oh, do you want tea?
3. It‟s a very heavy ball / bowl.
4. Don‟t burn / bone the chicken.
5. I walk / work / woke early in the morning.

SNOW IN OCTOBER
Joanna: ˈAh! ˈJoe! ˏJoe! ˈJoe! ˅Hello,ˆwakeˎup, Joe!
Joe: →Oh! ˎWhat is it, Joanna?
Joanna: ˆ Look out of the ˎwindow.
Joe: ˎNo. My ˆeyes are ˏclosed, and I'm ˆgoing to ˆgo to ˈsleep again.
Joanna: ˏOh! ˈDon't .go to .sleep,ˏJoe. ˆLook at theˈsnow!
Joe: ˄Snow? But it's ˆonly Ocˈtober. I ˈknow there's .no .snow.
Joanna: ˆCome ˆover to the ˈwindow, ˏ Joe.
Joe: You're ˎ joking, Joanna, there's ˆno ˎsnow.
Joanna: ˆOˏK. I'll ˆput my ˆcoat ˏon and ˆgo ˏout and ˆmake a ˅snowball and ˆthrow it at your
ˈnose, Joe ˏJones!
172
UNIT 17. [ıə] NEAR

Choose the correct word.

1. I‟ve just swallowed a bee / beer.
2. The tea / tear fell on the floor.
3. What a funny bead / beard.
4. That‟s a very unusual pea / pier.
5. There should be 2 E‟s / ears and you‟ve only got 1
6. How are you, Dee / dear?

A BEARDED MOUNTAINEER
Mr Lear: ˎOoh! ˆLet's ˆhave aˈbeer .here,ˏdear.
Mrs Lear: ˆWhat a ˆgood iˈdea! They have ˆvery ˆgood ˎbeer here. We ˆcame ˆhere ˎlast year.
Mr Lear: The ˆatmosphere ˆhere is ˆvery ˎclear.
Mrs Lear: ˆBut it's ˆwindier than ˈlast ˏyear.
Mr Lear: ˆTwo ˈbeers,ˏplease.
Mrs Lear: ˎLook, dear! ˆLook at ˆthat ˆmountainˎeer ˆdrinking ˎbeer.
Mr Lear: ˎOoh! His ˆbeard is ˎin his .beer. … ˎSh! He ˆmight ˎhear.
Waiter: ˆHere you ˈare, ˏsir.ˆTwo ˎbeers.
Mr Lear: ˎThank you. ˈCheers!
Mrs Lear: ˎCheers! ˆHere's to the ˆbearded ˆmountainˎeer!

UNIT 18. [ɛə]

Choose the correct word.

1. „Three cheers / chairs‟, he said.
2. There was a small beer / bear on the table.
3. That‟s a very big pier / pear.
4. Look! It‟s here / hair.
5. Can I borrow your pen, please, Dan dear / Dare?
6. He said her name, but it wasn‟t clear / Claire.

A PAIR OF HAIRCLIPS
Mary: I've ˆlost ˆtwo ˆsmall ˎhairclips, Claire. They're a ˎpair.
Claire: ˆHave you ˆlooked ˆcarefully ˎeverywhere?
Mary: ˏYes. They're ˆnowhere ˎhere. They ˆjust ˆaren't ˈanywhere!
Claire: ˆHave you ˆlooked upˎstairs?
Mary: →Upstairs! →Downstairs! ˎEverywhere! They ˆjust ˆaren't ˈthere!
Claire: ˎHmm! ˆAre theyˈsquare,ˏMary?
Mary: ˏYes. ˎWhy?
Claire: →Well, you're ˆwearing ˆone of them in your ˎhair!
Mary: ˈOh! ˆThen ˆwhere's the ˈother one?
Claire: It's ˆover ˎthere. ˆUnder thatˏchair.
Mary: ˎHm!

173
 INDEPENDENT WORK

I. READING AND COMPREHENSION

Text 1. ST. VALENTINE'S DAY
St. Valentine's Day has roots in several different legends that have found their way through the ages. One of
the earliest popular symbols of the day is Cupid, the Roman god of Love, who is represented by the image of
a young boy with bow and arrow.
Three hundred years after the death of Jesus Christ, the Roman emperors still demanded that everyone be-
lieve in the Roman gods. Valentine, a Christian priest, had been thrown in prison for his teachings. On Feb-
ruary 14, Valentine was beheaded, not only because he was a Christian, but also because he had performed a
miracle. He supposedly cured the jailer's daughter of her blindness. The night before he was executed, he
wrote the jailer's daughter a farewell letter, signing it, "From Your Valentine." Another legend tells us that
this same Valentine, well- loved by all, wrote notes front his jail cell to children and friends who missed him.
Another Valentine was an Italian bishop who lived at about the same time. He was imprisoned because he
secretly married couples, contrary to the laws of the Roman emperor. Some legends say he was burned at the
stake.
February 14 was also a Roman holiday, held in honor of a goddess. Young men randomly chose the name of
a young girl to escort to the festivities. The custom of choosing a sweetheart on this date spread through Eu-
rope in the Middle Ages, and then to the early American colonies. Throughout the ages, people also believed
that birds picked their mates on February 14!
Whatever the odd mixture of origins, St. Valentine's Day is now a day for sweethearts. It is the day that you
show your friend or loved one that you care. You can send candy to someone you think is special. Or you
can send roses, the flower of love. Most people send "valentines," a greeting card named after the notes that
St. Valentine wrote from jail. Valentines can be sentimental, romantic, and heartfelt. They can be funny and
friendly. If the sender is shy, valentines can be anonymous.
Americans of all ages love to send and receive valentines. Handmade valentines, created by cutting hearts
out of colored paper, show that a lot of thought was put into making them personal. Valentines can be heart-
shaped, or have hearts, the symbol of love, on them. In elementary schools, children make valentines for
their classmates and put them in a large decorated box, similar to a mailbox. On February 14, the teacher
opens the box and distributes the valentines to each student. After the students read their valentines, they
have a small party with refreshments.
You can write a short rhyme inside the heart:
Roses are red, violets are blue,
Sugar is sweet and so are you!
Or you can buy valentines with messages in them. If you are shy, you can sign it, "Your Secret Admirer."
For teenagers and adults, major newspapers throughout the country have a Valentine's Day offer. Anyone
can send in a message, for a small fee of course, destined for a would-be sweetheart, a good friend, an ac-
quaintance or even a spouse of fifty years. For a small fee, the message is printed in a special section of the
newspaper on February 14.

TRUE OR FALSE?

1. St Valentine‘s Day is a day for people to express their love.

2. Valentine was a Roman Emperor.
3. Valentine was executed because he wanted to marry the Emperor‘s daughter.
4. St Valentine‘s Day was celebrated in ancient Rome.
5. At American schools children have a fancy dress ball on this day.
6. ‗Valentines‘ are small presents given on St Valentine‘s Day.
7. Newspapers print love messages on this day.
8. Nobody really knows the origin of this holiday.
9. The 14th of February is the day when birds come back from warm countries.
10. The symbols of St Valentine‘s Day are: a heart, a pumpkin, a rose and a black cat.

174
Read and do the tasks

Task 1. MATCH THE BEGINNINGS & THE ENDINGS OF THE PROVERBS, IDIOMS, QUOTATIONS

The heart that once truly loves … … what a beautiful combination!

Who wants to live forever… … soon hot and soon cold.
Absence makes the heart … … an easy game to play.
He is wearing his heart … … when love must die?
Love makes the world … … where it may not go.
Marriages are made … … in love and war.
Love will creep … … unlucky in love.
Lucky at cards, … … in lover’s eyes.
Love and hate, … … never forgets.
Love conquers … … on his sleeve.
Love was such … … buy me love.
All you need is … … grow fonder.
Hasty love is … … doesn’t rust.
Money can’t … … out of mind.
Out of sight, … … in heaven.
Beauty lies … … go round.
All is fair … … blind.
Old love … … love.
Love is …… kills.
Love … … all.

Task 2. READ & TRANSLATE THE POEM

Distant Views (by Richard Armour)

Two sayings that I’ve been inclined
In puzzlement some- times to ponder
Are Out of sight is out of mind
And Absence makes the heart grow fonder.

They’re opposite like day and night,

The very height of contradiction,
No more alike than black and white,
Or large and small, or fact and fiction.

To reconcile them, though, I’ve quit;

It’s not a thing I’m growing gray from,
For I have found, at last, that it
Depends on WHOM you are away from.

Text 2. HOW WE KEPT MOTHER’S DAY (After Stephen Leacock)

175
Read the text and do the tasks.

Of all the different ideas that have appeared lately, I think the very best one is celebrating Mother‘s Day
every year. We decided that we‘d make Mother‘s Day a great holiday for all the family and do everything we
could to make Mother happy. Father decided to take a holiday from his office, my sister Ann and I stayed at
home from college, and Mary and my brother Will stayed at home from school. Mary and Ann bought new
hats for the holiday. We wanted to buy a new hat for Mother, too, but she said she preferred to wear her old
one, it was so becoming.
It was our plan to make it a day like Christmas or any other big holiday, and so we decided to decorate the
house with flowers, and all that kind of things. We got Mother to do the decorations, because she always
does it at Christmas.
We decided that we should get a car and take Mother for a beautiful drive into the country because she is
busy in the house nearly all the time.
So we got everything ready for a trip, and we got Mother to make up a sort of lunch in case we got hungry,
though of course we planned to come back home again to a big dinner in the middle of the day. Mother
packed it all for us ready to put in the car.
Well, when the car came to the door it turned out that it was much smaller than we had thought and it was
clear that we couldn‘t all get in.
Father said that he could just as well stay at home and spend time working in the garden, he wanted us to
go and be happy and have a good day. But of course we all felt that it would never do to let Father stay at
home, especially as we knew he wouldn‘t be happy if he did. Mary and Ann were prepared to stay and get
dinner ready. They both said that Mother had only to say a word and they‘d gladly stay at home and work.
Only it was such a pity not to have a chance to wear the new hats they had bought. It was no use to leave
Will and me, as we couldn‘t help in getting dinner ready.
So in the end it was decided that Mother would stay at home and just have a lovely restful day around the
house, and get the dinner ready. The weather was just a little bit cold, though it was sunny, and Father was
rather afraid that Mother might catch cold if she came.
So we all drove away with three cheers for Mother, and she stood and watched us from the veranda for as
long as she could see us.
Well, – we had the loveliest day up among the hills. Father caught a lot of big fish, Will and I fished too,
though we didn‘t get so many as Father, and the girls met a lot of people they knew and chatted with them
and had a good time.
It was quite late when we got back, nearly seven o‘clock, but Mother had guessed that we would be late,
so she had made the dinner later so as to have it nicely ready and hot for us.
The dinner lasted a long time, and Mother had to get up and down a lot during the meal bringing things
and taking them away, and when it was over all of us wanted to help to clear the table and wash the dishes,
but Mother said that she would rather do it herself, and so we let her just to please her.
It was quite late when it was all over, and when we all kissed Mother before going to bed, she said it had
been the most wonderful day in her life, and I think there were tears in her eyes.

Task 1. True or false?

1. The author thinks that Mother‘s Day should become a national holiday.
2. Mother used Christmas decorations to make the flat look more beautiful.
3. It was decided that Mother would stay at home because it seemed the most reasonable thing to do.
4. The dinner was ready by the time the family came from the ride.
5. Mother did all the work to make this day a holiday.
6. Everything was done to make Mother happy.

Task 2
1. What could the family do to make their mother really happy?
2. How do you celebrate Women‘s Day in your family?
3. On what holidays do people in Great Britain and the USA congratulate their mothers?
When do they take place?

Text 3. APRIL FOOL’S DAY

176
Read and translate the text.
Unlike most of the other non-foolish holidays, the history of April Fool‘s Day, sometimes called All
Fool‘s Day, is not totally clear. There really wasn‘t a ―first April Fool‘s Day‖ that can be pinpointed on the
calendar. Some believe it sort of evolved simultaneously in several cultures at the same time, from celebra-
tions involving the first day of spring.
The closest point in time that can be identified as the beginning of this tradition was in 1582, in France.
Prior to that year, the New Year was celebrated for eight days, beginning on March 25. The celebration cul-
minated on April 1. With the reform of the calendar under Charles IX, the Gregorian Calendar was intro-
duced, and New Year‘s Day was moved to January 1.
However, communications being poor, many people did not receive the news for several years. Others,
the more obstinate crowd, refused to accept the new calendar and continued to celebrate the New Year on
April 1. These backward folk were labeled as ―fools‖ by the general populace. They were subject to some
ridicule, and were often sent on ―fools errands‖ or were made the butt of other practical jokes.
This harassment evolved, over time, into a tradition of prank-playing on the first day of April. The tradition
eventually spread to England and Scotland in the eighteenth century. It was later introduced to the American
colonies of both the English and French. April Fool‘s Day is a fun little holiday, but a holiday on which one
must remain forever vigilant, for he may be the next April Fool!
April Fool‘s Day developed into an international fun fest, so to speak, with different nationalities specia-
lizing in their own brand of humor at the expense of their friends and families.
In France today, April first is called ―Poisson d‘Avril.‖ French children fool their friends by taping a pa-
per fish to their friends‘ backs. When the ―young fool‖ discovers this trick, the prankster yells ―Poisson
d‘Avril!‖ (April Fish!)
Today Americans play small tricks on friends and strangers alike on the first of April. One common
trick on April Fool‘s Day, or All Fool‘s Day, is pointing down to a friend‘s shoe and saying, ―Your shoelace
is untied.‖ School children might tell a classmate that school has been cancelled. Whatever the trick, if the
innocent victim falls for the joke the prankster yells, ―April Fool! ‖
Practical jokes are a common practice on April Fool‘s Day. Sometimes, elaborate practical jokes are
played on friends or relatives that last the entire day. The news media even gets involved. For instance, a
British short film once shown on April Fool‘s Day was a fairly detailed documentary about ―spaghetti far-
mers‖ and how they harvest their crop from the spaghetti trees.
College students set their clocks an hour behind, so their roommates show up to the wrong class – or not
at all. Some practical jokes are kept up the whole day before the victim realizes what day it is. Most April
Fool jokes are in good fun and not meant to harm anyone. The cleverest April Fool joke is the one where
everyone laughs, especially the person upon whom the joke is played.

Answer the questions:

Do you ever play tricks on people on April Fools Day? Why or why not?

Text 4. WHAT MADE THE LITTLE DOG EXPIRE

Read the text and do the tasks

The event I'm going to tell you about happened in England shortly after World War II. A certain English
1ady intended to give a party. She wanted to invite a number of friends for dinner and a game of bridge. It
was easy enough to ask people to come, but far more difficult to provide a meal for them. However, on the
very morning of the party the problem was unexpectedly solved.
"There is a man, Ma‘am, at the back door, offering to sell mushrooms," the maid-servant announced.
The 1ady, accompanied by her little terrier, came down to the kitchen and found there a rather strange-
looking man with a basket over his arm. The 1ady knew nothing about mushrooms and inquired the man if
they were not poisonous. The man reassured her that they weren't and named such a small price for the
whole lot that the lady readily paid the money at once, ordering her servant to empty the basket and return it
to its owner. While the servant was emptying the basket she dropped a mushroom, and the fox terrier imme-
diately ate it.
"There, that dog knows what's good," the stranger said. Putting the money, into his pocket, he laughed
and left the kitchen.
Soon the guests arrived and were served a dish of mushrooms, which they thought a treat. While dinner
was in progress, the hostess noticed that the servant's eyes were red with weeping. Calling her aside, the lady
asked what was the reason of her tears.
"Oh, Ma‘am, I didn't want to upset you... the little... the poor thing has died ...," the girl said sobbing.
The terrible truth flashed through the lady's mind. She saw her duty clearly and addressed her guests:
177
 "Ladies and gentlemen," she said. "I'm sorry to say that, but the mushrooms I've offered you turned out to
be poisonous. We must act and act quickly, if we want to save our lives.‖
There was a general panic. Some of the gentlemen swore, some of the 1adies cried. But one man sug-
gested going to the nearest hospital to have the contents of their stomachs pumped out. All rushed to save
their lives. The staff of the hospital were surprised to have a group of patients in evening clothes. Naturally,
no one thought of playing cards after this. On arriving home the lady wanted to know where the terrier's
body was.
"Oh", said the servant, still sobbing, "the gardener has buried it, for it was so badly smashed; and we
didn't even have time enough to put down the number of the car that so cruelly ran over the poor little pet!‖

Task. True or false?

1. It was hard for the hostess to decide what to cook because she wanted the meal to be unusual.
2. The lady wanted her guests to play cards after dinner.
3. The mushrooms were very cheap.
4. The servant was weeping because the fox-terrier had eaten a poisonous mushroom and died.
5. The guests were shocked to know that the mushrooms were dangerous for their health.
6. They didn‘t play cards because there was no time left for that.

Text 5. THE LUNCHEON (After S. Maugham)

Read the text and do the tasks.

I saw her at the play and in answer to her beckoning I went over during the interval and sat down beside
her. It was long since I had last seen her. She addressed me brightly:
―Well, it‘s many years since we first met. How time does fly! Do you remember the first time I saw you?
You asked me for luncheon.‖
Did I remember?
It was twenty years ago and I was living in Paris. I had a small apartment in the Latin Quarter overlook-
ing a cemetery and I was earning money to keep body and soul together. She had read a book of mine and
had written to me about it, saying that she was passing through Paris and would like to have a talk with me.
She asked me if I would give her a little luncheon at Foyot's. Foyot's was so far beyond my means that I had
never even thought of going there. But I was flattered and I was too young to have learnt to say no to a wom-
an. So I answered that I would meet her at Foyot‘s on Thursday at half past twelve.
She was not so young as I had expected, and in appearance imposing rather than attractive. It seemed to
me that she wanted to talk about me and I prepared to be a good listener.
I was startled when the menu was brought, for the prices were a great deal higher than I had thought. But
she reassured me, "I never eat anything for luncheon." she said. ―Oh, don‘t say that!" I answered generously.
"I never eat more than one thing. I think people eat too much nowadays. A little fish perhaps. I wonder if
they have any salmon."
Well, it was early in the year for salmon and it wasn't on the menu, but I asked the waiter if they had any.
Yes, a beautiful salmon had just come in, and I ordered it for my guest. The waiter asked her if she would
have something while it was being cooked.
"No," she answered, "I never eat more than one thing. Unless you had a little caviare. I never mind ca-
viar."
My heart sank a little. I knew I could not afford caviare, but I couldn't tell her that. I told the waiter by all
means to bring caviare. For myself I chose the cheapest dish on the menu and that was a mutton chop. "I
think you are unwise to eat meat," she said. "I don't know how you can expect to work after eating heavy
things like chops."
Then came the question of drinks.
"I never drink anything for luncheon," she said.
"Neither do I," I answered quickly.
"Except white wine," she went on as though I had not spoken. ―These French wines are so light. They are
wonderful for digestion. My doctor won't let me drink anything but champagne.‖
I turned pale. I ordered half a bottle. I said that my doctor had absolutely forbidden me to drink cham-
pagne. I drank water.
She ate the caviare and she ate the salmon. She talked of art and literature and music, but I wondered
what the bill would come to. When my mutton chop arrived she said: "I see that you are in the habit of eating
a heavy luncheon. I'm sure it‘s a mistake. Why don‘t you follow my example and just eat one thing?"
The waiter came again with the menu. She waved him aside with an airy gesture.

178
 "No, no, I never eat anything for luncheon. Just a bite. I can't possibly eat anything more – unless they
had some of those giant asparagus. I should be sorry to leave Paris without having some of them."
My heart sank. I had seen them in the shops and they were horribly expensive.
―Madame wants to know if you have any of those giant asparagus,‖ I asked the waiter. I tried with all my
might to make him say no. A happy smile appeared over his broad face and he told me they had some, so
large and so splendid. I ordered them.
We waited for the asparagus to be cooked. Panic seized me. It was not the question now how much mon-
ey I would have for the rest of the month, but whether I had enough to pay the bill.
The asparagus appeared. They were so great. I watched her eating them.
When she finished eating I said, "Coffee?"
"Yes, just an ice cream and coffee," she answered.
It was all the same to me now, so I ordered coffee and ice cream for her and coffee for myself.
Then a terrible thing happened. While we were waiting for the coffee, the headwaiter came up to us with
a large basket full of huge peaches. Peaches were not in season then. God knew what they cost. My guest,
going on with her conversation, absent-mindedly took one.
"You see, you've filled your stomach with a 1ot of meat and you can't eat anything more. But I've just had
a bite and I shall enjoy a peach."
The bill came and when I paid it I found that I didn't have enough money for a good tip. When I walked
out of the restaurant I had the whole month before me and not a penny in my pocket.
"Follow my example," she said as we shook hands, ―and never eat more than one thing for luncheon."
"I‘ll do better than that," I answered. I‘ll eat nothing for dinner tonight".
―Humorist, you are quite a humorist," she cried gaily, jumping into a cab.
But I have had my revenge at last. I do not believe that I am a revengeful man, but when the immortal
gods take a hand in the matter it is pardonable to observe the result with self-satisfaction.
Today she weighs one hundred and thirty kilograms.

Task 1. Choose the correct answer.

1. When they first met 4. The lady talked about

A. the narrator was a famous writer. A. the narrator‘s book
B. the narrator hadn‘t written anything yet. B. about art and literature
C. the narrator was a beginning writer C. French cuisine

2. When the narrator saw the lady 5. The lady

A. he was disappointed. A. was a light eater.
B. he was fascinated. B. ate only one thing for luncheon.
C. he was surprised. C. ordered expensive food.

6. The narrator has had his revenge at last because

3. The narrator was worried because he A. she has become very poor.
A. didn‘t know what to talk about. B. she is following a strict diet.
B. didn‘t like the food on the menu C. she has become very fat
C. didn‘t have a lot of money

Task 2. Translate the words from the text.

1. beckon 2. to address 3. cemetery 4. earn money to keep body and soul together 5. far beyond my means
6. to be flattered 7. imposing 8. digestion 9. asparagus 10. tip 11. revenge 12. revengeful

Text 6. A MELTING STORY (After Mark Twain)

Read the text and summarize it in a few sentences.

179
 One winter evening a country shopkeeper was about to close his shop for the night. He went out to shut
the windows from outside and through the glass he noticed how a man in the shop quickly took a pound of
fresh butter from a shelf and hid it in his hat .
"What fun I'll have," the shopkeeper said to himself as he thought of a way to punish the man for stealing
.
"I say, Steve,‖ said the shopkeeper, as he came in and closed the door after him.
Steve already had his hand on the door, ready to leave the shop as quickly as possible.
"I say, Steve, sit down. On such a cold night as this, it's very pleasant to sit in a warm room."
Steve did not know what to do. He had the butter in the hat and he wanted to get out of the shop at once.
But the shopkeeper took Steve by the shoulder and made him sit close to the stove in a corner among the
boxes.
"We'll make it a little warmer, Steve,‖ he said as he opened the stove door put a number of sticks inside.
"If you are not warm enough you'll freeze when you go out on a night like this."
Steve already felt that the butter was melting, and he jumped up and said he must go.
"Not till you are quite warm, Steve. I'll tell you a story," said the shopkeeper as he made Steve sit down
again.
"Oh, it‘s so hot here," said Steve
"Sit down, don't be in such a hurry."
"But I must go. My cows ... they're hungry ... I must go and feed them."
"Don't hurry, Steve, let the cows take care of themselves."
Poor Steve! He didn't know what to do. The butter began to melt and came pouring from under his hat
down into his eyes and mouth.
The shopkeeper was talking as if nothing was the matter and continued to put sticks into the stove.
―It‘s a fine night," he said, "Steve, why don't you - take your hat off? You seem to be warm. Let me put
your hat over here."
"No!" cried poor Steve at last. "No! I must go! Let me go! Let me go out. I'm not well. Let me go!"
The butter was now pouring down the poor man's face and neck and even down his body into his boots,
so that he was in a perfect bath of oil.
"Well, good night, Steve," said the shopkeeper smiling," if you really want to go." Then he added, as
Steve started out of the door: "I say, Steve, I think the fun I have had out of you is worth ninepence so I
shan't take any money from you for that pound of butter in your hat."

Text 7. SMART GUY

Read the text and do the tasks.

One morning a well-dressed gentleman of aristocratic bearing accompanied by his manservant entered
a jeweller‘s shop in Bond Street in London.
The gentleman wore his right arm in a sling. He began to examine the rings and when he had chosen a
couple of rings to the value of a thousand pounds, he put his hand into his breast pocket as he wished to pay
for the rings at once.
―Oh, hang it. I must have left my wallet at home. Here, Daniel,‖ he said to his servant, ―take the car,
drive back to my wife and ask her to give you the money. Oh, Mr...‖ he addressed the jeweller. ―Could you
oblige me with a sheet of notepaper to write a few lines?‖
The jeweller brought the notepaper at once, and the gentleman tried to write, but found it difficult, as
his hand was bandaged and quite painful.
―No, I cannot manage it. Would you please write it for me? ―
So the jeweller took the pen and paper and at the dictation of the gentleman wrote: ―Kindly send me a
thousand pounds via bearer. Theophilus.‖
―What a strange coincidence,‖ observed the jeweller, ―My name is Theophilus too.‖
―Oh, I‘m so glad to hear it,‖ replied the gentleman while his man took the note and left the shop.
The jeweller and the gentleman waited for a very long time, until the latter began to yawn and show signs
of impatience and finally said, ―I must go home and see what has happened. Keep the rings for me and to-
morrow I shall call for them and take them away.‖
When the jeweller came home in the evening he told his wife that he had had a very strange customer that
day. Then his wife asked him, ―And why did you send home for a thousand pounds?‖

180
 ―What? But I ... didn‘t ...‖ muttered the jeweller. ―What on earth are you talking about?‖ interrupted his
wife, showing him the note. ―This is your handwriting, isn‘t it? This is your notepaper, isn‘t it?‖
The jeweller fainted.

Task 1. Answer the questions.

1. Why did the jeweller write the note at the dictation of the gentleman?
2. Why didn‘t he suspect the young man of a fraud?
3. Why did the jeweller faint?

Task 2. Translate into Russian. Task 3. Find the words to the definitions
1. a gentleman of aristocratic bearing; 1. to go somewhere with someone;
2. He wore his arm in a sling. 2. to look at something carefully;
3. Hang it! 3. to open your mouth wide and breathe in deeply,
4. via bearer; usually because you are tired, or bored;
5. painful; 4. the second of two objects just mentioned;
6. value; 5. to lose consciousness;
6. to say something in a low voice;

Text 8. WHILE THE AUTO WAITS (After O. Henry)

Read the text and do the task.

The girl in gray came again to that quiet corner of that quiet small park. She sat down on a bench and be-
gan to read a book. She had come there at the same time on the previous day and on the day before that, and
there was a young man who knew it.
The young man came near. At that moment her book fell on the ground. The young man picked up the
book, returned it to the girl politely, saying a few words about the weather, and stood waiting.
The girl looked at his simple coat and his common face.
―You may sit down, if you like,‖ she said. ―The light is too bad for reading. I should like to talk.‖
―Do you know,‖ he said, ―that you are the finest girl I have ever seen?‖
―Whoever you are,‖ said the girl in an icy tone, ―you must remember that I am a lady.‖
―I beg your pardon,‖ said the young man, ―but – ‖
―Let‘s change the subject. I come here to sit because it is here that I can be near the masses of people. I
speak to you because I want to talk to a natural man. Oh! You don‘t know how tired I am of it – money,
money, money. I‘m tired of pleasure, of travel.‖
―I always had an idea,‖ said the young man that money must be a very good thing.‖
―When you have so many millions! Drives, dinners, theatres, balls, suppers! I am tired of it,‖ said the girl.
The young man looked at her with interest.
―Sometimes,‖ continued the girl, ―I think if I ever loved a man, I should love a simple man. What is your
profession?‖
―I am a very simple man. But I hope to rise in the world. I work in a restaurant,‖ said he.
The girl drew back.
―I am a cashier in that restaurant you see there with that brilliant electric sign,‖ he continued.
The girl looked at her watch and rose. ―Why are you not at work?‖ she asked.
―I am on the night turn,‖ said the young man, ―it is an hour yet till my work begins. May I see you
again?‖
―I don‘t know, perhaps. I must go quickly now. Oh, there‘s a dinner and a concert tonight. Perhaps you
noticed a white automobile at the corner of the park when you came?‖
―Yes, I did,‖ said the young man.
―I always come in it. The driver waits for me there. Good night.‖
―But it is dark now,‖ said the young man. ―May I accompany you to the car?‖
―You will remain on this bench for ten minutes after I have left.‖
And she went away. The young man looked at her elegant figure while she was going to the entrance of
the park. Then he rose and followed her. When she reached the park gate, she turned her head to look at the
car, then passed it, crossed the street and entered the restaurant. A red-haired girl left the cashier‘s desk and
the girl in gray took her place.
The young man put his hands into his pockets and walked slowly down the street. Then he got into the
white automobile and said to the driver, ―Club, Henry.‖
Choose the correct answer.

181
 1. The young man came to the park
A. by chance 4. After leaving the park the girl
B. because he wanted to see the girl A. drove away in a white auto
C. because he went to this park every day B. went to the club
C. returned to her work
2. The girl in gray
A. behaved like a lady 5. The girl lied to the young man because
B. was displeased with the young man A. she was afraid of him
C. looked at him with interest B. she fell in love with him
C. she wanted to impress him
3. The young man
A. was dressed very simply
B. worked in a restaurant
C. despised money

Text 9. THE POWER OF IMAGINATION

Read the text and explain the title of the text.

Mr. Brown got to a hotel late in the evening after a long journey. He asked the hall-porter r there were any
vacant rooms in the hotel. At that moment another traveller came to the hotel and asked the hall-porter for a
room too. The only vacant room was a double room, that‘s a room with two beds in it.
"Do you mind if you spend the night in that room together?" the hall-porter asked. "It'll be less expensive
for you, you'll each pay half".
At first the travellers didn't like the idea, but just then it began raining hard and they were too tired to go
to another hotel, so they changed their minds. They spoke to each other and then told the porter that they
agreed to spend the night in the same room. Their things were carried in, and soon the two men went to sleep
to the accompaniment of the rain. Suddenly Mr. Brown woke up because of a loud noise. It was quite dark.
"What's the matter?" Mr. Brown asked in surprise. "Is anything the matter?"
In a weak voice the second traveller answered, "I'm sorry, but I had to wake you up, I've got asthma. I feel
very bad. In addition I've got a terrible headache. If you don't want me to die, open the window quickly".
Mr. Brown jumped out of bed and began looking for his matches but he couldn't find them in the dark,
and the sick man went on moaning "Air, air ... I want fresh air, I'm dying."
Mr. Brown still couldn't find the matches, so he tried to find the window. It took him some time,
and at last he thought he had found it. But: he couldn't open it. As the voice of the traveller grew
weaker and weaker, Mr. Brown in horror took a chair and broke the window with it. The sick man
immediately stopped moaning and said he was very grateful and felt much better. Then the two of
them slept peacefully until morning.
When they woke up next morning, they were surprised to see that the only window in the
room was still closed, but the large mirror was broken to pieces.

Text 10. "THE LOVE DRUG" (After O. Henry )

Read the text and do the tasks.

Jim, a young car-driver was a boarder at old Riddle's. He was in love with Rosy, Mr. Riddle's only daugh-
ter, and Rosy was in love with him. They wanted to get married; but Mr. Riddle expected his daughter to
marry a richer man, and that meant that Jim was going to have a hard struggle for his happiness.
Jim had a friend called Pilkins who worked as a night clerk at a chemist's. One day Jim came to the chem-
ist's, looking very excited and told him that he and Rosy had decided to run away and get married that night.
"If she doesn't change her mind. One day she says she will, and the same evening she says she won't be-
cause she is afraid." "I say, Pilkins, isn't there a drug that'll make a girl like you better if you give it to
her? I think, if I have a real stuff like this to give Rosy, when I see her at supper tonight, she won't be
afraid any longer. "When are you going to marry?" asked Pilkins.
"At nine o'clock. Supper's at seven, at eight Rosy goes to bed pretending to have a headache, at nine I go
under her window and – Make up the powder, Pilkins.‖
"I'll do my best," said Pilkins.
He gave Jim a powder and received his heartiest thanks.
"This," he said to himself, "will make Rosy sleep for several hours without any danger to her.‖

1
 When Jim had gone, Pilkins, who was in love with Rosy too, immediately went to Mr. Riddle and told the
old man that Jim and Rosy were going to run away that night.
"Can I do anything for you, sir?" he asked politely. "Shall I call the police?"
"No, thank you," said Mr. Riddle. "My room's just above Rosy's. I'll go up myself after supper and take
my gun and wait. If he comes under Rosy's window, he'll want a doctor, not a policeman, you can be sure of
that".
Pilkins went home. All night he waited for the news of the tragedy, but none came. At eight o'clock in the
morning Pilkins went hurriedly to Mr. Riddle's. As he was crossing the street, he was surprised to see Jim
who cried out: "Rosy and I were married at 9.30 last night, I'm the luckiest man."
"And the ... powder?" Pilkins said in a weak voice.
"Oh, that stuff you gave me? I sat down next to the old man at supper last night. I looked at Rosy and said
to myself: "Don't play any tricks on that girl. She loves you, that's clear enough.‖ Then I looked at her father
and thought "There's the man, you should take care of." So I put the powder in old Riddle's coffee – see?"

Task 1. Translate into Russian.

1. boarder 2. change one‘s mind 3. drug 4. stuff 5. powder 6. hearty 7. pretend 8. hurriedly 9. play tricks

Task 2. Answer the questions.

1. Why did Jim come to Pilkins?
2. What kind of stuff did he want him to make and why?
3. What kind of stuff did Pilkins give him and why?
4. Why did Jim put the stuff into old Riddle‘s coffee?
5. Why didn‘t Mr Riddle prevent the marriage of his daughter?

Text 11. RUTHLESS (After William DeMille)

Read the text and do the tasks.

Outside, the October sun was shining over the forest now full of the smell of autumn.
Inside, a man was standing in the living room of his mountain camp. He was near a closet where he kept
guns and strong drinks. The closet door stood open; Judson Webb had been packing his things away for the
winter, and in a few minutes he and his wife Marcia would be driving back to civilization.
As he looked at the shelf on which his bottles stood, his smile was not pleasant. All the bottles were un-
opened, but one. This one was less than half full. It was placed in front, a whiskey glass by its side. As he
took it from the shelf his wife spoke from the bedroom, "I'm all packed, Judson. Hasn't Alec come to get the
keys?"
Alec lived about a mile down the road and looked after the summer camps when the city people were
away.
"He said he'd be back in half an hour."
Marcia came into the room carrying her suitcase. She stopped in surprise as she saw the bottle in her hus-
band's hand.
"Judson!" she said, "You're not taking a drink at ten o'clock in the morning, are you?"
"You're wrong, my dear," he smiled. "I'm not taking anything out of this bottle. I am only putting some-
thing into it."
He put two white tablets on the table and started to open the whiskey bottle. His wife did not like his tone,
the tone he used when he was planning something against his business partners.
"The man who entered this house last winter and stole my drinks from the closet may try it again when
we are out of here," he went on, "only this time he'll wish he hadn't."
She saw him put the tablets into the bottle one by one.
"What are they?'' she asked, "something to make him ill?"
"And how! No doctor will save him.‖ He put the bottle on the shelf near the little whiskey glass.
The woman's face was pale. "Don't do it, Judson," she said. "It's horrible. What right have you —"
"When it comes to protecting my property I make my own laws."
"We won't be here till next spring. Suppose something happens to us — and no one knows — "
It was useless to say anything, she knew. He had always been ruthless in business
"I'll walk down the road and say good bye at the farm house." she said quietly. "You can pick me up
there." She had decided to tell Alec's wife. Someone had to know.
As she went down the road he started to shut the closet door, then he remembered his boots drying in the
yard. They belonged in the closet, so leaving the door open he went to take them off the table on which they
stood.
183
 When he put his hand out to get the boots, he stepped on something, his foot slid from under him and his
head struck the massive table as he fell.
Several minutes later he felt Alec's strong arm under him as he lay on the ground. "That wasn't much of a
fall, Mr. Webb. You'll be better in a minute. Here, take this, it'll help you greatly."
A small whiskey glass was pressed to his lips. Half conscious, he drank.

Task 1. Say the opposite.

1. strong drinks 2. pack 3. civilization 4. pleasant 5. less 6. pale 7. horrible 8. useless 9. ruthless

Task 2 True, false or not given?

1. Judson Webb was displeased because he didn‘t want to leave his cottage.
2. The closet door stood open because Mr Webb forgot to close it.
3. His wife was surprised because he wasn‘t in the habit of drinking whiskey in the morning.
4. Judson put some tablets into the bottle of whiskey because he wanted to punish the thief.
5. Alec looked after the summer camps because he liked this kind of job very much.
6. Marcia went to Alec‘s wife because she wanted to warn her about the tablets in the bottle.
7. Marcia didn‘t approve of her husband‘s decision because it was cruel and dangerous.
8. Alec gave Judson the whiskey because he wanted to poison him for his ruthlessness.
9. Judson drank the poisoned whiskey because he didn‘t realize what was going on.
10. It was Alec who drank Mr Webb‘s whiskey because he was a heavy drinker.

Text 12. A BUSY BROKER (After O. Henry)

Read the text and do the tasks.

At nine o‘clock sharp Harvey Maxwell, a broker, entered his office together with his young stenograph-
er. Pitcher, a clerk, who was sitting at his desk, looked at them with a smile.
―Good morning, Pitcher,‖ said Maxwell and hurried to his desk where a heap of letters and telegrams was
waiting for him. A busy day began.
But the young stenographer was not in a hurry. Instead of going straight into the next room she stood be-
fore Maxwell‘s table and watched him for some time. The man sitting at the desk was no longer a man. It
was a machine, phoning, selling, buying.
―Well, what is it?‖ asked Maxwell impatiently.
―Nothing,‖ answered the stenographer. She looked a bit disappointed and hurt.
―Mr. Pitcher,‖ she said to the clerk, ―did Mr. Maxwell tell you anything yesterday about finding a new ste-
nographer?‖
―He did,‖ answered Pitcher. ―He told me to find another one. I promised to do it.‖
―I‘ll do the work as usual,‖ said the young stenographer, ―until someone comes to take my place.‖
It was a busy day. The telephone rang. Men entered the office, and shouted at Maxwell, and went away.
Messenger boys ran in and out with letters and telegrams. The clerks in the office jumped about like sailors
during the storm.
Suddenly a young girl entered the office. Pitcher came up to Maxwell‘s desk, apologised for interrupting
him and introduced the girl. ―The new stenographer,‖ said Pitcher.
―What stenographer?‖ asked Maxwell.
―You told me yesterday to get a new stenographer,‖ said Pitcher.
―But we have a stenographer, don‘t we?‖ said Maxwell. ―Miss Leslie is a very good one, I never told you to
get another stenographer, Pitcher. I‘m in no mood for joking. I‘m sorry, Madam, there‘s no place open here.‖
With these words he began to read the great heap of telegrams and letters which were lying on the table
before him.
The young girl shrugged her shoulders and went away. Pitcher remarked to his colleagues that the boss
was getting more forgetful with every passing day.
When the luncheon time drew near, there came a relaxation. Maxwell stood by his desk, with his hands
full of telegrams, with a fountain-pen over his right ear, and his hair hanging in disorder over his forehead.
The window was open, and suddenly through it came a delicate smell of lilac. The smell reminded Maxwell
of something ...
―I‘ll do it now,‖ he said to himself. ―I‘ll ask her now. I have just five minutes before business begins
again.‖ He ran to the next room and came up to the stenographer. She looked at him with a smile. Maxwell
was still holding telegrams in both hands, and his fountain-pen was over his ear.

184
 ―Miss Leslie,‖ he began hurriedly. ―I have but a moment to spare. I want to say something. I don‘t know
how to put it. Will you be my wife? I love you. Talk quick, please.‖
―Oh, what are you talking about?‖ exclaimed the young lady. She rose to her feet and looked at him,
round-eyed.
―Don‘t you understand?‖ said Maxwell impatiently. ―I want to marry you. I love you, Miss Leslie. Oh, I
am wanted on the phone. Tell them to wait a minute, Pitcher. Will you marry me, Miss Leslie?‖
At first the stenographer seemed surprised. Tears filled her eyes. But then she smiled, and much to Max-
well‘s surprise put one of her arms around his neck.
―Oh, I know now,‖ she said softly. ―Business makes you forget everything. But don‘t you remember, Har-
vey, don‘t you remember that we were married yesterday in the little church round the corner?‖

Task 1.
Find the words, word combinations or sentences in the text which give the idea of a very busy day.

Task 2. Add sentences to complete the situations. Speak about yourself.

1. I looked at her (it/ him/her) with a smile. 2. I was disappointed and hurt. 3. I shrugged my shoulders. 4. I
had to apologize. 5. I looked at her (him/her/them) round-eyed. 6. Tears filled my eyes.

Text 13. BEST LOOKING GIRL IN TOWN (After Thyra S. Winslow)

Read the text and do the task.

From the time she was thirteen Rilla Mabry had been ashamed of her appearance. It was then that
she started growing taller than other girls. She was also awkward as well as tall and she was too thin. By
the time she was twenty she was fully convinced that her appearance was really something terrible. All of the
other girls seemed little and cute and attractive. No matter what Rilla wore it seemed wrong. She was much
too tall to wear tailored clothes. And thin dresses simply hung around her loosely.
All of the boys and girls in the group liked Rilla. She was a fine girl – if you could forget the way
she looked. Even her hair was wrong – rather stringy – but she had a pleasant and rather attractive face.
In spite of her looks Rilla had a boyfriend. He was Patrick Redding and his father kept a grocery
store. Pat wasn‘t any great prize but then you couldn‘t expect Rilla with her looks, to do any better. People
felt that Rilla ought to be well satisfied. Pat was a nice looking boy, and he shouldn‘t be considered unimpor-
tant.
Rilla didn‘t consider Pat unimportant. She was grateful to him for being nice to her. She was as plea-
sant and as friendly as she could be. As a matter of fact she liked Pat a lot. He was fun to be with. She would
have been perfectly satisfied except for the fact that was in love with Shane Tennant. All of which did her
little good – for Shane was the prize of the town. Shane‘s father was a banker – and rich. His mother was the
social leader of the town. Shane was tall – much taller than Rilla – and handsome, besides.
Pat went into the grocery business with his father. Shane went into the bank. That‘s what the sons do
in small towns unless they have definite ideals about law or one of the other professions. Rilla didn‘t do any-
thing. Her parents had just enough money so she didn‘t have to work. She went to the parties with Patrick –
and admired Shane from a distance. The town people felt that she would marry Pat, that he‘d take over his
father‘s grocery store and that they‘d settle down.
The might have happened if it hadn‘t been for Leslie Durant. Leslie Durant was – and still is – a well
known magazine illustrator. And he came to Morrisville to visit an aunt. And he was a social lion of the sea-
son. He stayed in town only for a few days – but that was long enough for a lot to happen.
He saw Rilla Mabry! Rilla was standing near the door – and she was looking at Shane Tennant. She
never knew how much her face showed what she was thinking about. No one else noticed – but Durant, be-
ing new, understood the situation. He saw Rilla, standing not quite smooth – and he saw Shane, perfectly
dressed, self confident, good-looking. And then Pat came to ask Rilla to dance.
On the second day of his visit Durant made his remarkable statement. He told anyone who would
listen to him that Rilla Mabry was by far the best looking girl in town. One of the best looking girls he had
ever seen. Rilla had never had a compliment about her looks before. She had always been shy, self-
conscious, and often unhappy about her appearance. And now, the first authority on beauty who had ever
been in town claimed that she was the prize. When Durant, himself, told her what he thought of her she
was filled with confusion. She went up to him.
―I do wish that you‘d tell me how I can look better‖, she said.
―That‘s not really my particular kind of work‖, he told her, ―but maybe if we got together…..‖

185
 They got together the next morning. Durant came to Rilla‘s house and with Rilla‘s mother acting as
helper, they did things to Rilla and Rilla‘s clothes. Durant made her stand up straight. And he rearranged her
hair. And he told her what was wrong with the clothes she wore.
That night there was a dance for Durant – his last evening in town. And, as he had thought when he
started things. Rilla was, for the first time in her life, the center of attention. Toward the end of the evening
Durant had the satisfaction of seeing Shane Tennant dancing very attentively with Rilla. Shane Tennant,
whom Rilla had looked at with longing eyes and who had never paid any attention to her.
Durant went back to his home and his work in New York. And forgot about the whole thing. And
years passed. And then, just the other day, this happened:
Durant was lunching alone at a restaurant when an attractive, tall woman, past her first youth, came
up to him.
―You don‘t remember me?‖ she said.
Durant didn‘t remember her.
―I‘m Rilla Tennant – I was Rilla Mabry when you knew me. You came to my home town and – and
rather made my life over. Remember now?‖
―Of course I do,‖ said Durant. ―I remember very well. It was my one attempt at changing the destiny
of another person.‖
―You did a wonderful job!‖ said Rilla. There was a strange note in her voice which he didn‘t under-
stand.
―You married the boy you were in love with, I see. His name was Tennant, wasn‘t it?‖
―Why, yes,‖ said Rilla ―But how did you remember the name? And how did you know I was in love
with him?‖
―I‘m good at remembering names. And saw you looking at him. Simplicity itself! And to think that I
was the cause!‖
―Yes, you were,‖ said Rilla. ―It was very funny, when you look back on it. There I was, going with
Pat Redding and in love with Shane, and terribly unhappy and awkward. And you came down and said I was
a beauty – so automatically I became a beauty. And the boys all wanted to go out with me. And I married
Shane.‖
―Wonderful!‖ said Durant. And he smiled happily. ―How are you getting along, now?‖
―That‘s the difficult part‖, said Rilla. ―You shouldn‘t have asked.‖
―Shane and I got married – and didn‘t get along very well, though I was awfully happy in the begin-
ning. The Tennants lost all of their money in a bank failure – and my family had its money in Tennant bank
by that time, so our money went, too. Then Shane fell in love with a chorus girl. I got a divorce, of course.
I‘ve been teaching in a girl‘s school for the past three years.‖
―That‘s too bad!‖ said Durant. ―But maybe that was better than marrying that other boy whom you
didn‘t love.‖
―Maybe,‖ said Rilla. ―You can never tell. Love goes…. Patrick Redding took over his father‘s gro-
cery store – and married the cutest girl in town. They have three children and are very happy. And, oh yes, he
became quite ambitious and started a chain of grocery stores. Now he‘s the richest and most important man
in town.‖

Task. Choose the best answer.

1. Rilla didn’t wear tailored clothes because 4. Leslie Durant changed her life because
A. she was ashamed of her appearance. A. it was the kind of work he did.
B. her hair was stringy. B. he fell in love with her.
C. she was too tall. C. it amused him.

2. Rilla had a boyfriend and 5. Shane paid attention to Rilla because

A. she was thankful to him. A. he noticed what a nice girl she was.
B. he was sorry for her. B. Leslie Durant said she was a beauty.
C. he irritated her. C. she was dressed very smartly.

3. Rilla’s love was hopeless because 6. Durant’s interference

A. Shane was rich. A. broke Rilla‘s life.
B. she was awkward and unattractive. B. made her life complete.
C. Shane was in love with a chorus girl. C. didn‘t change anything.

II. LISTENING AND COMPREHENSION

186
Listen and do the tasks.

TOPIC 1. HOME
UNIT 1
A REAL BARGAIN
Answer the questions.

1. What is Mr Palmer looking for? ……………………………………………………………….

2. Why does he want to live in a quiet village?...............................................................................
3. When was the roof put on? …………………………………………………………………….
4. What was the previous owner of the house?................................................................................
5. Is there central heating in the house?...........................................................................................
6. When was the house rewired and the garage built? ……………………………………………
7. What is the house built of?..........................................................................................................
8. When is the post delivered? ……………………………………………………………………
9. What will be built in the neighbourhood next year?....................................................................
10. Why is this house much cheaper than a lot of similar houses?....................................................

UNIT 2
FINDING A PLACE TO LIVE
Mark the sentences as true, false or not given.

C1

1. There are two apartments for rent.

2. The rent for these apartments is the same.
3. There is an indoor swimming pool.
4. You can have a private washer and dryer.
5. The parking garage is for 50 cars.
6. There is a 24-hour doorman.
7. The superintendent will meet Ann in the lobby of the building.

C2
1. Bill is interested in a one-bedroom apartment.
2. They have three one-bedroom apartments left.
3. One of them has an eat-in kitchen.
4. The dining room and the kitchen have two closets each.
5. They can have two spaces available in the parking lot.
6. There is no fitness centre in the building.
7. The apartments have balconies with a beautiful view.

UNIT 3
188
 THE BRITISH AT HOME
Use ―The lodgers can, can't or must” to make up sentences based on the conversation.

1. keep pets in the house

2. pay a month's rent in advance
3. put posters up on the bedroom walls
4. have guests in the room after ten o‘clock
5. smoke in the bedroom.
6. keep their room tidy
7. use the kitchen
8. put hot cups on the wooden surfaces
9. make the bed every day

UNIT 4
HOUSE-PROUD
Answer the questions.

1. What does the woman mean when she calls the man house-proud?
……………………………………………………………………………………………………
2. What does the man mean when he says, ―That's a drag!‖?
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

UNIT 5
MOVING HOUSE
Text 1 An Informal Invitation

Answer the questions.

1. Why did Charles and Barbara decide to have a housewarming?

.....................................................................................................................................................
2. Why is there lack of warning?
.....................................................................................................................................................
3. Why can Bob do the trip from Oxford to Portsmouth in two hours?
………………………………………………………………………………………………….
4. Why is Harpole difficult to find?
………………………………………………………………………………………………….

Text 2 Arranging the house.

Complete the sentences.

1. The sideboard is ……………………………………………………………………………

2. The picture is ………………………………………………………………………………
3. The big screwdriver is ……………………………………………………………………...
4. The brush is ………………………………………………………………………………...
5. The tools are ………………………………………………………………………………..
6. The cat is …………………………………………………………………………………...
UNIT 6
189
DWELLINGS AND APPLIANCES
C1
Underline the words that best describe Ann's place. Circle the words that best describe John's place.

STYLE traditional, modern, apartment, detached, semi-detached, terraced house,

cottage, villa, three-storeyed building, castle, bungalow
LOCATION village, city, centrally-located, residential area, close to the shops, in the
suburbs, on the outskirts, isolated, in the country, near the lake
SIZE small, tiny, spacious, large, huge, average, family sized, two-bedroom
COST cheap, low-priced, over-priced, expensive, economical
GENERAL cosy, comfortable, secure, luxurious, well-maintained, fully-furnished, airy,
DESCRIPTION noisy, cold, warm, with a wonderful view

C2
Answer the questions.
1. What is the man calling about?....................................................................................................
2. What rooms are separate in the house?........................................................................................
3. What kind of door joins the rooms?.............................................................................................
4. What do the two largest bedrooms have?....................................................................................
5. How large is the garage?..............................................................................................................
6. When can he see it?.....................................................................................................................

UNIT 7
MOVING IN
Complete the sentences.

1. They are going to put the bed ……………………………………………………………...

2. The wardrobe will go ………………………………………………………………………
3. The chest of drawers will stand ……………………………………………………………
4. The TV will go ……………………………………………………………………………..
5. The speakers will be put………………………………………………………………........
6. The bookcase will be ............................................................................................................
7. The table lamp will stand ......................................................................................................

UNIT 8
COLOURS AND ROOMS
Circle the words that are mentioned in connection with each colour.

RED competitive, romantic, active, excited, frightened, uplifted

ORANGE conservative, talkative, adventurous, enthusiastic, reserved, patient
YELLOW shy, reliable, cheerful, generous, impatient, creative, happy, hungry
BLUE calm, confident, stressed, relaxed, peaceful, thirsty, tired
GREEN relaxed, peaceful, refreshed, depressed, nervous, sleepy
WHITE cheerful, isolated, withdrawn, relaxed, cautious, self-assured, nervous,

UNIT 9
190
FLAT HUNTING
Mark the sentences as true, false or not given.

1. The man wants to rent a flat for two people.

2. A bedsitter is not enough.
3. He has been flat hunting for 6 months.
4. The maximum rent they can manage is 13 pounds a week.
5. Neither of them smokes.
6. They have got a dog.
7. They don‘t have a car.
8. He can‘t cycle 11 miles to work.
9. The flat must be fully furnished.
10. They want a flat with a beautiful view.
11. The man is going to call one of the flat owners.

UNIT 10
HOUSE PROBLEMS
Match the problems (A-F) to the speakers (1-5)

A. badly-fitting window D. leaking roof

B. central heating doesn't work E. not enough space

C. air conditioner is out of order F. driveway needs repairing

1 2 3 4 5

UNIT 11
FINDING OUT THE HOUSE RULES
Name the rules a lodger should observe.

1. ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

2……………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

3……………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

4…………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

5……………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

191
TOPIC 2. DAILY PROGRAM

UNIT 12
WHAT DOES HE DO EVERY DAY?
Mark the sentences as true, false or not given.

1. Alan is a taxi driver.

2. He is in his mid twenties.
3. He doesn‘t work at weekends.
4. He hates to get up early on weekdays.
5. He doesn‘t eat much at breakfast.
6. He drinks a cup of coffee for breakfast.
7. He kisses his wife before having breakfast.
8. He has lunch in a transport café.
9. He comes home at five.
10. In the evening he goes to a club.
11. His wife would like to go out with him in the evenings.

UNIT 13
A DAY OFF WORK
Choose the correct answer.

1. Bill said he couldn‘t come to work because

a) he had a headache
b) he had a toothache
c) he had a sore throat

2. On hearing about Bill‘s illness Mr Thompson

a) got very angry
b) felt sorry for him
c) asked him to come the next day anyway

3. When Mr Thompson came to Bill‘s place, he

a) brought him some fruit
b) took his temperature
c) advised his wife to call a doctor

4. At three o‘clock Mr Thompson switched on his portable television to watch

a) English footballers play against Brazil
b) business news
c) his favourite action film

5. Mr Thompson got very angry because Bill

a) had scored a goal
b) hadn‘t taken his boss to a football match with him
c) had cheated him
UNIT 14
LIFE
192
How people have improved their quality of life? Match the statements (A-E) to the speakers (1-4).

A. Be with friends
B. Get back to nature
Speaker 1 Speaker 2 Speaker 3 Speaker 4
C. Be satisfied with less
D. Focus on the family
E. Help those in need

UNIT 15
SATURDAY NIGHT THOUGHTS
Mark the sentences as true, false or not given.

1. The man usually doesn‘t do anything on Sundays.

2. He is going to lie in until midday tomorrow.
3. He enjoys working in his garden.
4. He plans to mow the lawn after lunch.
5. He wants Ted to help him to cut the garden hedge.
6. Ted is his neighbour.
7. He thinks having the car serviced in the garage is too expensive.
8. He is going to help Ted to paint his garage next Sunday.
9. He is going to invite Ted to have a drink in the pub in the evening.

UNIT 16
AROUND THE HOUSE

C1
Write if each speaker likes, dislikes or doesn‘t mind doing the jobs around the house and other chores.

Speaker Attitude Activity

1
2
3
4
5
6

C2
Answer the questions. Why does the man

1. like working at home?..................................................................................................................

2. like cooking?...............................................................................................................................
3. like reading nonfiction?..............................................................................................................
4. like growing vegetables?.............................................................................................................
5. hate driving?................................................................................................................................
UNIT 17

193
A FEW QUESTIONS
Mark the sentences as true, false or not given.

1. Grimes is a police officer.

2. Grimes says he has come to Harry for a routine check.
3. Grimes doesn‘t have a search warrant.
4. Harry has got a gun hidden in his house.
5. Grimes says Harry has been accused of some crime and he has witnesses to prove it.
6. Tommy Ferrett and Albert Bloggs are Harry‘s former schoolmates.
7. Albert Bloggs had two years‘ remission for good behavior.
8. Harry left the pub at seven.
9. Harry says he never drives under the influence of drugs.
10. ‗Think before you drink before you drive‘ – that‘s what Harry always says to himself.
11. Harry is unemployed.
12. He bought a car when his grandfather had died and left him some money.
13. Harry‘s car has a dent in the front wing

UNIT 18
HELLO, MOM!
Answer the questions.

1. Why is Justin working hard at the moment? …………………………………………………...

2. When did the exams start?...........................................................................................................
3. Who is Lucinda?..........................................................................................................................
4. What do Justin and Lucinda do in their free time?......................................................................
5. Why is Justin‘s mother going to Geneva?...................................................................................
6. How long is she going to stay there? …………………………………………………………..
7. How does his father feel about commuting to London every day?.............................................
8. What does his father usually do on Sundays?..............................................................................
9. When is Justin coming home?.....................................................................................................
10. Why does he say he wants to invite Lucinda to their place?.......................................................
11. What does his mother say to him about it?..................................................................................

UNIT 19
MAKING PLANS
Task 1. Make corrections in the plans.

1. Karen is having lunch with Tony tomorrow at 12.00 at Bangkok Café.

2. The girls are going to see a concert and to meet in front of the Hayes Hall at 7.30.
3. Flight 475 to Seattle leaves at 4.25 from gate12.
4. Miss Clark has an appointment with Dr Lee at 2.30 on the 20th of April.

Task 2. Write the changed times of the appointments in the schedule that the patients have.
Why will none of them be able to see Doctor Potter?

Miss Park Miss Wells Mr Long Miss Green Mr Franks

UNIT 20
194
SLEEP
Mark the sentences as true, false or not given.

1. All people are interested to discuss the subject of sleep.

2. Sleep can refresh not only body but your mind as well.
3. The correct amount of time for sleep is eight hours each night.
4. Most people sleep no less than 7 hours a night.
5. The best time of going to bed is 10 o‘clock in the evening.
6. A person‘s sleep needs depend on his health, job, emotional state and the efficiency of sleep.
7. Efficient sleep demands a bed with a hard surface.
8. People who suffer from insomnia should exercise hard before going to bed.
9. You should try to take a nap after lunch.
10. Sleep before midnight is called beauty sleep as it makes you look more attractive.

UNIT 21
A PARTY
Answer the questions.

1. What made Mr Wood unhappy?..................................................................................................

2. How long was he able to ignore the party?..................................................................................
3. Why couldn‘t he read a book?.....................................................................................................
4. When was he ready to go to bed?................................................................................................
5. How did Mr Wood try to protect himself from the noise?..........................................................
6. What was he wearing when he came to his neighbour‘s place?..................................................
7. How did he enter the flat?............................................................................................................
8. What was the first reaction to his appearance?............................................................................
9. Why did his anger disappear?......................................................................................................
10. Why did he go back to his place?................................................................................................
11. What happened when he returned? (The story is unfinished. Suggest your own ending of it.)

TOPIC 3. MEALS
UNIT 22
EATING HABITS
Answer the questions.

C1 Eating Properly
What does Sally have for
breakfast…………………………………………………………………………………………….
lunch………………………………………………………………………………………………..
dinner……………………………………………………………………………………………….
C2 Eating Out
What is Dave going to have?
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

C3 Ordering a Meal
Why can‘t the man have spicy chicken?............................................................................................
What is he going to have instead?.....................................................................................................
UNIT 23
195
 COMPLAINTS
Match the places to the speakers (1-4). What did they complain about?

Fast food. Supermarket. Takeaway. Restaurant.

UNIT 24
GOING OUT OR EATING IN?
Write who said what: Gary, Sarah or Frank.

1. This speaker wants to go out for dinner.

2. This speaker says that eating out is unhealthy.
3. This speaker thinks that restaurant food tastes good.
4. This speaker says that eating out is expensive.
5. This speaker thinks that somebody is making excuses.
6. This speaker is sure somebody is lazy.
7. This speaker can‘t cook well.

UNIT 25
YOUNG PEOPLE’S EATING HABITS
Complete the sentences by choosing the correct answer.

1. The speaker says young people

a) had a healthier diet in the past
b) think fast food is nutritious
c) would be healthy if they didn‘t eat fast food

2. Modern day families

a) prefer to eat out
b) don‘t have time to prepare healthy food
c) eat more than they should

3. The speaker says

a) people should skip breakfast instead of eating doughnuts or croissants
b) home cooked meals are very nutritious
c) no fixed meal times lead to bad eating habits

4. Young people eat junk food at lunchtime because

a) it‘s convenient
b) it‘s filling
c) they can‘t afford anything else

5. The speaker says teenagers

a) eat unhealthy snacks all day long
b) usually have a healthy evening meal
c) only drink sugary soft drinks

UNIT 26
SHEPHERD’S PIE
Complete the list of the ingredients needed to make a shepherd‘s pie:

onions, minced beef, carrots, flour, ……………………………………………………….

UNIT 27

196
FOOD WISE
Complete the sentences.

Text Organic Food

Organic food is …………………….. food produced without the use of ……………………..
Diane was first introduced to organic food when she was a ……………………………………
Her ………………………………………….. no chemical fertilizers in her garden.
Even …………………and……………………………. products can be organic.
A lot of ……………………. …………….people come in for lunch to her restaurant.
Later in the day there is a …………………………for people who want to have a ………………………
In summer they open a patio and have …………………………………..
People are realizing that organic food tastes …………………………………
The ………………………………. also benefits from organic food.
The chemicals used in fertilizers and pesticides ………………… the soil and end up….............

Food Wise
You’ve got to be food wise ….
Eat a …………………..
Before you start your day When it comes to …………..
Energy is what you ……… Get for something light
To ……… you work and play A salad or a ………………….
Will make you feel just …………
You’ve got to be food wise
And watch what‘s on your plate You’ve got to be food wise ….
The right food at the right time
Can keep you ………………. A good …….. in the evening
Will make your day complete
Snacking burns off fat, so With ……………………. and spices
It can be ………. for you A ……………. evening treat
But …………. foods that are healthy
A ………………….. bar won‘t do
You’ve got to be food wise ….

UNIT 28
GLOBAL CULTURE
Answer the questions.

1. Which is the biggest fizzy drinks company in the world?

2. Which fast food giant operates in 120 countries?
3. Can you name the most successful sportswear company in the world?

Mark the sentences as true, false or not given.

1. With the use of the Internet and the increase of travel, the world is becoming a bigger place.
2. Most people are happy that everybody eats the same food and watches the same TV programs.
3. Jose Bove organized an attack on the local fizzy drinks stall.
4. His children like to go to McDonald‘s.
5. They used a bulldozer to crash the place.
6. He was sentenced to three years in prison.

Speak on the advantages and disadvantages of globalization.

UNIT 29
197
 EATING AMERICAN STYLE

Text 1. As American As Apple Pie

Answer the questions.

1. What does the expression ‗as American as apple pie‘ mean?

………………………………………………………………………………………………….
2. What are the only true American foods?
………………………………………………………………………………………………….
3. What is eaten for Thanksgiving?
………………………………………………………………………………………………….
4. What countries are tacos, pizza and apple pie come from?…………………………………….
5. What dish is especially popular in the southern states?……………………………………….
6. What is the standard American dessert?
………………………………………………………………………………………………….
Text 2. Fast Food
Make corrections where necessary.

People on the go because of easy work or social schedules don‘t have much time for cleaning
at home; takeout meals from cafes, pizza parlors, and delicatessens (also called delis) have be-
come a regular part of everyday life. Food can be taken from a restaurant, or people call in orders
by the Internet and the takeout meal is delivered to their homes.
Ready to eat and instant processed foods that are hard to find are very popular. TV dinners
are complete dinners on a tray that you can take from the fridge and heat up in the oven or stove.
Snacks and junk food like doughnuts, pop corn, biscuits or potato chips are also easy to buy.

Interviews
Sort out the food belonging to the eating styles of Speaker 1 and Speaker 2. How are they different?

Tofu, hot dog, vanilla milk shake, soy food, organic food, French fries, vegetables, fruit.

Text 3. What’s for Breakfast?

Complete the sentences

1. A weekday breakfast might be something quick: ……………………………… , a muffin or

……………………………………………………………………………………………………
2. A weekend breakfast might be ………………… waffles, ………………or ……………….
3. Lunch at work or school is usually between…………………………………………………
4. Some people prefer lunch from home: tuna ………….., sliced …………..., called cold cuts,
or peanut ………………and jelly ……………………….. are kids‘ favorites.
5. Most schools and some businesses have cafeterias where ……………………………………
6. Dinner is the …………………………………… of the day.
7. Dinner is generally at ………………………………………………….
8. A typical dinner includes a …………………………….., a ………………., ……………. or
some kind of vegetable protein and a ………………….. or pasta dish.
9. Stew (…………………………………………………) and ………………. are also popular.

197
UNIT 30
IN A RESTAURANT
What did they like about the restaurant?

……………………………………………………………………………………………………..

UNIT 31
DESIDERATA
Fill in the gaps. Translate the text. Comment on it.

Go placidly amid the noise and haste and remember what peace there may be in ……………..
As far as possible, without surrender be on good …….. with all persons. Speak your truth …..
and clearly and ……………… to others, even the dull and the ignorant, they too have their story.
Avoid ……….. and aggressive persons, they are vexatious to the spirit. If you …………….
yourself with others you may become vain and bitter; for always there will be greater and lesser
persons than yourself. Enjoy your achievements as well as your plans. Keep …………………..
in your own career however humble; it is a real ……………….. in the changing fortunes of time.
Exercise caution in your ……………. affairs, for the world is full of trickery. But let this not
blind you to what virtue there is. Many persons strive for high ideals and ………………life is
full of heroism. Be ………………….. Especially do not feign affection. Neither be cynical about
love, for in the face of all aridity and disenchantment, it is perennial as the grass. Take ……….
the council of the years gracefully surrendering the things of youth. Nurture strength of spirit to
shield you in sudden misfortune. But do not distress yourself with imaginings. Many fears are
born of fatigue and ……………………..
Beyond a wholesome discipline, be ………….. with yourself. You are a ………. of the un-
iverse, no less than the trees and the stars. You have a right to be here. And whether or not it is
clear to you, ………………, the universe is unfolding as it should. Therefore, be at ………….
with God, whatever you conceive Him to be; and whatever your labors and aspirations, in the
noisy confusions of life, keep peace with your soul. With all its sham and drudgery and broken
……………, it is still a beautiful world. Be ………………... Strive to be ……………….

TOPIC 4. STUDY

UNIT 32
PETER PARKER
Answer the questions.

1. What is Peter Parker‘s degree?....................................................................................................

2. Where did he start working after graduating from university?....................................................
3. How did his life change one summer?.........................................................................................
4. What is a great advantage of his new job?...................................................................................
5. What places has he been to?........................................................................................................
6. Where is he planning to go next?.................................................................................................
7. Why did he have to learn to adjust to different ways of life?......................................................

198
 UNIT 33
CAREER PROSPECTS
Complete the sentences by choosing the correct answer.

1. Malcolm
a) is going to do very well in his exams
b) never starts working
c) is likely to win all the prizes in sports this year

2. Malcolm wants
a) to enter university
b) to work at Oxford university
c) to give lectures

3. His father wishes he would

a) start playing football
b) work harder
c) entertain himself from time to time

4. James‘s teachers say

a) he is hopeless
b) he has ability but he works by fits and starts
c) he is hardworking and consistent but not so capable as his brother

5. James
a) never does his homework
b) prefers housework to homework
c) spends less than twenty minutes on his homework

6. James is crazy about

a) girls
b) socializing
c) sports

7. His mother wants James to

a) become a professional tennis player
b) study law
c) make more money

8. James‘s father thinks

a) they should force James to work harder
b) James should do what he is cut out for
c) he should develop his personality for a couple of years‘ time.

UNIT 34
VOCABULARY LEARNING
Write down how different students organize their vocabulary learning. Give your comments.

Student 1 She

199
 Student 2 He

Student 3 She

Student 4 He

Student 5 She

Student 6 She

Student 7 He

Student 8 She

UNIT 35
LIFE IN A JAPANESE SCHOOL
Mark the sentences as true, false or not given.

1. In Japan education is more important than in any other country.

2. In Britain people usually stay with the same company all their life.
3. Japanese schoolchildren must work hard to get a good job.
4. They have to pay money to enter a university.
5. The atmosphere in junior high school is less relaxed and more competitive than in primary school.
6. Before each lesson the pupils stand up and the teacher bows to them
7. It is considered rude for pupils to look at the teacher‘s face when speaking to him.
8. Japanese children prefer mental activity to physical one.
9. They go to special extra schools in the evenings.
10. Japanese schoolchildren don‘t have any homework.
11. On holidays they go to school to take part in club and sport activities.
12. Japanese children are bored with having so much studying.

200
UNIT 36
HOW DO YOU SOUND IN ENGLISH?
Answer the questions.

1. What two ways of listening are useful for students?

…………………………………………………………………………………………………
2. What can we pay attention to when we are listening to foreign speech?
………………………………………………………………………………………………….
3. What should we work on if we want to pronounce the words correctly?
………………………………………………………………………………………………….
4. What is ―shadowing‖?
………………………………………………………………………………………………….
5. Why should we look at English speakers when they are talking?
………………………………………………………………………………………………….

UNIT 37
LIVING AT UNIVERSITY
Answer the questions.

1. Why do most British students choose a university a long way from home?
………………………………………………………………………………………………….
2. Do students have to pay to go to university?
………………………………………………………………………………………………….
3. Where do they get money for a living?
………………………………………………………………………………………………….
4. What is the grant supposed to pay for?
………………………………………………………………………………………………….
5. Why do more students drop out nowadays?
……………………………………………………………………………………………………...

UNIT 38
EDUCATION
Mark the sentences as true or false.

1. Most universities and colleges have entrance examinations.

2. GCSEs or A levels are school-leaving exams.
3. Many school leavers take a gap year before entering a university.
4. During their gap year most people stay at home with their parents and just take a rest.
5. The first-year students usually live in a hall of residence.
6. Most universities run language courses for British students.
7. Students can choose such subjects as Commercial pop music or Environment at a university.
8. Schoolchildren are called undergraduates.
9. You must study 7 years to become a doctor.
10. You can take vocational qualifications to prepare for scientific research work.
11. Students who pass their finals well get a BA or BSc degree.
12. You must be single to get a Bachelor‘s degree.
13. At university students take part in drama, charity and sports clubs and societies.
14. During rag week students organize performances and collect money for charity.
15. Universities don‘t approve of pop bands and student parties.
201
UNIT 39
GOING TO SCHOOL
Answer the questions.

Text 1. The School System

1. What do Americans mean when they say ‗school‘? …………………………………………...
2. At what age can people study for their high school or college diploma?....................................
3. How long do American children study at school?.......................................................................
4. How much do they pay to study at school?.................................................................................
5. Why do 11% of children go to private schools?..........................................................................
6. Where can they study religion?...................................................................................................
7. What is called ‗kindergarten‘?.....................................................................................................
8. What is called a ‗grade‘?.............................................................................................................
9. How many hours a day do students spend at school?..................................................................
10. Do they have homework assignments?........................................................................................
11. When does the school year begin and end?.................................................................................
12. Can American schoolchildren ask questions and discuss their ideas in class?............................
13. How many students are there in each class in public schools?....................................................

Text 2. At High School

Mark the sentences as true or false.

1. To enter high school students have to complete a course of studies that leads to a diploma.
2. The SAT is a scholastic aptitude test.
3. The SAT checks math and English language skills through multiple choice questions.
4. A student starting high school is called a freshman.
5. A student finishing high school is called a sophomore.
6. There are six classes a day usually from 9 a.m. to 3 p.m.
7. Physical education (PE) and a foreign language are not compulsory subjects.
8. They can usually choose elective subjects like art and music.
9. At the end of the term student get a grade of A, B, C, D or F.
10. ‗F‘ is the grade given for the best results.
11. Grades are based on test scores, class participation, class and homework assignments.
12. When students have enough of credits they can graduate.

Text 3. Universities and colleges.

Correct the mistakes.
Thirty-one per cent of high school graduates go to college. Students don‘t pay tuition to study
at public and private universities. None of them have scholarships to help with the cost of tuition.
Even with a scholarship higher education is very cheap: not many families take out loans to pay
for their children‘s college education.
A part-time undergraduate degree usually takes four years. Many students study full-time, so it
may take them much longer to finish. Some take an associate‘s degree at a community college,
where the tuition fees are higher and study two more years at a four-year college to complete
their bachelor‘s degree.
Some undergraduate students must take their liberal-arts classes in English, math, history, and
science. They choose a major in a subject such as business, education or art in their first year of
college or after they have completed all of their course work.
202
UNIT 40
THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE

Text 1. The Germanic Influence

Complete the sentences.

The Anglo-Saxons, who invaded England in AD 350, came from ………………………………..

They spoke a Germanic language, which became the basis of old English. Even today, words
used in ………………………………for ordinary objects are mostly Anglo-Saxon, or Germanic,
in origin. Germanic languages, such as ……………………………………………………………
have very similar words for the objects in the box below. Words of Germanic origin are usually
……… (often just ……………………….) and tend to be ……………………in modern English.

shoe clothes earth sun moon day man wife child friend
house food water sleep love say live have be work

Text 2. The French Influence

Answer the questions.

1. What language did the Roman languages originate from?..........................................................

2. Where did the words in the box below come from?....................................................................
3. What are these words associated with?........................................................................................
4. What is the difference between the words of Latin and Germanic origin?.................................
5. When did the Romans invade Britain?........................................................................................
6. Why does English have different words for animals and their meat?
.....................................................................................................................................................

government parliament judge court legal military

army crown nation state country power authority people

Text 3. The Classical Influence

Mark the sentences as true or false.

1. During the Renaissance there was a revival of interest in Greek and Latin culture.
2. Thousands of words of Germanic origin flooded into English at that time.
3. There are such pairs of words as base and basis in English because Latin influenced English twice –
through Norman French in the 11th century and during the Renaissance in the 14th-15th century.
4. At the same time it became popular in European countries to use their mother tongues.
5. The Bible began to be read in Latin.
6. Now we can explain something in English with the words of Germanic, Latin and Greek origin.

GERMANIC LATIN GREEK

book library bibliography
renew renovate neolithic
water aquatic hydraulic

203
Text 4. The Expansion of Learning
Answer the questions.

1. Why do new words have to be created?

2. How are they created?
3. What is the origin of the word telephone?

Text 5. The Colonial Influence

Correct the mistakes.

Words from foreign countries have entered English as a result of wars and colonial expansion:
alcohol and algebra come from Spanish; divan and khaki from Persian; chocolate and tomato
from native African languages; bungalow and cot from Gujarati; tea and tycoon from Japanese.
Other words were invented in the English-speaking colonies, the UK in particular. Many Brit-
ish people are happy about Americanisms entering the English language, but don‘t realize how
few of the words they use come from American English. It is because of Great Britain that Eng-
lish is now truly a world language: a world where over 19 per cent of scientific papers are writ-
ten in English and a world where people who don‘t speak each other‘s mother tongue are most
unlikely to communicate in English.

TOPIC 5. SHOPPING
UNIT 41
MODEL SHOW
Answer the questions about the models: Anna, John, Mark, Carol, Peter, Jim and Helen

1. Who is wearing a blue T-shirt?

2. What colour is Anna‘s shirt?
3. What is Mark wearing on his feet?
4. Who has a lovely hat on?
5. Who is wearing a tracksuit?
6. What is black in John‘s outfit?
7. Who is wearing purple boots?
8. What is Carol‘s dress like?
9. Who is wearing a bright yellow raincoat?
10. What is on Pete‘s head?

UNIT 42
I’M LOOKIG FOR BETTY
What are the children wearing and what are they doing now?

Betty………………………………………………………………………………………………...
Lucy………………………………………………………………………………………………...
Steve………………………………………………………………………………………………...
Rick…………………………………………………………………………………………………
Roy………………………………………………………………………………………………….
Kathy………………………………………………………………………………………………..

204
UNIT 43
DO YOU WEAR A UNIFORM?
Mark the sentences as true, false or not given.

1. Italian policemen don‘t wear a uniform in summer.

2. American policemen wear a gold badge on the jacket or on the shirt and on the cap.
3. Chinese policemen wear a green uniform.
4. Chinese schoolchildren have brighter uniforms than British schoolchildren.
5. Beefeaters are dressed in dark blue and red uniforms on special days.
6. Beefeaters carry radios with them.
7. British schoolchildren wear old-fashioned hats

UNIT 44
CAN I HELP YOU?
Answer the questions.

1. What kind of footwear does the woman want?

2. What does she want to do before buying?
3. What is the difference in price between the two cameras?
4. Which of them does the man want to buy and why?
5. What‘s the title of the book?
6. How much is it?

UNIT 45
GETTING PRESENTS
What was the best present for each of these people? Who gave it to them?
Tony…………………………………………………………………………………………
Linda………………………………………………………………………………………..
Helen ……………………………………………………………………………………….

UNIT 46
SHOPPING COMPLAINTS

Task 1.
Tick the problems that the man has with his jacket. Does he want to exchange it or get the refund?

1. Broken zip 5. Loose buttons

2. Missing buttons 6. Stained sleeve
3. Torn lining 7. Uneven sleeves
4. Loose stitching 8. Uneven pockets

Task 2 Match the objects to the problems. How does the woman sound?
1. Table A cracked
2. Mirror B stained
3. Carpet C scratched
4. Cushions D broken
5. TV E torn

205
UNIT 47
GIBSON’S MALL
Complete the advertisement.

Facilities: over 100 free ………………………………, a roof-garden .……………………,

a gas station, an indoor ……………………………………………

Stores: Kay‘s …………………………., Baxter‘s Hardware …………, Carter‘s ………………,

dress stores, ……………………................................, bookstores, a deli, a …………………….,
a …………...salon, and much more.
Opening hours: Monday to Saturday ………………………… Sunday: ………………………….

UNIT 48
A RADIO INTERVIEW
Mark the sentences as true, false or not given.

1. Donna believes that in general advertising does a lot of harm.

2. Ads make us feel good about the way we look.
3. Most adverts mislead us.
4. Buying certain products can solve our problems and change our life.
5. TV advertising produces stronger effect on people.
6. Not all adverts are bad.

UNIT 49
JEANS
Correct the sentences from the text.

1. Some people say that jeans are the clothes of youth.

2. The story of jeans started almost 300 years ago in Italy.
3. In 1850 ―Levi‘s pants‖ made of canvas became popular with gold miners, farmers and students.
4. Later Levi began making pants of a blue silk cloth called denim.
5. Elvis Presley, the king of jazz, and James Dean, a famous TV star, made jeans popular with teens.
6. In the sixties young people had more money, their clothes showed their wealth.
7. Some people decorated jeans with colourful patches and designs.
8. In the seventies designer jeans of Calvin Klein or Pierre Cardin were very stylish and very modern.

UNIT 50
SHOPPING

Task 1. Match each conversation (1-5) with the names of the things these people buy.

Pants and jeans Shoes

Cars Furniture
Tables TV-sets
Bicycles Ties

206
Task 2. Write if people will buy these things. If they don‘t, write the reason of it.

1. The jacket……………………………………………………………………………………
2. The CD player……………………………………………………………………………….
3. The cordless phone…………………………………………………………………………..
4. The jeans……………………………………………………………………………………...
5. The computer…………………………………………………………………………………
6. The notebook…………………………………………………………………………………

UNIT 51
SHOP TILL YOU DROP

Text 1. Going to the Mall

Complete the sentences.

Shopping is a ………………………………………of many Americans. They usually go to

…………………………………….. called malls that have a variety of ……………………….,
………………………………………and ………………………… Chain stores like J.C. Penny
or The Gap are also found in malls. Everything is indoors so you can walk from store to store
without worrying about……....………………………………………… Malls are air-conditioned
…………………….. and heated ……………………and have large parking lots where you can
…………………………...Some malls provide ……………………………………………There
might be a band …………………………………………… or a puppet show ………………..….
Childcare facilities are ……………………………………….., so children can play safely while
their parents shop. People who live or work in large cities still shop at …………………………
and downtown where most department stores are located. ………………… have pedestrianized
shopping areas with specialty shops and restaurants that are like outdoor malls.

The girl has a ………………………………..job as a ……………………………in a chain store.

She works on ……………………. ……………and Tuesday and Thursday evenings.
…………. think she should start paying some of her own expenses even though she is only …....

Text 2. Cash or charge?

Correct the mistakes.

Shoppers can use their credit cards to charge almost everything they buy. Selling something
with a credit card can be more comfortable than paying for it right away with a credit card. There
are many different kinds of credit cards, and over 6 per cent of Americans have one or two cards.
Many people end up in debt to credit card companies because they have to trouble paying off
their credit cards debts.
Post-order shopping has become very unpopular because it‘s a waste of time. Shoppers use
credit cards to pay for something over the phone after they have seen it advertised in a mail order
catalogue, on radio, or in a newspaper or journal. A number of mail-order companies accept
phone orders twenty-three hours a day and some have toll-free numbers. Many cities have a sales
tax that is usually 8 to 10 per cent of the price. Some states put a tax on clothes, cigarettes and
liquor.

207
Text 3. What’s on Sale.
Mark the sentences as true, false or not given.

1. Many Americans are bargain hunters because they shop at outlets that sell merchandise at a discount.
2. Regular stores also give discounts.
3. Sales are advertised on TV, radio, newspapers and by mail.
4. TV advertisements are the most effective.
5. There is competition among stores.
6. Many stores reduce prices, stay open late and work seven days a week.

UNIT 52
YES NO QUESTIONS
Write down the questions and answer them with ‗yes‘ or ‗no‘.

1........................................................................................................................................................................
2........................................................................................................................................................................
3........................................................................................................................................................................
4........................................................................................................................................................................
5........................................................................................................................................................................
6........................................................................................................................................................................
7........................................................................................................................................................................
8........................................................................................................................................................................
9........................................................................................................................................................................
10......................................................................................................................................................................
11......................................................................................................................................................................
12......................................................................................................................................................................
13......................................................................................................................................................................
14......................................................................................................................................................................
15......................................................................................................................................................................

UNIT 53
AT A SHOP
Complete the sentences.
C1
- Good afternoon.
- Hello. I‘d like shampoo for dry hair
- …………………………………………………………?
- ………………………………….. the small bottle.
- 76 p
- I‘ll take ………………………………..

C2
- …………………………………………………..?
- Yes, of course.

C3
- ………………………………………………..?
- It‘s all right, thanks. I‘m being served.

208
C4
- Can I help you?
- …………………………… a child‘s tricycle.
- ………………………. is the child?

C5
- Could I have a pint of milk, please.
- Yes, of course. ………………………. Anything else?
- No, that‘s all, thanks. ………………………………..
- 24p

C6
- Hello, Sid. Have you got flashbulbs?
- I‘m afraid not, Fred. We‘ll have some in next week. ……………………………..
- I‘m gonna be away on Monday, ………………………………………………….
- OK, see you later.
- Bye, Sid.

UNIT 54
THE WORLD’S MOST LOVED CAR
Choose the correct answer.
1. The world‘s most loved car is
a) noisy, but beautiful and comfortable
b) noisy, ugly and not very comfortable
c) quiet, attractive and comfortable
2. In Britain they call it
a) Bug
b) Fly
c) Beetle
3. Volkswagen was created
a) for people
b) for soldiers
c) for the rich
4. It started to be used
a) in Germany before the war
b) in Britain after the war
c) in France during the war
5. When the first owners of Volkswagen greeted each other, they
a) waved
b) shouted hello
c) honked
6. The car is still made in
a) North America
b) South America
c) South Africa
7. A lot of people love this car because
a) it‘s cheap and convenient
b) it‘s modern and stylish
c) it‘s perfect, it has character and it‘s totally reliable
209
TOPIC 6. TOWN

UNIT 55
A TINY CITY
Complete the sentences.

1. Can you imagine a city ………………………………………………………………………………..

or ………………………………………………………………………………………………………
2. This city is situated ……………………………………………………………………………………...
3. There are …………………………..one next to the other, you can see ………………………………
………………………………, trains that move and ships in the harbour.
4. There is even ………………………………………………………………………………
5. You can admire …………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………. around the city

UNIT 56
MY FAVOURITE AMERICAN CITY
Complete the table with the names of the cities: Seattle, Portland, San Francisco, Los Angeles,
Denver, Dallas, New York, Chicago, Boston, Miami, Washington, Philadelphia.

Name Favourite city

Sam Lengo
Margot Holzman
Hans Kelly
Junko Sato
Paul Aston

UNIT 57
EXCUSE ME
Write what places people are asking about and how to get there.
Conversation 1 Conversation 2
……………………………………. ………………………………………………..
............................................................. ……………………………………………………..

UNIT 58
PARKING PROBLEM
Correct the text.

My father and I had decided to buy a new flat, and I‘d made an appointment to see our house es-
tate agent. I‘d never seen him before and I was a bit nervous. I drove into town and I was happy
enough to find a parking space beside the bank. I‘d just started reversing into the space when
another car drove out of it. I was so glad! I opened my window and smiled at the other driver. He
ignored me and walked away. It took me twelve minutes to find another space. As soon as I
parked the car I walked back to the bank. I was twenty minutes late for my interview. I went to
the manager‘s office, knocked and walked in. The manager was standing by the window. He was
the man who had taken my parking space!
210
UNIT 59
A CAR ACCIDENT
Why did the accident happen?

……………………………………………………………………………………………………

UNIT 60
THEY DIDN’T STOP TO TELL ME
Mark the sentences as true, false or not given.

1. Stan lost his car when he was driving down the M6 from Scotland carrying brandy.
2. He is trying to give up hard drinks.
3. He stopped at Burnham Wood to get some diesel and to have a coffee.
4. He parked his car behind the café.
5. He was phoning his girlfriend when he saw his lorry going past the window.
6. He always locks the cab door.
7. He remembers checking the passenger door.
8. He thinks that the thieves had the car keys.
9. He didn‘t tell his wife that he had lost his truck.

UNIT 61
ON THE ROAD
Complete the remarks from the conversation.

1. You can‘t ………………………… There is a double ……………………….

2. You‘ll get a …………………….if you leave it here.
3. All the traffic wardens ………………………………………………………
4. Excuse me, may I see your …………………………..?
5. In that case you‘ll have to take it to ………………………………..within five days.
6. There‘s a thirty miles an hour ………………………………………. on this road, sir.
7. Oh, good evening. I don‘t know if you can help me. My car ……………………………..
8. We have a twenty-four hour ……………………………………………………………….
9. I‘ll send …………………………………………………………………………………….
10. It‘s nothing serious, sir. You‘ve …………………………………………………………..
11. Can you tow me to …………………………………………………………………….
12. Shall I ……………………………… or …………………..?
13. Hold on. I can‘t find my ………………………………………………….

UNIT 62
MOVING TO WHITNEY
Compare living in Whitney with living in London.

Whitney London
…………………………………………… ……………………………………….........
…………………………………………… ……………………………………………..
…………………………………………… ………………………………………………

211
UNIT 63
TOKYO
Mark the sentences as true, false or not given.

1. Tokyo is a town you can love and hate at the same time.
2. The streets of Tokyo are very crowded.
3. In the morning you can see students helping passengers get out of the train.
4. The best time to be in the streets of Tokyo is after 11.30 p.m.
5. Japanese people are only polite when they go along the crowded streets.
6. In a Japanese train everybody is reading a newspaper.
7. In Tokyo there is a train station at every corner.
8. Japanese trains go every 5 minutes.
9. The trains leave and arrive on time.

UNIT 64
LIVING IN MADRID
Answer the questions.

1. How long has Kate lived in Madrid? ………………………………………………….

2. How is an ordinary day in Madrid different from the one in London?
……………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………
3. How do things change in summer?
………………………………………………………………………………………………
4. What was Kate‘s first problem when she arrived in Spain? ………………………………..
5. What meals do they have in Madrid? ………………………………………………………..
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
6. Where do people live in Madrid? ……………………………………………………………
7. How is Madrid different from London? ……………………………………………………..
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
8. Why does Kate like living in Madrid better? …………………………………………………
9. What‘s the traffic like? ………………………………………………………………………..
10. What is public transport like? ………………………………………………………………….
11. How does she feel about coming back to England?...................................................................

UNIT 65
DIRECTIONS
Write down how to get to Lucy‘s place.

……………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………
...........................................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................................

212
UNIT 66
A SHORTCUT
Answer the questions.

1. Why did Helen feel nervous?

2. Why were there no people on the bus stop?
3. Why did the taxi driver take a shortcut?
4. Why did Helen leave the taxi?
5. Why did Helen manage to catch the train?

UNIT 67
LEARNING TO DRIVE
Put the instructions in the correct order.

Make sure the car is in neutral before starting the engine.

Put the car into first gear.
Fasten your seat belt.
Put your foot on the clutch.
Lift the clutch and press the accelerator gently at the same time.
Check if the mirror is in the right place.
Push the clutch to the floor.
Release the hand brake.
Look in the mirror to make sure nothing is coming from behind.
Switch on the ignition and start the car.

UNIT 68
SHOPPING
Complete the table.

things to buy shop how to get there

co-op

box of tissures

large tube of toothpaste

newsagent‘s

213
UNIT 69
WHAT WOULD YOU HAVE DONE
Correct the mistakes.

Text 1. Naughty Bishop

I was told a lovely story about the bishop of Fleetwood. He‘d gone to New York for a church
ceremony. Anyway, when he stepped off from the train there were a few journalists and came-
ramen. The last question one of the journalists asked was, ―Do you intend to visit any night clubs
in New York?‖ Well, the bishop was 80 years old. ―Are there any night clubs in New York?‖ he
asked innocently. The next evening the headline in one of the New York magazines was ―Bi-
shop‘s first question on arrival to New York – Are there any night clubs?‖ How would you have felt?

Text 2. Unless!
I‘d just parked my car in the street near the baseball stadium in Liverpool. It was twelve mi-
nutes before the end of the match and I was in a hurry. Three small boys came up to me and said,
―Give us 50 p and we‘ll look for your car while you are playing at the match. I told them to clear
off, and one of them looked at me with big, round, innocent blue eyes and said ―Unless you give
us the wallet, something might happen to your car while you are away. You know, a scratch or a
flat tyre. Something like that. I was surprised. What would you have done?

UNIT 70
PARKING IN LONDON
Answer the questions.

1. How did Leslie get to her destination in London?.......................................................................

2. Where did she leave her car?.......................................................................................................
3. Who did she ask to help her find the car?.................................................................................................
4. Why couldn‘t she find it?..........................................................................................................................
5. What was the policeman‘s reaction when the car was found?..................................................................

TOPIC 7. WEATHER

UNIT 71
WHAT WILL THE WEATHER BE LIKE?
Complete the table.
day weather sky rain temperature
Wednesday
afternoon

Wednesday
night

Thursday

Friday

214
UNIT 72
IT’S COLD OUTSIDE
Complete the table.

№ area weather
1 Ontario, Quebec and
Newfoundland
2 Nova Scotia

3 Northwest Territories

4 British Columbia, Yukon

5 Manitoba, Saskatchewan,
Alberta

UNIT 73
IS THE SUN GOOD OR BAD FOR US?
Mark the sentences as true, false or not given.

1. The good or bad effect of the sun depends on how much sun you get and at what time of the day.
2. Long hours in the sun stop an ageing process and decrease the chances of developing skin cancer.
3. Sun can make us feel better and help us to slim.
4. You should have a cup of hot green tea before sunbathing.
5. We slim because ultra violet rays of the sun make us produce less melatonine.
6. Moderate doses of sun help to protect from diseases like colds and coughs.
7. The tradition of having the siesta in the middle of the day reduces the negative influence of the sun.
8. Fair skin is more sensitive to the sun.
9. Sunbathing in Africa is more dangerous than in South America.

UNIT 74
FORECASTING THE WEATHER
Correct the mistakes.

... And that is the end of the news. Now we'll go over to the weather centre for the weather report
for the whole of the United Kingdom.
Good morning. Due to the depression lying off the north of England and the high in the south of
England today's weather will be variable through the country. Starting then in the south-west it'll
start warm and become cool with long periods of rain. Around London and the south-east the day
will be dry but cold at times. In the Midlands it will be cloudy all day with showers at times.
Moving over then to South Wales there may be fog patches over the mountains for probably
most of the day. While in North Wales it'll be generally rainy. In the North East it will be cloudy
all day, no rain anywhere and it'll be heavy at times. Further north in Scotland we can expect
snow in those areas south of Edinburgh while in the very north of Scotland and the Herbrides
there'll be hail on high ground. Now in Northern Ireland there's a possibility of rain and it'll
surely be very cold. That's the end of the weather forecast.
215
REVISION LISTENING TEST

PART 1
You will hear five people talking about businesses that they run. For questions 1-5 choose from the list of
businesses A-F what each speaker is describing. There is one extra letter which you do not need to use.

A a bookshop D a fitness centre

B a driving school E a travel agency
C an antique shop F a computer shop

PART 2
You will hear a conversation between the headmistress of a school and the parents of a little girl.
Answer questions 1- 7 by writing T (for True), or F (for False) in the boxes provided.

1. Gemma is taken away to meet the other children and to be tested in her knowledge
2. She is not really used to being at school with her parents.
3. Gemma is gentle and easy to deal with.
4. She is fond of listening to the radio.
5. Her granny looks after Gemma when her parents are at work.
6. They heard about this school from a neighbour of theirs whose daughter is a pupil in this school.
7. When they saw their advertisement in the magazine they decided to come and have a look.

PART 3
You will hear a receptionist and a man discussing some evening classes. For questions 1- 7, decide which
of the choices A, B or C is the correct answer.

1. Course tutors want

a) to keep classes small
b) to have as many students as possible
c) to keep a constant number of students
2. What does the man have to do to join a botany class?
a) register on the computer
b) fill in an application form
c) contact the tutor
3. How many students have registered for the design class?
a) twelve
b) fifteen
c) eighteen
4. What does the design tutor organize for the students?
a) TV appearances
b) various activities
c) weekly visits to his garden
5. What does the cost of the botany class include?
a) nothing
b) drawing material
c) books
6. How much does the ―Designing the small garden‖ cost?
a) £70
b) £75
c) £80
7. What time does the design class start?
a) 6 pm
b) 7 pm
c) 8 pm

216
VIDEOTASKS

PART 1. WINE AND CAKES FOR GENTLEMEN (1)

Match the English words and their Russian translation.

cuisine, gravy, delicacies, setting , fancy, chef, coarse, earl, marmalade, jacket potato, abundance, site;

1. картошка в мундире 2. шеф-повар 3. апельсиновый джем 6. место для чего-то

4. кухня (как стиль приготовления пищи) 5. изобилие 7. граф 8. непростой, необычный
9. окружение 10. грубый 11. мясной соус 12. деликатесы

Task 1. English Food and National Character

1. What does the traditional picnic include? Place a tick beside the items:
a beautiful setting ___ good weather ___ a coarse wool blanket ____
simple sandwiches ____ outdoor games ____ songs and dances ____

2. What elements of the beautiful setting of the picnic are shown in the film? Place a tick beside the
items: green lawns ___ lake with swans _____ the bank of the river ____ castle ___
public parks ___ specially equipped sites ____ mountains ____ flowers ______

Task 2. Traditional English food

1. Answer the questions:
1. What does the majority of the British eat for breakfast?
2. What was the Earl of Sandwich famous for? How are the Sandwich Islands called now?

2. Say true or false and correct if necessary

1. Englishmen pay a lot of attention to food.
2. The main features of English food are simplicity, abundance and freshness.
3. Continental countries love English cuisine.
4. The British enthusiasm for foreign food is growing nowadays.
5. The most popular lunchtime foods are fish & chips, roast beef sandwiches and stuffed jacket potatoes.

PART 2. WINE AND CAKES FOR GENTLEMEN (2)

Match the English words and their Russian translation.
pint, ale, hop, vineyard, mead, brewery, malt, lager, herbs

1. солод 2. алкогольный напиток на меде 3. травы 4. эль 5. пивоваренный завод

6. хмель 7. ~ 0, 57 литра 8. виноградник 9. светлое пиво

Task 3. “Traditional English Drink”

Say what drink is described by each sentence: beer or ale.
1. It contains hop. ________ 2. It keeps better. ________ 3. It has a slightly sweet taste. ________
4. It‘s home made. ______5. It‘s a commercial drink. _______ 6. It contains herbs. ________

Task 4. “The English Pub”

1. Answer the questions.
1. What does the name ―pub‖ stand for?
2. Is it allowed to serve children in pubs?
3. Finish the sentence: Unattended children ……………………………
4. Why do people come to English pubs?

2. Say true or false.

1. In the 16th century British women went to the pubs as often as men.
2. The Romans were the first to bring their wine-making traditions and their vines to England.
3. Few people in England are interested in wine classes because not so much wine is produced now.
217
4. Recently a chain of vodka-bars has appeared in England.
5. The Romans who conquered England opened the first taverns to sell wine and food.
6. European cafes, as opposed to English pubs, which raise emotions, are places of peace.
7. A traditional English pub is focused on ale and, probably, good food.

PART 3. GREAT ENGLISH TEA

Task 1. Translate into Russian.

tea cosy, bowl, jug, tray, flavor, porcelain, handle, clipper, scone;

Task 2. Say true or false.

1. The tea bush produces both green and black tea.
2. On bank holidays all tea and coffee shops are closed in England.
3. Traditionally the owner of the teashop does the baking herself.
4. Margaret thinks that tea makes people more aggressive.
5. Five o‘clock tea is a ceremony during which talking is forbidden.
6. In the 18th century the tea bowls were smaller and had no handles.
7. In 1837 the English began to import Indian tea instead of Chinese tea.
8. The Indian teas were more delicate than strong teas from China.
9. Charles the Second Earl of Grey «gave» his name to his favourite flavoured tea with Bergamot.

Task 3. Answer the questions.

1. What gives the teabush its specific natural flavours?
2. How many cups of tea does Stephen Twining drink a day?
3. Why was tea called «the secret weapon» of the English during the war?
4. Why did the British put milk into tea?
5. Why was tea a drink of aristocracy at first?
6. What is the best shape for a tea cup: straight, round or flutey?
7. Are you a tea person? What is your favourite tea?

PART 4. OUR ENGLAND IS A GARDEN

Task 1. Translate into Russian.
lawn, incarnation, pagan, Druids, equinox, oak, eternal, mistletoe, omnipresent, thistle, leek, maze

Task 2. Choose the correct answer.

1. The symbol of Scotland is the
a. rose b. thistle c. leek d. oak
2. The Green Man is a
a. historical figure b. popular politician c. forest spirit d. Greenpeace leader
3. Stonehenge is
a. a pagan monument b. a historical museum c. a famous garden d. Druids‘ home
4. The Druids thought oaks
a. devil‘s trees b. the most beautiful trees c. eternal trees d. magic trees
5. The mistletoe is used
a. for salads b. as a Christmas decoration c. at weddings d. in flowerbeds

Task 3. Say true or false and correct if necessary.

1. The ancient cult of trees is still alive in Britain.
2. The industrial revolution in England happened later than in other countries.
3. The English gardens today are copied from Italian ones.
4. Flowerbeds of various shapes and sizes are omnipresent in Britain today.
5. Turgenev was a great admirer of English gardens.
6. There is a museum of Garden history in Britain.

Task 4. Translate and comment on the quotation. Where is it taken from? Whose words are these?
What’s in a name? that which we call a rose By any other name would smell as sweet.
218
SUPPLEMENT 1. SONGS CAN’T HELP FALLING IN LOVE (Elvis Presley)
Wise men say only fools rush in
It's better to have loved and lost But I can't help falling in love with you
than never to have loved at all. ('Nazareth') Shall I stay, would it be a sin
If I can't help falling in love with you
LOVE STORY Like a river flows surely to the sea
Where do I begin Darling so it goes
To tell the story of how great a love can be Some things are meant to be
The sweet love story that is older than the sea Take my hand, take my whole life too
The simple truth about the love she brings to me For I can't help falling in love with you
Where do I start
With her first hello WOMAN IN LOVE (Barbra Streisand)
She gave a meaning to this empty world of mine Life is a moment in space
There'd never be another love, another time When the dream is gone
She came into my life and made the living fine It's a lonelier place
Where do I start I kiss the morning good-bye
She fills my heart But down inside, you know,
She fills my heart with very special things We never know why
With angels' songs, with wild imaginings The road is narrow and long
She fills my soul with so much love When eyes meet eyes
That anywhere I go I'm never lonely And the feeling is strong
With her along, who could be lonely I turn away from the wall
I reach for her hand - it's always there I stumble and fall
How long does it last But I give you it all
Can love be measured by the hours in a day Chorus: I'm a woman in love
I have no answer now but this much I can say And I'd do anything
I know I'll need her till the stars all burn away To get you into my world
And she'll be there And hold you within
It's a right I defend
ONLY YOU (The Platters) Over and over again
Only you – can make this world seem right What do I do?
Only you – can make the darkness bright With you eternally mine
Only you and you alone In love there is
Can thrill me like you do No measure of time
And fill my heart with love We planned it all at the start
For only you That you and I
Live in each other's hearts
O-only you We may be oceans away
Can make this change in me You feel my love
For it's true – you are my destiny I hear what you say
When you hold my hand No truth is ever a lie
I understand I stumble and fall
The magic that you do But I give you it all
You're my dream come true
My one and only, you Chorus:
I am a woman in love
LOVE ME TENDER (Elvis Presley) And I'm talking to you
Love me tender, love me sweet You know I know how you feel
Never let me go What a woman can do
You have made my life complete It's a right I defend over and over again
And I love you so
Chorus DEMELZA’S SONG (OST Poldark)
Love me tender, love me true I do pluck a fair rose for my love
All my dreams fulfil I do pluck a red rose blowing
For my darling I love you Love‘s in my heart, I‘m trying so to prove
And I always will What your heart‘s knowing
Love me tender, love me long I do pluck a finger on a thorn
Take me to your heart I do pluck a finger bleeding
For it‘s there that I belong Red is my heart, wounded and forlorn
And we‘ll never part And your heart needing
Chorus I do hold a finger to my tongue
Love me tender, love me dear I do hold a finger waiting
Tell me you are mine My heart is sore, until it joins in song
I‘ll be yours through all the years With your heart mating
Till the end of time
/ Chorus
219
LADY IN RED (Chris de Burgh) MAD ABOUT YOU (Sting)
I've never seen you looking so lovely A stone's throw from Jerusalem
As you did tonight I walked a lonely mile in the moonlight
I've never seen you shine so bright And though a million stars were shining
I've never seen so many men ask you My heart was lost on a distant planet
If you wanted to dance That whirls around the April moon
Looking for a little romance Whirling in an arc of sadness
Even half a chance I'm lost without you, I'm lost without you
I have never seen a dress you're wearing Though all my kingdoms turn to sand
All the highlights in your hair And fall into the sea
I catch your eye I'm mad about you, I'm mad about you
I have been blind And from the dark secluded valleys
Chorus: Lady in red I heard the ancient songs of sadness
Is dancing with me But every step I thought of you
Cheek to cheek Every footstep only you
There's nobody here And every star a grain of sand
It‘s just you and me The leavings of the dried up ocean
It's where I wanna be Tell me, how much longer? How much longer?
And I hardly know They say a city in the desert lies
This beauty by my side The vanity of an ancient king
I never will forget But the city lies in broken pieces
The way you look tonight Where the wind howls and the vultures sing
I've never seen you looking so gorgeous These are the works of man
As you did tonight This is the sum of our ambition
I've never seen you shine so bright It would make a prison of my life
You were amazing If you became another's wife
I've never seen so many people With every prison blown to dust
Want to be there by your side My enemies walk free
And when you turned to me and smiled I'm mad about you, I'm mad about you
It took my breath away And I have never in my life
I have never had such a feeling Felt more alone than I do now
Such a feeling of complete and utter love Although I claim dominions over all I see
As I do tonight / Chorus It means nothing to me
There are no victories in all our histories
FIELDS OF GOLD (Sting) Without love
You'll remember me when the west wind moves A stone's throw from Jerusalem
Upon the fields of barley I walked a lonely mile in the moonlight
You'll forget the sun in his jealous sky And though a million stars were shining
As we walk in fields of gold My heart was lost on a distant planet
So she took her love That whirls around the April moon
For to gaze awhile Whirling in an arc of sadness
Upon the fields of barley I'm lost without you, I'm lost without you
In his arms she fell as her hair came down And though you hold the keys to ruin
Among the fields of gold Of everything I see
Will you stay with me will you be my love With every prison blown to dust
Among the fields of barley My enemies walk free
We'll forget the sun in his jealous sky Though all my kingdoms turn to sand
As we lie in fields of gold And fall into the sea
See the west wind move like a lover so I'm mad about you, I'm mad about you
Upon the fields of barley
Feel her body rise when you kiss her mouth A THOUSAND YEARS (Sting)
Among the fields of gold A thousand years, a thousand more
I never made promises lightly A thousand times a million doors to eternity
And there have been some that I've broken I may have lived a thousand lives, a thousand times
But I swear in the days still left An endless turning stairway climbs to a tower of souls
We'll walk in fields of gold (2) If it takes another thousand years, a thousand wars,
Many years have passed since those summer days The towers rise to numberless floors in space
Among the fields of barley I could shed another million tears, a million breaths,
See the children run as the sun goes down A million names but only one truth to face
Among the fields of gold A million roads, a million fears
You'll remember me when the west wind moves A million suns, ten million years of uncertainty
Upon the fields of barley I could speak a million lies, a million songs,
You can tell the sun in his jealous sky A million rights, a million wrongs in this balance of time
When we walked in fields of gold (3) But if there was a single truth, a single light
A single thought, a singular touch of grace
Then following this single point, this single flame,

220
This single haunted memory of your face The love of a woman, the needs of a man
I still love you, I still want you I try so hard to believe
A thousand times the mysteries unfold themselves But I don't understand
Like galaxies in my head The search goes on
I maybe numberless, I may be innocent But over the mountains across the sea
I may know many things, I may be ignorant I know love is waiting
Or I could ride with kings and conquer many lands I hear it calling to me
Or win this world at cards and let it slip my hands Calling my name
I could be cannon food, destroyed a thousand times
Reborn as fortune's child to judge another's crimes Chorus: I'm looking for love all around me
Or wear this pilgrim's cloak, or be a common thief Looking for love to surround me
I've kept this single faith, I have but one belief The love that I need
I still love you, I still want you To rescue the state of my heart
A thousand times the mysteries unfold themselves
Like galaxies in my head Alone again it's always the same
On and on the mysteries unwind themselves I've just been marked in my time
Eternities still unsaid …. Till you love me Since the day I was born
No one's to blame
DESERT ROSE (Sting) The candle is burning
I dream of rain Its way down low
I dream of gardens in the desert sand I just need someone to show me the way
I wake in pain The way to go, which way to go
I dream of love as time runs through my hand
I dream of fire Chorus: I'm looking for love all around me
These dreams are tied to a horse that will never tire Looking for love to surround me
And in the flames The love that I need
Her shadows play in the shape of a man's desire To rescue the state of my heart
This desert rose
Each of her veils, a secret promise I'm looking for love
This desert flower And finding only heartache
No sweet perfume ever tortured me more than this Looking for love to rely on
Looking for love, a shoulder to cry on
And as she turns I'm looking for love
This way she moves in the logic of all my dreams To rescue the state of my heart (2)
This fire burns
I realize that nothing's as it seems WHAT IS A YOUTH (Romeo and Juliet)
I dream of rain What is a youth?
I dream of gardens in the desert sand Impetuous fire.
I wake in pain What is a maid?
I dream of love as time runs through my hand Ice and desire.
The world wags on.
I dream of rain A rose will bloom
I lift my gaze to empty skies above It then will fade
I close my eyes, this rare perfume So does a youth.
Is the sweet intoxication of her love So do-o-o-oes the fairest maid.

I dream of rain Comes a time when one sweet smile

I dream of gardens in the desert sand Has its season for a while...
I wake in pain Then love's in love with me.
I dream of love as time runs through my hand
Sweet desert rose Some they think only to marry,
Each of her veils, a secret promise Others will tease and tarry,
This desert flower Mine is the very best parry.
No sweet perfume ever tortured me more than this Cupid he rules us all.
Sweet desert rose Caper the cape, but sing me the song,
This memory of Eden haunts me Death will come soon to hush us along.
This desert flower, this rare perfume Sweeter than honey and bitter as gall.
Is the sweet intoxication of the fall Love is a pastime that never will pall.
Sweeter than honey and bitter as gall
LOOKING FOR LOVE (David Coverdale) Cupid he rules us all
I'm tired of waiting, I'm closing my eyes
I'm asking myself why is it all A rose will bloom
My horizons are so far away It then will fade
I look in the mirror, don't like what I see So does a youth.
In my reflection a stranger is staring at me So do-o-o-oes the fairest maid.
Looking for love

221
STARGAZER (Rainbow) WISH YOU WERE HERE (Blackmore’s Night)
High noon, oh I'd sell my soul for water Wish you were here
Nine years worth of breakin' my back Me, oh, my country men
There's no sun in the shadow of the wizard Wish you were here, I wish you were here
See how he glides, why he's lighter than air? Don‘t you know, the snow is getting colder,
Chorus: And I miss you like hell,
Oh I see his face! And I‘m feeling blue
Where is your star? I‘ve got feelings for you,
Is it far, is it far, is it far? Do you still feel the same?
When do we leave? From the first time I laid my eyes on you,
I believe, yes, I believe I felt the joy of living
In the heat and the rain I saw heaven in your eyes ... in your eyes
With whips and chains Repeat the first verse
To see him fly so many die I miss your laugh, I miss your smile,
We built a tower of stone I miss everything about you
With our flesh and bone Every second‘s like a minute
Just to see him fly Every minute‘s like a day
But don't know why When you‘re far away
Now where do we go? The snow is getting colder, baby,
Hot wind, moving fast across the desert How I wish you were here
We feel that our time has arrived A battlefield of love and fear
The world spins, while we put his dream together How I wish you were here
A tower of stone to take him straight to the sky I‘ve got feelings for you,
/Chorus: From the first time I laid my eyes on you,
Wish you were here
All eyes see the figure of the wizard Me, oh, my country men
As he climbs to the top of the world Wish you were here
No sound, as he falls instead of rising I wish you were here
Time standing still, then there's blood on the sand Don‘t you know, the snow is getting colder,
Oh I see his face! And I miss you like hell, and I‘m feeling blue
Where was your star? I wish you were here
Was it far, was it far?
When did we leave? HANGING TREE (Blackmore’s Night)
We believed, we believed, we believed There‘ve been many tales
In heat and rain Tainted by truth twisted by time
With whips and chains Some choose to forget
To see him fly Yet it still weaves webs in their minds
So many died And it seems like she's been here forever
We built a tower of stone Her branches as black as the seas
With our flesh and bone She's been through it all
To see him fly By the luck of the draw
But why - in all the rain - with all the chains She became the old hanging tree
Did so many die - just to see him fly She asked for nothing
Look at my flesh and bone Except maybe
Now look, look, look, look , look at this tower of stone A little rain
I see your rainbow rising - look there, on the horizon They used her strength
And I'm coming home, I'm coming home, To help them steal lives away
I'm coming home And she witnessed the sadness and sorrow
Time is standing still - you, give me back my will To this day she still doesn't know why
Oh oh oh oh But her heart broke
Going home - I'm going home When they came with the rope
My eyes are bleeding - and my heart is lead ahead To declare her the old hanging tree
But it's not home - but it's not home - Oooooh Life stranger than fiction
Take me back - you, give me back my will Can make you want to cry
Oh oh oh oh Roots could never stop her
From reaching for the sky
GREENSLEEVES (Blackmore’s Night) Those years have all past
Alas, my love you do me wrong Lucky for us lucky for her
To cast me off discourteously Now, children play at her feet
And I have loved you for so long And in her arms she cradles birds
Delighting in your company And it seems she's been here forever
These days are the best that she's seen
Chorus: Greensleeves was all my joy Still somewhere in the back
Greensleeves was my delight Of her mind is the time
Greensleeves was my heart of gold She was known as the old hanging tree
And who but (my) lady Greensleeves

222
YOU'RE IN THE ARMY NOW (Status Quo) CHILD IN TIME (Deep Purple)
A vacation in the foreign land Sweet child in time
Uncle Sam does the best he can You'll see the line
You're in the army now The line is drawn between
Oh-oo-oh you're in the army now Good and bad
Now you remember what the draft man said See the blind man
Nothing to do all day but stay in bed Shooting at the world
You're in the army now Bullets flying
Oh-oo-oh you're in the army now Taking toll
You'll be the hero of the neighbourhood If you've been bad
Nobody knows that you‘ve left for good Oh, Lord, I bet you have
You're in the army now And you've not been hit
Oh-oo-oh you're in the army now Oh, by flying lead
Smiling faces as you wait to land You'd better close your eyes
But once you get there no one gives a damn Bow your head
You're in the army now Wait for the ricochet
Oh-oo-oh you're in the army now
Hand grenades flying over your head THE UNFORGIVEN (J. Hetfield -Metallica)
Missiles flying over your head New blood joins this earth
If you wanna survive - get out of bed And quickly he's subdued.
You're in the army now Through constant pain, disgrace,
Oh-oo-oh you're in the army now The young boy learns their rules.
Shots ring out in the dead of night With time the child draws
The sergeant calls, 'Stand up and fight!' In this whipping boy done wrong.
You're in the army now Deprived of all his thoughts,
Oh-oo-oh you're in the army now (2) The young man struggles on and on.
You've got your orders better shoot on sight He knows, ooh, a vow unto his own
Your finger‘s on the trigger, but it don't seem right That never from this day
You're in the army now His will they'll take away.
Oh-oo-oh you're in the army now (2) Chorus:
What I've felt, what I've known
Night is falling and you just can't see Never shined through in what I've shown.
Is this illusion or reality Never be. Never see.
You're in the army now Won't see what might have been.
Oh-oo-oh you're in the army now (4) What I've felt, what I've known,
Never shined through in what I've shown.
SOLDIER OF FORTUNE (Deep Purple) Never free. Never me. So I dub thee unforgiven.
I have often told you stories
About the way They dedicate their lives to running all of his
I lived the life of a drifter He tries to please them all, this bitter man he is
Waiting for the day Throughout his life the same, he's battled constantly
When I'd take your hand This fight he cannot win.
And sing you songs A tired man they see no longer cares.
Then maybe you would say The old man then prepares to die regretfully
Come lay with me love me That old man here is me. / Chorus:
And I would surely stay
MAMA SAID (James Hetfleld -'Metallica')
Chorus: But I feel I'm growing older Mama, she has taught me well
And the songs that I have sung Told me when I was young
Echo in the distance 'Son, your life's an open book
Like the sound Don't close it 'fore it's done'
Of a windmill going round The brightest flame goes quickest'
I guess I'll always be That's what I heard her say
A soldier of fortune A son's heart‘s sowed to mother
But I must find my way
Many times I've been a traveller
I looked for something new Chorus:
In days of old Let my heart go
When nights were cold Let your son grow
I wandered without you Mama, let my heart go or
But those days I thought my eyes Let this heart be still
Had seen you standing near Yeah, still
Though blindness is confusing Rebel, mind your last name
That shows that you're not here Wild blood in my veins
/ Chorus They bring strings around my neck
The mark that still remains

223
Left home at an early age No one knows what it's like
All what I heard was wrong To be the bad man
I never asked forgiveness To be the sad man
But what is said is done Behind blue eyes

Chorus: UPRISING (Muse)

Let my heart go The paranoia is in bloom, the PR
Let your son grow The transmissions will resume
Mama, let my heart go or They'll try to push drugs
Let this heart be still Keep us all dumbed down and hope that
Never I ask of you We will never see the truth around
But never I gave
Another promise, another scene, another
But you gave me your emptiness
A package not to keep us trapped in greed
That I'll take to my grave
With all the green belts wrapped around our minds
Never I ask of you ...and endless red tape to keep the truth confined
But never I gave
But you gave me your emptiness They will not force us
That I'll take to my grave They will stop degrading us
So let this heart be still They will not control us
We will be victorious
Mama, now I'm coming home
I'm not all you wished of me Interchanging mind-control, come let the
A mother's love for her son Revolution take its toll if you could
Spoken, help me be Flick the switch and open your third eye,
I took your love for granted you'd see that we should never be afraid to die
Not a thing you said to me Rise up and take the power back, it's time that
I need your arms to welcome me The fat cats had a heart attack, you know that
But, a cold stone's all I see / Chorus Their time is coming to an end, we have to
Unify and watch our flag ascend
BEHIND BLUE EYES (Limp Bizkit) They will not force us
No one knows what it‘s like They will stop degrading us
To be the bad man They will not control us
To be the sad man We will be victorious
Behind blue eyes
And no one knows UNDISCLOSED DESIRES (Muse)
What it‘s like to be hated I know you suffered
To be faded to telling only lies But I don't want you to hide
But my dreams they aren‘t as empty It's cold and loveless
As my conscience seems to be I won't let you be denied
I have hours, only lonely Soothe me - I'll make you feel pure
My love is vengeance Trust me -You can be sure
That‘s never free Chorus:
No one knows what it's like I want to reconcile the violence in your heart
To feel these feelings I want to recognize your beauty is not just a mask
Like I do and I blame you! I want to exorcise the demons from your past
No one bites back as hard I want to satisfy the undisclosed desires in your heart
On their anger You take your lovers
None of my pain woe That you're wicked and divine
Can show through You may be a sinner
But my dreams they aren‘t as empty But your innocence is mine
As my conscience seems to be Please me - Show me how it's done
I have hours, only lonely Tease me - You are the one
My love is vengeance
That‘s never free Chorus:
Discover l.i.m.p. say it (4) I want to reconcile the violence in your heart
No one knows what it's like I want to recognize your beauty is not just a mask
To be mistreated, to be defeated I want to exorcise the demons from your past
Behind blue eyes I want to satisfy the undisclosed desires in your heart
No one knows how to say Please me - Show me how it's done
That they‘re sorry and don‘t worry Trust me -You are the one
I‘m not telling lies
But my dreams they aren‘t as empty Chorus:
As my conscience seems to be I want to reconcile the violence in your heart
I have hours, only lonely I want to recognize your beauty is not just a mask
My love is vengeance I want to exorcise the demons from your past
I want to satisfy the undisclosed desires in your heart
That‘s never free

224
UNINTENDED (Muse) I‘ve been running like you (2)
You could be my unintended choice Now you understand why I‗m running scared (2)
to live my life extended
You could be the one I'll always love And I‘m only here to bring you free love
You could be the one who listens Let‘s make it clear that this is free love
to my deepest inquisitions No hidden catch no strings attached
You could be the one I'll always love Just free love (2)
I'll be there as soon as I can
but I'm busy mending broken Hey girl you‘ve got to take this moment
pieces of the life I had before Never let it slip away
First there was the one who challenged Let go off complicated feelings
all my dreams and all my balance And there‘s no price to pay
She could never be as good as you We‘ve been running from love (2)
You could be my unintended choice And we don‘t know what we‘re doing here
to live my life extended No, we don‘t know what we‘re doing here
You should be the one I'll always love We‘re only here sharing a free love
I'll be there as soon as I can Let‘s make it clear that this is free love
but I'm busy mending broken No hidden catch no strings attached
pieces of the life I had before (before you) Just free love

YOU WON'T CHANGE ME (Ozzy Osbourne) DREAM ON (Depeche Mode)

I'm just a man and I am what I am, yeah As your bony fingers close around me
Nobody will ever change my ways Long and spindly
I don't need money and I don't need no lies, yeah Death becomes me
I only need to live for today Heaven can you see what I see
But I'd like to talk things over with you Hey you pale and sickly child
I want to hear the things you say, today You're death and living reconciled
Although you won't change me anyway, no no way Been walking home a crooked mile
Paying debt to karma
I wish you'd come and see me, I'd like to hold you You party for a living
I want to set my mind all free What you take won't kill you
You understand me woman, you give me time, yeah But careful what you're giving
But I don't need no sympathy Can you feel a little love
Still I wonder what it's like to be loved Can you feel a little love
Instead of hiding in myself Dream on dream on
Nobody will change me anyway, no no way There's no time for hesitating
Pain is ready, pain is waiting
Nobody's gonna change my world Primed to do it's educating
That's something too unreal Unwanted, uninvited kin
Nobody will change the way I feel It creeps beneath your crawling skin
It lives without it lives within you
So listen to me now, hear what I say Feel the fever coming
Please give me time and maybe love You're shaking and twitching
If there's a God up there, well I hope he helps me You can scratch all over
I need him now to set me free But that won't stop you itching
'Cause it may be that it's over for me Can you feel a little love
If you don't hear the things that I say, today Can you feel a little love
Nobody will change me anyway, no no way Dream on dream on
Blame it on your karmic curse
Nobody's gonna change my world Oh shame upon the universe
That's something too unreal It knows its lines
Nobody will change the way I feel It's well rehearsed
It sucked you in, it dragged you down
FREE LOVE (Depeche Mode) To where there is no hallowed ground
If you‘ve been hiding from love (2) Where holiness is never found
I can understand where you‘re coming from (2) Paying debt to karma
If you‘d suffered enough (2) You party for a living
I can understand what you‘re thinking of What you take won't kill you
I can see the pain that you‘re frightened of But careful what you're giving
Can you feel a little love
And I‘m only here to bring you free love Can you feel a little love
Let‘s make it clear that this is free love Dream on dream on
No hidden catch no strings attached
Just free love (2)

225
LOSING MY RELIGION (R.E.M.) DRIVE (R.E.M. - Michael Stipe)
Oh life, is bigger Smack, crack, bushwhacked
It's bigger than you Tie another one to your racks, baby
And you are not me Hey kids, rock and roll
The lengths that I will go to Nobody tells you where to go, baby
The distance in your eyes
Oh no, I've said too much What if I ride, what if you walk?
I set it up What if you rock around the clock?
Tick-tock, tick-tock
That's me in the corner What if you did, what if you walk?
That's me in the spotlight What if you tried to get off, baby?
Losing my religion
Trying to keep up with you Hey, kids, where are you?
And I don't know if I can do it Nobody tells you what to do, baby
Oh no, I've said too much Hey kids, shake a leg
I haven't said enough Maybe you're crazy in the head, baby

I thought that I heard you laughing Maybe you did, maybe you walked
I thought that I heard you sing Maybe you rocked around the clock
I think I thought I saw you try Tick-tock, tick-tock
Maybe I ride, maybe you walk
Every whisper Maybe I drive to get off, baby
Every waking hour
I'm choosing my confessions Hey kids, shake a leg
Trying to keep an eye on you Maybe you're crazy in the head, baby
Like a hurt, lost and blinded fool, fool Ollie, ollie, ollie ollie ollie
Oh no, I've said too much Ollie ollie in come free, baby
I set it up
Hey, kids, where are you?
Consider this Nobody tells you what to do, baby
Consider this, the hint of the century
Consider this, the slip Smack, crack, shack-a-lack
That brought me to my knees, failed Tie another one to your backs, baby
What if all these fantasies come Hey kids, rock and roll
Flailing around Nobody tells you where to go, baby
Now I've said too much
Maybe you did, maybe you walk
I thought that I heard you laughing Maybe you rock around the clock
I thought that I heard you sing Tick-tock, tick-tock
I think I thought I saw you try Maybe I ride, maybe you walk
Maybe I drive to get off, baby
That was just a dream
That was just a dream Hey kids, where are you?
Nobody tells you what to do, baby
That's me in the corner
That's me in the spotlight Hey kids, rock and roll
Losing my religion Nobody tells you where to go, baby, baby, baby
Trying to keep up with you
And I don't know if I can do it ANOTHER BRICK IN THE WALL (Pink Floyd)
Oh no, I've said too much We don't need no education
I haven't said enough We don't need no thought control
No dark sarcasm in the classroom
I thought that I heard you laughing Teachers leave the kids alone
I thought that I heard you sing
I think I thought I saw you try Hey, teacher leave the kids alone!
All in all it's just another brick in the wall
That was just a dream All in all you're just another brick in the wall
Try, cry, why try
That was just a dream We don't need no education
Just a dream We don't need no thought control
Just a dream, dream No dark sarcasm in the classroom
Teachers leave the kids alone

Hey, teacher, leave the kids alone!

All in all you're just another brick in the wall
All in all you're just another brick in the wall

226
MONEY (Pink Floyd) CRYING IN THE RAIN (A-HA)
Money, get away I'll never let you see
Get a good job with more pay and you're OK The way my broken heart is hurting me
Money, it‘s a gas I've got my pride and I know how to hide
Grab that cash with both hands and make a stash All my sorrow and pain
New car, caviar, four star daydream I'll do my crying in the rain
Think I'll buy me a football team
Money, get back If I wait for stormy skies
I'm all right, Jack, keep your hands off my stack You won‘t know the rain from the tears in my eyes
Money, it‘s a hit You'll never know that I still love you so
Don't give me that do goody good bullshit Only heartaches remain
I'm on a hi-fidelity first class travelling set I'll do my crying in the rain
I think I need a Lear jet
Money, it‘s a crime Raindrops falling from heaven
Share it fairly but don't take a slice of my pie Could never take away my misery
Money so they say Since we are not together
Is the root of all evil today I pray for stormy weather
But if you ask for a rise it's no surprise that they're To hide these tears
giving none away ... I hope you'll never see

SIXTEEN TONS (Merle Travis / John Cash) Some day my crying's done
Some people say a man is made outta mud I'm gonna wear a smile and walk in the sun
A poor man's made outta muscle and blood I may be a fool but till then, darling, you'll
Muscle and blood, skin and bones Never see me complain –
A mind that's weak and the back that's strong I'll do my crying in the rain (3)
Chorus: You load sixteen tons, what do you get?
Another day's older and deeper in debt HEAVY CLOUD NO RAIN (Sting)
St Peter, don't you call me 'cause I can't go Turned on the weather man just after the news
I owe my soul to the company store I needed sweet rain to wash away my blues
He looked at the chart but he looked in vain
I was born one morning when the sun didn't shine Heavy cloud but no rain
I picked up my shovel and walked to the mine
I loaded sixteen tons of number nine coal Back in time with Louis XVI
And the straw boss said, 'Well a-bless my soul' At the court of the people he was number one
/ Chorus: He'd be the bluest blood they'd ever seen
If you see me coming better step aside When the king said hi to the guillotine
A lot of men didn't and a lot of men died The royal astrologer was run out of breath
One fist of iron, the other of steel He thought that maybe the rain would postpone his death
If the right one don't get ya, then the left one will He looked at the sky but he looked in vain
/ Chorus: Heavy cloud but no rain
I was born one morning when it was drizzling rain
A-fighting and trouble are my middle name Well the land was cracking and the river was dry
I was raised in a canebrake by an old mama lion All the crops were dying when they ought to be high
Can't no high-toned woman make me walk the line So to save his farm from the banker's draft
/ Chorus: The farmer took out the book on some old witchcraft
He made a spell & a potion on a midsummer's night
FRAGILE (Sting) He killed a brindled calf in the pale moonlight
If blood will flow when flesh and steel are one He prayed to the sky but he prayed in vain
Drying in the colour of the evening sun Heavy cloud but no rain
Tomorrow's rain will wash the stains away
But something in our minds will always stay The sun won't shine till the clouds are gone
The clouds won't go till their work is done
Perhaps this final act was meant And every morning you'll hear me pray
To clinch a lifetime's argument If only it would rain today
That nothing comes from violence I asked my baby if there'd be some way
And nothing ever could She said she'd save her love for a rainy day
For all those born beneath an angry star I look at the sky but I look in vain
Lest we forget how fragile we are Heavy cloud but no rain

On and on the rain will fall SUMMER IN THE CITY (Joe Cocker)
Like tears from the star (2) Hot town, summer in the city
On and on the rain will say Back of my neck getting dirt- 'n' -gritty
How fragile we are (4) Bend down, isn't it a pity
Doesn't seem to be a shadow in the city
All around people looking half dead
Walking on the sidewalk
Hotter than a match-head
227
 THE PHANTOM OF THE OPERA (Lloyd Webber)
Chorus: But at night it's a different world
Go out and find a girl Сhristine:
Come on, come on and dance all night In sleep he sang to me , in dreams he came
Just bide the heat, it will be all right That voice which calls to me, and speaks my name
And babe, don't you know it's a pity And do I dream again?
The days can't be like nights For now I find
In the summer in the city (2) The phantom of the opera is there
Inside my mind
Cool town, evening in the city
Dressed so fine and looking so pretty
Cool cat, looking for a kitty Phantom:
Gonna look in every corner of the city Sing once again with me
Till I'm wheezing like a bus stop Our strange duet
Running up the stairs My power over you
Gonna meet you on the rooftop / Chorus(2) Grows stronger yet
And though you turn from me to glance behind
SUMMERTIME The phantom of the opera is there
(Luis Armstrong & Ella Fitzerald) Inside your mind
Summertime and the living is easy,
Fish are jumping and the cotton is high. Сhristine:
Oh, your daddy is rich and your ma' is good lookin', Those who have seen your face
So hush, little baby, don't you cry. Draw back in fear
I am the mask you wear
One of these mornings you're gonna rise up singin',
Yes, you'll spread your wings Phantom:
and you'll take to the sky. It‘s me they hear
But till that morning there's nothing can harm you,
With daddy and mammy, standing by. Both:
Your (my) spirit and my (your) voice
Summertime and the living is easy, In one combined
Fish are jumping and the cotton is high. The phantom of the opera is there
Oh, your daddy is rich and your ma is good lookin', Inside my (your) mind
So hush, little baby, baby, don't you cry.
Oh, don't you cry. Chorus:
Is that the phantom of the opera?
NO WOMAN NO CRY (Bob Marley) Beware the phantom of the opera!
No, woman, no cry; (4)
'Cause - 'cause - 'cause I remember Phantom:
when a we used to sit In all your fantasies you always knew
In a government yard in Trenchtown, That man and mystery
Oba - observing the hypocrites - yeah! -
Mingle with the good people we meet, yeah! Сhristine:
Good friends we have, Were both in you
oh, good friends we have lost
Along the way, yeah! Both:
In this great future, you can't forget your past; And in this labyrinth
So dry your tears, I seh. Yeah! Where night is blind
Chorus: No, woman, no cry; The phantom of the opera is here (there)
No, woman, no cry. Eh, yeah!
A little darlin', don't shed no tears: Сhristine:
No, woman, no cry. Eh! Inside my mind
Said - said - said I remember when we used to sit
In the government yard in Trenchtown, yeah! Phantom:
And then Georgie would make the fire lights, Sing, my angel of music!
I see, logwood burnin' through the nights, yeah!
Then we would cook cornmeal porridge, say, Сhristine:
Of which I'll share with you, yeah! He‘s there
My feet is my only carriage The phantom of the opera
And so I've got to push on through.
Oh, while I'm gone, Phantom:
Everything's gonna be all right! (8) Sing ...
Chorus: No, woman, no cry; Sing for me ...
No, woman, no cry. Eh, yeah! Sing, my angel of music!
A little darlin', don't shed no tears: Sing for me ...
No, woman, no cry. Eh!

228
 Crowd:
JESUS CHRIST SUPERSTAR See my eyes – I can hardly see
(extracts from the rock opera) See me stand – I can hardly walk
I believe you can make me whole
Poor Jerusalem See my tongue – I can hardly talk
Jesus: See my skin – I‘m a mess of blood
Neither you, Simon, nor the fifty thousand See my legs – I can hardly stand
Nor the Romans, nor the Jews I believe you can make me well
Nor Judas, nor the Twelve, nor the Priests, See my purse – I‘m a poor, poor man
nor the Scribes Will you touch, will you mend me, Christ
Nor doomed Jerusalem itself Won‘t you touch, will you heal me, Christ
Understand what power is Will you kiss, you can cure me, Christ
Understand what glory is Won‘t you kiss, will you pay me, Christ
Understand at all …understand at all
Jesus:
If you knew all that I knew, my poor Jerusalem There‘s too many of you – don‘t push me
You‘ d see the truth, but you close your eyes, There‘s too little of me – don‘t crowd me
But you close your eyes. Heal yourselves!
While you live your troubles are many,
poor Jerusalem Everything Is Alright
To conquer death you only have to die Mary Magdalene:
You only have to die. Try not to get worried, try not to turn on to
Problems that upset you, oh, don‘t you know
Pilate’s Dream Everything‘s alright, yes, everything‘s fine
Pilate:
I dreamed I met a Galilean Jesus:
A most amazing man And I think I shall sleep well tonight
He had that look you very rarely find Let the world turn without me tonight
A haunting, hunted kind
Mary Magdalene:
I asked him to say what had happened Close your eyes, close your eyes
How it all began And forget all about us tonight
I asked again. He never said a word
As if he hadn‘t heard I Don’t Know How To Love Him
Mary Magdalene:
And next the room was full of wild and angry men I don‘t know how to love him
They seemed to hate this man, What to do how to move him
they fell on him and then I‘ve been changed, yes, really changed
They disappeared again. In these past few days when I see myself
I seem like someone else
Then I saw thousands of millions I don‘t know how to take this
crying for this man I don‘t see why he moves me
And then I heard them mentioning my name He‘s a man, he‘s just a man
And leaving me the blame. And I‘ve had so many men before
In very many ways
The Temple He‘s just one more
Moneylenders and merchants: Should I bring him down? Should I scream and shout?
Roll on up – for the price is down Should I speak of love? Let my feelings out?
Come on in – for the best in town I‘d never thought I‘d come to this – what it‘s all about
Take your pick of the finest wine
Lay your bets on this bird of mine Don‘t you think it‘s rather funny
Name your price – I‘ve got everything I should be in this position
Come and buy – it‘s all going fast I‘m the one who‘s always been
Borrow cash on the finest terms So calm, so cool, no lover‘s fool
Hurry now while the stocks still last Running every show
He scares me so
Jesus: I never thought I‘d come to this – what it‘s all about
My temple should be a house of prayer Yet if he said he loved me
But you‘ve made it a den of thieves I‘d be lost, I‘d be frightened
Get out! Get out! I couldn‘t cope, just couldn‘t cope
My time is almost through I‘d turn my head, I‘d back away
Little left to do I wouldn‘t want to know
After all I‘ve tried for three years He scares me so
Seems like thirty … seems like thirty I want him so
I love him so

229
KURT COBAIN & NIRVANA (1967- 1994). Des- uncle Chuck gave him a secondhand electric guitar and Kurt
perate spokesman for the Grunge generation. wrote some of his own music. He left school in May 1985, six
On Tuesday, 5 April 1994, Kurt Cobain blew his weeks before graduation.
head off with a shotgun. The body was discovered on In the winter of 1985 he slept under the bridge and at
8 April. In the autopsy, 1.52 mg of heroin were found night painted the walls around Aberdeen with graffiti slogans.
in his blood, three times a fatal dose. It was the time when he began to take drugs. To earn money
Through his music he had become an icon, a sym- Kurt formed a band to play in the bars. He played with Chris
bol for the young of their politics and aspirations. He Novoselic and Aaron Burckhard and they began to make
made this clear in the suicide note found beside his headway with Kurt's new songs like Hairspray Queen, Floyd
body. " I haven't felt the excitement of listening to the Barber or Downer. They named themselves Skid Row,
music along with really writing something for years Throat Oyster, Windowpane, Bliss and then finally Nirvana.
now. I feel guilty beyond words about these things. Nirvana's sound was not born in a vacuum. The spirit of
The fact is I can't fool you. It's simply isn't fair to you punk classics was fused with the purity of the seventies' rock,
or to me. The worst crime I could think of would be to a style that was born in Seattle and christened Grunge. In
put people off by faking it, by pretending I am having January 1988 Nirvana made its first demo tape of ten songs
100 per cent fun. Sometimes I feel as if I should have and in June 1989 released their first album Bleach. They went
a punch-in time clock before I walk on stage. I still on their first US tour having no road crew, no one to find
can't get out the frustration, the guilt and the empathy I them a place to eat or sleep. But to Kurt the whole thing was
have for everybody. There's good in all of us and I an adventure. He saw the United States for the first time. Lat-
simply love people too much. So much that it makes er in the year they made a trip to Europe. They had to put up
me feel too f.. .ing sad. Too sad, a little sensitive, un- with the tight schedule, the poor food, the cramped bus and
appreciative, Pisces, Jesus, man." Having painted this poor equipment. The last was due to their penchant for smash-
paradox of the rock star who didn't want to be a rock ing their instruments on the stage which became a Nirvana
star, at the same time he conformed to all rock star ritual and a standard part of the show. In April 1990 Kurt
expectations. The note finished " So remember: it's began writing songs for the second album trying to find a
better to burn out than to fade away". With this quota- blend of a heavy sound with melody, and a year later the band
tion from " Out of the Blue, Into the Black", Cobain went to Los Angeles to record it. It was called Nevermind and
placed himself directly in the tradition of other rock began with 'Smells Like Teen Spirit' which Kurt saw as a
deaths. The song had been written in 1978 by Neil song about his audience and the band in relation to it. When
Young in despair following the death of Elvis Presley the album was finished, they all were pleased with the result.
and the rise of punk. Ironically it was exactly by the Nevermind opened at 144 on the Billboard chart and in two
fusion of punk with seventies rock that Cobain and months reached number one, selling over 300,000 copies a
Nirvana would transform rock music in the nineties. week. Their lives were transformed, their audiences grew, but
There is little to Aberdeen but trailer parks and the change didn't agree with Kurt. His new fans got on his
logging yards. The town gives way to endless hills of nerves.
pine and spruce on one side, on the other at the mouth At this time he began to see Courtney Love, the daughter
of the Wishkar river, to' the Pacific. The highway of Grateful Dead roadie, who was a stripper, a singer, a mov-
stops here, a dead-end in a dead-end town. Last stop ie actress and finally founded her own band, Hole. Kurt began
America, next stop China. It was here that Kurt Co- to do heroin daily. He said he needed the drug to ease the pain
bain was born on 20 February 1967. His father Donald he had in his stomach, a chronic condition that the doctors
had a good job as a mechanic at the local Chevron were unable to diagnose or treat. Kurt's drug use was putting a
station while his mother Wendy kept home in the strain on the band. His moods were erratic, his behavior unre-
house the Cobains bought in Aberdeen 6 months after liable. Courtney was going to have a baby and they decided
Kurt was born. The neighbourhood was not the best the time was right to get married. The ceremony took place in
and the family was far from rich, but in Kurt's recol- Hawaii on a cliff above a beach on 24 February 1992. In Au-
lection the period stands out as one of happiness and gust their daughter Frances Bean was born.
contentment. His aunt Mary who played the guitar and By the time Nirvana began working on the next album,
sang in the bars around Aberdeen gave Kurt the Grunge had become mainstream. The charts were dominated
Beatles and Monkeys records and a bass drum. He by the Seattle sound. In the process Grunge has lost its edge
used to march around with it singing the Beatles and its threat to the establishment. This dismayed Kurt. In
songs. " Ever since I can remember, since I was a little Utero was released in September 1993. Kurt's lyrics was full
kid I wanted to be John Lennon playing drums." He of bitterness and rage, laying out his scorn for his fans, the
was an extremely happy child. He got up every day record company and rock press. 'All Apologies' ends the al-
with such joy that there was another day to be had and bum with Kurt sounding tired and defeated. While the record
he couldn't wait to find out what it was going to bring didn't create the hysterical reaction of Nevermind, Nirvana
him. However, when Kurt was seven, his life was were now thoroughly established MTV darlings, the inter-
changed and for him an idyllic childhood ended. His views, reviews and videos went ahead, their tour to promote
parents' marriage fell apart and soon they divorced. the album sold out everywhere before they played a note.
The divorce changed Kurt completely. He became Cobain could not escape; he had become the kind of rock star
withdrawn and moody. He took against his mother's he couldn't stand.
new boyfriend, " a huge mean wife-beater" and ran In July 1993 at the New Music Seminar in New York he
wild until his mother lost patience and sent him to live played an acoustic set. The audience was dismayed, booing
with his Dad. At first, the move worked well. Howev- and shouting at him to play some rock music. He puzzled the
er, in 1978 Donald remarried and Kurt felt betrayed. audience again by appearing in the MTV 'Unplugged" series.
He began to cut school, refused to do chores at home After Christmas the band went on tour to Europe. All went
and picked on his stepbrother. Don's response was to well until the end of February when Kurt just seemed to come
beat him. The one refuge for Kurt was in music. He to a halt. After a concert on 1 March in Munich, he declared
listened to Aerosmith, Led Zeppelin, Black Sabbath he had enough and wouldn't play again. On 3 March he made
and Kiss. He was inspired by the new movement from his first suicide attempt after his quarrel with Courtney. She
England called 'punk'. For his fourteenth birthday his
230
came back the next morning to find him in a coma and COME AS YOU ARE
he was saved. His second attempt on 5 April was fatal. Come as you are, as you were
Being the product of a punk tradition had a high As I want you to be
price. He wanted to be an outcast, an irritant, to be As a friend, as a friend
heard and understood by only a small community of As an old enemy
believers that shared his punk ideas. Instead, Nirvana
had become a bloated rock event and it meant going Take your time, hurry up
bankrupt to Cobain. He loathed himself and despised The choice is yours, don't be late
those around him. In his songs he had taunted his au- Take a rest as a friend
dience from the beginning; despite his scorn they kept As an old memory ah
listening. In his rock star death of drugs and suicide he Memory ah (3)
taunted them again; there would be nothing more to Come doused in mud, soaked in bleach
listen to. As I want you to be
(From Andrew Grade's book 'They Died Too Young. As a friend, as a friend as an old memory ah
Kurt Cobain.') Memory ah (3)
And I swear that I don't have a gun
SMELLS LIKE TEEN SPIRIT No, I don't have a gun (2)
Load up on guns and bring your friends Memory ah (3)
It's fun to loose and to pretend
She's over bored and self assured LITHIUM
Oh no, I know a dirty world I'm so happy 'cause today I found my friends
Chorus: They're in my head
Hello, hello, hello, how low? (3) I'm so ugly, but that's ok, 'cause so are you
Hello, hello, hello I've broken our mirrors
With the lights out, it's less dangerous Sunday morning is every day for all I care
Here we are now, entertain us And I'm not scared
I feel stupid and contagious Light my candles in a daze
Here we are now, entertain us 'Cause I've found God
A mulatto, an albino, Hey, hey, hey (6)
A mosquito, my libido Yeah
Yeah, yeah I'm so lonely
I'm worst at what I do best And that's ok, I shaved my head and I'm not sad
And for this gift I feel blessed And just maybe I'm to blame for all I've heard
Our little group has always been And I'm not sure
And always will until the end I'm so excited, I can't wait to meet you there
/ Chorus And I don't care
And I forget just what I taste I'm so horny, but that's ok my will is good
Oh, yeah, I guess it makes me smile Hey, hey, hey (6)
I found it hard, it was hard to find Yeah
Oh, well, whatever, nevermind Chorus: I like it - I'm not gonna crack
Chorus I miss you - I'm not gonna crack
Yay, a denial (9) I love you - I'm not gonna crack
I killed you - I'm not gonna crack
ABOUT A GIRL / Chorus
I need an easy friend Verse 1
I do, with an ear to lend / Chorus (2)
I do think you fit this shoe
I do, but you have a clue ALL APOLOGIES
Chorus: What else should I be?
I'll take advantage while All apologies
You hang me out to dry What else should I say?
But I can't see you every night free, I do Everyone is gay
What else should I write?
I'm standing in your line I don't have the right
I do, hope you have the time What else should I be?
I do, pick the number two All apologies
I do, keep a date with you Chorus:In the sun
Chorus In the sun, I feel as one
I'll take advantage while In the sun, in the sun ...
You hang me out to dry I'm married, buried
But I can't see you every night free, I do I wish I was like you
Easily amused
I need an easy friend Find my nest of salt
I do, with an ear to lend Everything is my fault
I do think you fit this shoe I'll take all the blame
I do, but you have a clue Aqua seafoam shame
Chorus Sunburn with freezeburn
I'll take advantage while Choking on the ashes of her enemy
You hang me out to dry / Chorus
But I can't see you every night free, I do All alone is all we all are (13)
231
ANTHONY KIEDIS on, and in 1989 the two set about finding replacements for
& RED HOT CHILI PEPPERS Slovak and Irons. John Frusciante was a quick choice as gui-
In their nearly two-decade-long career, the Red tarist, and, after a series of auditions, Chad Smith was se-
Hot Chili Peppers have demonstrated an instinct for lected as a drummer.
survival that would do any rock band proud. In the Released in September 1989, Mother's Milk left no doubt
face of countless problems with personnel, struggles that the revived Chili Peppers was a force to be reckoned
with drugs, and even death, the band has managed to with. On the strength of hits such as "Knock Me Down" and
forge a style — in both music and performance — "Higher Ground" (a cover of the Stevie Wonder single), it
which a legion of groups try to imitate. Essentially a became the band's first gold album. After signing to Warner
frat-style party band given to outrageous antics and an Brothers, the group began work with ace producer Rick Ru-
irresistible blend of punk, thrash, and funk, the Chilis bin. Aided by heavy rotation on MTV, 1991's Blood Sugar
have blazed a trail, which groups like the Offspring Sex Magik broke the band in a big way, with songs like the
and Sugar Ray have followed. Moreover, to judge by propulsive "Give It Away" and the ballad "Under the Bridge"
the interest that accompanies the band's every move, giving full range to the group's songwriting skills. In addition
the Chili Peppers as a musical force will continue for to reaching platinum status, the album, earned the Chilis their
many years to come. first Grammy Award.
The Chili Peppers' beginnings can be traced to Just as the Chili Peppers seemed at the height of their
Fairfax High School in Los Angeles, where Michael powers, however, personnel troubles once again threatened to
Balzary (Flea) and Anthony Kiedis met at the age of shatter the band. On May 7, 1992, shortly after the news came
15. Both were California transplants: Flea was born in that the Chilis would be headlining Lollapalooza rock festival
Melbourne, Australia, and lived in New York before that summer, Frusciante announced that he was quitting. With
moving to L.A. as a teen, while Kiedis left his moth- the addition of former Jane's Addiction guitarist Dave Navar-
er's home in Michigan at the age of 11 to come to live ro the Chili Peppers started work on a new album in late
with his father, who was a struggling actor. The son of 1994. Released in August 1995, One Hot Minute went plati-
jazz musician, Flea was an accomplished trumpet num in a mere two months, but the making the album had
player who idolized Herb Alpert and Louis been no easy process. Despite some splendid moments to-
Armstrong. As for Kiedis's artistic aspirations, he was gether — including a triumphant appearance at the Woods-
having sporadic luck playing small roles in films and tock '94 festival and a No. 1 cover of the Ohio Players' "Love
on television. Rollercoaster" — the alliance between Navarro and the other
Once Kiedis was asked to open up with something Chili Peppers didn't work.
for a band at a local strip club. He and Flea came up In April 1998 John Frusciante reunited with the Chili
with a song called "Out in LA", they played this song Peppers and a year later the group entered the studio to begin
together with schoolmates Hillel Slovak (guitar) and work on a new collection of songs. The resulting album, Cali-
Jack Irons (drums). The performance was meant as a fornication, was released on June 7, 1999 to mostly favorable
joke but the audience loved it and the club manager reviews. At September's 2000 MTV Video Music Awards
wanted them to come back again. During their set girls they not only won two awards, but were also honored with the
were dancing round them topless. Naturally the girls 2000 Video Vanguard Award for their body of work.
got more attention than the band. When they came "Californication" melds a strong, simple melody to one of
next time they had taken off all their clothes except for Anthony Kiedis' best (or at least most comprehensible) lyrics,
one sock ... In that way they could compete with the creating a sad, dreamy Hollywoodland ode to sex, eternal
strippers. youth, and the silver screen. Even better is the beautiful clos-
In 1983 taking a name used by Louis Armstrong's jazz ing song, "Road Tripping." In perhaps the least affected lyric
quintet in the 1920s, the group christened themselves of the bunch, Kiedis celebrates the California coastline as
the Red Hot Chili Peppers, and once again began mak- only a native can. (from one of the album reviews)
ing the rounds about the L.A. clubs. Soon they became ―It does have some California references, yeah. I mean,
the hottest group in L.A., and after some months they we're from Hollywood, and Anthony writes the words and
got signed by EMI. lyrics and stuff. The song "Californication" is his take on how
Released in 1984, The Red Hot Chili Peppers and he travels and sees how Hollywood and California affects the
the 1985 release titled Freaky Styley failed to generate rest of the world, and how people look at the whole media
much interest on the part of record buyers. The band's thing and see how you're supposed to dress like this and act
live performances, however, were a great success. like this — and a lot of times it's pretty negative. So it's a very
More threatening to the group than its poor record honest portrayal; there's a lot of good and bad things about
sales, however, was the fact that both Kiedis and Slo- California and Hollywood, and lots of times it can be unrea-
vak had begun to take heroin. The Uplift Mofo Party listic and very weird.‖ (from Chad Smith's interview)
Plan, released in 1987, was more commercially suc-
cessful. Though the album took only No. 148 on the
Billboard charts, the improved sales together with the
Chilis' growing number of fans seemed a good base
for a major breakthrough. During the tour of Europe
Slovak and Kiedis supported one another's efforts to
remain drug free. But after the tour Slovak returned to
his old habit, with horrific consequences. One day
police discovered Slovak dead from a lethal combina-
tion of cocaine and heroin.
Devastated, Kiedis decided the time had come to
treat his own drug-taking habits in a serious manner,
and he retreated first to Mexico, and then to a rehab
center in California. Irons left the band entirely. (He
subsequently became the drummer for Pearl Jam.)
Eventually, however, Kiedis and Flea decided to carry
232
PARALLEL UNIVERSE It's hard to believe
Deep inside of a parallel universe That there's nobody out there
It's getting harder and harder It's hard to believe
To tell what came first That I'm all alone
Under water where thoughts can breathe easily At least I have her love
Far away you were made in a sea The city she loves me
Just like me Lonely as I am
Together we cry
Chorus:
Christ I'm a sidewinder I'm a Chorus: I don't ever wanna feel
California king Like I did that day
I swear it's everywhere Take me to the place I love
It's everything Take me all the way (2)

Staring straight up into the sky Under the bridge downtown

Of my mind a solar system that fits Is where I drew some blood
In your eye microcosm Under the bridge downtown
You could die but you're never dead spider web I could not get enough
Take a look at the stars in Under the bridge downtown
Your head fields of space kid Forgot about my love
Under the bridge downtown
Chorus I gave my life away
Christ I'm a sidewinder I'm a
California king OTHERSIDE
I swear it's everywhere Chorus:
It's everything (2) How long how long will I slide
Separate my side I don‘t
Psychic changes are born in your heart entertain I don‘t believe it‘s bad
A nervous breakthrough that makes us the same Slitting my throat
Bless your heart girl It‘s all I ever
Kill the pressure it's raining on
Salty cheeks I heard your voice through a photograph
When you hear the beloved song I thought it up it brought up the past
I am with you Once you know you can never go back
I‘ve got to take it on the otherside
Chorus
Christ I'm a sidewinder I'm a Centuries are what it meant to me
California king A cemetery where I marry the sea
I swear it's everywhere Stranger things could never change my mind
It's everything (2) I‘ve got to take it on the otherside
Take it on the otherside
UNDER THE BRIDGE Take it on
Sometimes I feel Take it on
Like I don't have a partner
Sometimes I feel Chorus
Like my only friend How long how long will I slide
Is the city I live in Separate my side I don‘t
The city of angels I don‘t believe it‘s bad
Lonely as I am Slitting my throat
Together we cry It‘s all I ever

I drive on her streets Pour my life into a paper cup

'Cause she's my companion The ashtray‘s full and I‘m spillin‘ my guts
I walk through her hills She wants to know am I still a slut
'Cause she knows who I am I‘ve got to take it on the otherside
She sees my good deeds
And she kisses me windy Scarlet starlet and she‘s in my bed
I never worry A candidate for my soul mate bled
Now that is a lie Push the trigger and pull the thread
I‘ve got to take it on the otherside
Chorus: I don't ever wanna feel Take it on the otherside
Like I did that day Take it on
Take me to the place I love Take it on
Take me all the way (2)

233
Chorus How long how long will I slide Chorus: First born unicorn
Separate my side I don‘t Hard core soft porn
I don‘t believe it‘s bad Dream of Californication
Slitting my throat Dream of Californication
It‘s all I ever
Destruction leads to a very rough road
Turn me on take me for a hard ride But it also breeds creation
Burn me out leave me on the otherside And earthquakes are to a girl's guitar
I yell and tell it that They are just another good vibration
It‘s not my friend And tidal waves couldn't save the world
I tear it down I tear it down From Califonication
And then it‘s born again
Pay your surgeon very well
Chorus How long how long will I slide To break the spell of aging
Separate my side I don‘t Sicker than the rest
I don‘t believe it‘s bad There is no test
Slitting my throat But this is what you're craving
It‘s all I ever
How long I don‘t believe it‘s bad Chorus: First born unicorn
Slitting my throat Hard core soft porn
It‘s all I ever Dream of Californication
Dream of Californication
CALIFORNICATION
Psychic spies from China
Try to steal your mind's elation ROAD TRIPPIN'
Little girls from Sweden Road trippin' with my two favorite allies
Dream of silver screen quotations Fully loaded we got snacks and supplies
And if you want these kinds of dreams It's time to leave this town
It's Californication It's time to steal away
Let's go get lost
It's the edge of the world Anywhere in the USA
And all of western civilization Let's go get lost
The sun may rise in the east Let's go get lost
At least it settles in a final location Blue you sit so pretty
It's understood that Hollywood West of the one
Sells Californication Sparkles light with yellow icing
Just a mirror for the sun
Pay your surgeon very well Just a mirror for the sun
To break the spell of aging Just a mirror for the sun
Celebrity skin is this your chin These smiling eyes are just a mirror for
Or is it war you're waging
So much as come before those battles lost and won
Chorus: First born unicorn This life is shining more forever in the sun
Hard core soft porn Now let us check our heads
Dream of Californication And let us check the surf
Dream of Californication Staying high and dry‘s
More trouble than it's worth
Marry me girl be my fairy to the world In the sun
Be my very own constellation Just a mirror for the sun
A teenage bride with a baby inside Just a mirror for the sun
Getting high on information Just a mirror for the sun
And buy me a star on the boulevard These smiling eyes are just a mirror for
It's Californication
In big surf we take some time to linger on
Space may be the final frontier We three hunky dories got our snakefinger on
But it's made in a Hollywood basement Now let us drink the stars
Cobain can you hear the spheres It's time to steal away
Singing songs off station to station Let's go get lost
And Alderon's not far away Right here in the USA
It's Californication Let's go get lost
Let's go get lost
Born and raised by those who praise Blue you sit so pretty
Control of population West of the one
Everybody's been there and Sparkles light with yellow icing
I don't mean on vacation Just a mirror for the sun

234
Just a mirror for the sun She's a lover, baby and a fighter
Just a mirror for the sun Shoulda seen her coming when it got a little brighter
These smiling eyes are just a mirror for With a name like Dani California
These smiling eyes are just a mirror for Day was gonna come when I was gonna mourn ya
Your smiling eyes are just a mirror for A little loaded she was stealin' another breath
I love my baby to death
DANI CALIFORNIA California rest in peace
Gettin' born in the state of Mississippi Simultaneous release
Papa was a copper and mama was a hippie California show your teeth
In Alabama she would swing a hammer She's my priestess, I'm your priest, yeah, yeah
Price you gotta pay when you break the panorama Who knew the other side of you?
She never knew that there was anything more than Who knew what others died to prove?
poor Too true to say good bye to you
What in the world does your company take me for? Too true to say, say, say...
Black bandana, sweet Louisiana Push the fader gifted animator
Robbin' on a bank in the state of Indiana One for the now and eleven for the later
She's a runner, rebel and a stunner Never made it up to Minnesota
On her merry way sayin baby whatcha gonna North Dakota man was a gunnin' for the quota
Lookin' down the barrel of a hot metal forty five Down in the badlands
Just another way to survive she was savin' the best for last
California rest in peace It only hurts when I laugh
Simultaneous release Gone too fast …
California show your teeth California rest in peace
She's my priestess, I'm your priest, yeah, yeah Simultaneous release
California show your teeth
She's my priestess, I'm your priest, yeah, yeah

John Frusciante + Anthony Kiedis+ Chad Smith +Michael Bulzary (Flea)

235
 SUPPLEMENT 2. DICTATIONS
TOPIC 1. HOME

TEXT 1
1. Мы вернулись на работу после отпуска и очень по тебе скучаем.
2. Бабушка делает большую часть работы по дому, все как обычно, как ты видишь.
3. Последние новости и главная тема разговоров, конечно, их новая квартира.
4. Как ты можешь представить, для них это событие и они, конечно, волнуются.
5. Их новая квартира в новом районе на окраине города.
6. Это довольно далеко от центра, но это не имеет большого значения.
7. Люси немного расстроена, что квартира на верхнем этаже двенадцатиэтажного здания.
8. С этим ничего нельзя сделать и, в конце концов, там есть лифт.
9. Насколько я знаю, это двухкомнатная квартира с просторной прихожей и балконом.
10. Кухня очень комфортабельная с электроплитой и встроенной мебелью.
11. В спальне есть встроенные платяные шкафы, что, без сомнения, очень удобно.
12. В квартире, конечно, есть все современные удобства.
13. Eсть электричество, центральное отопление, холодное и горячее водоснабжение.
14. Надеюсь скоро увидеть всѐ сама и тогда написать тебе ещѐ.
15. Вот пока все наши новости, мало, что могу ещѐ сказать.
16. Нам повезло с погодой, довольно тепло и совсем не похоже на осень.

VOC 1 (part 1)
1. У них дом в деревне кирпичный или деревянный? У них в саду есть беседка?
2. Он живет не в гостинице, а в общежитии, и делит комнату со своим братом.
3. Их (многоквартирный) дом – высотное здание.
4. У них коттедж на окраине города или в пригороде.
5. У них отдельные или смежные комнаты?
6. Есть гостиная (3), детская, кабинет и кладовка.
7. На лестничной площадке – мусоропровод.
8. Где у вас лестница (стационарная)? (2)
9. Потолок здесь очень высокий. Нам нужна лестница (приставная).
10. У них нет лифта, они поднимаются наверх и спускаются вниз пешком.

VOC 1 (part 2)
1. Наша квартира выходит окнами на юг /север / восток /запад.
2. Окна выходят на тихую улицу.
3. Их квартира на первом этаже (BrE) в этом десятиэтажном здании (2).
4. Сколько этажей в этом доме? – В нем три этажа.
5. На каком этаже твоя квартира? – Она на третьем этаже.
6. Какой у тебя номер дома? – Я живу в доме 61 Оксфорд Стрит.
7. Какой у тебя номер квартиры?– Я живу в квартире пятнадцать.
8. Автобусная остановка в пяти минутах ходьбы отсюда. Это в десяти минутах езды.

VOC 2
1. Они переехали (въехали) вчера. Они устраивают новоселье завтра.
2. Здесь слишком мало места. Здесь немного мебели, только самое необходимое.
3. Дом спланирован так, чтобы было легко хозяйничать.
4. Они открывают / закрывают шторы. Они поднимают / опускают жалюзи.
5. Пол покрыт линолеумом / паркетом / ламинатом.
6. Стены оклеены обоями. Ванная комната выложена плиткой.
7. Комната покрашена в желтый цвет. Потолок побелен.
8. Его комната в беспорядке. Он находит работу по дому утомительной.
9. Я помогаю по дому. Всѐ на своих местах. Кухня блестит и сверкает.
10. Это место не очень комфортное, но удобное для встречи, так как оно недалеко.
11. Яркие шторы на окне делают кухню уютной.
12. Обои подходят по цвету к ковру. Ковер хорошо сочетается с мебелью.
13. Нет ничего приятнее, чем сидеть дома в дождливую погоду.

236
VOC 3 (1)
1. У вас мебельный гарнитур или мебельная стенка?
2. Я хочу купить застекленный книжный шкаф и шкаф для посуды.
3. В бабушкином доме есть сундук, комод, швейная машинка, зеркало и два шкафа.
4. Они продают односпальные и двуспальные кровати, парные и двухъярусные кровати.
5. Я не могу спать на раскладушке. Я буду спать на диван-кровати. Дай мне подушку.
6. Убери подушки с тахты. Давай сядем на этот диванчик.
7. Давай купим новое покрывало на кровать и (шотландский) плед на диван.
8. Около кушетки – коврик. Между кроватями – прикроватныe тумбочки.
9. В кухне – обеденный стол и четыре табуретки.
10. В спальне туалетный столик с креслом, на полу – ковер.
11. Это коврик для ванной, а это коврик для прихожей.

VOC 3 (2)
1. Люстра в гостиной, торшер в спальне, бра в прихожей.
2. Над камином – каминная полка. На ней ваза и свечи в подсвечниках.
3. Я пользуюсь наушниками, чтобы слушать музыку на смартфоне или планшете.
4. Я смотрю фильмы в интернете или скачиваю их на свой компьютер или ноутбук.
5. Нужна веб-камера, чтобы разговаривать по скайпу. Я хочу обновить программное обеспечение.
6. В кухне есть кухонный комбайн, посудомоечная машина и микроволновая печь.
7. У нас новый холодильник (2) с большой морозильной камерой.
8. Стиральная машина в кухне рядом с кухонной раковиной.
9. Ванные принадлежности на полке над раковиной, полотенца висят слева.
10. У них на даче есть баня.

VOC 5
1. В гостях хорошо, а дома лучше.
2. Дом, милый дом.
3. Дом там, где твое сердце.
4. Дом англичанина – его крепость.
5. Скелет в шкафу.
6. Лучше поздно, чем никогда.
7. Семь раз отмерь, один раз отрежь.
8. Чем больше ты получаешь, тем больше хочешь получить.
9. Все лучшее в жизни бесплатно.
10. Человек ищет то, что ему надо, по всему миру и находит это дома.

COMPARISON MODELS
1. Ты выше меня (его, ее, нас, их).
2. Он такой же высокий, как я.
3. Он не такой высокий, как я. (2)
4. Он самый высокий из трех (из всех).
5. Этот дом вдвое больше нашего. Наш дом вдвое меньше.
6. Он вдвое моложе меня.
7. Чем больше он будет учиться, тем больше будет знать.
8. Чем скорее ты это сделаешь, тем лучше.
9. гораздо лучше – немного лучше.

TOPIC 2. DAILY PROGRAMME

TEXT 1
1. Я поступил в педагогический институт.
2. Моя мечта сбылась. Я изучаю иностранные языки.
3. Нелегко вместить все в один день.
4. Распорядок дня становится вопросом выигрыша или проигрыша.
5. Мудрое изречение советует вставать рано.
6. Чем мудрее человек, тем меньше он спит по утрам.
7. Звонок будильника будит меня и моих соседей по комнате в половине седьмого.
237
8. Разве не весело делать зарядку под музыку?
9. Нам требуется сорок минут, чтобы добраться туда.
10. Гардероб переполнен студентами, которые пытаются приехать в институт до звонка.
11. После уроков я иду в буфет или в столовую пообедать.
12. Вечером после короткого отдыха я делаю домашнее задание, и знаете, это требует времени.
13. Перед тем, как лечь спать я гуляю с друзьями, разговаривая о последних новостях
14. Когда я ложусь спать, я вспоминаю события дня.
15. Мне не жаль, потому что я знаю: «Нет легких путей в учении».

VOC. 1
1. Я не ранняя пташка, я не люблю рано просыпаться.
2. Мне трудно вставать с постели утром.
3. В выходные я ложусь спать позже, чем обычно, и долго лежу в постели утром.
4. Нелегко уложить моего младшего брата спать, обычно он долго не засыпает.
5. Я заправляю кровать, принимаю ванну или душ, вытираюсь полотенцем и завтракаю.
6. Сейчас мой дедушка, как обычно, дремлет после обеда.
7. Мы делаем упражнения на уроке.
8. Он занимается спортом (2)
9. Она бегает трусцой и тренируется в спортзале, чтобы быть в форме.
10. Зимой он ходит в бассейн и на каток.
11. Не сиди дома, выгуляй собаку. Тебе следует проводить больше времени на улице (2).
12. Она ходит в парикмахерскую пешком.
13. Когда он уехал? – Он уехал в выходные.
14. На сколько он уехал? – Он уехал на выходные.
15. Включи холодную воду, пожалуйста.
16. Выключи радио, пожалуйста.
17. Не забудь выключить свет.
18. Вдруг погас свет.
19. Они ходят куда-нибудь каждую субботу.

VOC 2. Время (1)

1. Сколько времени? (2) – Ровно десять часов.
2. Вы не могли бы сказать мне который час, пожалуйста? – Половина одиннадцатого.
3. В какое время он пришел, в 10 утра или в 10 вечера?
4. Сейчас десять минут десятого. Он должен прийти без четверти десять.
5. Он приедет поездом в 9:15.
6. У тебя есть наручные часы? Они электронные?
7. На прикроватном столике стоят часы.
8. Мои часы идут правильно, а твои часы идут неправильно, они спешат.
9. Мои часы опаздывают на 5 минут.

VOC 2. Время (2)

1. У нас мало времени (2 вар.).
2. Поторопись! Мы опаздываем на занятия.
3. Фильм через полтора часа. Не опаздывай.
4. Поезд уехал вовремя, полчаса назад.
5. Вы успеете прийти к обеду?
6. Он прибыл как раз вовремя, чтобы сказать до свидания.
7. Куда ты торопишься? У нас есть свободное (2) время.
8. Я спешу. Пора обедать.
9. Тебе давно пора спать.

VOC 3. Предлоги времени

1. Он пришел в три часа, а ушел в половине пятого.
2. Пусть он приходит в то же самое время, а ты приходи в любое время.
3. Это случилось в полночь. Они встретились в полдень. Он дома в данный момент.
4. Она любит гулять утром. Как приятно гулять солнечным утром!
5. Я видел его в понедельник, это было в понедельник утром.
238
6. Он приедет через три дня в следующий понедельник.
7. Куда ты ездишь летом? Куда ты собираешься этим летом?
8. Мы были там в Рождество (2).
9. Это было в 1945. Он написал эту книгу в 19-oм веке.
10. У него день рождения 3-го мая. Давай встретимся в его день рождения.
11. Он рано встает в будние дни. Он поздно встает в выходные.
12. Что было в прошлом? Что будет в будущем?
13. Он был там в июне. Мы встретились в прошлом июне.
14. Он работает в дневное время. (2)
15. Он научился водить за три недели.
16. Cделайте работу к понедельнику.
17. Я сделаю работу до понедельника.
18. Я буду делать работу до (2) понедельника.
19. Перерыв с двух до трех. Он будет после трех.
20. Они работают с раннего утра до позднего вечера.
21. Он придет между тремя и пятью часами.
22. Давайте поговорим об этом на перемене.
23. Он учит английский язык уже десять лет.

VOC. 4. Работа по дому

1. Моя мама – домохозяйка. Онa следит за чистотой.
2. Хозяин и хозяйка приветствовали гостей.
3. Он владелец дома. Кто хозяин собаки?
4. Ты оставил свои вещи неприбранными. Приведи свою комнату в порядок.
5. Комната в беспорядке. Прибери еѐ, ладно?
6. Телевизор не работает. Можешь его починить?
7. Ты такой неаккуратный, вечно разбрасываешь свои вещи по комнате.
8. Завтра мы делаем генеральную уборку.
9. Мы вытираем пыль с мебели, поливаем комнатные цветы и моем посуду (2).
10. Почисти свою одежду щеткой. Вытряхни покрывало.
11. Они выбивают ковры? – Нет, они их пылесосят.
12. Возьми веник и подмети пол.
13. Я хочу постирать и погладить постельное белье. Принеси гладильную доску, пожалуйста.
14. Я часто делаю покупки в этом магазине. Она ходит по магазинам по субботам.
15. Она хорошо вяжет, может пришить пуговицу, но она не шьет одежду.
16. Он всегда занимается ремонтом в гараже.
17. Мы уже отремонтировали дом.
18. Мы уже отремонтировали (2) машину.

TOPIC 3. MEALS

TEXT
1. День англичанина начинается, когда он садится за стол, чтобы съесть свой любимый завтрак.
2. Он ест хлопья с молоком или гренки с апельсиновым джемом.
3. Перерывы на обед разбросаны по времени, так что основные сотрудники работают.
4. Они пользуются услугами столовых.
5. Большинство англичан любят хорошую простую еду.
6. Великобритания сегодня многонациональное общество.
7. Они покупают замороженные или охлажденные продукты или полуфабрикаты.
8. У них нет ни времени, ни желания готовить самим.
9. Они едят горох, фасоль, капусту, цветная капусту.
10. Они любят пудинг, груши, сливы, грейпфрут, дыню.
11. Занятая работающая мама покупает готовую еду в пиццериях
12. Она пользуется услугами китайских и индийских заведений, торгующих едой на вынос.
13. В таких местах есть служба доставки.
14. Образ жизни сильно изменился.
15. Здоровое питание – фраза, которая стала популярной.
16. Они сидят на диете, чтобы сбросить вес.
239
VOC. 1. (1)
1. Ты умеешь готовить? Кто готовит тебе завтрак?
2. Вскипяти воду. Свари макароны.
3. Пожарь картошку. Порежь хлеб.
4. Я люблю пирожки с мясом. Мой племянник любит чипсы.
5. Давай поставим чайник, ладно? Налей воду в заварочный чайник.
6. Завари мне чай, пожалуйста. Где варенье?
7. Я бы хотел чашечку кофе. Где кофейник?
8. Тарелки, стаканы и блюдца на столе.
9. Возьми вилки, ложки и ножи из ящика.
10. Нам нужна кастрюля и сковородка.
11. Я не люблю сосиски. Он не любит сэндвичи и гамбургеры.
12. Овощи и фрукты в холодильнике.
13. Давай сделаем салат с помидорами и огурцами. Положи растительное масло в салат.
14. Они любят овсяную кашу. Он ест булочки со сливочным маслом
15. Какой йогурт ты любишь? Ты купил хлеба и сметану?
16. Он не ест ни сухое, ни домашнее печенье.
17. Больше всего я люблю блины моей бабушки.
18. Купи плитку шоколада с орехами и конфет.
19. Мед полезен для здоровья.

VOC. 1. (2)
1. Я пью кофе без сахара.
2. Он кладет в суп перец и разные пряности.
3. Они продают пиво, вино и шампанское.
4. Вредно пить столько газировки.
5. Сок вкусный. Cыр безвкусный. Пирог восхитительный.
6. Бананы сладкие. Лимоны кислые.
7. Грибы горькие. Яблоки сочные.
8. Что у вас на обед?
9. Я ел суп на первое и жареную рыбу на второе.
10. Будешь мороженое на десерт?
11. Я уже накрыла (2) на стол. Я уже накрываю (2) на стол.
12. Давайте сядем за стол. Они уже за столом.
13. Убери со стола, пожалуйста.
14. Я перекусил в столовой полчаса назад.(2)
15. Я хочу пить. Он голодный.
16. Мы поедим дома или пойдем куда-нибудь?
17. Я предпочитаю мясо рыбе.
18. Он много ест. Она мало ест.
19. Он сладкоежка.
20. Она на диете. Она придерживается диеты.
21. У нас столовая самообслуживания.
22. Они ходили в кафе или ресторан?
23. Что у вас в меню сегодня?

VOC. 2.
1. Возьми еще торта. Я хочу еще кусочек торта.
2. Спасибо, больше не надо. Я наелся.
3. Предайте соль, пожалуйста. – Вот, пожалуйста.
4. Вот перец. Вот он. Вот ложки. Вот они.
5. (Это) вкусно пахнет. У меня просто слюнки текут.
6. В супе не хватает соли. = Суп не досолен.
7. Как насчет бокала вина? Вам наверняка понравится. – Об этом не может быть и речи.
8. Приятного аппетита! (2)

240
VOC. 3. Пословицы
1. Кто рано встает, тому бог подает.
2. Как постелишь, так и поспишь.
3. От старых привычек трудно избавиться.
4. Как летит время!
5. Когда весело, не замечаешь, как летит время.
6. Время не ждет.
7. Время лечит.
8. Время – деньги.
9. Яблоко в день гонит доктора прочь.
10. О сбежавшем молоке не плачут.
11. Не хлебом единым жив человек.
12. Что одному человеку хорошо, другому может быть плохо.
13. Лес рубят – щепки летят.
14. О вкусах не спорят.

ПРИМЕЧАНИЕ «свободный»
1. Не стесняйтесь задавать вопросы.
2. Вы можете сами решать, что вам делать.
3. Безалкогольные напитки бесплатные, но надо заплатить за пиво.
4. Завтра они выйдут из тюрьмы и станут свободными людьми.
5. Ты не занят в следующие выходные?
6. Как ты провел свободное время?
7. Телефон свободен, можешь им пользоваться.
8. У нас есть запасной ключ от этой двери.
9. Что ты делаешь в свободное время?
10. Я попросил дополнительный день, чтобы закончить работу.
11. Только несколько квартир были еще не заняты.
12. Это место свободно?

ПРИМЕЧАНИЕ «еще»
1. Он все еще спит.
2. Его все еще нет дома.
3. Он еще слишком молод, чтобы жениться.
4. Они еще не пришли. (2)
5. Что еще вы там видели?
6. Спроси кого-нибудь еще.
7. Какие еще английские книги вы прочитали?
8. Можно взять еще кусочек торта?
9. Дай мне еще яблок.
10. Возьми еще три ложки.
11. Есть еще.
12. Он ел еще и еще.
13. Она стала еще красивее.
14. Прочитай еще раз. (2)
15. Возьми еще сока и яблок.
16. Он звал ее снова и снова.
17. Еще только десять часов.
18. Я видел его еще вчера.
19. Мы встретились еще в 1995.
20. Что еще? (2)
21. Вот еще! (2)
22. Еще бы!
23. Еще как!
24. Ты плачешь? А еще такой большой мальчик!

241
TOPIC 4. STUDY

TEXT
1. Зачем люди учат иностранные языки?
2. Они делают это для общения или бизнеса.
3. Они хотят читать книги в оригинале или улучшать свои профессиональные навыки.
4. Это развивает личность, расширяет кругозор и совершенствует знания вашего родного языка.
5. Это требует много времени и усилий.
6. Это включает в себя упорный труд и много заучивания наизусть.
7. Это может быть очень весело.
8. Произношение – слабое место всех начинающих.
9. Иногда фонетика дается легко, но есть проблемы с правописанием или грамматикой.
10. Это может помочь избавиться от ошибок в самое короткое время.
11. Сначала начинающие могут чувствовать смущение или косноязычие.
12. Некоторые и способные, и трудолюбивые.
13. Они ловят каждое слово учителя и конспектируют все, что может пригодиться.
14. Они засиживаются допоздна, готовясь к урокам.
15. Они никогда не пропускают уроки без уважительной причины.
16. Они стараются не отстать от группы.
17. Они слишком ленивы и безответственны, чтобы готовиться как следует.
18. Они пропускают лекции и работают урывками.
19. Без труда не вытащишь рыбку из пруда.
20. добиться успехов в английском, овладеть языком и стать настоящим профессионалом.

VOC. 1 (1)
1. Я знаю Джека четырнадцать лет.
2. Она умеет пользоваться компьютером.
3. Я пользуюсь словарем, чтобы узнать правильное произношение.
4. Во время поездки мы кое-что узнали об американском образе жизни.
5. Мы узнали новости.
6. Она учит английский.
7. Он научился водить машину в прошлом году.
8. Он учится на юриста.
9. Я еще не изучил эти документы.
10. Он ходит в школу.
11. Он учится в университете.
12. Какие предметы ты изучаешь на первом курсе?
13. Когда он закончил (2) школу?
14. Когда он вышел из (здания) школы вчера?
15. Он студент младших или старших курсов? – Он первокурсник, он только что поступил.
16. Он закончил университет, получил диплом и сейчас учится в аспирантуре.
17. Все студенты пишут курсовые работы, а выпускники пишут диплом.

VOC. 1 (2)
1. В прошлом году он был деканом, а сейчас он ректор этого университета.
2. Староста ушла в деканат за журналом группы.
3. Дайте мне список студентов, я отмечу отсутствующих.
4. Возьми наши зачетные книжки у зам. декана. Не забудь принести справку от врача.
5. По расписанию у нас лекция по психологии и семинар по истории.
6. Напишите черновик сочинения в тетрадях.
7. Не забудь читательский билет, когда пойдешь в библиотеку.
8. Учебный год заканчивается в середине июня. Второй семестр длится 4 с половиной месяца.
9. Мы сдаем экзамен по истории в эту сессию?
10. Ты занимался на подготовительных курсах перед поступлением в университет?
11. Все студенты занимаются научной работой.
12. Школьные каникулы начались в среду.
13. Она в отпуске. Они уехали в отпуск. Они уехали в отпуск на Средиземное море.
14. Студенты сейчас на каникулах.
242
VOC. 2
1. Ты сдавал зачет по истории (по десятому уроку, по артиклям)? Ты получил зачет?
2. Все студенты сдавали экзамен вчера.
3. Все студенты сдали экзамен по фонетике вчера.
4. Он провалил экзамен по психологии. Он пересдаст его на следующей неделе.
5. Он не смог перевести текст.
6. Ему пришлось уйти в академический отпуск.
7. Меня подвела память. Ему не хватило смелости.
8. У него плохая память. (=Он не может положиться на свою память.)
9. У нас консультация в среду.
10. У тебя есть лишняя ручка?
11. Он заболел и отстал от группы. Он ходил на дополнительные занятия и догнал группу.
12. Ты хорошо разбираешься в грамматике. Не мог бы ты помочь мне с временами?
13. Мы сделали это упражнение в классе.
14. Останьтесь сегодня после уроков, пожалуйста.
15. Он бегло говорит по-английски. Ей не хватает беглости.
16. Ему хорошо дается английский. (2)
17. Я понял это правило.
18. Я понял, что я опоздал.

VOC. 3
1. Приготовьтесь к диктанту дома.
2. Пора собираться в школу.
3. Он не пойдет гулять. Он готовится к экзаменам.
4. Просмотрите текст и переведите его с английского на русский язык.
5. Посмотрите новые слова в словаре.
6. Повторяйте эти слова за мной.
7. Он повторил вопрос.
8. Он повторяет материал перед экзаменом.
9. Повторите слова, мы будем писать диктант.
10. Повторите диалоги и расскажите их.
11. Он повторил (=прочитал ещѐ раз) правило, чтобы лучше его понять.
12. На уроке мы тренировали произношение слов.
13. Давайте поработаем над (2) правописанием.
14. Она читает английские книги в переводе.
15. Сделайте это упражнение письменно. (2) Сделайте это домашнее задание устно.
16. Когда учитель проверяет письменные работы, он не исправляет ошибки, а подчеркивает иx.
17. Он получил отличную (хорошую, удовлетворительную, плохую) отметку за сочинение.
18. Он получил четверку (2) по психологии.
19. Он редко делает грубые (2) ошибки. Он часто делает ошибки по невнимательности.
20. Это не ошибка, а оговорка (описка).

VOC. 4
1. Век живи, век учись.
2. Учиться никогда не поздно.
3. Недоученный хуже неученого.
4. Знать все, значит не знать ничего.
5. Выученное наспех, быстро забывается.
6. Практика совершенствует знание.
7. Никогда не откладывай на завтра то, что можно сделать сегодня.
8. Потерянного времени не вернешь.
9. Бедному да вору — всякая одежда впору.
10. Можно отвести лошадь на водопой, но невозможно заставить ее пить.
11. Мешай дело с бездельем, проживешь век с весельем.

243
VOC. 5 (1)
1. Давайте займѐмся делом (2). Ну, давайте начнем.
2. Как домашнее задание? Есть проблемы?
3. Давайте вместе посмотрим и попробуем разобраться.
4. Что у вас в номере первом?
5. Все согласны?
6. Не отвечайте все вместе, по одному, пожалуйста.
7. Отвечайте по очереди. Достаточно.
8. Хорошо, давайте пойдем дальше.
9. Давайте отложим это.
10. Давайте займемся чтением теперь.
11. Как по-английски декан? Как по-русски dean?
12. Можно так сказать? (2)
13. Как пишется это слово?
14. Повторите, пожалуйста?
15. Мне читать (начинать, отвечать на вопросы)?

VOC. 5 (2)
1. Поднимите (опустите) руки.
2. Следите по книге. Смотрите в свои книги.
3. Разбейтесь (разделитесь) на пары.
4. Разыграйте диалог. Исполните (2) роль Майка
5. Поменяйтесь ролями. (Читайте) выразительно.
6. Придерживайтесь текста.
7. Воспроизведите текст. Перескажите текст. Расскажите стихотворение.
8. Задайте вопросы к предложению.
9. Задайте вопросы по тексту, отрывку, абзацу.
10. Встаньте перед классом. Пойдите к доске.
11. Отойдите в сторону. (2)
12. Сотрите с доски. Сотрите (2) это слово с доски.
13. Сейчас я раздам вам листочки с заданиями.
14. Напишите, пожалуйста, число. Оставьте поля с левой стороны.
15. Нумерyйте предложения, пожалуйста.
16. Ваше время истекло.
17. Не забудьте подписать работы и сдать их мне.
18. Сдайте тесты. Соберите письменные работы.

VOC. 5 (3)
1. Это ясно? Все готовы? Все закончили?
2. Вы закончили с этим?
3. Успокойтесь (2) Тише!
4. Не списывайте. Не подсказывайте ему.(2)
5. Работайте самостоятельно (2) Не спешите. (2)
6. Слушайте внимательно. Говорите громче.
7. Следите за произношением, пожалуйста.
8. Хорошо. Это хороший вариант ответа.
9. Неплохая попытка, но можно ответить лучше.
10. Я знаю, это трудно, но ты уже делаешь успехи.
11. Я помогу тебе, но все зависит от тебя.
12. Продолжай стараться.
13. Сколько осталось до звонка? Звонок прозвенел.
14. Минутку! Задержитесь!
15. На этом закончим сегодня. (2)

244
TOPIC 5. SHOPPING

TEXT
1. Леди и джентльмены, мы с гордостью представляем зимнюю коллекцию этого года.
2. Первый на подиуме Стив, на котором черный шерстяной классический костюм-двойка.
3. Подтяжки в красный и белый горошек и яркий цветной галстук оживляют костюм.
4. На Хелен синие джинсы и черная водолазка.
5. Она набросила джемпер на плечи и добавила шляпу и ремень с серебряной пряжкой к своему наряду.
6. Она также повязала шарф вокруг талии, чтобы завершить образ.
7. На Крисе надет черный кожаный пиджак, клетчатая рубашка и черные кроссовки.
8. Модный и стильный образ, чтобы скрасить темные зимние дни.
9. Кейт одета с классической элегантностью.
10. Юбка короткая и сочетается с пиджаком с длинными рукавами.
11. На ней серебряные босоножки на высоком каблуке, идеально дополняющие этот прекрасный наряд.

VOC. 1 (1)
1. Этот универмаг закрывается в 7 часов.
2. Ты был в новом торговом центре?
3. Давай перекусим в этом кафе. – Я бы предпочла пойти в какую-нибудь кофейню.
4. Он ушел в аптеку (2) за аспирином.
5. Ты покупаешь фрукты в продуктовом магазине или на рынке?
6. Купи ручку в газетном киоске или в канцтоварах.
7. Мне нравится делать покупки в этом супермаркете.
8. Она не может позволить себе покупать одежду в этом бутике.
9. Куда мне положить все эти покупки?
10. Платье 44 размера должно подойти.
11. Мы не можем поставить сюда этот шкаф, он не войдет.
12. Одежда в повседневном стиле действительно не идет ему.
13. Эта новая стрижка тебе идет. (2)
14. Давай встретимся завтра. 7 часов тебя устроит?
15. Эти перчатки подходят к твоей сумке. (3)

VOC. 1 (2)
1. Что на нем было надето вчера? – Он был одет в джинсы и свитер.
2. Ей требуется полчаса, чтобы одеться.
3. Он снял костюм и надел футболку и шорты.
4. Она переоделась в примерочной. Она купила этот костюм со скидкой.
5. Он всегда хорошо одет. У него хороший вкус.
6. Он заплатил за все на кассе, взял сдачу и вышел из магазина.
7. Она расплатилась наличными или кредиткой?
8. Они купили эту машину в кредит по вполне приемлемой цене.
9. Ты не можешь одолжить мне немного мелочи? Я отдам тебе завтра.
10. Она тратит много денег на модную одежду.
11. У нас кончилось молоко. Давай сходим в магазин.
12. Я не люблю стоять за чем-нибудь в очереди.
13. Нехорошо проходить без очереди.
14. Сколько ты весишь? Ты довольна своим весом?
15. Эти джинсы вышли из моды. – А что сейчас модно?
16. Эти туфли пользуются большим спросом. В этом магазине хороший выбор.
17. Ты видела показ мод по телевизору вчера?

VOC. 2
1. Они продают женскую и мужскую одежду. (2)
2. В этом отделе есть нижнее белье, купальники, колготки, чулки и носки.
3. Его повседневная (2) одежда – свободные вельветовые брюки и джемперы.
4. Она предпочитает облегающую одежду.
5. Я не люблю дубленки и длинные шубы.

245
6. Она купила меховой полушубок и пуховик.
7. На Джейн была блузка, жилет и юбка.
8. Все были одеты в костюмы на маскараде.
9. Этот брючный костюм ей не идет.
10. Ты спишь в пижаме или ночной рубашке?
11. Этот кардиган делает ее старше, не так ли?
12. Он был в спортивном костюме и тапочках, на ней был халат и фартук.
13. Эти сандалии подойдут к твоему сарафану.
14. На работе он носит комбинезон.

VOC. 3
1. Она не носит меховые шапки, она любит вязаные шапки и береты.
2. Платки и шали ей не идут.
3. Зимой он предпочитает варежки перчаткам.
4. Не забудь взять бумажник и носовой платок.
5. Здесь продают женскую и мужскую обувь.
6. Она редко носит туфли на высоком каблуке с узким носком.
7. Обычно она носит обувь на низком каблуке.
8. Ей нравятся лодочки с закругленным носком.
9. Ему нужны туфли с квадратным носком.
10. Надень резиновые сапоги, на улице грязно.
11. Зонтик в сумке, помада и духи в косметичке.
12. Друзья подарили ей серебряную цепочку и сережки в форме сердечка.
13. Он взял хозяйственную сумку и кошелек и вышел из дома.
14. Здесь есть косметика и ювелирные украшения.
15. Она не может позволить себе (покупать) золотые (2) кольца с драгоценными камнями.

VOC. 4
1. Эта бежевая шелковая блузка в полоску хороша, но мне не нравится воротник и пуговицы.
2. На ней было темно-синее шерстяное пальто с большими карманами и капюшоном.
3. Сиреневое платье в горошек сделано из хлопка.
4. Ему следует надеть галстук-бабочку с этим костюмом.
5. Юбка в цветочек была украшена пурпурными лентами.
6. Ей понравилась джинсовая куртка и замшевые перчатки.
7. Это фиолетовое платье с глубоким вырезом сделано из бархата?
8. Ей не понравится эта кремовая блузка, она не любит пастельные тона.
9. Синий (цвет) ей не идет. (2) Синий цвет этой блузки ужасный.
10. Какой размер обуви вы носите? – Я ношу туфли 36 размера. – Лучше примерьте их.
11. Это пуловер 46 размера. Чье это производство? Он хорошо стирается?
12. Сколько он стоит? (3)
13. Из чего он сделан? Он хорошо носится?

TO SAY, TO TELL, TO SPEAK, TO TALK

1. Я согласился. Не отказывайся.
2. Не говорите о делах за столом. (2)
3. Что ты сказал? Повтори. Говори громче.
4. Попрощайся с тетей Эмили. – Само собой разумеется.
5. О чем говорится в письме? О чем рассказывается в книге?
6. Говорят, он не сказал ни слова.
7. Правду говорить легко и приятно.
8. Все говорят, что он говорит на трех языках.
9. Давай обсудим это сейчас. Не лги мне.
10. Скажи, пожалуйста, сколько времени? Расскажи ему сказку.
11. Мне надо с тобой поговорить.
12. Он любит рассказать анекдоты.
13. Строго говоря, это была ошибка.
14. Скажи всем спокойной ночи и иди спать.
246
15. Перестань разговаривать. Откровенно говоря, ты говоришь ерунду.
16. Он поздоровался с детьми. Он рассказал нам новости.
17. Они не говорили о политике, они говорили о моде.

ПРЕДЛАГАТЬ
1. Он предложил мне чашку кофе.
2. Он предложил мне свою помощь.
3. Он сам предложил нам купить билеты в кино.
4. Он предложил мне погулять.
5. Он предложил, чтобы они мне помогли.
6. Он предложил купить билеты.
7. Он предложил нам, чтобы она купила билеты. (3)
8. Он сделал ей предложение, но она отказала ему.
9. Он предложил тост.

REPORTING VERBS 18. сообщить

1. сказать (2) 19. настаивать
2. добавить 20. хотеть знать
3. признать 21. узнать
4. согласиться 22. иметь ввиду
5. ответить (2) 23. заметить (2)
6. уверить 24. обещать
7. жаловаться 25. напомнить
8. хвастать 26. предлагать
9. признаться 27. предполагать
10. убедить (2) 28. подозревать
11. решить 29. думать
12. отрицать 30. предупреждать
13. сомневаться 31. спрашивать, просить
14. воскликнуть 32. умолять
15. объяснить 33. советовать
16. пытаться выяснить 34. приказывать (2)
17. надеяться 35. запрещать

TOPIC 6. TOWN
TEXT
1. Челябинск расположен в одном из красивейших мест России – на Урале.
2. Древний Урал знаменит своей уникальной красотой.
3. История города восходит к 18 веку.
4. Он был основан тринадцатого сентября.
5. В 19 веке это был маленький провинциальный город.
6. Он стал торговым городом на перекрестке торговых путей из Европы в Азию.
7. Современный Челябинск изменился до неузнаваемости.
8. Его семь больших районов вмещают более миллиона жителей.
9. Тяжелая промышленность города создает множество экологических проблем.
10. Центр города – площадь Революции.
11. Несколько троллейбусных остановок – и вы оказываетесь в парке имени Гагарина.
12. Немногие города могут похвастаться густым сосновым бором недалеко от центра.
13. На каждом шагу здесь можно найти маленькие кафе и магазины.
14. Здесь много мест для развлечений: современные кинотеатры, развлекательные центры.
15. Культурная жизнь не стоит на месте.
16. Оригинальное здание драмтеатра привлекает взгляд.
17. Наш концертный зал расположен на набережной Миасса.
18. Если вас интересует живопись, вы можете посетить различные выставки.
19. Современные высотные дома строятся каждый год.
20. Город растет с каждым днем.
21. Наш город сравнительно молодой и открыт дальнейшему прогрессу.
247
VOC 1
1. Туристы прибыли в Париж в понедельник. Они прибыли на вокзал.
2. Он уехал из Москвы вчера. Он уехал в Париж. Он уехал из Москвы в Париж.
3. Поездка по городу даст вам хорошее представление о его красоте.
4. Если вы хотите получить представление о столице, поедем осматривать достопримечательности.
5. Нас удивил размер здания, и впечатлила его архитектура.
6. Лондон произвел на нас большое впечатление. (2)
7. В Москве много достопримечательностей. (2)
8. Я путешествую по делам и для удовольствия.
9. Он скоро поедет в командировку.
10. Гид предложил нам поехать на экскурсию.
11. Они живут на окраине города.
12. Памятник Прокофьеву (Prokofiev) расположен около краеведческого музея.
13. Пройдите через арку, и вы увидите вход в здание.
14. Раньше они остановились в этой гостинице.
15. Где выход из аэропорта?

VOC 2 (1)
1. Ты поедешь на автобусе или на троллейбусе?
2. Они ехали на вокзал, когда увидели эту аварию.
3. Он сел на трамвай и вышел через две остановки.
4. Он сел на маршрутку и доехал до площади Революции.
5. Он сел в такси и попросил высадить его у парка.
6. Он вышел из машины и пошел пешком.
7. Мы поняли, что проехали свою остановку.
8. Сядьте на восемнадцатый автобус. (2)
9. Он пересел на седьмой трамвай.
10. Я передумал. Я прогуляюсь до парка.
11. Сколько стоит проезд?
12. Троллейбус переполнен, свободных мест нет.
13. В час пик бывает много пробок.
14. На этой улице большое движение транспорта.
15. Я опоздаю, мы застряли в пробке.
16. Нам следует соблюдать правила движения.

VOC 2 (2)
1. Светофор на следующем углу.
2. Мы поедем, когда загорится зеленый свет
3. Скоро у него будут права, и он сможет водить.
4. Ты меня подвезешь или мне взять такси?
5. Около супермаркета есть парковка.
6. Вы не можете здесь припарковаться.
7. Его оштрафовали на $50 за превышение скорости.
8. Ты умеешь кататься на велосипеде?
9. Они поехали на велосипеде или мотоцикле?
10. Какой туман! Боюсь, мы попадем в аварию.
11. Это было незабываемое событие в его жизни.
12. Поездка прошла без происшествий.
13. Я встретился с ней случайно.
14. Это получилось случайно.
15. В этом случае я поговорю с ним сам.
16. Я берегу эту бутылку вина для особого случая.

VOC 3
1. Вы живете на тихой или оживленной улице?
2. Перейдите (2) мост, поверните налево (2) и дойдите до перекрестка.
3. Давай погуляем по бульвару на набережной.
4. В нашем городе нет велосипедных дорожек.
248
5. Они сделали первый поворот направо и увидели станцию метро (2).
6. Ты видишь где-нибудь пешеходный переход?
7. Они гуляли по аллеям парка и случайно столкнулись (2) со старым знакомым.
8. Он сказал, что живет по соседству (поблизости).
9. Он поскользнулся на тротуаре по дороге домой.
10. Я встретила его по дороге в университет. Он увидел меня и отвернулся.
11. Он повернулся и увидел меня.
12. Он оказался в тупике и повернул назад.
13. Мы поняли, что идем не туда, и решили спросить дорогу у прохожего.
14. Мы потерялись (3). Давай поедем в обратном направлении.
15. Мы идем по направлению к реке и скоро дойдем до нее.
16. Не стой у меня на пути. Отойди.
17. Сверни на улицу Кирова. Ближайшая парикмахерская за углом.
18. Встретимся у магазина на углу. Не потеряйся.
19. Пройдите (вверх, вниз) по этой улице до подземного перехода. Театр на площади.
20. Мы добрались до вокзала вовремя.

VOC 4
1. Я приезжий. (=Я здесь не живу.)
2. Как мне добраться до вокзала?
3. Не могли бы вы сказать мне как дойти до музея?
4. Я правильно иду к автобусной остановке? (2)
5. Как быстрее всего пройти к театру?
6. Идите прямо до площади.
7. Пройдите один квартал.
8. Где мне выйти? Где мне выйти, чтобы попасть на вокзал?
9. Этот автобус довезет вас прямо (2) до театра.
10. Вам потребуется 5 минут, чтобы туда добраться.
11. Это недалеко отсюда. Мимо не пройдете
12. Это в пяти минутах ходьбы отсюда. (2)

TOPIC 7. WEATHER

DIALOGUE
1. На небе действительно ни облачка. Должно быть, 25 градусов в тени.
2. Сегодня очень душно. Ни один листок не шелохнется. Ни дуновения ветерка.
3. Боюсь, надвигается гроза.
4. Небо затянуто тучами и солнце скрывается.
5. Кажется, дождь начинается. Нужно найти укрытие. Стало накрапывать – ожидай ливня!
6. Какой ужасный удар грома! И какая молния!
7. Посмотри! Поясняется. Облака поднимаются.
8. Воздух замечательно свежий. Посмотри на эту чудесную радугу!
9. Нам опять предстоит период хорошей погоды.
10. Теперь я знаю, почему англичане всегда ворчат по поводу погоды.
11. Они действительно любят жаловаться на погоду, но не стоит обращать на это внимание.
12. Не так страшен черт, как его малюют.

VOC 1
1. Скоро бабье лето. Ты слышала прогноз погоды на завтра?
2. Что говорят синоптики? Какая сегодня погода?
3. Как тебе нравится погода сегодня?
4. Какая ужасная погода (сегодня)! На тебя влияет погода?
5. Какие грязные дороги! Какие большие лужи!
6. Яблони в цвету (2). Эти яблоки поспевают в августе.
7. Я слышал, погода сохранится пасмурной.
8. Температура ночью будет 2 градуса выше или ниже ноля?
9. Посмотри! Идет сильный (2) дождь.
10. Во время грозы часто идет град.
249
11. Моросит дождь. Он не любит дождливую погоду.
12. Кажется, дождь начинается. Первые капли дождя упали на пыльную дорогу.
13. Мы попали под проливной (2) дождь. Мы промокли насквозь (2).
14. Мы часто купаемся в этом озере.
15. На реке есть небольшой водопад.
16. Надо нам скопить что-то на черный день.
17. Я приду несмотря ни на что.

VOC 2
1. Шел сильный (2), слабый снег.
2. Зима была снежная. Дороги были покрыты льдом.
3. Выпало много (2) снега. Давай слепим снеговика и поиграем в снежки.
4. Выпало немного снега. Реки и озера замерзли.
5. Снегопад продолжался всю ночь.
6. Какая красивая снежинка! Какие сугробы! Какие большие сосульки!
7. Они кидались снежками в прохожих.
8. Ты когда-нибудь видел снежного человека?
9. Первые подснежники появились в лесу.
10. Поздней осенью часто идет мокрый снег.
11. Снег тает, на улицах скользко. Снег превращается в слякоть.
12. Давай съедем с горки. Не поскользнись.
13. Он редко ходит на лыжах. Он ходил на лыжах вчера. Мы катались на коньках.
14. Смотри! Он катается на лыжах! Где мои лыжи?

VOC 3
1. Cеверный (южный, западный, восточный) ветер дует сегодня.
2. Сегодня ветрено. Ветер порывистый и резкий.
3. Деревья качаются на ветру.
4. Легкий ветeр шевелил занавески на окне.
5. Тихо. Душно. (2) Нет ни дуновения ветерка.
6. Давай проветрим комнату. Не сиди на сквозняке. (2)
7. Вы слышали штормовое предупреждение?
8. Солнце светит ярко. День будет солнечным и теплым.
9. Мы наблюдали, как заходит солнце.
10. Он проснулся на рассвете (на заре) с первыми лучами солнца.
11. Посмотри! Солнце спряталось за тучи.
12. Вчера озеро сверкало на солнце. Сегодня туман. Озеро покрыто туманом.
13. Хорошо сидеть дома в такой промозглый день и наслаждаться теплом от камина.
14. Что с ним случилось? Он плохо выглядит. – День жаркий. Он не любит жару.
15. Давай поедем на море летом. Город расположен на берегу моря (2).
16. Их дом стоит на берегу реки или озера?
17. Этот фильм про землетрясения и другие стихийные бедствия.

VOC 4 +
1. Всему свое время.
2. Нет худа без добра.
3. Не все ненастье, будет и красное солнышко.
4. Куй железо пока горячо.
5. В бурю любая гавань хороша.
6. Что посеешь, то и пожнешь.
7. В тихом омуте черти водятся.
8. Смотри, какие смешные наши тени!
9. Давай найдем столик в тени.
10. Сегодня 30 градусов в тени.
11. Майк ходит за Люси как тень.
12. Они сидели в тени дерева.
13. Он боится собственной тени.

250
НЕПРАВИЛЬНЫЕ ГЛАГОЛЫ 1 54. оставлять
55. давать взаймы
1. быть, находиться 56. позволять, пускать
2. приносить, выносить, родить 57. лежать
3. бить 58. освещать, зажигать
4. становиться 59. терять
5. начинать 60. делать
6. кусать
7. дуть 61. значить
8. сломать, разбить 62. встречать
9. приносить 63. платить
10. строить 64. класть
11. жечь, гореть 65. читать
12. лопнуть 66. ехать верхом
13. покупать 67. звонить
14. бросать, отбрасывать, 68. подниматься
15. ловить, поймать 69. бежать
70. сказать
16. выбирать 71. видеть
17. приходить 72. продавать
18. стоить 73. посылать
19. резать 74. устанавливать
20. иметь дело, раздавать 75. трясти
21. копать
22. делать 76. светить, сиять
23. рисовать, тащить 77. стрелять
24. мечтать, видеть сны 78. показывать
25. пить 79. закрывать
26. ехать, водить 80 уменьшаться, садиться (о ткани)
27. есть 81. петь
28. падать 82. опускаться
29. кормить 83. сидеть
30. чувствовать 84. спать
85. скользить
31. драться, сражаться 86. пахнуть, нюхать
32. находить 87. говорить
33. летать 88. тратить
34. запрещать 89. распространять(ся)
35. забывать 90. стоять
36. прощать
37. замерзать 91. красть
38. получать, добираться 92. ударить
39. давать 93. клясться, ругаться
40. идти 94. мести
41. расти 95. плавать
42. висеть, вешать (=казнить) 96. брать
43. иметь 97. учить (кого-то)
44. слышать 98. рвать
45. прятать 99. рассказывать, сказать
100. думать
46. ударять, попадать 101. бросать
47. держать 102. понимать
48. причинять вред, боль 103. просыпаться, будить
49. хранить 104. носить (на себе)
50. знать 105. плакать
51. класть 106. выигрывать
52. вести 107. писать
53. учить (что-то)
251
 26. вел машину
НЕПРАВИЛЬНЫЕ ГЛАГОЛЫ 2 27. дрался
1. написанный 28. разбуженный
2. написал 29. летал
3. рожденный 30. забытый
4. бил (3 варианта) 31. простил
5. стал 32. замерз
6. начинающийся, начиная 33. получающий
7. кусать 34. вырастил
8. дул 35. висел
9. сломанный 36. слышал
10. принес 37. спрятанный
11. построенный 38. известный
12. покупать 39. знающий
13. пойманный 40. лгал
14. выбирающий 41. лежал, лежащий
15. выбранный 42. положил (2)
16. думал 43. терять
17. копающий 44. заплатил
18. выигрывающий 45. поднялся
19. режущий 46. сидящий
20. наученный 47. сказал, говорил (3 в)
21. пил и ел 48. украденный
22. брошенный 49. приходящий
23. упал 50. показанный
24. почувствовал
25. кормил

252
DICTATIONS KEY

TOPIC 1. HOME

TEXT 1
1. We are back to work after the holidays and miss you badly.
2. Granny does most of the work about the house – just the usual run of things, as you can see.
3. Their latest news and chief topic of conversation is their new flat, of course.
4. As you can imagine it's quite an event for them and they are, certainly, anxious.
5. Their new apartment is in a new district on the outskirts of the city.
6. It's a pretty long way from the centre but that doesn't matter much.
7. Lucy is a little upset that the flat is on the top floor of a twelve-storeyed house.
8. This can't be helped and, after all, there is a lift.
9. As far as I know, it's a two-room flat with a spacious hall and a balcony.
10. The kitchen is very comfortable, with an electric cooker and built-in furniture.
11. There are built-in wardrobes in the bedroom, which is very convenient, no doubt.
12. There are, certainly, all modern conveniences in the flat.
13. There is electricity, central heating, hot and cold water supply.
14. Hope to see it all for myself soon and write you more then.
15. That's our news for the present, there is little else I can say.
16. We are lucky with the weather, it's fairly warm and doesn't at all look like autumn.

VOC 1 (part 1)
1. Do they have a brick or wooden country house? Do they have a summer house in the garden?
2. He doesn’t live in a hotel, he lives in a hostel and shares the room with his brother.
3. Their block of flats is a high-rise building.
4. They have a cottage on the outskirts or in the suburbs.
5. Do they have separate or adjoining rooms?
6. There is a living room (sitting room, lounge), a children’s room, a study and a utility room.
7. There is a rubbish chute on the landing.
8. Where do you have the staircase /stairs?
9. The ceiling is very high here. We want a ladder.
10. They don’t have a lift, they go upstairs and downstairs on foot.

VOC 1 (part 2)
1. Our flat has a southern / northern / eastern / western aspect.
2. The windows overlook a quiet street.
3. Their flat is on the ground floor in this ten-storey (ten-storeyed) building;
4. How many storeys does the block have? – It has three storeys.
5. What floor is your flat on? – It’s on the second floor.
6. What number do you live at? – I live at (number) 61 Oxford Street.
7. What flat do you live in? – I live in flat 15.
8. The bus stop is five minutes’ walk from here. It’s a ten-minute ride.

VOC 2
1. They moved house (moved in) yesterday. They are arranging a housewarming tomorrow.
2. There is too little room here. There isn’t much furniture here, only the most necessary things.
3. The house is planned so as to make housekeeping easy.
4. They open / close the curtains. They raise/ lower blinds.
5. The floor is covered with linoleum / parquet / laminate.
6. The walls are papered. The bathroom is tiled.
7. The room is painted yellow. The ceiling is whitewashed.
8. His room is in a mess. He finds housework tiresome.
9. I help about the house. Everything is in its place. The kitchen is spick and span.
10. This place isn’t very comfortable but it’s convenient for meeting as it’s not far.
11. The bright curtains on the window make the kitchen cosy.
12. The wallpaper matches the carpet. The carpet goes well with the furniture.
13. Nothing is more pleasant than to stay at home in rainy weather.
253
VOC 3 (1)
1. Do you have a suite of furniture or wall-unit with several sections?
2. I want to buy a glass-fronted bookcase and a sideboard.
3. There is a chest, a chest of drawers, a sewing machine, a mirror and two cupboards at my granny’s.
4. They sell single beds, double beds, twin beds and bunk beds.
5. I can’t sleep on the camp bed. I will sleep on the sofa bed. Give me a pillow, please.
6. Take the cushions from the divan. Let’s sit down on this settee.
7. Let’s buy a new bedspread for the bed and a plaid for the sofa.
8. There is a rug near the couch. There are bedside cabinets between the beds.
9. There is a dining table and four stools in the kitchen.
10. In the bedroom there is a dressing table with an armchair, there is a carpet on the floor.
11. This is a bathmat, and this is a door mat.

VOC 3 (2)
1. The chandelier is in the lounge, the standard lamp is in the bedroom, the wall lamp is in the hall.
1. There is a mantelpiece above the fireplace. There is a vase and candles in candlesticks on it.
2. I use earphones to listen to music on my smartphone or internet tablet.
3. I watch films online or download them from the Internet to my computer or laptop.
4. You need a webcam to talk on Skype. I want to update my software.
5. There is a food processor, a dishwasher, a microwave oven in the kitchen.
6. We have a new refrigerator (fridge) with a big freezer.
7. The washing machine is in the kitchen next to the sink.
8. The bathroom accessories are on the shelf above the wash basin, the towels hang on the left.
9. They have a bath house in the country.

VOC 5
1. East or west, home is best.
2. Home, sweet home.
3. Home is where the heart is.
4. An Englishman’s home is his castle.
5. A skeleton in the cupboard.
6. Better late than never.
7. Better safe than sorry.
8. The more you get, the more you want.
9. The best things in life are free.
10. The man travels the world in search of what he needs and returns home to find it.

COMPARISON MODELS
1. You are taller than me / him / her / us / them.
2. He is as tall as me.
3. He is not as tall as me. / He is not so tall as me.
4. He is the tallest of the three (of all).
5. This house is twice as big as ours. Our house is half the size.
6. He is half my age.
7. The more he studies the more he will know.
8. The sooner you do it, the better.
9. much better – a little better

TOPIC 2. DAILY PROGRAMME

TEXT 1
1. I've entered the Teachers' Training Institute.
2. My dream has come true. I study foreign languages.
3. It is no easy matter to cram everything into one day.
4. The daily programme becomes a question of winning or losing.
5. The wise saying advises to get up early.
6. The more a man of wisdom grows, the less of morning sleep he knows.
7. The ringing of the alarm clock wakes me as well as my roommates up at half past six.
254
8. Isn't it fun to do morning exercises to music?
9. It takes us forty minutes to get there.
10. The cloakroom is overcrowded with the students who try to arrive at the institute before the bell.
11. After classes I go to the snack bar or canteen to have dinner.
12. In the evening after a short quiet rest I do my homework and it takes time, you know.
13. Before I go to bed I have a walk with my friends chatting about the latest news.
14. Once in bed the events of the day pass in my mind's eye.
15. I don't feel sorry, because I know: "There is no royal road to learning."

VOC. 1
1. I am not an early bird, I don’t like to wake up early.
2. It’s hard for me to get out of bed in the morning.
3. At weekends I go to bed later than usual and stay in bed for a long time in the morning.
4. It is no easy matter to put my younger brother to bed, usually it takes him long to fall asleep.
5. I make my bed, have a bath or a shower, dry myself with a towel and have breakfast.
6. Now my grandfather is taking a nap after lunch as usual.
7. We do exercises at the lesson.
8. He takes exercise (does sports).
9. She jogs and works out in a gym to keep fit.
10. In winter he goes to a swimming pool and to a skating rink.
11. Don’t stay indoors, walk the dog. You should spend more time outdoors (out-of-doors).
12. She goes to the hairdresser’s on foot.
13. When did he go? – He left at the weekend.
14. For how long did he go? – He went for the weekend.
15. Turn on the cold tap, please.
16. Turn off the radio, will you?
17. Don’t forget to turn out the light.
18. Suddenly the light went out.
19. They go out every Saturday.

VOC 2. Время (1)

1. What's the time? / What time is it? – It’s ten o’clock sharp.
2. Could you tell me the time, please – It’s half past ten.
3. What time did he come, at 10 a.m. or at 10 p.m.?
4. It’s ten (minutes) past nine. He must come at a quarter to ten.
5. He’ll come on the nine fifteen train.
6. Have you got a wrist watch? Is it digital?
7. There is a clock on the bedside table.
8. My watch is right and your watch is wrong. It is fast.
9. My watch is 5 minutes slow.

VOC 2. Время (2)

1. We are short of time. / We are pressed for time.
2. Hurry up! We are late for classes.
3. The film is in an hour and a half. Don’t be late.
4. The train left on time, half an hour ago.
5. Will you come in time for lunch?
6. He came just in time to say goodbye.
7. Where are you hurrying? We have free / spare time.
8. I am in a hurry. It’s time for lunch.
9. It’s high time (for you) to go to bed.

VOC 3. Предлоги времени

1. He came at three o’clock and left at half past four.
2. Let him come at the same time, and you come (at) any time.
3. It happened at midnight. They met at noon. He is at home at the moment.
4. She likes to walk in the morning. It’s so pleasant to walk on a sunny morning!
5. I saw him on Monday, it was on Monday morning.
255
 6. He’ll come in three days next Monday.
7. Where do you go in (the) summer? Where are you going this summer?
8. We were there at Christmas (on Christmas Day).
9. It was in 1945. He wrote this book in the nineteenth century.
10. He has a birthday on the 3d of May. Let’s meet on his birthday.
11. He gets up early on weekdays. He gets up late at weekends.
12. What was in the past? What will be in (the) future?
13. He was there in June. We met last June.
14. He works in the daytime (in the afternoon).
15. He learnt to drive in three weeks.
16. Do the job by Monday.
17. I will do the job before Monday.
18. I will do the job till (until) Monday.
19. The break is from two to (till) three. He will be after three.
20. They work from early morning till late at night.
21. He will come between three and five.
22. Let’s talk about it during the break.
23. He has been learning English for ten years already.

VOC. 4. Работа по дому

1. My mum is a housewife. She is particular about cleanliness.
2. The host and the hostess greeted the guests.
3. He is the owner of the house. Who is the dog’s master?
4. You left your things lying around. Put your room in order.
5. The room is in disorder. Tidy it up, will you?
6. The television is out of order. Can you fix it?
7. You are so untidy, you are always scattering your things about the room.
8. Tomorrow we are doing a big housecleaning (a spring cleaning)
9. We dust the furniture, water the house plants and wash up (wash the dishes)..
10. Brush your clothes. Shake the bedspread.
11. Do they beat the carpets? – No, they vacuum them.
12. Take the broom and sweep the floor.
13. I want tо wash and iron the bed linen. Bring the ironing board, please.
14. I often do the shopping in this store. She goes shopping on Saturdays.
15. She knits well, can sew a button on but she doesn’t make clothes.
16. He always does some repairs in the garage.
17. We have already redecorated the house.
18. We have already repaired (fixed) the car.

TOPIC 3. MEALS

TEXT
1. An Englishman's day begins when he sits down to table to have his favourite breakfast.
2. He eats cereal and milk or toast and marmalade.
3. Staff breaks are staggered so that a skeleton staff is on duty..
4. They use their canteen or refectory facilities.
5. Most Englishmen like good plain food.
6. Great Britain is now a multiethnic society.
7. They buy frozen and chilled meals or pre-packs.
8. They have no time or inclination to cook themselves.
9. They eat peas, beans, cabbage, or cauliflower.
10. They like pudding, pears, plums, grapefruit, melon.
11. The busy working mother buys ready-cooked food in Pizza Parlours.
12. She makes use of the Indian and Chinese takeaways.
13. These places have a delivery service
14. The way of life has altered dramatically.
15. Healthy eating is a phrase that has become a byword.
16. They are dieting to lose weight.
256
VOC. 1. (1)
1. Can you cook? Who makes breakfast for you?
2. Boil the water. Boil the macaroni.
3. Fry some potatoes. Cut the bread.
4. I like meat pies. My nephew likes chips.
5. Let’s put the kettle on, shall we? Pour some water into the teapot.
6. Make tea for me, please. Where is the jam?
7. I’d like a cup of coffee. Where is the coffee pot?
8. The plates, glasses and saucers are on the table.
9. Take forks, spoons and knives out of the drawer.
10. We need a pan and a frying pan.
11. I don’t like sausages. He doesn’t like sandwiches and hamburgers.
12. The vegetables and fruit are in the fridge.
13. Let’s make a salad with cucumbers and tomatoes. Put some oil into the salad
14. They like porridge. He eats buns with butter.
15. What yogurt (yoghurt) do you like? Have you bought bread and sour cream?
16. He eats neither biscuits nor cookies.
17. I like my granny’s pancakes most of all.
18. Buy a bar of chocolate with nuts and some sweets.
19. Honey is good for health.

VOC. 1. (2)
1. I drink coffee without sugar.
2. He puts pepper and various spices in soup.
3. They sell beer, wine and champagne.
4. It’s unhealthy to drink so much fizzy water.
5. The juice is tasty. The cheese is tasteless. The pie is delicious.
6. Bananas are sweet. Lemons are sour.
7. The mushrooms are bitter. The apples are juicy.
8. What do you have for lunch?
9. I ate soup for the first course and fried fish for the second course.
10. Will you have ice-cream for dessert?
11. I have already laid (set) the table. I am already laying (setting) the table.
12. Let’s sit down to table. They are already at table.
13. Clear the table, please.
14. I had a bite (snack) in the canteen half an hour ago.
15. I am thirsty. He is hungry.
16. Shall we eat in or eat out?
17. I prefer meat to fish.
18. He is a heavy eater. She is a light eater.
19. He has a sweet tooth. .
20. She is on a diet. She keeps to a diet.
21. We have a self-service canteen
22. Did they go to a café or a restaurant?
23. What do you have on the menu today?

VOC. 2.
1. Have some more cake. I want another piece of cake.
2. No more, thanks. I’m quite full.
3. Pass me the salt, please. Here you are
4. Here is the pepper. Here it is. Here are the spoons. Here they are.
5. It smells nice. It makes my mouth water.
6. The soup lacks salt.
7. What do you say to a glass of wine? You are sure to like it. – It is out of the question.
8. Have a nice meal! / Bon appétit!

257
VOC. 3. Пословицы
1. An early bird catches the worm.
2. As you make your bed, so you must lie on it.
3. Old habits die hard.
4. Time flies.
5. Time flies when you are having fun.
6. Time and tide wait for no man.
7. Time is a great healer.
8. Time is money.
9. An apple a day keeps the doctor away.
10. It’s no use crying over spilt milk.
11. Man doesn’t live by bread alone.
12. One man’s meat is another man’s poison.
13. You can’t make an omelette without breaking eggs.
14. Tastes differ.

ПРИМЕЧАНИЕ «свободный»
1. Feel free to ask questions.
2. You are free to decide what to do.
3. Soft drinks are free but you’ll have to pay for the beer.
4. Tomorrow they’ll leave the prison and become free people.
5. Are you free next weekend?
6. How did you spend your free time?
7. The telephone is free, you may use it.
8. We have a spare key to this door.
9. What do you do in your spare time?
10. I asked for an extra day to finish the work.
11. Only a few apartments were still vacant.
13. Is this seat vacant?

ПРИМЕЧАНИЕ «еще»
1. He is still sleeping.
2. He still isn’t at home.
3. He is too young yet to get married.
4. They haven’t come yet. / They haven’t come so far
5. What else have you seen there?
6. Ask somebody else.
7. What other English books have you read?
8. May I take another piece of cake?
9. Give me some more apples.
10. Take three more spoons.
11. There are still more.
12. He ate more and more.
13. She became even more beautiful.
14. Read it once more. Read it (once) again
15. Take as much juice and as many apples again.
16. He called her again and again.
17. It’s only 10 o’clock.
18. I only saw him yesterday.
19. We met as early as 1995.
20. What now? What else?
21. What next! Indeed!
22. I should think so!!
23. And how!!
24. Are you crying? A big boy like you!!

258
TOPIC 4. STUDY

TEXT
1. Why do people learn foreign languages?
2. They do it for communication or business.
3. They want to read foreign books in the original or to improve their professional skills.
4. It develops personality, broadens the outlook and perfects the knowledge of your own mother tongue.
5. It takes a lot of time and effort.
6. It involves hard work and a lot of memorization.
7. It can be a lot of fun.
8. Pronunciation is a weak point of all beginners.
9. Sometimes phonetics comes easy, but students have problems with spelling or grammar.
10. It can help them to get rid of their mistakes in the shortest possible time.
11. At first beginners may feel embarrassed or tongue-tied.
12. Some are both capable and diligent.
13. They hang on the teacher's every word take notes of everything that may become useful.
14. They sit up late to prepare for their classes.
15. They never stay away from classes without a good excuse.
16. They try not to lag behind the group.
17. They are too lazy and slap-dash to prepare properly.
18. They miss lectures and work by fits and starts.
19. No pains, no gains.
20. to make progress in English, master the language and become a true professional.

VOC. 1 (1)
1. I’ve known Jack for fourteen years.
2. She knows how to use a computer.
3. I use my dictionary to find out the correct pronunciation.
4. During the visit we got to know something about the American way of life.
5. We learnt the news.
6. She learns English.
7. He learnt to drive last year.
8. He studies to be a lawyer.
9. I haven’t studied these papers yet.
10. He goes to school.
11. He is at university.
12. What subjects do you take in the first year?
13. When did he leave / finish school?
14. When did he leave the school yesterday?
15. Is he a junior or a senior student? – He is a first-year student, he is a fresher.
16. He graduated from the university, got a diploma and now he is a postgraduate.
17. All students do term papers, and graduates do graduation theses.

VOC. 1 (2)
1. Last year he was a dean and now he is the principal of this university.
2. The monitor went to the dean’s office to get the group register.
3. Give me the list of students, I’ll mark the attendance.
4. Take our record books from the deputy dean. Don’t forget to bring a doctor’s note.
5. According to the timetable we have a lecture on Psychology and a seminar on History.
6. Write the rough essay in your exercise-books.
7. Don’t forget about your library card when you go to the library.
8. The academic year ends in the middle of June. The second term lasts four and a half months.
9. Do we take a History exam during this examination period?
10. Did you take a preliminary course before entering the university?
11. All students do research work.
12. The school holiday (holidays) started on Wednesday.
13. She is on holiday. They are away on holiday. They went to the Mediterranean for their holiday.
14. The students are on vacation now.
259
VOC. 2
1. Did you take your (final) test in History (on Lesson 10, on articles)? Did you get the pass?
2. All the students took their exam yesterday.
3. All the students passed their exam in Phonetics yesterday.
4. He failed his exam in Psychology. He will re-sit it next week.
5. He failed to translate the text.
6. He had to repeat the year.
7. My memory failed me. His courage failed him.
8. He can’t rely on his memory.
9. We have a tutorial on Wednesday.
10. Do you have a spare pen?
11. He fell ill and lagged behind the group. He took extra classes and caught up with the group.
12. You are at home in grammar. Could you help me with the tenses?
13. We did this exercise in class.
14. Stay after classes today, please.
15. He speaks English fluently. She lacks fluency.
16. He is good at English. He does well in English.
17. I understood this rule.
18. I realized that I was late.

VOC. 3
1. Prepare for the dictation at home.
2. It’s time to get ready for school.
3. He won’t go out. He is reading for his exams.
4. Look through the text and translate it from English into Russian.
5. Look up the new words in the dictionary.
6. Repeat the words after me.
7. He repeated his question.
8. He’s revising before the exam.
9. Review the words, we are going to have a dictation.
10. Brush up on your dialogues and reproduce them.
11. He went over the rule to understand it better.
12. At the lesson we practised the pronunciation of the words.
13. Let’s work at /on the spelling.
14. She reads English books in translation.
15. Do this exercise in writing / in written form. Do this homework orally.
16. When the teacher marks the papers he doesn’t correct the mistakes but underlines them.
17. He got an excellent / a good, satisfactory, bad mark for the essay.
18. He got a four / ―four‖ in Psychology.
19. He seldom makes bad (serious) mistakes. He often makes careless mistakes.
20. It’s not a mistake, it’s a slip of the tongue / a slip of the pen.

VOC. 4
1. Live and learn.
2. It’s never too late to learn.
3. Little knowledge is a dangerous thing.
4. To know everything is to know nothing.
5. Soon learnt, soon forgotten.
6. Practice makes perfect.
7. Never put off till tomorrow what you can do today.
8. Lost time cannot be found again.
9. Beggars can’t be choosers.
10. You can take the horse to the water, but you cannot make him drink.
11. All work and no play makes Jack a dull boy.

260
VOC. 5 (1)
1. Let’s get down to business (work). OK, why don’t we get started?
2. How is the homework? Any problems?
3. Let’s take a look at it together and see if we can figure it out.
4. What do you have for number 1?
5. Does everyone agree?
6. Don't all answer at once, one at a time, please.
7. Answer in turn, will you? That'll do.
8. OK, let’s move on now.
9. Let’s put this away.
10. Let’s work on this reading now.
11. What's the English for декан? What's the Russian for dean?
12. Can I say (put) it like this?
13. How do you spell this word?
14. Will you say it again, please?
15. Shall I read (begin / answer the questions)?

VOC. 5 (2)
1. Put up / put down your hands.
2. Follow in your books. Look at your books.
3. Split /divide into pairs.
4. Act out the dialogue. Act / read the part of Mike.
5. Change your parts. Put some feeling into it.
6. Keep close to the text.
7. Reproduce the text. Retell the text. Recite the poem.
8. Ask questions to the sentence.
9. Ask questions on /about the text, passage, paragraph.
10. Come to the front. Come to the blackboard.
11. Step (move) to one side
12. Clean the blackboard. Rub off (out) this word from the blackboard.
13. I'll give you out some worksheets now.
14. Write down the date, please. Leave a margin on the left-hand side.
15. Number your sentences, please.
16. Your time is up.
17. Don’t forget to put your names on your papers and give them to me
18. Hand in your tests, please. Collect the papers.

VOC. 5 (3)
1. Is that clear? Is everybody ready? Has everyone finished?
2. Are you through with it?
3. Let’s settle down now. Let’s quiet down now. Quiet!
4. Don't cheat. Don't tell him the answer. Don't help him.
5. Do it by yourself (on your own). Don't go so fast. Take your time.
6. Listen carefully. Speak up.
7. Mind your pronunciation, please.
8. That’s a good point. That’s a good way to answer the question.
9. Nice try, but I think there’s a better answer.
10. I know it’s hard work but you are making progress.
11. I’ll help you but it’s your responsibility.
12. You’ve got to keep on trying.
13. How long is it before the bell? The bell has gone.
14. Just a minute! Hold on!
15. Let’s call it quits for today. Let’s call it a day.

261
TOPIC 5. SHOPPING

TEXT
1. Ladies and gentlemen, we are proud to present this year’s winter collection.
2. First on the catwalk is Steve, wearing a classic-cut, two-piece black woollen suit.
3. The red and white spotted braces and the lively coloured tie brighten up the suit.
4. Helen is wearing a pair of blue jeans and a black polo-neck jumper.
5. She’s thrown a jumper over her shoulders and added a hat and a belt with a silver buckle to the outfit.
6. She has also tied a scarf round her waist to complete the look.
7. Chris is wearing a black leather jacket, a checked shirt and black trainers.
8. A smart and trendy look to brighten up dark winter days.
9. Kate is dressed with classic elegance.
10. The skirt is short and is worn with a matching long-sleeved jacket.
11. She is wearing high-heeled, silver, sling-back shoes which perfectly complement this beautiful outfit.

VOC. 1 (1)
1. This department store closes at seven o’clock.
2. Have you been to a new shopping centre?
3. Let’s have a bite in this café. – I would prefer to go to some coffee shop.
4. He has gone to a chemist’s / pharmacy to get some aspirin.
5. Do you buy fruit in a food shop or in a market?
6. Buy a pen on а newsstand or in a stationery shop.
7. I like to do the shopping in this supermarket.
8. She can’t afford to buy clothes in this boutique.
9. Where shall I put all this shopping?
10. A size 44 dress should fit.
11. We can’t put this cupboard in here, it won’t fit.
12. Casual clothes really don’t suit him.
13. This new haircut suits you / is becoming to you.
14. Let’s meet tomorrow. Will seven o’clock suit you?
15. These gloves match / go with your handbag. These gloves and your handbag go together.

VOC. 1 (2)
1. What did he have on yesterday? – He was dressed in jeans and a sweater.
2. It takes her half an hour to dress / get dressed.
3. He took off a suit and put on a T-shirt and shorts.
4. She changed in the fitting room. She bought this suit at a discount.
5. He is always well-dressed. He has good taste in clothes.
6. He paid for everything at the cash desk, took his change and left the shop.
7. Did she pay in cash or by credit card?
8. They bought this car on credit at a quite reasonable price.
9. Could you lend me some small change? I’ll pay you back tomorrow.
10. She spends a lot of money on fashionable clothes.
11. We’ve run out of milk. Let’s go shopping.
12. I don’t like to stand in a queue for something.
13. It’s not good to jump the queue.
14. How much do you weigh? Are you satisfied with your weight?
15. These jeans are out of fashion. – And what is in fashion now?
16. These shoes are in great demand. There’s a good selection of them in this shop.
17. Did you see a fashion show on TV yesterday?

VOC. 2
1. They sell ladies' wear and men’s clothes
2. There is underwear, bathing suits, tights, stockings and socks in this department.
3. His casual (everyday) clothes are loose-fitting corduroy trousers and jumpers.
4. She prefers close-fitting clothes.
5. I don’t like sheepskin coats and long fur coats.
6. She bought a short fur coat and a quilted jacket.
262
7. Jane was wearing a blouse, a waistcoat and a skirt.
8. Everyone was dressed in costumes at the fancy dress ball.
9. This trouser suit isn’t becoming to her.
10. Do you sleep in pyjamas or a nightdress?
11. This cardigan makes her look older, doesn’t it?
12. He was dressed in a tracksuit and slippers, she had a dressing gown and an apron on.
13. These sandals will go well with your sundress.
14. He wears dungarees at work.

VOC. 3
1. She doesn’t wear fur hats, she likes knitted hats and berets.
2. Kerchiefs and shawls don’t suit her.
3. In winter he prefers mittens to gloves.
4. Don’t forget to take your wallet and handkerchief.
5. They sell men’s and women’s footwear here.
6. She seldom wears high-heeled shoes with a tapered toe.
7. Usually she wears low-heeled shoes.
8. She likes court shoes with a rounded toe.
9. He wants shoes with a square toe.
10. Put on rubber boots, it’s dirty outside.
11. The umbrella is in the handbag, the lipstick and perfume are in the vanity case.
12. Her friends presented her with a silver chain and earrings in the shape of a heart.
13. He took a shopping bag and a purse and left the house.
14. There is cosmetics and jewellery here.
15. She can’t afford (to buy) gold (golden) rings with precious stones.

VOC. 4
1. This beige striped silk blouse is nice, but I don’t like the collar and the buttons.
2. She was dressed in a navy woollen coat with big pockets and a hood.
3. The lilac polka-dot dress is made of cotton.
4. He should put on a bow-tie with this suit.
5. The flowered skirt was trimmed with purple ribbons.
6. She liked a denim jacket and suede gloves.
7. Is this violet dress with a low cut made of velvet?
8. She won’t like this cream blouse, she doesn’t like pastel shades.
9. A blue colour doesn’t suit her. Blue doesn’t suit her. The blue (colour) of this blouse is awful.
10. What size shoes do you wear? – I wear size 36 shoes. – You’d better try them on.
11. This is a size 46 pullover. What make is it? Does it wash well?
12. How much is it? What does it cost? What's the price of it?
13. What is it made of? Does it wear well?

TO SAY, TO TELL, TO SPEAK, TO TALK

1. I said yes. Don’t say no.
2. Don’t talk business (shop) at table.
3. What did you say? Say it again. Speak up.
4. Say good-bye to Aunt Emily. – It goes without saying.
5. What does the letter say? What does the book tell about?
6. They say, he didn’t say a word.
7. It’s easy and pleasant to tell the truth.
8. Everybody says, he speaks three languages.
9. Let’s talk it over now. Don’t tell me a lie.
10. Tell me the time, please. Tell him a tale.
11. I want to have a word with you.
12. He likes to tell jokes.
13. Strictly speaking, it was a mistake.
14. Say good night to everybody and go to bed.
15. Stop talking. Frankly speaking, you are talking nonsense.

263
16. He said hello to the children. He told us the news.
17. They didn’t talk politics, they talked fashion.

ПРЕДЛАГАТЬ
1. He offered me a cup of coffee.
2. He offered his help to me.
3. He offered us to buy tickets to a movie.
4. He suggested a walk to me.
5. He suggested their helping me.
6. He suggested buying tickets.
7. He suggested to us (that) she should buy the tickets.
8. He suggested she buy the tickets. He suggested she bought tickets.
9. He proposed to her, but she refused to marry him.
10. He proposed a toast.

REPORTING VERBS 18. to inform smb.

1. to say (to smb), to tell smb. 19. to insist
2. to add that 20. to want to know
3. to admit 21. to learn
4. to agree 22. to mean
5. to answer / reply that 23. to notice / remark that
6. to assure smb 24. to promise
7. to complain (to smb) 25. to remind smb.
8. to boast (to smb) 26. to suggest (to smb.)
9. to confess (to smb) 27. to suppose
10. to convince / persuade smb. 28. to suspect
11. to decide 29. to think
12. to deny 30. to warn
13. to doubt 31. to ask
14. to exclaim 32. to beg
15. to explain (to smb) 33. to advise
16. to try to find out 34. to order / to command
17. to hope 35. to forbid

TOPIC 6. TOWN
TEXT
1. Chelyabinsk is situated in one of the most picturesque parts of Russia – in the Urals.
2. The ancient Urals are famous for their unique beauty.
3. The history of the town goes back to the eighteenth century.
4. It was founded on the thirteenth of September.
5. In the nineteenth century it was a small provincial town.
6. It became a merchant town on the crossroads of the trade ways from Europe to Asia.
7. Modern Chelyabinsk has changed beyond recognition.
8. Its seven large districts house more than a million inhabitants.
9. The city's heavy industry creates scores of ecological problems.
10. The centre of the city is Revolution Square.
11. A few trolley-bus stops and you find yourself in Gagarin Park.
12. Not many cities can boast of a rich pine forest not far away from the centre.
13. At every turn you can find small cafes and shops here.
14. There are a lot of places for entertainment: modern cinemas, amusement centres.
15. The cultural life isn't at a standstill.
16. The original building of the drama theatre catches your eye.
17. Our concert hall is on the Miass embankment.
18. If you are interested in art you can visit various exhibitions.
19. Modern high-rise houses are built every year.
20. The city is growing daily.
21. Our city is comparatively young and open to further progress.

264
VOC 1
1. The tourists arrived in Paris on Monday. They arrived at the station.
2. He left Moscow yesterday. He left for Paris. He left Moscow for Paris.
3. A tour of the city will give you a good idea of its beauty.
4. If you want to get an idea of the capital, go sightseeing with us.
5. We were surprised at the size of the building and impressed by its architecture.
6. London impressed us greatly. / London made a great impression on us.
7. There are a lot of sights / places of interest in Moscow.
8. I travel on business and for pleasure.
9. He will make a business trip soon.
10. The guide suggested to us going on an excursion.
11. They live on the outskirts of the city.
12. The monument to Prokofiev is near the local history museum.
13. Go through the arch and you will see the entrance to/ of the building.
14. They used to put up at this hotel.
15. Where is the exit from the airport?

VOC 2 (1)
1. Will you go by bus or by trolleybus?
2. They were going to the railway station when they saw this accident.
3. He got on a tram and got off at the next stop but two.
4. He got on a minibus and went as far as Revolution Square.
5. He got into the taxi and asked to put him down at the park.
6. He got out of the car and went on foot.
7. We realized that we had missed our stop.
8. Take / get on bus eighteen.
9. He changed to tram seven.
10. I’ve changed my mind. I’ll walk to the park.
11. How much is the fare?
12. The trolleybus is overcrowded, there are no vacant seats.
13. There are a lot of traffic jams in the rush hour.
14. There’s heavy traffic in this street.
15. I am going to be late. We are stuck in a traffic jam.
16. We should observe traffic rules.

VOC 2 (2)
1. The traffic lights are at the next corner.
2. We will go, when the light changes (from red) to green.
3. Soon he will have a driving licence аnd he will be able to drive.
4. Will you give me a lift or shall I take a taxi?
5. There is a parking place near the supermarket.
6. You can’t park here.
7. He was fined $50 for speeding.
8. Can you ride a bike?
9. Did they go on a bike or a motorbike?
10. What fog! I’m afraid, we’ll have an accident.
11. It was an unforgettable event in his life.
12. The trip passed without incident.
13. I met her by accident.
14. It was an accident.
15. In that case I will talk to him myself.
16. I’m saving this bottle of wine for a special occasion.

VOC 3
1. Do you live in a busy or a quiet street?
2. Cross (go across) the bridge, turn (to the) left and go as far as the crossroads.
3. Let’s walk along the boulevard on the embankment.

265
4. There are no bicycle paths in our city.
5. They took the first turning on the right and saw a metro / underground station.
6. Do you see a pedestrian crossing anywhere?
7. They were walking along the park lanes and came across (ran into) an old acquaintance.
8. He said he lived in the neighbourhood (nearby).
9. He slipped on the pavement on his way home.
10. I met him on my way to the university. He saw me and turned away.
11. He turned round and saw me.
12. He found himself in a blind alley and turned back.
13. We realized we were going in the wrong direction and decided to ask a passer-by the way.
14. We are lost (have got lost/ have lost our way). Let’s go in the opposite direction.
15. We are going in the direction of the river and we will reach it soon.
16. Don’t stand in my way. Move out of my way.
17. Turn into Kirov Street. The nearest hairdresser’s is round the corner.
18. Let’s meet near the shop on /at the corner. Don’t lose your way.
19. Go up / down this street as far as the subway. The theatre is in the square.
20. We got to the railway station in time.

VOC 4
1. I'm a stranger here.
2. How can I get to the station?
3. Could you tell me the way to the museum?
4. Am I going the right way to the bus stop? / Am I right for the bus stop?
5. Which is the shortest way to the theatre?
6. Go (walk) straight on as far as the square.
7. Walk down one block.
8. Where do I get off? Where am I to get off for the railway station?
9. This bus will take you straight / right to the theatre.
10. It'll take you five minutes to get there.
11. It's not a long way from here. You can’t miss it.
12. It's five minutes' walk from here. / It's a five-minute walk from here.

TOPIC 7. WEATHER

DIALOGUE
1. There’s hardly a cloud in the sky in fact. It must be 25 degrees in the shade.
2. It’s very close today. Not a leaf is stirring. There’s hardly a breath of air.
3. I fear a thunderstorm is coming.
4. The sky is overcast and the sun is going in.
5. It looks like rain. We should take some shelter. It never rains but it pours!
6. What a tremendous clap of thunder! And what a flash of lightning!
7. Look! It’s clearing up. The clouds are lifting.
8. The air is remarkably fresh. Look at this wonderful rainbow!
9. We are in for a spell of good weather again.
10. Now I know why Englishmen always grumble about the weather.
11. They do like to complain about their climate, but you shouldn’t pay too much attention to it.
12. The devil isn’t so black as he is painted.

VOC 1
1. It’s an Indian summer soon. Have you heard the weather forecast?
2. What do the weathermen say? What's the weather like today?
3. How do you like the weather today?
4. What nasty (beastly) weather (we are having today)! Are you weather-sensitive?
5. What muddy (dirty) roads! What big pools!
6. The apple trees are in blossom (bloom). These apples turn ripe in August.
7. I hear the weather will keep dull.
8. Will the temperature be two degrees above or below zero at night?
9. Look! It’s raining hard (heavily).
266
 10. It often hails during the thunderstorm.
11. It’s drizzling. He doesn’t like rainy weather.
12. It looks like rain. The first raindrops have fallen on the dusty road.
13. We were caught in a pouring (heavy) rain. We got wet through (to the skin).
14. We often bathe in this lake.
15. There is a small waterfall on the river.
16. We should save something for a rainy day.
17. I’ll come rain or shine.

VOC 2
1. It was snowing hard (heavily); lightly.
2. The winter was snowy. The roads were covered with ice.
3. There was a good (heavy) fall of snow. Let’s make a snowman and fight with snowballs.
4. There was a light fall of snow. The rivers and lakes are frozen over.
5. The snowfall lasted all night long.
6. What a beautiful snowflake! What snowdrifts! What big icicles!
7. They threw snowballs at passers-by.
8. Have you ever seen a yeti?
9. The first snowdrops appeared in the forest.
10. It often sleets in late autumn.
11. The snow is melting. It’s slippery outside.
12. Let’s go down the slide. Don’t slip. The snow is turning to slush.
13. He seldom skis. He skied yesterday. We skated.
14. Look! He is skiing! Where are my skis?

VOC 3
1. East / west / north / south wind is blowing today.
2. It’s windy today. The wind is blustery and biting.
3. The trees are swaying in the wind.
4. A light wind stirred the curtains on the window.
5. It’s still. It’s stuffy (close). There’s hardly a breath of air.
6. Let’s air the room. Don’t sit in a draught (draft).
7. Have you heard the gale warning?
8. The sun is shining brightly. The day will be sunny and warm.
9. We watched the sun going down.
10. He woke up at sunrise / at dawn with the first rays of light.
11. Look! The sun has hidden behind the clouds.
12. Yesterday the lake sparkled in the sun. It’s foggy today. The lake is covered with fog.
13. It’s good to stay at home on such a chilly day and enjoy the warmth from the fireplace.
14. What has happened to him? He looks bad. – The day is hot. He doesn’t like heat.
15. Let’s go to the seaside in summer. The town is situated on the seacoast (seashore).
16. Does their house stand on the bank of the river or on the shore of the lake?
17. This film is about earthquakes and other natural disasters.

VOC 4 +
1. Everything is good in its season.
2. Every cloud has a silver lining.
3. After rain comes fair weather.
4. Make hay while the sun shines.
5. Any port in a storm.
6. As you sow you shall mow.
7. Still waters run deep.
8. Look how funny our shadows are!
9. Let’s find a table in the shade.
10. It’s thirty degrees in the shade today.
11. Mike has become Lucy’s shadow.
12. They sat in the shade of the tree.
13. He’s afraid of his own shadow.
267
НЕПРАВИЛЬНЫЕ ГЛАГОЛЫ 2
1. written 26. drove
2. wrote 27. fought
3. born 28. woken
4. beat, hit, struck 29. flew
5. became 30. forgotten
6. beginning 31. forgave
7. bite 32. froze
8. blew 33. getting
9. broken 34. grew
10. brought 35. hung / hanged
11. built 36. heard
12. buy 37. hidden
13. caught 38. known
14. choosing 39. knowing
15. chosen 40. lied
16. thought 41. lay, lying
17. digging 42. laid, put
18. winning 43. lose
19. cutting 44. paid
20. taught 45. rose
21. drank and ate 46. sitting
22. thrown 47. said, spoke, told
23. fell 48. stolen
24. felt 49. coming
25. fed 50. shown

268
 SUPPLEMENT 3. CONVERSATIONAL STRATEGIES
Part I. CONVERSATIONAL PRACTICE

Ex 1 Express confidence about the ideas in the box using the following phrases.

1) I honestly feel that… 5) I’m convinced that…

2) I’m pretty sure that … 6) Without a doubt,…
3) I’m fairly certain that… 7) I’m positive …
4) I strongly believe that… 8) I’m absolutely certain that…

Ex.2 Object to the arguments.

1) Even so,… 8) Look at it this way,…
2) Even if that is so,… 9) Anyway,…
3) That may be so, but.. 10) But in the long run,…
11) Don’t forget…
4) That’s probably true, but…
12) That would be great, except…
5) Possibly, but…
13) That’s a good idea, but…
6) On the one hand …on the other hand
7) But then again,…

1. Learning English takes a lot of effort 15. Italian cuisine is the best.
2. Everybody should go to bed at 9. 16. Night clubs are the best place to have fun.
3. Going to the gym is the best way to keep fit. 17. It’s great to have a large family.
4. All people must become vegetarians. 18. It’s good to be an only child.
5. Housework is very boring and tiresome. 19. Parents must be strict with their children.
6. Students shouldn’t have any homework 20. Extreme sports help to build character.
7. All pupils ought to wear a uniform. 21. Women should stay at home and raise kids.
8. Travelling is very expensive. 22. Men should keep their families.
9. Anybody can be a teacher. 23. Computer games develop personality.
10. Diets are useless. 24. Childhood is the safest period of life.
11. Blondes are stupid. 25. It’s impossible to lead a healthy life.
12. A person must have only one close friend. 26. Life in the country is boring.
13. Horror movies are very primitive. 27. Summer is the best season.
14. Cartoons are only for children. 28. Reading books is a waste of time

Ex. 3 Object to the arguments, making a reference and using the following phrases.

1) They say …
2) People say … 4) I hear that …
3) My mum, friend etc. says … 5) I’ve seen on TV …
6) I’ve read on the Internet …

269
Ex. 4 Make a suggestion using the following phrases.

I suggest doing / going… Why don’t we do / go …? Why not do / go…?

How about doing / going …? What about doing / going? Let’s do / go (, shall we?)

Agree or disagree with those suggestions using the following phrases

Agreeing 9. That’s true
1. All right / Right 10. That would be wonderful
2. Great Disagreeing
3. Fantastic 1. I don’t think you are right
4. Good idea 2. I don’t agree.
5. Certainly / Sure 3. Not really
6. I absolutely (=completely) agree 4. Sorry, I don’t think so
7. That’s good 5. Well, I really don’t know.
8. That seems reasonable 6. I promise I’ll think about it.

Ex.5 Agree or disagree with the following statements.

1. Patriotism is outdated.
2. Equality is neither possible nor desirable.
3. Nature gives us the best things in life.
4. Civilization saves us from the cruelty of nature.
5. Older is not necessarily wiser.
6. Marriage doesn’t necessarily mean happiness.
7. Success is something that spoils people.
8. Children should become independent of their parents when they start work.
9. Detective stories are the best reading when you want to relax.
10. It’s wonderful to have a dog.
11. It’s terrible to live in the centre of a big city.
12. Having a car makes you lazy.
13. The theatre is more exciting than the cinema.
14. To be happy is more important than to have a lot of money.
15. Sending spaceships to the moon is a waste of money.

Ex.6 Make up sentences expressing liking or disliking.

Likes: I do / really / quite / rather / very much like / enjoy…

Dislike: I’m not very / too / particularly / at all fond of / keen on…

1. clothes which are practical;

2. ready-made clothes; 9. going for long walks;
3. holidays by the sea; 10. taking photos;
4. watching sport on TV; 11. travelling by bus;
5. impressionist painting; 12. instant coffee;
6. tea bags. 13. classical music;
7. writing letters; 14. Mexican food.
8. getting up early;

270
Ex.7 Say which job would you prefer and why.
1. providing good living, but rather boring;
2. which involves working indoors;
3. quite intellectual;
4. involving foreign languages and living abroad;
5. providing poor living, but very interesting;
6. which involves working out-of-doors;
7. in some way physical or manual;
8. which involves a lot of communication;
9. creative;
10. which gives career opportunities;
11. part-time;
12. full-time.

Ex.8 Complete the sentences with In my opinion / To my mind.

1. We deserve to have a rest on Saturday and Sunday.

2. Health is the most important thing in life.
3. Smoking is a very bad habit.
4. Men should share housework with women.
5. Chatting in social nets is a waste of time.
6. Life is what you make of it.
7. Education is the responsibility of students.
8. Pupils at school should have less homework..
9. East or west, home is best.
10. Travelling is the best pastime.
11. Spring is a beautiful season.
12. Jeans are very convenient.
13. Hiking is tiresome.
14. Terrorism is a great threat to modern society.

Ex.9 Express opinions using the given words and a suitable introductory phrase.

1) As a matter of fact 7) In my opinion

2) As far as I am concerned 8) It seems to me
3) As for me 9) Personally I think
4) Frankly speaking 10) To tell the truth
5) I hear 11) To my mind
6) I think (guess, believe, suppose) 12) On the one hand ... on the other hand

1) Princess Diana, very charming; 2) Japanese, a difficult language; 3) fizzy drinks, unhealthy;
4) snowboarding, a wonderful sport; 5) opera music, boring; 6) a computer, essential for study;
7) Jimmy Hendrix, brilliant; 8) our neighbour’s garden, beautiful; 9) Pablo Picasso, interesting;
10) Jim Carrey, funny; 11) Love Story, sad; 12) crosswords, a waste of time; 13) roses, fragrant;
14) Brad Pitt, very popular; 15) a parachute jump, exciting

271
Ex. 10 Ask somebody’s opinion about the following using the phrases

What do you think about…? What did you think of/about …?

What do you feel about …? What’s your opinion about …?

1. a well-known writer;
2. a film or some TV program;
3. a dress / a sweater / a jacket, which a fellow-student is wearing;
4. an artist;
5. somebody’s cooking;
6. somebody’s English;
7. a pop group;
8. the weather.

Ex. 11 Express your opinion about

1. the living conditions in the hostel; 7. other people’s music in transport;
2. the faculty canteen; 8. supermarkets;
3. the faculty building; 9. military service;
4. sports facilities in the city; 10. shopping online.
5. action films;
6. animals in a zoo;

Ex.12 Express approval using rather or quite and / or a tag question.

Example: – your friend’s apartment (comfortable, good location)

– You have rather a nice place here. Quite comfortable, and the location is very good.

1. the hotel you are staying in (comfortable and not far from the centre);
2. the film you’ve seen (interesting and the acting is good);
3. your friend’s country cottage (large and with a beautiful view of the lake);
4. the book you’ve just finished reading;
5. the exhibition you’ve been to;
6. today’s weather;
7. your pet’s behaviour;
8. your groupmate’s abilities;
9. the party you went to;
10. your friend’s appearance.

Ex.13 Express disapproval using Well, personally I think ... or Don’t you think ...?
and the hints given in brackets.

1. a tie / a dress a salesgirl is showing to you (too bright);

2. the Russian translation of an English novel (too literal in some places);
3. watching TV programmes (takes too much time);
4. your group mate’s curiosity (too inquisitive);
5. a colleague’s lack of initiative (too conservative);
6. today’s weather (too cold);
7. the service in a restaurant (too slow);
8. the post service in holiday time (too slow);
9. a hotel room facing a busy street (too noisy);

272
Ex.14 Make up suggestions about going somewhere. Use the following phrases.
1) Let’s go…; Why don’t we go …; Why not go …; We could go…; What about going for…;
How about going for…;

2) the cinema; the theatre; the concert; the beach; the club; the park; home; shopping; café; etc.
a walk in the park; a drive in the country; a swim in the lake; a ride along the river; a picnic in
the forest; etc.

Ex.15 Suggest the following.

1. taking a taxi 5. having something to eat

2. having a rest 6. going to a concert
3. sending a message 7. buying a newspaper
4. going skiing

Ex.16 One student suggests having a party and then asks for suggestions about:
1. when to have it;
2. where to have it;
3. who to invite;
4. what food to serve;
5. what kind of music to have;
6. who will be responsible for everything;

Ex.17 Give advice in the following short dialogues using the following phrases.
If I were you, I would… Try …ing … You could… Why don’t you…

1) – I’ve got a terrible headache.

– ........
– I think I will.

2) – This book is very difficult to understand.

– ........
– Perhaps you are right.

3) – My room is very cold.

– Is it? ........
– That’s a good idea.

4) – It takes me one hour to get to work.

– ........
– I’d rather not. You see I enjoy my work.

5) – I’m putting on weight.

– ........
– I suppose I should.

6) – I can’t afford to go on holiday this year.

– ........
– I’d rather not.

273
Ex.18 Give some advice.
1) Your friend is fed up with his boring job. Suggest what he should do. Help him with advice
about weekend and holiday plans.
2) Your friend is returning home and has to buy presents to parents, brothers and sisters. Help
him with advice.

Ex.19 Advise a fellow-student (who then replies).

1. to read more English books;
2. to go and see a doctor;
3. to take a taxi to the university;
4. to get married;
5. not to eat so much;
6. to go to bed earlier;
7. to put a sweater on as it is cold;
8. to apologize for being rude to friend;
9. to buy a new phone;
10. not to worry too much;
11. to eat more fruit;
12. to give up smoking;
13. to work harder;
14. to hurry otherwise he may miss the bus;

Ex.20 Advise something to a person who says to you:

1. I’m nearly always late for work.
2. I may fail my English exam.
3. I don’t know where to spend my holiday this year.
4. I’m cold.
5. I’ve got a terrible headache.
6. My work is boring.
7. The baby has a high temperature.
8. I’ve put on some kilos.
9. I told my mother to mind her own business.
10. I can’t do all the shopping myself.

Ex.21 Give permission conditionally, using the words in brackets. Example:

– Dad, can I take the car tonight? (Not to cram it with too many of your friends)
– All right, as long as you don’t cram it with too many of your friends.

1. Do you think I could take the book home? (Bring it back by Friday.)
2. Would you mind my using your telephone? (Not talk for too long.)
3. Could I possibly make a long distance telephone call? (Pay for it.)
4. May I take the day off on Friday? (Finish the work you are doing now.)
5. Is it all right if I bring the children to the concert? (Not make a noise.)
6. Would you mind if I come a bit later? (Be here at seven.)
7. Could we possibly change the timetable? (Be a free room)
8. Is it all right if I smoke? (Go onto a balcony)

274
Ex.22 Turn the following commands into polite requests using the phrases.

Will you … (please)? Would/Could you … (please)?

Do you think you could … ? Would you mind …ing?
Please don’t … Would you mind not …ing? Try not to …

1. Close the door. (to a fellow-student)

2. Tell me the time. (to a stranger in the street)
3. Fetch my coat. (to a friend)
4. Switch on the light. (a teacher to a student)
5. Pass me the sugar. (to an acquaintance at a party)
6. Put my suitcase up on the rack. (to a fellow-passenger)
7. Put the kettle on. (to your father)
8. Lend me your pen. (to your teacher)
9. Sign this form. (to a tourist)
10. Take the dog for a walk. (to your brother)
11. Wrap this vase carefully. (to a shop assistant)

Ex.23 Reply to the following requests.

1) (Yes,) certainly. 7) (I’m) sorry, I can’t.

2) (Yes,) of course. 8) No, I can’t/won’t.
3) All right. 9) Don’t worry, I won’t.
4) Here you are. 10) Of course I won’t.
5) Not at all/in the least/a bit. 11) Ok, I’ll do my best.
6) I’m afraid I can’t.

1. Will you help me with the translation?

2. Would you mind changing places with me?
3. Could you cut some bread, please?
4. Would you leave the key at the desk when you go out, please?
5. Do you think you could finish a bit earlier than usual today?
6. Will you lend me this book, please?
7. Would you please pass me the newspaper?
8. Would you mind leaving your dog outside?

Ex.24 Reply to the following expressions of gratitude.

You are welcome. I’m glad you like it. I’m glad you enjoyed it I’m glad I could help.
It was a pleasure. It’s my pleasure. Any time. Don’t mention it. I enjoyed doing it.

1. Thank you very much for your help. 8. Thanks for giving a hand with repairs.
2. Thank you for a most enjoyable evening. 9. Thank you for translating the instruction.
3. What nice flowers. Thank you so much. 10. Thank you for inviting me to your party.
4. Thanks for the lift. 11. Thanks for explaining the rule.
5. Thank you for showing us the city. 12. Thank you for seeing me home.
6. Thank you for this marvellous present. 13. Thank you for the book.
7. Thanks for letting me know about it. 14. Thank you for the film.

275
 Part II. STRUCTURAL SCHEMES AND MODELS
DIALOGUES
Persuading
A. suggestion Let’s go to the gym together today.
B. refusing I’m afraid that’s not my idea of having a good time, you know.
A. argument But it’s important to keep fit, isn’t it?
B. objection Yes, but I really don’t have any time to spare
A. argument If you don’t sit so much at your computer, you’ll manage it.
B. reference Maybe, but they say sport can cause traumas and injuries.
A. contradiction It won’t happen if you find a good instructor.
B. agreement\ disagreement Well, I’ll think about it.

Choosing an option
A. statement \ reminding Do you remember about a present for Meg’s housewarming?
B. suggestion 1+argument Sure I do. Let’s buy her some kitchen stuff. She loves cooking.
A. doubt+ suggestion 2+ argument I don’t know. I’d like to give her something less practical. A picture.
B. contradiction +explanation A good picture costs a lot of money. And suppose she doesn’t like it?
A. suggestion 3+argument After all we could ask her what she really wants.
B. agreement \ disagreement By no means! I want it to be a surprise.
A. decision OK. Why don’t we go shopping and look at some more options?

Complaint
A. complaint I give up. I simply can’t use English tenses correctly.
B. surprise Why do you say that? I think you are making a lot of progress.
A. asking for advice No I am not. What shall I do? I don’t want to fail my exam.
B. suggestion 1 Maybe you should learn the rules more properly?
A. contradiction I know them by heart but I still make a lot of mistakes in my tests.
B. suggestion 2 What about doing additional exercises? That just might help.
A. doubt I’m not sure. Exercises only make it more confusing.
B. suggestion 3 Why don’t we prepare for the next test together? I’ll be glad to help you.
A. agreement\ disagreement Good idea. Let’s give it a go.

Invitation
A. invitation How about going to a movie tonight? I haven’t been to the cinema for ages.
B. apology+ refusal I’m sorry but I am afraid I can’t.
A. asking for explanation That’s too bad. Why not?
B. excuses I am babysitting my niece today. I can’t let my sister down.
A. suggestion OK, perhaps some other time. What about Saturday night?
B. asking for details Maybe. What film do you want to see?
A. specification That new fantasy movie. Everybody says it’s really cool on the big screen.
B. agreement\ disagreement Good. Let’s go. Settled then.

Apology
A. reproach You might help me about the house instead of surfing the net.
B. surprise What? I’m doing my homework, you know. And I’ve tidied my room, haven’t I?
A. explanation That’s not enough. I have to do a lot of cooking for the holiday. I need your help.
B. apology OK, I’m sorry. I didn’t realize you were so busy.
A. response Never mind. I quite understand.
A. offer What can I do? I could peel the potatoes or make a salad.
B. agreement\disagreement Thanks. Let’s start with some shopping, OK?

276
 MONOLOGUES

I. Description
1. Introduction (place and time)
2. General impression / description
3. What you like /liked about the object
4. What you dislike /disliked about it
5. Conclusion

II. Narration
1. Introduction (time and place)
2. Succession of actions
3. Conclusion (attitudes, feelings and emotions)

III. Opinion
1. Introduction (stating the problem)
2. Opinion
3. 2-3 arguments (+/– examples)
4. Conclusion

IV. For and Against

1. Introduction (state the problem)
2. Arguments “for” (+/– examples)
3. Arguments “against” (+/–examples)
4. Conclusion based on given arguments / opinion

V. Comparison

Version 1
1. Introduction (state the problem)
2. Arguments “for” and “against” for object 1
3. Arguments “for” and “against” for object 2
4. Conclusion (opinion / preference)

Version 2
1. Introduction (state the problem)
2. Similarities
3. Differences
4. Conclusion (opinion /preference)

277